I

II
 Abbreviations and Acronyms

Abbreviations Acronyms
ACASH Association of Corporations and Apex Societies of
Handlooms
AITB Additional Instructions to Bidders (may in some
instances be called Bid Data Sheet – BDS or Tender
Information Sheet -TIS)
AMC Annual Maintenance Contract
BC Bill Currency
(selling/buying)
BEE Bureau of Energy Efficiency
BG Bank Guarantee
BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
BOC Bid Opening Committee
BSTC Buyer Specific Terms & Conditions
BSV Balance Sale Value
C&AG Comptroller and Auditor General (of India)
CA Competent Authority
CAPEX Capital Expenditure (model of acquisition / procurement)
CBI Central Bureau of Investigation
CCI Competition Commission of India
CFR Cost and Freight
CHA Custom House Agent
CIF Cost insurance and Freight
CIP Carriage and Insurance Paid
CIPP Code of Integrity for Public Procurement
COMPAT Competition Appellate Tribunal
COTS Commercially Off The Shelf (Items)
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CPO Central Purchasing Organizations
CPPP Central Public Procurement Portal
CPSE Central Public Sector Enterprise
CST Central Sales Tax
CVC Central Vigilance Commission
CVO Chief Vigilance Officer
DCF Discounted Cash Flow
DDO Direct Demanding Officer (for RCs)
DFPR Delegation of Financial Power
DGS&D Directorate General of Supplies and Disposals
DMEP Domestically Manufactured Electronic Products
DSC Digital Signature Certificate
eASP E-Auction Service Provider
ECS Electronic Clearing System
EFT Electronic Funds Transfer

III
Abbreviations Acronyms
EMD Earnest Money Deposit
EoI Expression of Interest (Tender)
EPM Export Promotion and Marketing
ERV Exchange Rate Variation
EXIM Export Import (Policy)
FA (&CAO) Financial Adviser (and Chief Accounts Officer)
FAS Free Alongside Ship
FC Framework Contract
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act
FM Force Majeure
FOB Free On Board
FOR Free On Rail
FOT Free On Truck
GCC General Conditions of Contract
GCS General Conditions of Sale
GeM Government Electronic Market
GFR General and Financial Rules, 2017
GoI Government of India
GRIR Goods Receipt and Inspection Report
GTC General Terms & Conditions
GTE Global Tender Enquiry
HOD Head of the Division
IEM Independent External Monitor
INCOTERMS International Commercial Terms
IP Integrity Pact
IRDA Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority
ISI Indian Standards Institute
ISO International Organization for Standardization
ITB Instructions to Bidders (may in some instance be called
Instructions to Tenderers - ITT)
ITJ Indian Trade Journal
KPIs Key Performance Indices
KVIC Khadi and Village Industries Commission
L1 Lowest Bidder
LC Letter of Credit
LCC Life Cycle Costing
LD Liquidated Damages
LoA Letter (Notification) of Award also called Acceptance of
Tender (A/T)
LPP Last Purchase Price
LTE Limited Tender Enquiry
M&P Machinery and Plant
MeitY Ministry of Electronics and Information Technology
MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forests
MRP Maximum Retail Price
IV
Abbreviations Acronyms
MSE Micro and Small Enterprise
MSME(D) Micro Small and Medium Enterprises (Development Act,
2006)
MSTC Metal Scrap Trading Corporation
NEFT National Electronic Funds Transfer
NIC National Informatics Centre
NIT Notice Inviting Tender
NSIC National Small Industries Corporation
NTH National Test House
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OPEX Operating Expense (model of acquisition/ procurement)
OTE Open Tender Enquiry
PAC Proprietary Article Certificate
PBG Performance Bank Guarantee, also see SD
PC Purchase Committee
PE Procuring Entity
PPD Procurement Policy Division, Department of Expenditure,
Ministry of Finance
PPP Public Private Partnership
PQB Pre-qualification Bidding
PQC Pre-qualification Criterion
PR Purchase Requisition/Indent
PSU Public Sector Undertaking
PVC Price Variation Clause
QA Quality Assurance
RA/eRA Electronic Reverse Auction
RBI Reserve Bank of India
RC Rate Contract (or Frame work Contract FC)
(S)RfP (Standard) Request for Proposals (Document)
RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement
RTI Right to Information
SBD Standard Bidding Document
SC Survey Committee
SDC Stores Disposal Committee
SCC Special Conditions of Contract
SD Security Deposit, also see PBG
SLA Service Level Agreement
SLTE Special Limited Tender (Enquiry)
SoPP Schedule of Procurement Powers
SPCB State Pollution Control Board
STA Subject to Acceptance
STC Special Terms &Conditions
STE Single Tender Enquiry
TC Tender Committee also called Tender Purchase or
Evaluation Committee (TPC/TEC)
V
Abbreviations Acronyms
TCO Total Cost of Ownership
TCS Tax Collected at Source
TDS Tax Deducted at Source
ToR Terms of Reference
T&PC Technical and Purchase Committee
TS Technical Specification
UCP600 The Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary
Credits (UCPDC or simply UCP)
UNCITRAL United Nations Commission on International Trade Law
URDG 758 Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees
VAT Value Added Tax
Vf (Best) Value for Money
WOL Whole of Life (Cost) or Total Cost of Ownership TCO

VI
 TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page No.
Foreword ii
Abbreviations and Acronyms iii
Chapter-1 Introduction – Policies and Principles 1
1.1 Procurement Rules and Regulations; and this Manual 1
1.2 Clarification, Amendments and Revision of CSIR 2
Manual
1.3 Applicability of CSIR Manual 2
1.4 Authorities competent to purchase goods and their 3
Purchase Powers
1.5 Basic Aims of Procurement – the five R’s of 3
procurement
1.6 Refined concept of cost & value – Value for Money 4
1.7 Fundamental Principles of Public Procurement 5
1.8 Standards (Canons) of Financial Propriety 8
1.9 Product Reservation and Preferential / Mandatory 9
Purchase from certain sources
1.10 Procurement policies for Make in India 13
1.11 Proactive Information Disclosures 18
1.12 Public Procurement Cycle 19
1.13 Repugnancy and modifications 19
Chapter-2 Need, Assessment, Formulation of Specifications and 20
Procurement Planning
2.1 Need Assessment 20
2.2 Formulation of Technical Specifications (TS) 22
2.3 Obtaining Technical, Administrative and Budgetary 26
Sanctions/Approvals and signing of Indents
2.4 Recording of non-availability of indented items 26
2.5 Purchase Committee (PC)/Technical & Purchase 26
Committee (T&PC)
2.6 Constitution of Purchase Committee 27
2.7 Functions of Purchase Committee 27
2.8 Constitution of Technical & Purchase Committee 28
2.9 Functions of Technical & Purchase Committee 29
2.10 Procurement Plan 30
2.11 Procurement Planning by PC & T&PC 31
2.12 Rush of expenditure 32
Chapter-3 Supplier Relationship Management 33
3.1 Supplier Relationship Management 33
3.2 Code of Integrity for Public Procurement (CIPP) 33
3.3 Integrity Pact (IP) 36
3.4 Development of New Sources and Registration of 38
Suppliers
3.5 Vendor Registration Committee 39
3.6 Procedure for online registration of vendors 41

VII
Title Page No.
3.7 Grades of Debarment of Suppliers 44
3.8 Compulsory Enlistment of Indian Agents 48
Chapter-4 Modes of Procurement, Bidding Systems and other 50
procurements with special features
4.1 Modes of procurement 50
4.2 Open Tender Enquiry (OTE) 51
4.3 Global Tender Enquiry (GTE) 52
4.4 Limited Tender Enquiry (LTE) 54
4.5 Special Limited Tender Enquiry for procurements more 55
than Rs. 25 (Rupees Twenty Five) Lakh
4.6 Proprietary Article Certificate (PAC) 56
4.7 Single Tender Enquiry (STE) 57
4.8 Drawals against Rate Contract (RC) 58
4.9 Direct Procurement without Quotation 59
4.10 Direct Procurement by Local Purchase Committee (LPC) 60
4.11 Bidding Systems 61
4.12 Single Stage Bidding System 61
4.13 Two Stage Bidding – Expression of Interest Tenders – 65
Market Exploration
4.14 Electronic Procurement (e-Procurement) and e- 68
Publishing
4.15 Electronic Reverse Auction (RA) 68
4.16 One Stop Government e-Marketplace (GeM) 70
4.17 Handling Procurement in urgencies / emergencies and 73
disaster management
4.18 Procurement on Buy-Back basis 74
4.19 Turnkey Contracts 74
4.20 Annual Maintenance Contracts (AMC) 74
Chapter-5 Preparation Bid Documents, Publication, Receipt and 77
Opening of Bids
5.1 Preparation of Bid Documents 77
5.2 Receipt and Custody of Tenders 88
5.3 Procedures to be followed during Bid Opening 90
Chapter-6 Forms of Securities, Payment Terms and Price 93
Variations
6.1 Forms of Security 93
6.2 Payment Clause 96
6.3 Terms of Payment for Domestic Goods 97
6.4 Terms of Payment for Imported Goods 99
6.5 Advance Payment 101
6.6 Firm Price vis-à-vis Variable Price 102
6.7 Exchange Rate Variation 104
6.8 Taxes, Duties and Levies 105
6.9 Incoterms – Terms of Delivery 107
6.10 e-Payment 108

VIII
Title Page No.
6.11 TDS Deduction on Income Tax, GST, etc. from payments 109
to Suppliers
6.12 Recovery of Public Money from Supplier’s Bill 109
6.13 Payment against time barred claims 109
Chapter-7 Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 110
7.1 Tender Evaluation 110
7.2 Preparation and vetting of Comparative Statement 111
7.3 Preliminary Examination 111
7.4 Evaluation of Responsive Bids and Decision on Award 114
of Contract
7.5 Deliberations by the PC/T&PC for award of Contract 118
7.6 Award of Contract 125
Chapter-8 Rate Contract and Other Procurements with special 130
features
8.1 Rate Contracts 130
8.2 Merits of Rate Contracts 130
8.3 Procedure for conclusion of Rate Contracts by CSIR 131
Labs./Instts.
8.4 Special Conditions applicable to RCs 134
8.5 Purchase of Medicines 137
Chapter-9 Contract Management 138
9.1 Contract Management 138
9.2 Amendment of the Contract 138
9.3 Operation of Option Clause 139
9.4 Safeguards for handling over Procuring Entity 140
Materials/ Equipment to Contractors
9.5 Payments to the Contractor and handling of Securities 141
9.6 Monitoring of Supplier Performance 141
9.7 Delays in Performance of Contract 142
9.8 Breach of Contract, Remedies and Termination 148
9.9 Dispute Resolution 149
9.10 Closure of Contract 150
9.11 Goods receiving 152
9.12 Inspections – Measuring: quality Assurance 154
9.13 Storage and Issue of Inspected Goods 158
9.14 Accounting and Payment of Received Materials 158
9.15 Settlement of advances and removal of OBs 159
Chapter-10 Disposal of Scrap Goods 160
10.1 Scrap for Disposal 160
10.2 Classification and Categorization 160
10.3 Standing Disposal Committee (SDC) 160
10.4 Functions of SDC 161
10.5 Sale of Low Value Items 161
10.6 Modes of Disposal 162
10.7 Preparation for Disposal 163
10.8 Conditions of Disposal applicable to all modes of 164
Disposal

IX
Title Page No
10.9 Disposal through tender 165
10.10 Disposal through Auction 167
10.11 Disposal at Scrap Value or by other Modes 167
10.12 Delivery of Sold Material 168

X
 LIST OF ANNEXURES

No. Subject Page No.

ANNEXURE-1A Delegation of Financial Powers – Indents, Contracts and 171
Purchases for Public Service.
ANNEXURE-1B Schedule of Procurement Powers 172
ANNEXURE-1C Procurement Policies for MSEs 180
ANNEXURE-1D Procurement Policies for Make in India 194
ANNEXURE-1E List of Handloom Items notified for purchase from 203
KVIC/ACASH
ANNEXURE-1F List of Medicines reserved for procurement from Pharma 206
CPSEs
ANNEXURE-2A Emergency Purchase Certificate 210
ANNEXURE-2B Indent for Purchase of Capital goods 212
ANNEXURE-2C Indent for Purchase of Consumables 216
ANNEXURE-2D Indent for Purchase under RC 219
ANNEXURE-2E Indent for Purchase without quotation 222
ANNEXURE-2F Indent for Annual Maintenance Contract 225
ANNEXURE-2G Purchase Requisition Register for Indenters 227
ANNEXURE-2H Purchase Indent Register 228
ANNEXURE-3A Model Integrity Pact 229
ANNEXURE-3B Instructions to Vendors for Vendor Registration 234
ANNEXURE-3C Form for Vendor Registration 237
ANNEXURE-4A Certificate for PAC 239
ANNEXURE-4B Certificate for Purchase of specialized/Specific R&D 240
consumables on single tender basis
ANNEXURE-4C Certificate for Purchase without quotation 241
ANNEXURE-4D Certificate for Local Purchase Committee 242
ANNEXURE-4E Sample prequalification criteria 243
ANNEXURE-4F Certificate for Direct Purchase from GeM by Project 248
Leader
ANNEXURE-4G Copy of the approval accorded by MoF for purchase of 249
specialized/specific R&D consumables on STE basis
without PAC
ANNEXURE-4H GeM on boarding of non PFMS agencies. 250
ANNEXURE-5A Model Limited Tender Document 255
ANNEXURE-5B Model Global Tender Document 310
ANNEXURE-5C Bidder Information Form 385
ANNEXURE-5D Manufacturer’s Authorization Form 386
ANNEXURE-5E Bid Security Form 387
ANNEXURE-5F Bid Securing Declaration Form 388
ANNEXURE-5G Performance Statement Form 389
ANNEXURE-5H Deviation Statement Form 390
ANNEXURE-5I Service Support Form 391
ANNEXURE-5J Bid Form 392
ANNEXURE-5K Performance Security Form 394
ANNEXURE-5L Acceptance Certificate Form 395
ANNEXURE-5M Format of Integrity Pact 397
XI
ANNEXURE-5N Format of Letter of Authority for participating in bid 402
opening
ANNEXURE-5O Format for declaration by the bidder for code of integrity 403
and conflict of interest.
ANNEXURE-5P Price schedule Form for goods being offered from Abroad 404
ANNEXURE-5Q Price Schedule Form for goods being offered from India 405
ANNEXURE-5R Bid Opening Attendance Sheet and report 406
ANNEXURE-5S Bank Guarantee Form for advance payments 407
ANNEXURE-6A Format of Securities Register 408
ANNEXURE-6B Sample Price Variation Clause 409
ANNEXURE-6C Incoterms 411
ANNEXURE-7A Notice/Letter of Award/letter of Acceptance Form 412
ANNEXURE-7B Format of PO Register Indigenous 413
ANNEXURE-7C Format of PO Register Foreign 415
ANNEXURE-8A CSIR Proposal and MoF approval for conclusion of RCs on 417
NDP basis and for other items
ANNEXURE-9A Form of No Claim Certificate 418
ANNEXURE-9B Format of Proposal for Extension of Delivery Period 419
ANNEXURE-9C Format for Extension of Delivery Period/ Performance 421
Notice
ANNEXURE-9D Format for correspondence with supplier after expiry of 423
Delivery period
ANNEXURE-9E Format of Goods Receipt and Inspection Note GRIN 424
ANNEXURE-10A Format of Report of SDC 425
ANNEXURE-10B Format of Disposal Register 426

ANNEXURE-10C Format of Sale Account for Goods Disposed 427

APPENDICES
APPENDIX-1 Legal aspects of Public Procurement 428
APPENDIX-2 E procurement and E auction 470
APPENDIX-3 Advanced Concepts of value for money. 478

XII
 CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION- POLICIES AND PRINCIPLES

1.1 Procurement Rules and Regulations and this Manual

1.1.1
CSIR and all its constituent Laboratories and Institutes spend a sizeable
amount of their budget on procurement of goods, works and services to discharge the
duties and responsibilities assigned to them. Provision of adequate and timely supply
of material to scientists is of prime importance for carrying out meaningful scientific
research as well as for meeting the targets set for completion of various in house &
sponsored projects in CSIR labs/Institutes. CSIR therefore needs to make its own
arrangements for procurement of goods which have to be exercised in conformity
with GFR 2017 and the ‘Procurement Guidelines’ described below:

1.1.2
To ensure that the procurements are made by following a uniform, systematic,
efficient and cost-effective procedure and also to ensure fair and equitable
treatment of suppliers, there are statutory provisions, rules, financial, vigilance,
security, safety, counter- trade and other regulations; orders and guidelines of the
Government on the subject of public procurement (hereinafter referred as
‘Procurement Guidelines’) which provide framework for the public procurement
system.

1.1.3
At the apex of the Statutory framework governing public procurement is
Article 299 of the Constitution of India, which stipulates that contracts legally
binding on the Government have to be executed in writing by officers specifically
authorized to do so. The Constitution also enshrines Fundamental Rights (In
particular Article 19 (1) (g) – Right to carry on a Profession) which have implications
for Public Procurement. Further, the Indian Contract Act, 1872 and the Sale of
Goods Act, 1930 are major legislations governing contracts of sale/purchase of
goods in general. There are other mercantile laws l i k e Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996; Competition Act, 2002; Information Technology Act, 2000
etc, as amended from time to time, which may be attracted in Public Procurement
Transactions. There is no law exclusively governing public procurement.

1.1.4
However, comprehensive Rules and Regulations in this regard are available
in the General Financial Rules (GFR), 2017, especially chapter 6, 7 & 8; Delegation of
Financial Powers Rules (DFPR); Government orders regarding product reservations or
purchase preference or other facilities to sellers in Micro and Small Enterprises,
Preference to Make in India, Pharmaceutical Central Public Sector Enterprises,
Khadi/Handlooms goods, etc. and the guidelines issued by the Central Vigilance
Commission to increase transparency and objectivity in public procurement.

1
1.1.5
This CSIR Manual on Procurement of Goods 2018 is intended to serve as
instructions to enter this vast area and draw attention to basic norms and practices
governing public procurement.

1.2 Clarification, Amendments and Revision of the CSIR Manual on Procurement

of Goods-2018

1.2.1
For revision, interpretation, clarification and issues relating to the CSIR Manual
on Procurement of Goods–2018, the matter may be referred to CSIR Headquarters
for examination and final decision.

1.3 Applicability of the CSIR Manual on Procurement of Goods 2018

1.3.1
The term ‘Goods’ used in this manual includes all articles, material,
commodity, livestock, medicines, furniture, fixtures, raw material, consumables,
spare parts, instruments, machinery, equipment, industrial plants, vehicles, aircraft,
ships, railway rolling stock, assemblies, sub- assemblies, accessories, a group of
machines comprising an integrated production process or such other category of
goods (but excludes books, publications, periodicals, and so on, for a library), or
intangible products like software, technology transfer, licenses, patents or other
intellectual properties procured or otherwise acquired by a Procuring Entity.
Procurement of goods may include certain small work or some services, which
are incidental or consequential to the supply of such goods, such as
transportation, insurance, installation, commissioning, training and maintenance
(Rule 143 of GFR 2017). The uniqueness of procurement of goods (as compared
to services and works) is the ability to precisely describe the technical specification
of the requirement.

1.3.2
For procurement of various services, different set of rules and procedures are
applicable as per the provisions of GFR 2017 which will be framed and notified by
CSIR separately.

1.3.3
Intangible products like Technology Transfer, Licenses, Patents or other
Intellectual Properties or procurement of all services except those mentioned in
Para 1.3.1 above, shall be dealt by the Business Development Group of the
concerned Procurement Entity. Further, Printing and similar job works shall be
dealt by General Administration. Similarly, specialized items of work as defined in
works manual shall be dealt with by the Engineering Services Division of the
concerned Procurement Entity. Intentionally, including the items of works &
Services under the ambit of Procurement with a view to circumvent the limitation of
financial powers vested with various authorities should be avoided under all
circumstances.

2
1.3.4
In conformity with the provisions of ‘’make in India’ policy with the view to
promote products based on technologies developed in CSIR laboratories, various
Procuring Entities of CSIR can purchase these products for their own use (not for
trading / sale) from their sister Labs/Instts including firms to whom any license or
transfer of technology has been made through direct purchase or through limited
tender in case the same product is available from multiple licensees. The Procuring
entity shall ensure the reasonableness of price.

1.3.5
For procurements financed by loans /Grants extended by international
agencies:

The Articles of Agreement with the International Agencies, like the World
Bank, Asian Development Bank etc. stipulate specific procurement procedures to be
followed by the borrowers. The procurement procedures, as finalized and incorporated
in the Agreements after consideration and approval of CSIR are to be followed
accordingly.

1.4 Authorities competent to purchase goods and their Purchase Powers

1.4.1
T h e authority which is competent to incur expenditure may sanction
the purchase of goods required for use in public service in accordance with the
Delegation of Financial Power Rules (Annexure 1A) by following the ‘Procurement
Guidelines’ described in the CSIR Manual on Procurement of goods 2018 (Rule 145
of GFR 2017), based on the assessment of risks involved in different decisions/
approvals at various stages of Procurement Cycle, the Schedule of Procurement Powers
(SoPP) is enclosed at Annexure 1 B.

1.5 Basic aims of Procurement – the Five R’s of Procurement

1.5.1
In every procurement, public or private, the basic aim is to achieve just
the right balance between costs and requirements concerning the following five
parameters called the Five R’s of procurement. The entire process of procurement
(from the time the need for an item, facility or services is identified till the need is
satisfied) is designed to achieve such a right balance. The word ‘right’ is used in the
sense of ‘optimal balance’.

01. Right Quality

Procurement aims to buy just the right quality that will suit the needs – no more
and no less – with clear specification of the requirements, proper understanding of
functional value and cost, understanding of the bidder’s quality system and quality
awareness. The concept of the right balance of quality can be further refined to
the concept of utility/value (Please refer to para 1.6.1 below). For the Right Quality,
Technical Specification is the most vital ingredient. In public procurement, it is
essential to give due consideration to Value for Money while benchmarking the
specification.

3
02. Right Quantity

There are extra costs and systemic overheads involved with both procuring a
requirement too frequently in small quantities or with buying large quantities for
prolonged uses. Hence, the right quantity should be procured (in appropriate size
of contract) which balances extra costs associated with larger and smaller quantities.

03. Right Price

It is not correct to aim at the cheapest materials/facilities/services. The price

should be just right for the quality, quantity and other factors involved (or should not
be abnormally low for facilities/works/services which could lead to a situation
of non- performance or failure of contract). The concept of price can be refined
further to take into account not only the initial price paid for the requirement but also
other costs such as maintenance costs, operational costs and disposal costs (Also
termed as life cycle costing - please also refer to para 1.6 below)

04. Right Time and Place

If the material (or facility or services) is needed by an organization in three

months’ time, it will be costly to procure it too late or too early. Similarly, if the
vendor delivers the materials/facilities/services in another city, extra time and
money would be involved in logistics. An unrealistic time schedule for completion of
a facility may lead to delays, claims and disputes.

05. Right Source

Similarly, the source of delivery of Goods, Works and Services of the

requirement must have just right financial capacity and technical capability for our
needs (demonstrated through satisfactory past performance of contracts of same
or similar nature). Buying a few packets of printer paper directly from a large
manufacturer may not be the right strategy. On the other hand, if our requirements are
very large, buying such requirements through dealers or middlemen may also not be
right.

1.6 Refined concepts of Cost and Value – Value for money (VfM)

1.6.1
The concept of price or cost has been further refined into Total Cost Of
Ownership (TCO) or Life Cycle Cost (LCC) or Whole-of-Life (WOL) to take into
account not only the initial acquisition cost but also cost of operation,
maintenance and disposal during the lifetime of the external resource
procured. Similarly, the concept of quality is linked to the need and is refined
into concept of utility/value. These two, taken together, are used to develop
the concept of Value for Money (VfM, also called Best Value for Money in
certain contexts). VfM means the effective, efficient, and economic use of
resources, which may involve the evaluation of relevant costs and benefits,
along with an assessment of risks, non-price attributes (e.g. in goods and /or
services that contain recyclable content, are recyclable, minimize waste and
4
greenhouse gas emissions, conserve energy and water and minimize habitual
destruction and environmental degradation, are non-toxic etc.) and /or life
cycle costs, as appropriate. Price alone may not necessarily represent VfM. In
public procurement, VfM is achieved by attracting the widest competition by
way of optimal description of need; development of value-engineered
specifications/Terms of Reference (ToR); appropriate packaging/slicing of
requirement; selection of an appropriate mode of procurement and bidding
system. The advanced concepts are detailed in Appencdix-3.

1.7 Fundamental Principles of Public Procurement

1.7.1
General Financial Rules, 2017 (Rule 144) lays down the Fundamental
Principles of Public Procurement. These principles and other additional obligations of
procuring authorities in public procurement can be organized into five fundamental
principles of public procurement, which all procuring authorities must abide by and be
accountable for:

01. Transparency Principle

All procuring authorities are responsible and accountable to ensure transparency,

fairness, equality, competition and appeal rights. This involves simultaneous,
symmetric and unrestricted dissemination of information to all likely bidders,
sufficient for them to know and understand the availability of bidding opportunities
and actual means, processes and time-limits prescribed for completion of
registration of bidders, bidding, evaluation, grievance redressal, award and
management of contracts. It implies that such officers must ensure that there is
consistency (absence of subjectivity), predictability (absence of arbitrariness), clarity,
openness (absence of secretiveness), equal opportunities (absence of discrimination)
in processes. In essence Transparency Principle also enjoins upon the Procuring
Authorities’ to do only that which it had professed to do as pre-declared in the relevant
published documents and not to do anything that had not been so declared’. As part
of this principle, all procuring entities should ensure that offers should be invited
following a fair and transparent procedure and also ensure publication of all
relevant information on the website of the Procurement Entity and Public Procurement
Portal (CPPP).

02. Professionalism Principle

As per these synergic attributes, the procuring authorities have a
responsibility and accountability to ensure professionalism, economy, efficiency,
effectiveness and integrity in the procurement process. They must avoid wasteful,
dilatory and improper practices violating the Code of integrity for Public Procurement
(CIPP) mentioned in Para 3.2 of Chapter 3 of the CSIR Manual on Procurement of
Goods 2018. They should, at the same time, ensure that the methodology adopted
for procurement should not only be reasonable and appropriate for the cost and
complexity but should also effectively achieve the planned objective of the
procurement.
In reference to the above two principles - Transparency and Professionalism
Principle, it may be useful to refer to the following provisions in the General Financial
Rules, 2017:

5
Rule 144 : Fundamental principles of public buying (for all procurements including
procurement of works). Every authority delegated with the financial powers of
procuring goods in public interest shall have the responsibility and accountability to
bring efficiency, economy, and transparency in matters relating to public
procurement and for fair and equitable treatment of suppliers and promotion of
competition in public procurement.

The procedure to be followed in making public procurement must conform to the

following yardsticks:-

(a) The description of the subject matter of procurement to the extent practicable
should :

(i) Be objective, functional, generic and measurable and specify technical,

qualitative and performance characteristics;

(ii) Not indicate a requirement for a particular trade mark, trade name or
brand;

(b) The specifications in terms of quality, type etc., as also quantity of goods to be
procured, should be clearly spelt out keeping in view the specific needs of the
procuring organizations. The specifications so worked out should meet the
basic needs of the organization without including superfluous and non-
essential features, which may result in unwarranted expenditure;

(c) Where applicable, the technical specifications shall, to the extent practicable,
be based on the national technical regulations or recognized national
standards or building codes, wherever such standards exist, and in their
absence, be based on the relevant international standards. In case of
Government of India funded projects abroad, the technical specifications may
be framed based on requirements and standards of the host beneficiary
Government, where such standards exist. Provided that a Procuring Entity
may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, adopt any other technical
specification;

(d) Care should also be taken to avoid purchasing quantities in excess of

requirement to avoid inventory carrying costs;

(e) Offers should be invited following a fair, transparent and reasonable

procedure;

(f) The procuring authority should be satisfied that the selected offer adequately
meets the requirements in all respects;

(g) The procuring authority should satisfy itself that the price of the selected offer
is reasonable and consistent with the quality required;

(h) At each stage of procurement, the concerned procuring authority must place
on record, in precise terms, the considerations which weighed with it while
taking the procurement decision;
6
(i) A complete schedule of procurement cycle from date of issuing the tender to
date of issuing the contract should be published when the tender is issued;

(j) All Ministries/Departments shall prepare Annual Procurement Plan before the
commencement of the year and the same should also be placed on their
website.

03. Broader Obligations Principle

Over and above transparency and professionalism, the procuring authorities

have also the responsibility and accountability to conduct public procurement in
a manner to facilitate achievement of the broader objectives of the Government - to
the extent these are specifically included in the ‘Procurement Guidelines’:

(a) Preferential procurement from backward regions, weaker sections and

MSEs, locally manufactured goods or services, to the extent specifically
included in the ‘Procurement Guidelines’;

(b) Reservation of procurement of specified class of goods from or through

certain nominated CPSEs or Government Organizations, to the extent specifically
included in the ‘Procurement Guidelines’;

(c) Support to broader social policy and programme objectives of the

Government (for example, economic growth, strengthening of local industry -
make-in-India, Ease of Doing Business, job and employment creation, and so
on, to the extent specifically included in the ‘Procurement Guidelines’);

(d) Facilitating administrative goals of other Departments of Government (for

example, ensuring tax or environmental compliance by participants, Energy
Conservation, accessibility for People With Disabilities etc. to the extent
specifically included in the ‘Procurement Guidelines’);

(e) Procurement policies and procedures must comply with accessibility criteria
which may be mandated by the Government from time to time.

04. Extended Legal Responsibilities Principle

Procuring authorities must fulfil additional legal obligations in public

procurement, over and above mere conformity to the mercantile laws (which
even private sector procurements have to comply with). The Constitution of India
has certain provisions regarding fundamental rights and public procurement. Courts
have, over a time, taking a broader view of Public Procurement as a function of ‘State’,
interpreted these to extend the responsibility and accountability of public procurement
authorities. Courts in India thus exercise additional judicial review (beyond contractual
issues) over public procurement in relation to the manner of decision making in
respect of fundamental rights, fair play and legality. Similarly, procuring authorities
have also the responsibility and accountability to comply with the laws relating to
Governance Issues like Right to Information (RTI) Act and Prevention of Corruption Act,
and so on. Details of such extended legal obligations as indicated in Appendix–1, which
are applicable to GOI procurements are equally applicable to CSIR also.
7
05. Public Accountability Principle

Procuring authorities are accountable for all the above principles to several
statutory and official bodies in the Country – the Legislature and its Committees,
Central Vigilance Commission, Comptroller and Auditor General of India, Central
Bureau of Investigations and so on– in addition to administrative accountability.
As a result, each individual public procurement transaction is liable to be
scrutinized independently, in isolation, besides judging the overall outcomes of
procurement process over a period of time. Procuring authorities thus have
responsibility and accountability for compliance of rules and procedures in each
individual procurement transaction besides the achievement of overall procurement
outcomes. The procuring authority, at each stage of procurement, must therefore
place on record, in precise terms, the considerations which weighed with it while
making the procurement decision from need assessment to fulfilment of need.
Such records must be preserved, retained in easily retrievable form and made
available to such oversight agencies. The Procuring Entity shall therefore maintain and
retain audit trails, records and documents generated or received during its
procurement proceedings, in chronological order, the files will be stored in an
identified place and retrievable for scrutiny whenever needed without wastage of
time. The documents and record will include:

(a) documents pertaining to determination of need for procurement;

(b) description of the subject matter of the procurement;

(c) statement of the justification for choice of a procurement method other than
open competitive bidding;

(d) documents relating to pre-qualification and registration of bidders, if

applicable;

(e) particulars of issue, receipt, opening of the bids and the participating bidders at
each stage;

(f) requests for clarifications and any reply thereof including the clarifications given
during pre-bid conferences;

(g) bids evaluated, and documents relating to their evaluation;

(h) contracts and Contract Amendments; and

(i) complaint handling, correspondences with clients, consultants, banks.

1.8 Standards (Canons) of Financial Propriety

1.8.1
Public Procurement like any other expenditure in Government must conform
to the Standards (also called Canons) of Financial Propriety. It may be useful to refer to
the relevant provisions in the General Financial Rules, 2017
8
Rule 21. Standards of financial propriety: Every officer incurring or authorizing
expenditure from public moneys should be guided by high standards of financial
propriety. Every officer should also enforce financial order and strict economy and see
that all relevant financial rules and regulations are observed, by his own office and by
subordinate disbursing officers. Among the principles on which emphasis is generally
laid are the following: -

(a) Every officer is expected to exercise the same vigilance in respect of

expenditure incurred from public moneys as a person of ordinary prudence
would exercise in respect of expenditure of his own money.

(b) The expenditure should not be prima facie more than the occasion demands.

(c) No authority should exercise its powers of sanctioning expenditure to pass an

order which will be directly or indirectly to its own advantage.

(d) Expenditure from public moneys should not be incurred for the benefit of a
particular person or a section of the people, unless –

(i) A claim for the amount could be enforced in a Court of Law, or

(ii) The expenditure is in pursuance of a recognized policy or custom.

1.9 Product Reservation and Preferential/Mandatory Purchase from certain

sources

Rule 153 (iii) of GFR 2017 provides that the Central Government may, by
notification, provide for mandatory procurement of any goods or services from any
category of bidders, or provide for preference to bidders on the grounds of promotion
of locally manufactured goods or locally provided services. Such orders issued in
future for implementing the provisions of Rule 153 (iii) of GFR 2017 would be
applicable to CSIR also. Copies of the policies/Orders issued by GOI till the issue of
the CSIR Manual on Procurement of goods 2018 in respect of MSEs and make in
India are placed at Annexure- 1C & 1D respectively.

Note: Before considering any Purchase Preference/product reservation mentioned

below, the Procuring Entity should check the latest directives in this regard for
necessary action. Product Reservation/Purchase Preference provision shall invariably
be part of the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) and Instructions to Bidders (ITB).

1.9.1
Reservation o f Procurement of certain class of Products from certain
agencies – Khadi Goods/Handloom Textiles

The Central Government vide Ministry of Textiles OM No.4/2/88-DCHM&E

dated 17th February 1992 has reserved all items of hand-spun and hand woven
textiles (Khadi goods) for exclusive purchase from Khadi & Village Industries
Commission(KVIC). (Annexure 1E) Government has also reserved all items of
9
handloom textiles including Barrack Blankets for exclusive purchase from KVIC and /
or notified handloom units of the Association of Corporations and Apex Societies
Handlooms (ACASH) (http://handlooms.nic.in/user panel/ userview.aspx Type
ID=1199)

(Rule 153 (1) of GFR 2017) The handloom textile items are to be purchased
from KVIC to the extent they can supply and the balance from the handloom units
of ACASH; to the extent these units can make supplies. Left over quantity, if any,
may be purchased from other sources. In the case of KVIC, the rates are fixed by
certification committee, and the rates so fixed are reviewed by the Cost Accounts
Branch of the Ministry of Finance. In the case of ACASH, the final price will be
calculated by ACASH and fixed by the Ministry of Textiles by associating a
representative of the Chief Accounts Office of Department of Expenditure, Ministry
of Finance. The purchase from both KVIC and ACASH should be made on single
tender basis (Without insisting on PAC Certificate). Normal inspection and other
procedures shall apply for procurement through KVIC/ACASH. Testing
arrangements will be provided by KVIC/ACASH or by their notified units and where
the same are not available; testing charges for testing outside at approved
laboratory should be borne by KVIC/ACASH/ their units.

1.9.2
Reservation of Procurement of certain class of Products from certain
agencies Pharmaceuticals from Pharmaceutical CPSEs

The Pharmaceuticals Purchase Policy, 2013 notified by Department of

Pharmaceuticals, Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers vide OM 50(9)/2010-PI-IV
Dated 10/12/2013 is intended to ensure;

01. Optimum utilization of the installed capacity and to provide necessary fillip
in reviving these ailing pharmaceuticals CPSEs;

02. Availability of quality medicines at low prices to the masses;

03. Drug security of the nation.

The salient features of this policy are as follows:

(a) Pharmaceuticals Purchase Policy in respect of 103 (one hundred and

three) medicines would be valid for a period of five years from the date
of issue (30/10/2013) of orders by Department of Pharmaceuticals.

(b) Pharmaceuticals Purchase Policy will extend only to Central Public Sector Enterprises
(CPSEs) under the administrative control of Department of
Pharmaceuticals such as Indian Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Limited (IDPL),
Hindustan Antibiotics Limited (HAL), Bengal Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals
Limited (BCPL), Karnataka Antibiotics and Pharmaceuticals Limited (KAPL)
and Rajasthan Drugs and Pharmaceuticals Limited (RDPL) and their
subsidiaries where Government of India owns 51% (fifty one percent) or above
shares.

10
(c) This would be applicable to purchases by Central Government Departments,
their Public Sector Undertakings, and Autonomous Bodies, etc. This would
also be applicable to purchase of medicines by State Governments under
Health Programme funded by Government of India such as the National Rural
Health Mission etc.

(d) The pricing of the products would be done by National Pharmaceutical

Pricing Authority (NPPA) using the cost based formula, as mentioned in the
Drugs Price Control Order, 1995. A uniform discount of 16% (Sixteen
percent) would be extended to all products. All the taxes, whatsoever, would
have to be passed on to buyers.

(e) Annual revision of prices would be linked to Wholesale Price Index as

per provisions contained in Drugs Prices Control Order, 2013.

(f) The Procuring Entity would purchase from pharma CPSEs and their subsidiaries
subject to their meeting Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP) norms as
per Schedule ‘M’ of the Drugs & Cosmetic Rules.

(g) In case pharma CPSEs and their subsidiaries fail to supply the medicines,
the Procuring Entity would be at liberty to make purchases from other
manufacturers. If the pharma CPSEs or their subsidiaries fail to perform as
per the purchase order, they would also be subject to payment of liquidated
damages or any other penalty as per the terms of the contract.

(h) The list of medicines (Annexure 1F) may be reviewed and revised by the
Department of Pharmaceuticals as per requirement.

1.9.3
Reservation of specific items for procurement from Micro and Small
Enterprises (MSE)

To enable wider dispersal of enterprises in the country, particularly in rural

areas, all Procurement Entities shall continue to procure items reserved for
procurement exclusively from MSE. Presently 358 (three hundred and fifty- eight)
items including eight items of Handicrafts, have been reserved for exclusive purchase
from Micro and Small Enterprises. (Appendix to Annexure1C).

1.9.4
Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs)

01. From time to time, the Government of India lays down procurement policies
to help inclusive national economic growth by providing long-term support to
small and micro enterprisesand disadvantaged sectionsof society and to address
environmental concerns. The Procurement Policy for Micro and Small
Enterprises, 2012 has been notified by the Government in exercise of the
powers conferred in Section 11 of the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
Development (MSMED) Act, 2006 and is placed at Annexure 1C along with
the copy of order dated 9th November, 2018.

11
02. Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) must, along with their offer, provide proof
of their being registered as MSE (indicating the terminal validity date of their
registration) for the item tendered, with any agency mentioned in the
notification of the Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (Ministry of
MSME), indicated below:

(a) District Industries Centres;

(b) Khadi and Village Industries Commission;
(c) Khadi and Village Industries Board;
(d) Coir Board;
(e) National Small Industries Corporation;
(f) Directorate of Handicraft and Handloom; and
(g) Any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME.

03. For ease of registration of Micro and Small Enterprises (MSMEs), Ministry of
MSE has started Udyog Aadhar Memorandum which is an online registration
system (free of cost) w.e.f. 18th September, 2015 and all Micro & Small
Enterprises (MSEs) who are having Udyog Aadhar Memorandum should also
be provided all the benefits available for MSEs under the Public
Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs), Order 2012.

04. The MSEs are also to be provided tender documents free of cost and are
exempted from payment of earnest money, subject to furnishing of relevant
valid certificate for claiming exemption.

05. Chapter V of the MSMED Act, 2006 also has provision for ensuring timely
payments to the MSE suppliers. The period agreed upon for payment must not
exceed forty-five days after the acceptance of the supplies. For delays in
payment the buyer shall be liable to pay compound interest to the supplier
on the delayed amount at three times of the bank rate notified by the Reserve
Bank. For arbitration and conciliation regarding recovery of such payments and
interests, Micro and Small Enterprises Facilitation Council has been setup in
states.

06. In tender, participating Micro and Small Enterprises (MSE) quoting price
within price band of L1+15 (fifteen) per cent shall also be allowed to supply a
portion of requirement by bringing down their price to L1 price in a situation
where L1 price is from someone other than a MSE and such MSE shall be
allowed to supply up to 25 (twenty five) per cent of total tendered value. The 25
(twenty five) per cent quantity is to be distributed proportionately among these
bidders, in case there are more than one MSEs within such price band.

07. Within this 25% (Twenty five Percent) quantity, a purchase preference of (25%)
twenty five per cent is reserved for MSEs owned by Scheduled Caste
(SC)/Scheduled Tribe (ST) entrepreneurs (if they participate in the tender
process and match the L1 price). Further, out of the total annual procurement from
MSEs, (3%) three per cent from within the 25% target shall be earmarked for
procurement from MSEs owned by women. Provided that, in event of failure of
such SC/ST MSE to participate in tender process or meet tender requirements
and L1 price, five per cent sub-target shall be met from other MSE. MSEs
would be treated as owned by SC/ST entrepreneurs:
12
(a) In case of proprietary MSE, proprietor(s) shall be SC /ST.

(b) In case of partnership MSE, the SC/ST partners shall be holding at least
51% (fifty-one percent) shares in the unit.

(c) In case of Private Limited Companies, at least 51% (fifty-one percent) share
shall be held by SC/ST promoters.

08. For enhancing participation of MSEs owned by SCs /STs in Government

procurement, The Procuring Entities may conduct Special Vendor
Development Programmes/ Buyer-Seller Meets. In the opinion of Ministry of
MSME, in case of tender item is non-split-able or non-dividable, etc. MSE
quoting price within price band L1+15% (fifteen percent) may be awarded
for full/complete supply of total tendered value to MSE, considering spirit of
policy for enhancing the Govt. procurement from MSE, in terms of sub-para 6
above. Further, the targets should be reported in the Annual Reports of the
Procuring Entity as per para 5 of the MSME Order dated 23rd Mar 2012.

09. Ministry of MSME have clarified that all Procurement Entities may relax
condition of prior turnover and prior experience with respect to Micro and
Small Enterprises in all public procurements subject to meeting of quality and
technical specifications.

10. Where any Aggregator has been appointed by the Ministry of MSME,
themselves quote on behalf of some MSE units, such offers will be
considered as offers from MSE units and all such facilities would be
extended to these also.

11. This Policy is meant for procurement of only goods produced and services
rendered by MSEs and not for any trading activities by them.

12. An MSE Unit will not get any purchase preference over another MSE Unit.

1.10 Procurement Policies for Make in India

1.10.1
The contemporary instructions regarding the Procurement Policies for Make
in India issued by Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Department of Industrial Policy
and Promotion dated 28th May, 2018 is enclosed at Annexure-1D. In order to
implement the order in letter and spirit, the CVC has directed all CVOs to exercise
oversight on all contracts over and amount of ₹ 5.00 crores so as to ensure that
restrictive and discriminatory clauses against domestic suppliers are not included
in the tender documents for procurement of goods and services and that the
tender conditions are in sync with the order in their respective
Departments/Organizations. Accordingly, CVO, CSIR vide letter No. 15-6(82)/98-
O&M-III dated 11th May, 2018 has advised all Procuring Entities to ensure
compliance with the instructions issued by CVC. Copies of documents relating to
procurement contracts over ₹ 5.00 crores should be forwarded to CVO, CSIR.

13
1.10.2
As mentioned in Annexure 1D, preference to Make in India has been
envisaged to encourage ‘Make in India’ and promote manufacturing and
production of goods and services in India with a view to enhancing income and
employment, and the procurement by the Government b e i n g substantial in
amount can contribute towards this policy objective. The order explicitly mentions
to increase the local content through partnerships, cooperation with local
companies, establishing production units in India or Joint Ventures (JV) with
Indian suppliers, increasing the participation of local employees in services and
training them.

1.10.3
Requirement of Purchase Preference: Subject to the provisions of the
Order and to any specific instructions issued by the Nodal Ministry or
in pursuance of the Order, purchase preference shall be given to
local suppliers in all procurements undertaken by procuring entities
in the manner specified hereunder:

a. In procurement of goods, services or works in respect of which the

Nodal Ministry has communicated that there is sufficient local
capacity and local competition, and where the estimated value of
procurement is ₹ 50 lakhs or less, only local suppliers shall be
eligible. If the estimated value of procurement of such goods or
services or works is more than ₹ 50 lakhs, the provisions of sub-
paragraph b or c, as the case may be, shall apply.

b. In the procurements of goods or works which are not covered by

paragraph 1.10.3(a) and which are divisible in nature, the
following procedure shall be followed:

i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as

L1. If L1 is from a local supplier, the contract for full
quantity will be awarded to L1.

ii. If L1 bid is not from a local supplier, 50% of the order

quantity shall be awarded to L1. Thereafter, the lowest
bidder among the local suppliers, will be invited to
match the L1 price for the remaining 50% quantity
subject to the local supplier 's quoted price falling within
the margin of purchase preference, and contract for that
quantity shall be awarded to such local supplier subject
to matching the L1 price. In case such lowest eligible
local supplier fails to match the L1 price or accepts less
than the offered quantity, the next higher local supplier
within the margin of purchase preference shall be
invited to match the L1 price for remaining quantity and
so on, and contract shall be awarded accordingly. In case
14
 some quantity is still left uncovered on local suppliers,
then such balance quantity may also be ordered on the
L1 bidder.

c. In procurements of goods or works not covered by sub-

paragraph 1.10.3(a) and which are not divisible, and in
procurement of services where the bid is evaluated on price
alone, the following procedure shall be followed:

i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed

as L1. If L1 is from a local supplier, the contract will be
awarded to L1.

ii. If L1 is not from a local supplier, the lowest bidder

among the local suppliers, will be invited to match the
L1 price subject to local supplier 's quoted price falling
within the margin of purchase preference, and the
contract shall be awarded to such local supplier subject
to matching the L1 price.

iii. In case such lowest eligible local supplier fails to match

the L1 price, the local supplier with the next higher bid
within the margin of purchase preference shall be
invited to match the L1 price and so on and contract
shall be awarded accordingly. In case none of the local
suppliers within the margin of purchase preference
matches the L1 price, then the contract may be awarded
to the L1 bidder.

1.10.4
Exemption of small purchases: Notwithstanding anything contained in
above para, procurements where the estimated value to be procured is
less than ₹ 5 lakhs shall be exempt from this Order. However, it shall be
ensured by procuring entities that procurement is not split for the
purpose of avoiding the provisions of this Order.

1.10.5

Minimum local content: The minimum local content shall ordinarily be

50%. The Nodal Ministry may prescribe a higher or lower percentage in
respect of any particular item and may also prescribe the manner of
calculation of local content.

1.10.6
Margin of Purchase Preference: The margin of purchase preference shall
be 20%.

15
1.10.7
Requirement for specification in advance: The minimum local content, the
margin of purchase preference and the procedure for preference to
Make in India shall be specified in the notice inviting tenders or other
form of procurement solicitation and shall not be varied during a
particular procurement transaction.

1.10.8
Verification of local content:

a. The local supplier at the time of tender, bidding or solicitation shall be

required to provide self-certification that the item offered meets the
minimum local content and shall give details of the location(s) at which the
local value addition is made.

b. In cases of procurement for a value in excess of ₹ 10 crores, the

local supplier shall be required to provide a certificate from the statutory
auditor or cost auditor of the company (in the case of companies) or from
a practicing cost accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in
respect of suppliers other than companies) giving the percentage of local
content.

c. Decisions on complaints relating to implementation of this order shall be

taken by the competent authority which is empowered to look into
procurement – related complaints relating to the procuring entity.

d. Nodal Ministries may constitute committees with internal and external

experts for independent verification of self-declarations and
auditor’s/accountant’s certificates on random basis and in the case of
complaints.

e. Nodal Ministries and procuring entities may prescribed fees for such
compaints.

f. False declarations will be in breach of the Code of Integrity under Rule

175(1)(i)(h) of the General Financial Rules for which a bidder or its
successors can be debarred for up to two years as per Rule 151 (iii) of the
General Finance Rules along with such other actions as may be permissible
under law.

g. A supplier who has been debarred by any procuring entity for violation
of this Order shall not be eligible for preference under this Order for
procurement by any other procuring entity for the duration of the
debarment. The debarment for such other procuring entities shall take
effect prospectively from the date of which it comes to the notice of other
procurement entities, in the manner prescribed under paragraph 1.10.8(h)
below:

16
 h. The Department of Expenditure shall issue suitable instructions for the
effective and smooth operation of this process so that:

a. The fact and duration of debarment for violation of this order by any
procuring entity are promptly brought to the notice of the member-
convener on the Standing Committee and the Department of
Expenditure through the concerned Ministry/Department or in some
other manner.

b. On a periodical basis such cases are consolidated and a centralized

list or decentralised lists or such suppliers with the period of
debarment is maintained and displayed on website(s).

c. In respect of procuring entity other than the one which has carried
out the debarment, the debarment takes effect prospectively from
the date of uploading on the website(s) in such a manner that
ongoing procurements are not disrupted.

i. Copy of DIPP OM No.P-45021/2/2017-B.E.II dated 4th July, 2017 is

appended at Annexure-1D for information, guidance and compliance.

1.10.9

Specification in Tenders and other procurement solicitations:

a. Every procuring entity shall ensure that the eligibility conditions in

respect of previous experience fixed in any tender or solicitation do not
require proof of supply in other countries or proof of exports.

b. Procuring entities shall endeavor to see that eligibility conditions,

including on matters like turnover, production capability and financial
strength do not result in unreasonable exclusion of local suppliers who
would otherwise be eligible , beyond what is essential for ensuring
quality or creditworthiness of the supplier .

c. Procuring entities shall, within 2 months of the issue of this Order

review all existing eligibility norms of the tender documents and
conditions with reference to sub-paragraphs 'a' and 'b' above.

d. If a Nodal Ministry is satisfied that Indian suppliers of an item are not

allowed to participate and/ or compete in procurement by any foreign
government, it may, if it deems appropriate, restrict or exclude bidders from
that country from eligibility for procurement of that item and/ or other items
relating to that Nodal Ministry. A copy of every instruction or decision taken
in this regard shall be sent to the Chairman of the Standing Committee
constituted as per the provisions of Make in India order dated 28th May,
2018.

17
 e. For the purpose of sub-paragraph 1 . 10.9 (d) above, a supplier or
bidder shall be considered to be from a country if (i) the entity is
incorporated in that country, or ii) a majority of its shareholding or
effective control of the entity is exercised from that country; or (iii)
more that 50% of the value of the item being supplied has been added
in that country. Indian suppliers shall mean those entities which meet
any of these tests with respect to India."

f. The list of Nodal Ministries is enclosed at Annexure-1D.

Note: The procuring Entity shall incorporate suitable eligibility criteria in Tender
Documents in compliance with the contemporary policies and instructions issued
from time to time in this regard.

1.11 Proactive information disclosures

1.11.1

Section 4(1) (b) of the RTI Act lays down the information to be disclosed by
public authorities on a suo moto or proactive basis and Section 4(2) and Section
4(3) prescribe the method of its dissemination to enhance transparency and also to
reduce the need for filing individual RTI applications. The Department of Personnel &
Training, Ministry of Personnel, Public Grievances & Pensions, Government of India, has
issued “Guidelines on suo moto disclosure under Section 4 of the RTI Act” vide
their OM No.1/6/2011-IR dated 15th April,
2013.( http://cic.gov.in/GuidelinesOnProActive.pdf) The relevant guidelines
relating to information disclosure relating to procurement are reproduced below:

1.11.2
Information relating to procurement made by public authorities including
publication of notice/tender enquiries, corrigenda thereon, and details of bid
awards detailing the name of the Vendor/Contractor of goods/services being
procured or the works contracts entered or any such combination of these and the
rate and total amount at which such procurement or works contract is to be done
should be disclosed. All information disclosable as per Ministry of Finance,
Department of Expenditure’s O.M.No.10/1/2011-PPC dated 30th November, 2011.

(http://finmin.nic.in/the_Ministry/dept_expenditure/gfrs/pub_tender_enq_cppp
ortal.pdf) and 05thMarch2012
(http://eprocure.gov.in/cppp/sites/default/files/instruction

Contents/INST_DOC_NO_7/OM_DoE_5th March2012.pdf) on Mandatory Publication

of Tender Enquiries on the Central Public Procurement Portal and O.M. No.
10/3/2012 PPC dated 9th January 2014 on implementation of comprehensive
end-to-end e-Procurement should be disclosed under Section 4 of the Right to
Information Act. In case of procurements made through nominated Government
agencies or the RCs concluded by the Procuring Entity, only award details need to be
published.

18
1.12 Public Procurement Cycle

1.12.1
The procurement process for goods, works and/or services typically involves the
following cycle of activities, undertaken in the order stated below.

01. Need Assessment: This includes the need assessment, procurement

planning, formulation of specifications, raising of indent after verifying the
non-availability from Stores, maintenance of Purchase Requisition Register
by Indentor and budget provision.

02. Bid Invitation: This includes preparing bid documents, publication, receipt
and opening of bids.
03. Bid Evaluation: Evaluation of bids and award of contract.

04. Contract Execution: Contract management, payments and closure of files.

05. Disposal of Scrap: Disposal of scrap through various modes of disposal

need to be published.

1.13 Repugnancy and modifications

Provisions of CSIR Manual on Procurement of goods 2018 will stand

modified on issuance of subsequent instructions from GOI/MoF and or changes in
GFRs after endorsement by CSIR and would come into effect from the date of
notification.

19
 CHAPTER-2

NEED ASSESSMENT, FORMULATION OF SPECIFICATIONS

AND PROCUREMENT PLANNING
2.1 Need Assessment

2.1.1
Procurements should be initiated only based on an indent from the user
Department. The authority in the user Department initiating the indent for
procurement shall first determine the need (including anticipated requirement) for
the subject matter of the procurement. Description and specification of need
assessment is of fundamental importance in ensuring value for money,
transparency, competition and level playing field in procurement. The user
Department shall maintain all documents relating to the determination and
technical/financial/budgetary approvals of the need for procurement. During need
assessments, the following matters are decided to comply with the ‘Procurement
Guidelines’:

01. The expression/description of the need keeping in view the Value for Money
(VfM) and to ensure wide competition. Therefore, to the extent practicable it
should be:

(a) Unambiguous, complete, using common terminology prevalent in relevant

trade;

(b) In accordance with the guidelines prescribed, if any in this regard;

(c) Except in case of purchase from a selected single source, reference to brand
names, catalogue numbers or other details that limit any materials or items
to specific manufacturer(s) should be avoided as far as possible. Where
unavoidable, such item descriptions should always be followed by the words
“or substantially equivalent”.

02. Method of satisfying it owning/leasing/hiring/outsourcing and so on may

be determined as per policies declared in this regard or based on a techno-
economic evaluation (using life cycle cost, if feasible) of various alternative
methods of satisfaction of the need and compatibility and inter- operability
with existing infrastructure or systems.

03 The quantity of the subject matter of procurement, commensurate with

economy:

(a) Care should be taken not to make unnecessary procurements much in

advance of actual requirements, if such procurement is likely to be
unprofitable to the Council, coupled with unwarranted inventory-carrying
cost. Where sales, consumption or usage limits of requirements have
been laid down by the Competent Authority (CA), the officer signing the
indent should also certify that the prescribed scales or limits are not
20
 exceeded. The authority preparing the indent shall neither package nor
divide its procurement or take any other action so as to limit competition
among potential bidders or to avoid its obligations under ‘Procurement
Guidelines’. Provided that in the interest of efficiency, economy, timely
completion or supply, wider competition or access to MSEs, an indenting or
procuring authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, divide its
procurement into appropriate packages, or club requirements of other users for
procurement. Some requirements e.g. IT Systems may have elements of
Goods, Works and Services. It could be either sliced into Goods, Works and
Services elements or combined into a package. Such decisions for slicing or
packaging should be based on technical and VfM considerations. It is also
necessary to round off the calculated quantity to the nearest wagon
load/truck load/package to economize on transportation; and

(b) Unit of quantity is a very important parameter. Some items may be manufactured
in metric tons but may be used in units of numbers or units of lengths (for
example, steel sheets/structural). For the sake of transparency, it is important
to buy an item in units of manufacture. For example, it is better to buy
steel/structural in units of weight since it has a tolerance in weight per unit
of length; this usually works to the disadvantage of the buyer if it is bought
in units of length. The buying and issuing units of an item may be different –
but should be standardized.

(c) Time-schedule and place of product/work/service delivery: Need assessment

and generation of indent for procurement should be done sufficiently in
advance of the time when goods are required. Delays in need assessment
have adverse impact on the value for money and transparency. Great care
is required to be exercised in filling up realistic dates for the requirement of
material. The Procuring Authority should be allowed time in accordance with
the established lead times. In urgent cases, the Procuring Authority may
entertain indents providing shorter periods but such urgencies should be
approved by the authority empowered to grant administrative approval for the
indent and must be accompanied by proper justification. (Annexure-2A)

(d) Formulation of specification to ensure value for m o n e y , transparency, level

playing field and ensuring widest competition. This is further detailed in
subsequent para.

(e) Estimated cost:

(i) The estimated cost in the indent is a vital element in various procurement
processes, approvals and establishing reasonableness of prices at the time of
evaluation of the bids. Therefore, it should be worked out in a realistic and
objective manner. The prevailing market price ascertained through a market
survey or budgetary quotations by the indenting officer from one or
more prospective suppliers or published catalogues/Maximum Retail Price
(MRP) printed on the item is the main source for establishing the estimated
cost of items for which there is no historic data available. It may be noted that
MRPs usually include margins for distributors, wholesalers and retailers;

21
(ii) For equipment which are uniquely custom-built to buyer’s specifications, the
best way to get a fair assessment of costs is by obtaining budgetary quotes
from potential parties. Ideally, there should be three quotes. An attempt
should be made by the user to obtain as many budgetary quotes as possible
from potential firms. In the event of non-availability of three budgetary quotes,
the estimate should be prepared on the basis of the available number of
budgetary quotes, which may even be one. Where more than one budgetary
quote is received, the estimate should be framed on an average of the quotes
which will reduce variations and fluctuations.

(iii) Likewise, rates should be compared with recent orders/purchases of

similar equipment by other o r g a n i z a t i o n s . Other methods for
establishing the estimated cost in the indent and tender evaluation are:

 Estimated rate in past indents of the same goods;

 Last purchase price of this or similar or nearly equivalent
requirements;

(iv) These methods are not mutually exclusive and can be supplemented with
escalations to cater for inflation, price increases of raw materials, labour,
energy, statutory changes, price indices, and so on, to make them usable in
conditions prevailing currently. In case of foreign currencies, the rates should
be reduced to a common denomination of Indian Rupees. Price indices can
be also obtained from any potential website.

2.2 Formulation of Technical Specifications (TS)

2.2.1
The Indentor and the Project Leader should ensure that specifications are
developed to ensure VfM, level playing field and wide competition in
procurement. The TS constitute the benchmarks against which the Indentor and the
Project Leader will verify the technical responsiveness of bids and, subsequently,
evaluate the bids. Therefore, well-defined TS will facilitate the preparation of
responsive bids by bidders as well as examination, evaluation and comparison of the
bids by the various purchase committees. It would also help in ensuring the quality of
the supplied goods. The Indentor and the Project Leader should ensure that the
specification should:

01. Provide a level playing field and ensures the widest competition;

02. Be unambiguous, precise, objective, functional, broad based/generic,

standardized (for items procured repeatedly) and measurable. TS should be
broad enough to avoid restrictions on workmanship, materials and
equipment commonly used in manufacturing similar kinds of goods;

03. Set out the required technical, qualitative and performance characteristics to
meet just the bare essential needs of the Procuring Entity without including
superfluous and non- essential features, which may result in unwarranted
expenditure;

22
04. Normally be based on standards set by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS),
wherever such standards exist. Preference should be given to procure the
goods which carry the BIS mark. In the absence of BIS standards, TS may be
based on the relevant International standards. Provided that an indenter
authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, base the TS on equivalent
international standards even in cases where BIS standards exist. For any
deviations from Indian standards or for any additional parameters for better
performance, specific reasons for deviations/modifications should be duly
recorded with the approval of the CA. Where the technical parameters are
only marginally different, Indian standards may be specified and the
Departmental specifications could cover only such additional details as
packing, marking, inspection, and so on, as are specially required to be
complied for a particular end use;

05. All dimensions incorporated in the specifications shall be indicated in metric

units. If due to some unavoidable reasons, dimensions in FPS units are to
be mentioned, the corresponding equivalents in the metric system must also
be indicated;

06. Comply with sustainability criteria and legal requirements of environment or

pollution control and other mandatory and statutory regulations, or internal
guidelines, if any, applicable to the goods to be purchased;

07. Make use of best practices. Examples of specifications from successful similar
procurements in the other organization or sector may provide a sound base in the
other organizations or sector may provide a sound basis for drafting the TS;

08. Commensurate with VfM, avoid procurement of obsolete goods and require
that all goods and materials be new, unused and of the most recent or current
models and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials, unless provided for otherwise in the bidding documents;

09. Should have emphasis on factors such as efficiency, optimum fuel/power

consumption, use of environmental-friendly materials, reduced noise and
emission levels, low maintenance cost, and so on. Government of India has set
up the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) (http://www.bee-india.nic.in) on 1st
March, 2002 under the provisions of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001,
with the primary objective of reducing the energy intensity of the Indian
economy. The Bureau initiated the Standards & Labelling Programme for
equipment and appliances in 2006 to provide the consumer an informed
choice about the energy saving and thereby the cost saving potential of the
relevant marketed product. The scheme is invoked for 21
equipment/appliances, i.e. Room Air Conditioners, RAC(Cassette, Floor
Standing Tower, Ceiling, Corner AC), Tubular Fluorescent Tube Lights, Frost
Free Refrigerators, Distribution Transformers, Direct Cool Refrigerator, Electric
storage type geyser, Color TVs, Induction Motors, Ceiling fans, Agricultural
pump sets, LPG stoves, Washing machine, Laptops, Ballast, Office
automation products, Solid State Inverter, Diesel Engine Driven Monoset
Pumps for Agricultural Purposes, Diesel Generator, Inverter AC and LED
23
 Lamps. Of which the first 8 products have been notified under mandatory
labelling since 7th January, 2010. The other appliances are presently under
voluntary labelling phase. The energy efficiency labelling programs under
BEE are intended to reduce the energy consumption of appliance without
diminishing the services it provides to consumers. More the stars higher the
efficient is the appliance. The threshold ratings prescribed by the Ministry of
Finance are:

Appliance Threshold Star Rating

Split Air Conditioners 5 Star (under normal conditions where annual
usage are expected to be more than 1000
Hrs) 3 Star (where usage of AC is limited e.g.
in conference rooms)
Frost Free Refrigerators 4 Star
Ceiling Fans 5 Star
Water Heaters 5 Star

Procuring Entity should try to build either the BEE Star rating where applicable
and minimum energy efficiency where such star ratings are not yet
available, into the TS (in accordance with Rule 173 (xvii) of GFR 2017).
Such benchmarking illustrates use of neutral and dependable
benchmarking in procurement of sustainable environmentally favourable
goods by way of appropriately formulated Technical Specifications. In a similar
fashion, other Type III Eco-labels as per ISO 14020 or voluntary Environmental
Standard can be used for specifying environmental sustainability criteria.

10 Discourage procurement involving evaluation of samples: According to the

existing guidelines on public procurement of goods, purchase in
accordance with a sample should not be usually undertaken. Calling for a
sample along with the tender and deciding on the basis of evaluation of the
sample may NOT be done. (CVC’s circular: 2EE-1-CTE-3 dated 15 October
2003, URL: http://cvc.gov.in/eecte32k3.pdf) In certain specifications, there
may be a built-in sample clause. Usually such clauses are stipulated to illustrate
indeterminable characteristics such as shade/tone, make-up, feel, finish and
workmanship, and so on. In some specifications, there may not be a sample
clause but such indeterminable characteristics are left to be agreed to between
the seller and buyer. One way to procure/indigenize certain spares whose
drawings/specifications are not available is to procure in accordance with
an available sample of the part. In such cases, supply must be in conformity
with an agreed reference sample in such respects only, whereas for the
remaining characteristics it must be in conformity with the laid down
drawings/specifications. Procurement of such items should be decided on
the basis of detailed specifications/drawings and no sample should be
called for or evaluated along with the bids. If desired, a purchaser’s
reference sample may be displayed for prospective tenderers to illustrate the
desired indeterminable characteristics, which final supplies from successful
bidder(s) will have to meet in addition to the specifications/ drawings. If
required, in addition to the purchaser’s reference sample, the provision for
the submission of a pre-production sample matching the purchaser’s sample by
successful bidder(s) may be stipulated for indeterminable characteristics,

24
 before giving clearance for bulk production of the supply. The Indent for
items which are to be procured in accordance with a sample must be
accompanied with three sealed samples as far as possible.

2.2.2
Essential Technical Particulars

The essential Technical particulars to be specified in the indent and

included in the tender document shall include the following to the extent
applicable for a particular purchase:

01. Scope of supply/work and, also, end use of the required goods;

02. All essential technical, qualitative, functional, environmental and

performance characteristics and requirements (such as material
composition, physical, dimensions and tolerances, workmanship and
manufacturing process wherever applicable; test schedule; if any),
including guaranteed or acceptable maximum or minimum values, as
appropriate. Whenever necessary, the user may include an additional
format for guaranteed technical parameters (as an attachment to the bid
submission sheet), where the bidder shall provide detailed information on
such technical performance characteristics in reference to the corresponding
acceptable or guaranteed values;

03. Drawings;

04. Requirement of the BIS mark, where applicable, mentioning all parameters
where such a specification provides options;

05. Requirement of an advance sample, if any, at the post c ontract stage

before bulk production;

06. Special requirements of preservation, packing and marking, if any;

07. Inspection procedure for goods ordered and criteria of conformity;

In view of the MoF instructions vide its OM No.F.11/13/2017-PPD dated 24th

October 2017 for inclusion of clause for pre-inspection at the supplier’s
premises, where there is a provision that the supplier will pay for travel, stay,
hospitality and other expenses of the Inspecting Officials needs to be
discouraged so that Inspections are not compromised and therefore such
provisions should be strictly avoided in the bidding documents/contracts.
The spirit of this clause should also be extended to trainings in the premises
of the supplier to the extent possible.

08. Requirements of special tests or type test certificate or type approval for
compliance of statutory requirements with reference to pollution, emission,
noise, if any;

25
09. Other additional work and/or related services required to achieve full
delivery/ completion, installation, commissioning, training, technical support,
after-sales service and Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) requirements, if
any;

10. Warranty requirements;

11. Qualification criteria of the bidders, if any; and

12. Any other aspect peculiar to the goods in question such as shelf life of the
equipment, and so on.

2.3 Obtaining Technical, Administrative Approval and signing of indents.

2.3.1
Schedule of powers for administrative approval of indents generated for
procurement of goods are placed at Annexure 1B. It should be certified that funds in the
budget are available and liability for this indent is noted against the total available
budget. Processing of indents for any Purchase can be made by the Procuring Entity
even without specific budget allocation for the current financial year provided such
cases are cleared for administrative processing by the Director of the Lab./Instt. or JS (A)
in CSIR Hqrs. through PME/Accounts but final order shall be placed only after ensuring
the availability of funds.

2.3.2
In case the time schedule of delivery is urgent (or shorter than usual lead-time)
an urgency certificate as per Annexure-2A should be recorded justifying the urgency
with the approval of the Director of the Procuring Entity or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. The
indenter may submit an indent in form of a Purchase Requisition, as appropriate
(Annexure 2 B to 2 F) along with relevant enclosures to the Procuring Authority, giving it
adequate time for procurement. Indicating optional items in the Indent is not
permitted. Indenters should monitor the progress of the Indents submitted by them.
For this purpose, a PR register may be maintained in the format provided in
Annexure 2G. On receipt by the Purchase Department, progress of such Indents
should be monitored for which a Indent Register should be maintained in the Purchase
Section as per the format provided in Annexure 2H.

2.4 Recording of non-availability of Indented item

2.4.1
Indentor should verify from the available sources about the availability of
the indented item and certify non- availability of the Indented item (s).

2.5 Purchase Committee (PC)/Technical & Purchase Committee (T&PC)

2.5.1
There shall be two committees for regulating, recommending and deciding the
procurement in the Laboratories/institutes and in CSIR Hqrs as under:

01. Purchase Committee (PC); for all modes of purchases up to ₹ 25.00 lakhs.
26
02. Technical & Purchase Committee (T&PC); For all modes of purchases above
₹ 25.00 lakhs.

2.6 Constitution of Purchase Committee (PC) :

2.6.1
The PC will be constituted by the Director in the CSIR Labs/Institutes and for
CSIR Hqrs by the JS (A). Normally a Scientist not below the rank of Principal Scientist
will act as chairman of PC. The other members of the PC will be as follows:

(a) Indenter/project Leader

(b) Two Scientists/Technical officers (other than Indentor /Project leader)
(c) Member Administration
(d) Member Finance
(e) Member Purchase and convener.
(f) Chairman may co-opt Civil Engineer &/or Electrical Engineer on case to
case basis.
2.6.2
The senior most officers of Administration (who are not designated as
Vigilance Officer), S&P and F&A cadres in the Procuring Entity shall attend the
meeting as members from the Admin, S&P and F&A stream respectively. In the
absence of the senior most officer from a particular stream, the next officer, but
not below the rank of Section officer may attend.

2.6.3
While constituting the committee, the Director may designate one of the
Scientific/Technical members of the PC to act as alternate chairman who will chair
the meeting in absence of the regular chairman.

2.6.4
Presence of the Chairman, one scientist/ technical officer, Admin, Finance,
Purchase members, Civil Engineer &/or Electrical Engineer (if any) and Indenter
shall be mandatory. In case the chairman happens to be the Indentor/Project
Leader, the alternate Chairman shall chair the meeting.

2.6.5
The PC shall meet as and when required.

2.7 Functions of Purchase Committee (PC)

2.7.1
PC will consider procurement of all goods up to ₹ 25 lakhs keeping in view
the provisions of paras 2.5.1(01), 2.11.1, 4.11.1 and chapter 5 &7 of the CSIR
Manual on Procurement of goods 2018.

2.7.2
The PC will devise its own methods within the ambit of the extant rules &
regulations on the subject for making Purchases. However, its functions will broadly
include purchase of goods (up to ₹ 25.00 Lakhs), Maintenance & Repair contracts
(irrespective of value) including conclusion of Rate Contracts.
27
2.7.3
The PC shall also decide the demand for stock replenishment for Stores
taking into consideration the requirements of the Procuring Entity including fixing
the quantity and identifying the source.

2.7.4
The mode of tender and the appropriate bidding system may be adopted as
per para 4.11.1 of the CSIR Manual on Procurement of goods 2018.

2.7.5
The members of the PC need to ensure compliance to para 7.5.11 of the
CSIR Manual and also sign a declaration of “no conflict of interest” as per para
7.5.12 of the CSIR Manual at the time of recommending a purchase.

2.7.6
In case of any dissent, the provisions of Para 7.5.11 of the CSIR Manual
may be referred.

2.8 Constitution of Technical & Purchase Committee(T&PC):

2.8.1
The Director of the CSIR Lab/Institute and JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs shall
constitute a standing Committee for purchase of goods with estimated cost above
₹25 lakhs as under:

(a) A scientist not below the rank of Senior Principal Scientist as chairman
(b) Indentor/project Leader
(c) Two scientists/TO other than Indentor/Project leader
(d) Member Administration
(e) Member Finance
(f) Member Purchase and Convener
(g) Chairman may co-opt Civil Engineer and/or Electrical Engineer on case to
case basis
(h) The Director may nominate Domain expert/s (even from outside the
lab/Instt) on case to case basis.

However, the provisions of Para 7.1(02) of the CSIR Manual may be

complied with while constituting the T&PC.

2.8.2
The senior most officers of Administration (who are not designated as
Vigilance Officer), S&P and F&A cadres in the Procuring Entity shall attend the
meeting as members from the Admin, S&P and F&A stream respectively. In the
absence of the senior most officer from a particular stream, the next officer, but
not below the rank of Section officer may attend.

2.8.3
The members from Administration, Finance and Purchase are not required
to attend the meetings/presentations/technical discussions or the EOI meeting for
28
finalization of specifications and other technical issues in respect of the items
proposed to be indented. Indentor shall be the convener for such meetings.
Chairman may invite other potential users to attend the meeting for this purpose.

2.8.4
The onus of freezing the specification/technical parameters and evaluation
of technical bids shall lie with the rest of the members of the T&PC who shall act as
a technical sub-committee (TSC).

2.8.5
The indenter shall convene the meetings of the technical sub- committee
(TSC) whereas the member S&P shall act as convener of the full T&PC. All
documentations i.e. records of discussion, correspondence with vendors etc. shall
be maintained by the convener of the TSC till the same is handed over to the
purchase section along with the final recommendations.

2.8.6
In the absence of regular Chairman, the next senior most scientific/technical
member will act as alternate chairman.

2.8.7
In case of technical subcommittee (TSC) meeting, the quorum will consist of
one scientific/technical members, Domain Expert, if any, Indenter and the
Chairman. However, in case of T&PC meetings the quorum will consist of the
chairman, the Indenter/PL, one scientist, the Civil Engineer &/or the Electrical
Engineer (if co-opted) the member Administration, member Finance and the
member Purchase.

2.8.8
The T&PC will meet as and when required.

2.9 Functions of Technical & Purchase Committee (T&PC)

2.9.1
T&PC will consider procurement of all goods above ₹25 lakhs keeping in
view the provisions of paras 2.5.1(02), 2.11.1, 4.11.1 and chapter 5 & 7 of the
CSIR Manual.

2.9.2
The T&PC will devise its own methods within the ambit of the extant rules &
regulations on the subject for making Purchases.

2.9.3
The detailed modus operandi for procurement under this category should be
in line with the provisions of Chapter 4of the CSIR Manual.

2.9.4
The mode of tendering for purchases under the purview of T&PC shall
normally be through open tender/global tender and in two bid system (technical
and commercial). However, depending upon the requirement, the appropriate
29
bidding system may be adopted as per para 4.11.1, 4.12 to 4.16 of the CSIR
Manual on Procurement of goods 2018.

2.9.5
The members of the T&PC need to ensure compliance to para 7.5.11 of the
CSIR Manual on Procurement of goods 2018 and also sign a declaration of “no
conflict of interest” as per para 7.5.12 of the CSIR Manual on Procurement of
goods 2018.

2.9.6
In case of any dissent, the provisions of Para 7.5.11 of the CSIR Manual
may be referred.

2.10 Procurement Plan

2.10.1
Integrated procurement plan should be prepared for the ensuing financial
year based on the latest cost estimates, and realistic time schedule for procurement
activities and contract implementation and thus schedule and stagger the
procurements over the year with a view to ensure an even load on the Purchase
Department.

2.10.2
The Procuring Entity should publish information regarding the procurement plan
for the forthcoming year or years on the w e b s i t e o f t h e p r o c u r i n g E n t i t y
with a caveat that such publication shall not be construed as initiation of a
procurement process and cast any obligation on the Procuring Entity to issue the
bidding document or confer any right on prospective bidders (Rule 144(x) of GFR
2017). This is also mandated vide Para 8 of MSME Order dated 23rd March 2012 on
Public Procurement Policy for MSEs as enclosed at Annexure–1C and form a part of
the Annual Report as per Para 5 of the said Order.

2.10.3
The procurement plan can be reviewed and revised as and when required
with the approval of the Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs.
Keeping in mind the principle of transparency in Public Procurement, it is desirable
that the annual procurement plan is made known to all prospective bidders at the
beginning of the financial year, keeping in view the urgency and contingency of
procuring certain items at short notice. The following must therefore, be ensured in
respect of both capital and consumable items:

01. For procurement out of Externally Funded Projects (EFP): The items to be
procured under EFP as approved by the sponsor should be notified at the
earliest by the Head PME on the website of the Lab/Instt and on GeM
Portal. (Rule 149 (vi)) of GFR 2017 within 30 days of budget approval.

02. For CSIR Funded Projects: The procurement plan for the items should be
notified by Head PME after approval of the project by the Director and
notified on the website of the Lab./Instt. and on GeM Portal. (Rule 149 (vi))
of GFR 2017 within 30 days of budget approval.

30
03. For non-project mode procurement: The Director of the Lab/ Institute will
constitute a committee to assess the need of the procurement of items.
Based on the duly approved recommendation of the Committee, the Head
PME will notify the plan on the website of the Lab./Instt. and on Gem Portal.
(Rule 149 (vi)) of GFR 2017 within 30 days of budget approval.

2.10.4
To ensure that a demand for goods is not divided into small quantities to
make piece meal purchases to avoid the necessity of obtaining the sanction of
higher authority (Rule 157 of GFR 2017), it is imperative that the requirements are
consolidated. For this purpose, Indents for procurement of goods being raised for
various projects is therefore required to be scrutinized by the PME Division with
reference to the Annual Procurement Plan and consolidation of indents should be
done by PME for further processing.

2.11 Procurement Planning by PC & T&PC

2.11.1
After receipt of the indent, the PC/T&PC should take following decisions to
initiate procurement, to ensure conformity to the Procurement Guidelines:

01. Within 10 (Ten) working days of receipt of the indent from the user
Department, the PC/T&PC should critically review the description and
TS enclosed with the indent for completeness/approvals/funding, VfM
and possibility of the widest competition and seek clarifications from the
indenting officer, if needed, before initiating such procurement;

02. Reassessment of the quantity and appropriate aggregation of quantities

of various users:

The procuring authority shall normally neither package nor divide its
procurement or take any other action so as to limit competition among
bidders or to avoid the necessity of obtaining the sanction of higher
authority required with reference to the estimated value of the total
demand (Rule 157 of GFR 2017). Provided that in the interest of
efficiency, economy, timely completion or supply, wider competition or
access to MSEs, a procuring authority may, for reasons to be recorded in
writing, divide its procurement into appropriate packages, or club
requirements of other users for procurement. Packaging of the contract and
procurement planning should be done keeping in view the availability and
possibility of eliciting the interest of the qualified firms; effective
competition for the type and size of the contract; and access to MSEs. For
example, for a particular contract, material to be procured may constitute
more than 50 (fifty) per cent of the total cost of works or there are
services which are a mix of consultancy services with substantial element
of goods, such as procurement of an IT system. Such procurement could be
done as a single composite contract comprising all components or divided
into separate contracts for each category of procurement. In all such
situations, the dominant aspect of the requirement and value for money
aspects of a composite all-inclusive contract versus dividing the contract into
respective categories should be carefully examined at the time of Need
31
 assessment/ Procurement Planning. This is a crucial stage of decision-
making in procurement planning for a better outcome and for VfM
considerations;

03. Determine and declare in documents, any limitation on participation of

bidders as per the Government’s procurement policy regarding preference
to certain sections of industry, if any. The PC/T&PC shall not establish any
requirement aimed at limiting participation of bidders in the procurement
process that discriminates against or amongst bidders or against any category
thereof except to lay down a reasonable and justifiable eligibility or pre-
qualification criteria for the bidders and finalise the bidding documents;

04. Selection of a system of bidding (single/two stage; single/two bids:

suitability for e-Procurement or reverse auction);

05. Select the mode of procurement (open tenders, limited tenders, single
tenders, rate contracts etc.);

06. Decision on the timeframe for completing various stages of procurement

should be declared in the bidding documents. The Procuring Entity
should endeavor to adhere to the time limit so decided and record
reasons for any modification of such limits.

2.12 Rush of Expenditure

2.12.1
Rush of Expenditure, particularly in the closing months of the financial year
shall be regarded as breach of financial propriety and shall be avoided. The
Finance Division of the Procuring Entity shall ensure adherence to the stipulated
monthly expenditure plan and the guidelines issued in this regard by the Budget
Division, Department of Economic Affairs, from time to time. (Rule 62(3) of GFR
2017)

32
 CHAPTER – 3

SUPPLIER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT

3.1 Supplier Relationship Management

3.1.1
Supplier Relationship Management comprises the following functions:

01. Ensuring compliance of suppliers to the Code of Integrity for Public

Procurement and Integrity Pact (CIPP) if stipulated in Bid Documents;

02. Development of new sources and registration of suppliers.

03. Holiday listing; removal from the list of registered suppliers and
banning/debarment of firms; and

3.2 Code of Integrity for Public Procurement (CIPP)

3.2.1
Public procurement is perceived to be prone to corruption and ethical risks.
To mitigate this, the officials of the Procuring Entity involved in procurement and
the bidders/suppliers must abide by the following Code of Integrity for Public
Procurement (CIPP). All officials involved in procurement decisions need to sign a
declaration of abiding by the CIPP at the time of deciding the need, mode of
procurement and the final recommendations of the procurement in every case.
Similarly, The bidders/suppliers should be asked to sign a declaration about abiding
by a Code of Integrity for Public Procurement in registration applications and in bid
documents as per Annexure-5(O), with a warning that, in case of any transgression
of this code, its name is not only liable to be removed from the list of registered
suppliers, but it would be liable for other punitive actions such as cancellation of
contracts, banning and blacklisting or action in Competition Commission of India,
and so on. (Rule 175(i) of GFR 2017)

3.2.2
Procuring authorities as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and
consultants should observe the highest standard of ethics and should not indulge in
the following prohibited practices, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during
the procurement process or during execution of resultant contracts:

01. “Corrupt practice”: making offers, solicitation or acceptance of bribe,

rewards or gifts or any material benefit, in exchange for an unfair advantage
in the procurement process or to otherwise influence the procurement
process or contract execution;

02. “Fraudulent practice”: any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead

or attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefits may be obtained or
an obligation avoided.

33
 This includes making false declaration or providing false information for
participation in a tender process or to secure a contract or in execution of
the contract;

03. “Anti-competitive practice”: any collusion, bid rigging or anti-competitive

arrangement, or any other practice coming under the purview of The
Competition Act, 2002, between two or more bidders, with or without the
knowledge of the Procuring Entity , that may impair the transparency,
fairness and the progress of the procurement process or to establish bid
prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;
04. “Coercive practice”: harming or threatening to harm, persons or their
property to influence their participation in the procurement process or affect
the execution of a contract;

05. “Conflict of interest”: participation by a bidding firm or any of its affiliates

that are either involved in the consultancy contract to which this
procurement is linked; or if they are part of more than one bid in the
procurement; or if the bidding firm or their personnel have relationships or
financial or business transactions with any official of Procuring Entity who
are directly or indirectly related to tender or execution process of contract; or
improper use of information obtained by the (prospective) bidder from the
Procuring Entity with an intent to gain unfair advantage in the procurement
process or for personal gain; and

06. “Obstructive practice”: materially impede the investigation by the Procuring

Entity into allegations of one or more of the above mentioned prohibited
practices either by deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering; or by
concealing of evidence material to the investigation; or by making false
statements to investigators and/or by threatening, harassing or intimidating
any party to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of matters relevant to
the investigation or from pursuing the investigation; or by impeding the
rights of the Procuring Entity to audit or access to information;

3.2.3
Obligations for Proactive Disclosures

01. Procuring authorities as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and

consultants, are obliged under Code of Integrity for Public Procurement to
suo-moto proactively declare any conflicts of interest (coming under the
definition mentioned above – pre-existing or as and as soon as these arise
at any stage) in any procurement process or execution of contract. Failure to
do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity;

02. Any bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any
previous transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any
country during the last three years or of being debarred by any other
Procuring Entity including the CSIR Labs/Instts. Failure to do so would
amount to violation of this code of integrity;

03. To encourage voluntary disclosures, such declarations would not mean

automatic disqualification for the bidder making such declarations. The
34
 declared conflict of interest may be evaluated and mitigation steps, if
possible, may be taken by the Procuring Entity Similarly voluntary reporting
of previous transgressions of Code of Integrity elsewhere may be evaluated
and barring cases of various grades of debarment, an alert watch may be
kept on the bidder’s actions in the tender and subsequent contract.

3.2.4
Punitive Provisions

01. Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Procuring Entity to
other penal provisions as per the bid documents or contract, if the Procuring
Entity comes to a conclusion that a (prospective) bidder/supplier, directly or
through an agent, has violated this code of integrity in competing for the
contract or in executing a contract, the Procuring Entity may take appropriate
measures including one or more of the following:

(a) if his bids are under consideration in any procurement

(i) Forfeiture or encashment of bid security;

(ii) Calling off of any pre-contract negotiations; and

(iii) Rejection and exclusion of the bidder from the procurement process.

(b) if a contract has already been awarded

(i) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for loss
incurred by the Procuring Entity

(ii) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the

procurement;

(iii) Recovery of payments including advance payments, if any, made by the

Procuring Entity along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate.

(c) Provisions in addition to above:

(i) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment of the
bidder from participation in future procurements of the Procuring Entity for a
period not less than one year;

(ii) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing may

be filed under a signature of the Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt and JS (A) in
CSIR Hqrs, with the Competition Commission of India;

(iii) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any

individual or staff found responsible.

35
3.3 Integrity Pact (IP)

3.3.1
The Pre-bid Integrity Pact is a tool to help Governments, businesses and civil
society to fight corruption in public contracting. It binds both buyers and sellers to
ethical conduct and transparency in all activities from pre-selection of bidders,
bidding and contracting, implementation, completion and operation related to the
contract. This removes insecurity of bidders, that while they themselves may abjure
bribery, but their competitors may resort to it and win contract by unfair means.

3.3.2
Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure have mandated vide their
OM No.14(12)/2008-E.II(A) dated 19th July, 2011 that Ministries/Departments and
their attached/subordinate offices (including autonomous bodies) to incorporate
Integrity Pact depending on the nature of procurements/contracts above a
threshold value. The nature of procurement and threshold of value is to be decided
by CSIR with approval of the Minister in charge. As guidance, the threshold should
be such as to cover bulk (80-90% - eighty to ninety percent by value) of its
procurement expenditure. The threshold limit for implementation of Integrity Pact
in CSIR would be informed separately.

3.3.3
The pact essentially envisages an agreement between the prospective
vendors/bidders and the buyer, committing the persons/officials of both sides, not
to resort to any corrupt practices in any aspect/stage of the contract. Only those
vendors/bidders, who commit themselves to such a Pact with the buyer, would be
considered competent to participate in the bidding process. In other words, entering
into this Pact would be a preliminary qualification. The essential ingredients of the
Pact include:

01. Promise on the part of the Procuring Entity to treat all bidders with equity
and reason and not to seek or accept any benefit, which is not legally
available;

02. Promise on the part of bidders not to offer any benefit to the employees of
the Procuring Entity not available legally and also not to commit any offence
under Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or Indian Penal Code 1860.

03. Promise on the part of bidders not to enter into any undisclosed agreement
or understanding with other bidders with respect to prices, specifications,
certifications, subsidiary contracts; etc.

04. Undertaking (as part of Fall Clause) by the bidders that they have not and
will not sell the same material/equipment at prices lower than the bid price;

05. Foreign bidders to disclose the name and address of agents and
representatives in India and Indian Bidders to disclose their foreign
principals or associate;

06. Bidders to disclose the payments to be made by them to agents/brokers or

any other intermediary;
36
07. Bidders to disclose any past transgressions committed over the specified
period with any other company in India or Abroad that may impinge on the
anti- corruption principle;

08. Integrity Pact lays down the punitive actions for any violation;

09. Integrity Pact (IP) would be implemented through a panel of Independent

External Monitors (IEMs) who shall be appointed by the CSIR in consultation
with Central Vigilance Commission. Names and contact details of the
Independent External Monitor(s) should be listed in Notice Inviting Tender
(NIT). The IEM would review independently and objectively, whether and to
what extent parties have complied with their obligations under the Pact. The
CSIR is required to select two persons (below the age of 70 (seventy) years)
of high integrity and reputation as Independent External Monitors (IEM) after
due diligence and forward to the CVC for its approval. Only those officers of
Government of India Departments or Public Sector Undertakings, who have
retired from top management positions, would be considered for
appointment as IEM, provided they are neither serving nor retired from the
same organization. Eminent persons, retired judges of High/Supreme
Courts, executives of private sector of considerable eminence could also be
considered for functioning as Independent External Monitors. The
appointment of Independent External Monitors would be for an initial period
of three years and could be extended for another term of two years
(maximum tenure of five years). Names and contact details of the
Independent External Monitor(s) should be listed in Notice Inviting Tender
(NIT).

10. In tenders meeting the criteria of threshold value/nature of procurement:

Integrity Pact clause and format should be included in the Bid Documents as
per format placed at Annexure-3A. The IP may be incorporated with suitable
changes specific to the situation in which the Pact is to be used. Each page
of such Integrity Pact proforma would be duly signed by Procuring Entity’s
competent signatory as per SOPP. All pages of the Integrity Pact are to be
returned by the bidder (along with the technical bid) duly signed by the same
signatory who signed the bid, i.e. who is duly authorized to sign the bid and
to make binding commitments on behalf of his company. Any bid not
accompanied by Integrity Pact duly signed by the bidder shall be considered
to be a non-responsive bid and shall be rejected straightway.

11. Role/ Functions of IEMs: The Monitors would not be subject to instructions
by the representatives of the parties and should perform their functions
neutrally and independently. They would review independently and
objectively, whether and to what extent parties have complied with their
obligations under the Integrity Pact. For this purpose, they would have
access to all contract documents/books of accounts of the bidders in case
of any allegation of violation of any provisions of the Integrity Pact or
payment of commission, whenever required. The IEMs will have the option to
participate in such meetings among the parties related to the project
provided such meetings could have an impact on the contractual relations
between the parties. Ideally all IEMs of an organization should meet once
37
 every two months to take stock of ongoing tendering process. The IEMs
would examine all complaints received by them and give their
recommendations/views to the designated officer at the earliest. The
Monitors would also inform the Procuring Entity, if they notice or have
reason to believe, a violation of the Integrity Pact. They may also send their
report directly to the Central Vigilance Commission, in case of suspicion of
serious irregularities requiring legal/administrative action. At least one IEM
would be invariably cited in the NIT. However, for ensuring the desired
transparency and objectivity in dealing with the complaints arising out of any
tendering process, the matter should be examined by the full panel of IEMs,
who would look into the records, conduct an investigation, and submit their
joint recommendations. The recommendations of IEMs would be in the
nature of advice and would not be legally binding. IEMs may not be equated
with consultants in the Procuring Entity. Their role is independent in nature
and the advice once tendered would not be subject to review. The role of the
Chief Vigilance Officer (CVO) of Procuring Entity shall remain unaffected by
the presence of IEMs. A matter being examined by the IEMs can be
separately investigated by the CVO, if a complaint is received by him or
directed to him by the CVC.

3.4 Development of New Sources and Registration of Suppliers

3.4.1
Ensuring an up-to-date and current list of registered, capable and competent
suppliers facilitates efficiency, economy and promotion of competition in public
Procurement, especially where open tendering is not resorted to. The list may be
referred to while floating a limited tender/local purchase/direct purchase. For such
tenders, it may be possible to skip bidder qualification so as to avoid unnecessary
repetition/duplication of records thereby saving time, especially in the case of
emergency procurement.

3.4.2
All Procuring Entities in CSIR shall follow the policies and procedures for
registration described below. The Procuring Entity shall notify the competent
authority to deal with the applications and grant registrations to the vendors, along
with their jurisdictions. The appellate authority shall be at least one level above the
registering authority.

3.4.3
All users in the Procuring Entity may use the list of registered suppliers.
Registered suppliers are ordinarily exempted from furnishing earnest money
deposit/bid security with their tenders in tenders for items, for which they are
registered. The list of registered suppliers for the subject matter of procurement
may be exhibited on the Central Public Procurement Portal and websites of
Procuring Entity (Rule 150(v) of GFR).

3.4.4 Categories for Registration

In case of procurement of goods, the Procuring Entity shall register firms as

suppliers of goods in the following broad categories:

38
(a) Manufacturers, who supply indigenous items;

(b) Agents/distributors of such manufacturers, who desire to market their

production only through their agents;

(c) Foreign manufacturers with/without their accredited agent in India;

(d) Stockists of imported spares or other consumables and

(e) Suppliers of imported goods as are having regular arrangement with foreign
manufacturers.

(f) Fabricators.

(g) Service Providers.

(h) General Suppliers.

3.4.5
One of the main prerequisites for registration as a manufacturer is that the
firm should possess its own in-house testing facilities. In case, the firm does not
have its own testing facilities then it should have regular arrangements with other
Government or Government-approved or private agencies in its area for testing of
products. Before the manufacturer is included in the list of registered suppliers,
Procuring Entity shall verify the bona fides and standing of the firm. In case of firms
having an established quality maintenance system like ISO 9001- 2000 certification
(latest version) etc., the Procuring Entity may consider registration of such firms
without carrying out capacity assessment.

3.5. Vendor Registration Committee:

The Procuring Entity will constitute a Vendor Registration Committee (VRC)

with the approval of Director in CSIR Labs/Instts / JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. comprising of
the following as its Members.

(a) Scientist of the rank of Principal Scientist or above as Chairman

(b) One Technical Officer from Engineering (Civil/ Electrical/ Mechanical)/
Workshop/
(c) Two Scientists (Member-Purchase Committee and Member Technical &
Purchase Committee)
(d) Member Finance – SO (F&A) and above
(e) Member Convener – SO (S&P) and above

3.5.1
Functions of the VRC

01. The VRC will Scrutinize all the online applications received for vendor
registration and recommend registration of the vendors for the item (s)
indicated by the vendor out of the items mentioned in the categories and
sub-categories (common across CSIR) given in the web link. The vendor will
have the choice to register for one or more than one item of the Sub-
39
 Category. Where the desired item of the vendor’s scope of supply is not
listed in the Sub-Category, the vendor will mention the Generic Name of the
item in the “Others” option. The VRC will verify if the desired item is listed
anywhere else in the other categories and recommend for registration for
the same in the actual Sub-Category. Otherwise will request the Super
Administrator i.e. IT Division, CSIR-CDRI to include the item in the desired
Sub-Category.

02. VRC will evaluate credentials submitted by vendors as per performance

report submitted by at least 3 customers.

03. VRC will verify whether the applications have been received in compliance to
the clauses mentioned in “Instructions to Vendors – Registration in CSIR” as
per Annexure- 3B and process the applications after verifying the
credentials of the vendor, after Sales Services/Support (as applicable),
Financial standing etc. as detailed in the instructions.

04. Wherever necessary, the VRC may evaluate and/or inspect the
manufacturing and testing facility available with the vendor – for vendors
registering as manufacturer. However, the decision whether to inspect or
not will be at the discretion of the Committee.

05. To verify and satisfy itself on the financial standing and credit worthiness of
the firm as evidenced from the certified copy of the Balance sheet (by
Chartered Accountant).

06. Recommend the jurisdiction of the vendor registration as per the choice of
(i) City (ii) Cluster of Labs/Instts (iii) All CSIR Labs/Instts (whole of India) and
(iv) Laboratory, as exercised by the vendor.

07. When the vendor submits online application for registration for more than
one Procuring Entity, he will have the option to select the Procuring Entity for
getting his application processed. The application of the vendor will be
directed by the system to the concerned Procuring Entity chosen by the
vendor for processing. Besides, the application can be viewed by all the
Procuring Entities of CSIR. However, in order to verify the credentials of the
vendor, if the selected Procuring Entity feels it is not competent enough to
verify the credentials being the items of different field, the application can be
transferred online to other Procuring Entity.

08. A Chief/Senior Principal Scientist in the Lab/Instt as nominated by the

Director and JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs shall be the competent authority to approve
the registration of vendors on recommendations of the VRC. The Director in
the Labs/Instts and DG, CSIR in CSIR Hqrs shall be the Appellate Authority to
decide on the decision of the procuring entity to reject an application for
registration as a vendor, when contested by any prospective vendor.

40
3.6 Procedure for Online Registration of Vendors

3.6.1
Vendors interested in registering with the different Procuring Entities of CSIR
for supply of Goods need to apply online. The weblink (url) for this is
14.139.230.4/vendorreg/login.aspx. The Vendor must read and follow the
instructions given in Instructions to Vendors This weblink will be made available on
the websites of all CSIR Laboratories/Instts / Headquarters. Access to Login page
for the Vendor registration (VR) form necessitates entry of PAN, email id, password
and name of Vendor on the Home page of the Vendor registration web link. After
submitting the details the portal opens up new Registration form on the Dashboard
for Vendor. Vendor needs to fill all the mandatory details online including PAN, GST
NO, Legal status of Firm etc. Uploading of documents containing signed declaration
by the Vendor on abiding by CIPP and disclosure on Conflict of Interest is also
essential to complete the Vendor registration process. After all the details in the
online VR form are filled and submit button is clicked, the application process for
vendor registration is complete. A confirmatory email will be sent to the vendor,
indicating receipt of application. The instructions to vendors for Vendor Registration
and the form for Vendor registration are at Annexures 3B & 3C respectively.

3.6.2
Vendor registration once issued will be valid for all the CSIR
laboratories/Institutes/ Units of CSIR. All registered vendors, not necessarily for the
CSIR Lab/Instt issuing the tender, will be exempted from Bid security/ EMD in the
bidding process for the goods/items for which the vendor is registered.

3.6.3 Validity of Vendor registration is three years. Thereafter the vendor will have
to apply for renewal along-with the required documents prior to at least two months
before expiry of the existing registration.

3.6.4
Vendor registration fee will be ₹ 1000/- (One Thousand) nontransferable
and non-refundable. Initially, the registration fee shall be paid by vendor in the form
of a DD/BC in favour of the Procuring Entity. In due course a link to make online
payment will be provided on the Vendor Registration Portal itself where it will go
directly to the account of the Procuring Entity. . This will facilitate online payment of
fee towards vendor registration from the vendors willing to register. MSE’s are
however exempted from payment of vendor registration fee

3.6.5
A web link from the Vendor Registration Portal shall be hosted on the
website of all CSIR laboratories/Hqrs to enable Labs/Instts to view the applications
and process for registration. The system will generate a unique registration number.
The Certificate of registration with jurisdiction of Vendor will be generated by an
officer of S&P in the Procuring Entity from the system.

3.6.6
The Procuring Entity must communicate deficiencies/ shortcomings to
Vendors whose application for registration is not accepted. The period for review
and re-verification must be mentioned in the rejection letter.
41
3.6.7
The signed declaration on conflict of interest and pro-active Declaration on
abiding by the Code for integrity in Public Procurement must be verified by the
Procuring Entity.

3.6.8
Registration of the suppliers should be done following a fair, transparent and
reasonable procedure with appeal rights and after giving due publicity. For this
purpose, pointer advertisement maybe issued in a newspaper. Details of the
procedure for registration of new firms may also be uploaded on the website for
information of the suppliers. Timeframe and criteria for registration of suppliers may
be clearly indicated.

3.6.9
Possible sources for any category/sub-category can be identified based on
internal and external references. Data of new suppliers can be obtained from the
response received from suppliers, open tender advertisements, pre-qualification
bids, Expression of Interest (EoI), against various enquiries on the website,
dedicated websites, exhibitions, buyer-seller meets, Development Commissioner of
the Small Industries Service Institute, BIS, trade journals, and so on. The e-
Procurement portal does pre-registration of suppliers online. Such data can be a
source of information on prospective suppliers;

3.6.10
New supplier(s) may be considered for registration at any time, provided they
fulfil all the required conditions. For any larger scale or critical registration or
development of new suppliers, the Procuring Entity should call for EoI by publicizing
its need for development of sources. The stages to be followed together with the
applicable guidelines for EoI have been detailed in Chapter 4.

3.6.11
While registering the firms, an undertaking may be obtained from them that
they will abide by the CIPP enclosed with the application with a clear warning that,
in case of transgression of the code of integrity, their names are likely to be deleted
from the list of registered suppliers, besides any other penalty or more severe
action as deemed fit.

3.6.12
Along with the new/renewal application for registration, the suppliers should
also be asked to declare that, if awarded a contract in any LTE in which they
participate, they bind themselves to abide by the Procuring Entity’s General
Conditions of Contract (GCC) as hosted on the website of the Procuring Entity.

3.6.13
Eligibility and other conditions

01. Any firm, situated in India or abroad, which is in the business of providing
goods of specified categories of interest at least for past 3 years, shall be
eligible for registration. However, MSME and Start-Ups are exempted from
this period.
42
02. Where registration is granted based on partly outsourced arrangements/
agreements, it shall be the responsibility of the registered unit, to keep such
arrangements/agreements renewed/alive at all times, to keep their
registration valid for the period for which it has been granted. Any failure in
this regard may make the registration null and void ineffective,
retrospectively from any such dates which the registering authority considers
appropriate.

03. Firm, against whom punitive action has been taken, shall not be eligible for
re-registration during the currency of punitive action. Registration requests
may not be entertained from such firms, stakeholders of whom have any
interest in deregistered/banned firms;

04. The application form, complete in all respects and accompanied with the
requisite processing fee and prescribed documents shall be submitted by
the firms to the Procuring Entity chosen by the vendor. The registration
application form, duly filled-in, when received from the firms shall be
scrutinized carefully for assessing the capacity and capability of the firms
including credentials, manufacturing capability, quality control system, past
performance, after-sales service facilities, financial background, and so on,
of the applicant. References shall be made to other clients of the applicant
firm whom he claims to be a supplier/contractor, if required. Likewise, the
applicant firm’s bankers may also be requested to advice about the financial
standing of the firm, If felt necessary. Registration of suppliers should be
done with the approval of competent authority as per SOPP.

05. In cases where the firm is not considered capable and registration cannot be
granted, the Procuring Entity shall communicate the deficiencies and
shortcomings directly to the firms. Where a request for re- verification and
review is made by the firm within the period prescribed by the Procuring
Entity, review shall be undertaken. Requests for re-verification after expiry of
the said period would be treated as a fresh application and processing fee, if
any prescribed, charged accordingly.

06. Registration should be for specific item under a sub-category and category
as enumerated in the Vendor Registration Portal.

07. It should be mentioned in the letter of registration that the registration is

valid for a period of three years and would be considered for extension
based (on application by the supplier/contractor/service provider) on
satisfactory performance of the firm. The extension of validity of registration
is not a matter of right and the Procuring Entity reserves the right not to
extend such registration without assigning any reason. New supplier(s) may
also be considered for registration at any time, provided they fulfill all the
required conditions. (Rule 150 (iii) of GFR 2017)

08. The registered firms may be exempted from depositing the Earnest Money
Deposit (EMD), for the item (s) of sub-Categories for which it has been
registered. In other categories, the supplier would be treated as any
unregistered supplier and not be entitled to the privileges of a registered
43
 supplier. The category, so laid down, does not, however, debar a firm from
getting orders for other categories, provided the Procuring Entity is satisfied
about the capacity and capability of the firm but a requisite Bid
Security/Earnest Money Deposit should be obtained, as is being done in the
case of unregistered firms;

09. Performance and conduct of every registered supplier is to be watched by

the concerned Procuring Entity who shall reserve the right to remove firms
who do not perform satisfactorily, even during the validity of registration
(after giving due opportunity to the supplier to make a representation) if they
fail to abide by the terms and conditions of the registration or fail to execute
contracts on time or supply substandard goods or make any false
declaration to any Government agency or for any ground which, in the
opinion of the Procuring Entity, is not in public interest. (Rule 150 (iv) of
GFR 2017)

10. The Procuring Entity shall retain its option to reassess firms already
registered, at any later date, to satisfy itself about the current financial
soundness/credit worthiness, facilities available, and so on. Thereafter, the
Procuring Entity may decide to retain them as registered suppliers for the
requirements and monetary limit earlier considered or with necessary
changes as deemed fit. In case of adverse reports from the team of the
Procuring Entity’s officers who reassess the firm, the Procuring Entity shall
delete such firm from the registered suppliers list (Rule 150 (iv) of GFR
2017).

11. The List of registered suppliers for the subject matter of procurement should
be exhibited on the website of the Procuring Entity and CPP Portal. (Rule
150(v) of GFR 2017).

3.7 Grades of Debarment of Suppliers

3.7.1 Registration of suppliers and their eligibility to participate in Procurement

Entity’s procurements is subject to compliance with Code of Integrity for Public
Procurement and good performance in contracts. Following grades of debarment
from registration and participation in Procuring Entity’s procurements can be
considered against delinquent bidders/suppliers:

01. Holiday listing (Temporary debarment or suspension): In less serious cases,

a supplier (including their related entities) may be temporary debarred from
a particular Procuring Entity’s procurements for short periods up to 12
(twelve) months, without the firm’s name being removed from the list of
registered vendors.

02. Removal from list of registered vendors: Debarment of a delinquent supplier

(including their related entities) for a period of time (one to two years) from
a particular Procuring Entity’s procurements with the removal of name from
the list of registered vendors, due to severe deficiencies in performance or
other serious transgressions.

44
03. Banning from Ministry/Country-wide procurements: For serious
transgression of CIPP, a delinquent supplier (including their related entities)
may be banned/debarred from participation in a procurement process of
any Procuring Entity for a period not exceeding three years commencing
from the date of debarment.

3.7.2
Holiday Listing (Temporary Debarment or suspension)

01. Whenever a supplier is found lacking in performance, in case of less

frequent and less serious misdemeanors, the suppliers may be put on a
holiday listing (temporary debarment) for a period up to 12 (twelve) months
after following the debarment procedures mentioned in para 3.7.5(01)
below .This is specific only to a particular procuring entity. When a supplier is
on the holiday listing, he is neither invited to bid nor are his bids considered
for evaluation during the period of the holiday. The supplier is, however, not
removed from the list of registered suppliers. The supplier automatically
stands removed from the holiday listing on expiry of the holiday period.
Performance issues which may justify holiday listing of the vendor are:

(a) Vendors who have not responded to requests for quotation/tenders

consecutively three times without furnishing valid reasons .It may be noted
that regret letter needs to be treated as response.

(b) Repeated non-performance or performance below specified standards

(including after sales services and maintenance services);

(c) Suppliers undergoing process for Removal from Registration or

banning/debarment may also be put on a holiday listing during such
proceedings, as recommended by the Procuring Entity and approved by the
Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt, or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs.

3.7.3
Removal from List of Registered Suppliers

01. In cases of deficiencies in any of performance issues listed below, such

suppliers may be removed from the list of registered suppliers after following
due process as per para 3.7.5(02) below. The vendors removed from the list
of registered vendors are neither invited to bid nor are their bids considered
for evaluation. Whenever a firm is removed from the list of registered
suppliers, its registration stands cancelled but the supplier data should not
be deleted from the (computer) system. This is specific only to a particular
procuring entity. Suppliers removed from the list of registered vendors or
their related entities may be allowed to apply afresh for registration after the
expiry of the period of removal. Performance issues which may justify
removal of the supplier from the list of registered suppliers are:

(a) The supplier fails to abide by the terms and conditions or to maintain the
required technical/operational staff/equipment or there is change in its
production/service line affecting its performance adversely, or fails to
cooperate or qualify in the review for registration;
45
(b) If the firm ceases to exist or is acquired by or merged with another firm, or
ceases to operate in the category of requirements for which it is registered;

(c) Bankruptcy or insolvency on the part of the supplier as declared by a court of

law; or

(d) Banning by Ministry/Department or any other Government agency;

(e) Other than in situations of force majeure, after opening of financial bids, the
supplier withdraws from the procurement process or after being declared as
successful bidder: (i) withdraws from the process; (ii) fails to enter into a
procurement contract; or (iii) fails to provide performance security or any
other document or security required in terms of the bidding documents;

(f) If the Central Bureau of Investigation/CVC/C&AG or Vigilance Department of

CSIR Lab. or any other investigating agency recommends such a course in
respect of a case under investigation.

(g) Employs a Government servant within two years of his retirement, who has
had business dealings with him in an official capacity before retirement; or

(h) Any other ground, based on which the registering authority considers, that
continuation of registration is not in public interest.

3.7.4
Banning of Firms

01. When the misconduct and moral turpitude of a firm goes beyond mere
performance issues, imposition of a ban on business relations with the firm
may be done for a specified period of time (not exceeding three years), after
following the debarment procedures mentioned in para 3.7.5(03) below.
The Procuring Entities should ensure that, before sending the proposal for
banning of business, the name of the defaulting firm is removed from its list
of registered vendors. An order for banning passed for a certain specified
period shall be deemed to have been automatically revoked on the expiry of
that specified period and it will not be necessary to issue a specific formal
order of revocation, except that an order of banning passed on account of
doubtful loyalty to the country or national security considerations shall
continue to remain in force until it is specifically revoked. However, the firm
would have to apply afresh for registration with the procuring entities. Firms
or individuals and any of their successors should be banned or debarred for
under mentioned periods, if the firm or its partners/ directors/ agents/
representatives/employees with the knowledge of the firm or without it,
indulge in following misdemeanors:

i) Country-wide Debarment: Debarment from participating in any procurement

process of any procuring entity of Govt. of India, for a period not exceeding
three years, if the proprietor of the firm, its employee, partner or
representative:

46
a) is convicted of any offence by a court under the Prevention of Corruption Act,
1988;

b) is convicted of any offence by a court under the Indian Penal Code or any
other law for the time being in force for causing any loss of life or property or
causing a threat to public health or to any other legal liability to the Procuring
Entity as part of execution of a public procurement contract; (Rule 151(1) of
GFR 2017)

c) is suspected to have doubtful loyalty to the country or national security

considerations as determined by appropriate agencies of GoI;

d) any other ground, based on which the GoI, considers that banning is in
public interest.

ii) Debarment from the concerned Procuring Entity (CSIR): Debarment from
participating in any procurement process undertaken by the CSIR and all its
Labs/Instts for a period not exceeding two years, if there is strong
justification for believing that the proprietor or employee or representative of
the firm has been guilty of violation of the Code of Integrity for Public
Procurement or Integrity Pact, evasion or habitual default in payment of any
tax levied by law; etc. The Procuring Entity will maintain such list which will
also be displayed on their website.

3.7.5 Debarment Procedures

Punitive actions of various grades of debarment against the suppliers should

be examined in the following manner:

01. Holiday Listing

Based on the inputs from PC/T&PC and on recommendations of the VRC,

the Chief/Senior Principal Scientist, as nominated by Director of the CSIR
Lab/Instt or any Chief/senior Principal Scientist as nominated by DG, CSIR in
CSIR Hqrs will approve the Holiday Listing not exceeding a period of 12
months after obtaining the legal opinion, if required. Director of the
Laboratory/ JS(A) shall be appellate authority.

02. Removal from the list of registered Vendors

Based on the inputs from PC/T&PC and on recommendations of the VRC,

the Chief/Senior Principal Scientist, as nominated by Director of the CSIR
Lab/Instt or any Chief/senior Principal Scientist as nominated by DG, CSIR in
CSIR Hqrs will approve the removal from the list of registered vendors of the
concerned laboratory or CSIR Hqrs, not exceeding a period of 24 months
after obtaining the legal opinion, if required. Director of the Laboratory/ JS(A)
shall be appellate authority.

47
03. Banning of Firms

A. Countrywide banning

Based on the inputs from PC/T&PC and on recommendations of the VRC the
proposal for countrywide banning, as approved by Director of the Lab/Instt
or JS(A) in case of CSIR Hqrs, shall be forwarded to the CSIR Hqrs. The CSIR
Hqrs will take up the matter with the Ministry of Commerce for further
appropriate action. The approving authority shall be Additional Secretary,
Ministry of Commerce and the Appellate authority shall be The Secretary,
Ministry of Commerce.

B. Banning from CSIR

Based on the inputs from PC/T&PC , the recommendation of the VRC shall
be forwarded to CSIR Hqrs with the approval of Director for further
appropriate action. The approving authority shall be JS(A) and the Appellate
authority shall be DG, CSIR.

3.7.6
Safeguarding the Procuring Entity’s Interests during debarment of Suppliers:

Suppliers are important assets for the Procuring Entities and punishing
delinquent suppliers should be the last resort. It takes lot of time and effort to
develop, register and mature a new supplier. In case of shortage of suppliers in a
particular group of materials/equipment, such punishment may also hurt the
interest of the Procuring Entity. Therefore, views of the concerned Procuring Entity
may always be sought about the repercussions of such punitive action on the
continuity of procurements. Past records of performance of the supplier may also
be given due weightage. In case of shortage of suppliers and in cases of less
serious misdemeanors, the endeavor should be to pragmatically analyze the
circumstances, reform the supplier and get a written commitment from the supplier
that his performance will improve. If this fails, efforts should be to see if a
temporary debarment can serve the purpose.

3.8 Compulsory Enlistment of Indian Agents

01. Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure vide OM No F.26/02/2016-

PPD dated 25th July 2017 has amended Rule 152 of General Financial Rule-
2017 regarding Compulsory Enlistment of the Department of Expenditure,
Ministry of Finance and decided to dispense with the existing provision of
Compulsory enlistment for Indian agents, who desire to quote directly on
behalf of their foreign principal, to get themselves enlisted with the Central
Purchase Organization (DGS&D).

02. The existing provision of Rule 152 of Chapter 6 of GFR-2017 which deals
with Procurement of Goods and Services has been substituted by the
following provision.
48
 Rule 152: Enlistment of Indian Agents: Ministries/department if they so
require, may enlist Indian agent who desire to quote directly on behalf of
their foreign principals.

03. Since the Procuring Entities in CSIR resort to procurements more often in
markets which are not characterized by perfect competition and there being
relatively few sellers, the requirement of enlistment of Indian Agents is done
away with.

49
 CHAPTER – 4

MODES OF PROCUREMENT, BIDDING SYSTEMS AND OTHER

PROCUREMENTS WITH SPECIAL FEATURES
4.1 Modes of Procurement

4.1.1
Offers from prospective bidders in public procurement must be invited
according to a procedure that achieves a balance between the need for the widest
competition, on one hand, and complexity of the procedure, on the other hand.
Different modes of procurement and bidding systems are used to suit various
procurement circumstances to achieve this balance. There are laid down
procedures for delegation of powers of procurement to various competent
authorities under different modes as shown in SoPP (Annexure -1B). The PC/T&PC
shall decide on the mode of procurement falling under their domain.

4.1.2
However, as mentioned in Para 1.3 (Applicability of this Manual), for
procurements financed by Loans/Grants extended by International Agencies, like
the World Bank, Asian Development Bank etc., the procurement procedures, as
finalized and incorporated in the Articles of Agreements with such agencies for
relevant Loans/Grants after consideration and approval of the Ministry of
Finance/CSIR are to be followed.

4.1.3
The various modes of procurement that can be used in public procurement
are:

01. Open Tenders

a) Open Tender Enquiry (OTE); and

b) Global Tender Enquiry GTE)

02. Procurement through Selected Suppliers

a) Limited Tender Enquiry – LTE (up to ₹25 (Rupees Twenty-Five lakh); and
b) Special Limited Tender Enquiry -SLTE (above ₹ 25) (Rupees Twenty-Five)
lakh under special circumstances

03. Nomination Basis Tenders

a) Proprietary Article Certificate (PAC); and

b) Single Tender Enquiry (STE)

04. Procurements without Calling Tenders

a) Withdrawals against Rate Contracts (RC);

50
b) Direct Procurement without Quotation;
c) Direct Procurement by Local Purchase Committee;

05. Mandatory Procurement of Goods and Services for Goods or Services

available on GeM (Rule 149 of GFR 2017)

4.2 Open Tender Enquiry (OTE)

4.2.1
In OTE, an attempt is made to attract the widest possible competition by
publishing the NIT simultaneously on the designated websites with a provision to
make payment in Indian Rupees only. This is the default mode of procurement and
gives the best value for money but the procedure is relatively complex and
prolonged. The systemic cost of this procedure may be high enough to be unviable
for smaller value procurements. OTE procedures through e-Procurement or through
traditional tendering should be adopted in the following situations.

01. Procurements exceeding the threshold of ₹ 25 lakh (Rupees Twenty Five

lakh); (Rule 161 of GFR 2017) and

02. When requirements are not available from known sources or sources are
presently limited and need to be broad based. In such situations, even for
procurements below ₹25 (Rupees twenty-five) lakh, OTE mode may be used,
if warranted.

4.2.2
Terms and Conditions

01. Bidders already registered are also free to participate;

02. Advertisement in such cases should be given on Central Public Procurement

Portal (CPPP) at http://etenders.gov.in and on GeM and a Procuring Entity
having its own web site should also publish all its advertised tender enquiries on
their web site. The Procuring Entity should also post the complete bidding
document in its web site and on CPPP to enable prospective bidders to make
use of the document by downloading from the web site. The advertisements
for invitation of tenders should give the complete web address from where
the bidding documents can be downloaded. Advertisement in the
newspaper is no longer mandated. In order to promote wider participation
and ease of bidding, no cost of tender document may be charged for the
tender documents downloaded by the bidders; (Rule 161 (ii), (iii) & (iv) of
GFR 2017)

03. The sale/availability for downloading of tender documents against NIT

should not be restricted and should be available freely. Tender documents
should preferably be sold/ available for download up to the last date of
submission of tenders.

04. The tender documents should be prepared on the basis of the relevant
approved SBD for the category of procurement. Further details on preparing
tender documents are provided in Chapter 5;
51
 05. The Procuring Entity shall maintain proper records about the number of
tender documents sold, list of parties to whom sold, details of the amount
received through sale and, also, the number of unsold tender documents,
which are to be cancelled after the opening of the tenders.

06. Ordinarily, the minimum time to be allowed for submission of bids should be
three weeks from the date of publication of the tender notice or availability
of the bidding document for sale, whichever is later. (Rule 161(vi) of GFR
2017).

07. The due date may be subsequently extended on the recommendations of

Indentor and approval of Project Leader/HoD only to promote better
competition and also considering delivery requirement. The decision to
extend the due date should however be taken before the scheduled date
and time of receipt of the bids.

08 An OTE which results in only one effective offer shall be treated as a single
tender enquiry with relevant powers of approval as per SoPP. In such cases,
to the extent feasible, the firm may be asked to certify that the rates quoted
by them are the same and not higher than those quoted with other CSIR
Labs/Instt, Government, public sector or private organizations;

4.3 Global Tender Enquiry (GTE)

4.3.1
GTE is similar to OTE but, through appropriate advertising and provision for
payment in Foreign Currencies through Letter of Credit. It is aimed at inviting the
participation of inter-alia foreign firms. The point of balance between VfM and
cost/complexity of procedure is further aggravated as compared to OTE.
Development of local industry also needs to be kept in mind. Hence, it may be
viable only in following situations:

01. Where Goods of required specifications/quality are not available within the
country and alternatives available in the country are not suitable for the
purpose;

02. Non-existence of a local branch of the global principal of the

manufacturer/vendors/ contractors;

03. Requirement for compliance to specific international standards in technical

specifications; and

04 Absence of a sufficient number of competent domestic bidders likely to

comply with the required technical specifications, and in case of suspected
cartel formation among indigenous bidders.

52
4.3.2
Terms and Conditions

01. Where the Procurement Entity feels that the goods of the required quality,
specifications etc. may not be available in the country and it is necessary to
also look for suitable competitive offers from abroad, the Procurement Entity
may send copies of tender notice to the Indian Embassies abroad as well as
to the foreign Embassies in India. The selection of the embassies will
depend on the possibility of availability of the required goods in such
countries. In such cases e-procurement as per Rule 160 of GFR 2017 may
not be insisted.

02 Advertisement in such cases should be given on Central Public Procurement

Portal (CPPP) and on GeM (when enabled). An organization having its own
web site should also publish all its advertised tender enquiries on the web
site. The Procuring Entity should also post the complete bidding document in
its web site and on CPPP to enable prospective bidders to make use of the
document by downloading from the web site. The advertisements for
invitation of tenders should give the complete web address from where the
bidding documents can be downloaded. Advertisements in newspapers are
no longer mandated. In order to promote wider participation and ease of
bidding, no cost of tender document may be charged for the tender
documents downloaded by the bidders; (Rule 161 (ii), (iii) & (iv) of GFR
2017)

03 The sale/availability for downloading of tender documents against NIT

should not be restricted and should be available freely. Tender documents
should preferably be sold/ available for download up to the date of
submission of tenders;

04 The tender documents, shall be priced as per Para 5.2.1 of the CSIR
Manual.

05 GTE tender documents must be in English and the price should be asked in
Indian Rupees or US Dollars or Euros or Pound Sterling or Yen or in
currencies under the Reserve Bank of India’s notified basket of currencies;

06 GTE tender documents must contain technical specifications which are in

accordance with national requirements or else based on an international
trade standard;

07 In such cases e-Procurement may not be mandatorily insisted upon; (Rule

161(v) of GFR 2017).

08 The due date fixed for opening of the tenders shall be minimum four weeks
from the date of advertisement which may vary taking into account the
nature of material called for as well as the time required to prepare the bids.
(Rule 161 (vi) of GFR 2017)

09 The due date may be subsequently extended on the recommendations of

the Indentor and approval of the Project Leader/HoD, only to promote better
53
 competition and also considering delivery requirement. The decision to
extend the due date should however be taken before the scheduled date
and time of receipt of the bids.

10 Relevant Incoterms should be included in the tender.

11 An GTE which results in only one effective offer shall be treated as a single
tender enquiry with relevant powers of approval as per SoPP. In such cases,
to the extent feasible, the firm may be asked to certify that the rates quoted
by them are the same and not higher than those quoted with other CSIR
Labs/Instt, Government, public sector or private organizations;

4.4 Limited Tender Enquiry (LTE)

4.4.1
LTE is a restricted competition procurement, where a pre-selected list of
vendors is directly approached for bidding; bids from uninvited bidders are treated
as unsolicited and are not entertained. This mode provides a short and simple
procedure, but may not provide as good a VfM as in case of open tendering – still a
good balance for procurements below a threshold. LTE procedures should be
default mode of procurement when the estimated value of procurement is between
₹ 2.5 lakh to ₹ 25 lakh (Rupees Two and a half lakh to Twenty-Five lakh). The
bidding documents should be simple with terms and conditions. (Rule 162 of GFR
2017)

4.4.2
Terms and Conditions

01. Copies of the bidding documents should be sent free of cost (except in case
of priced specifications/drawings) directly by speed post/courier/e-mail to
firms which are registered vendors/contractors. Further, Procuring Entity
should also mandatorily publish its limited tender enquiries on Central Public
Procurement Portal (CPPP). Apart from CPPP, the tenders should be
published on the web site of the Procuring Entities also.

02. A simplified Bid Document (Annexure-5A) should be used, instead of a

detailed Bid Document. The minimum number of bidders to whom LTE
should be sent is more than three. In case less than three approved
vendors/contractors are available, LTE may be sent to the available
approved vendors/contractors with recommendations of PC and approval of
Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A) in case of CSIR Hqrs. duly recording
the reasons. However, in such situations resorting to OTE/GTE would be
desirable, irrespective of value.

03. Sufficient time should be allowed for submission of bids in Limited Tender
Enquiry cases. (Rule 162(iv) of GFR 2017). However, the due date for
opening of tenders shall be minimum 2 weeks from the date of Request for
quotation.

54
04. The PC shall decide on shortlisting the bidders for inviting bids on LTE basis.

05. The due date may be subsequently extended on the recommendations of

Indentor and approval of Project Leader/HoD only to promote better
competition and also considering delivery requirement. The decision to
extend the due date should however be taken before the scheduled date
and time of receipt of the bids.

06. A LTE which results in only one effective offer shall be treated as a single
tender enquiry with relevant powers of approval as per SoPP. In such cases,
to the extent feasible, the firm may be asked to certify that the rates quoted
by them are the same and not higher than those quoted with other CSIR
Labs/Instt, Government, public sector or private organizations;

4.5 Special Limited Tender Enquiry for Procurements more than ₹ 25 (Rupees
twenty-five) Lakh

4.5.1 LTE mode, even for values higher than ₹ 25 lakh (Rupees Twenty-Five lakh)
(Rule 162 (iii) of GFR 2017), where normally OTE/GTE should have been done, is
permissible in certain special circumstances with the approval of Director of the
Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. on the recommendation of the T&PC as follows.
This mode has the merit of being quicker but VfM obtained may be less than in
case of OTE; hence it should be restricted to rare situations:

01. The Indentor and PL certifies that there is an existing or prospective urgency
for operational or technical requirements and any additional expenditure
involved by not procuring through advertised tender enquiry is justified in
view of urgency. The Indentor and PL should also put on record the nature of
the urgency and reasons why the procurement could not be anticipated
earlier as per format placed at Annexure-2A ;

02. There are sufficient reasons, to be recorded in writing by the Indentor and
PL, indicating that it will not be in public interest to procure the goods
through advertised tender enquiry;

03. The sources of supply are definitely known and possibility of fresh source(s)
beyond those being tapped is remote;

04. Government policy designates procurement from specific agencies.

05. The due date may be subsequently extended on the recommendations of

Indentor and approval of Project Leader/HoD only to promote better
competition and also considering delivery requirement. The decision to
extend the due date should however be taken before the scheduled date
and time of receipt of the bids.

55
4.5.2
Terms and Conditions

01. The tendering process would be same as in the case of a normal LTE
described above. However, the bidding documents are more detailed as in the
case of OTE; and

02. The indenter should certify that there is an existing or prospective urgency for
operational or technical requirements and any additional expenditure involved
by not procuring through an advertised tender enquiry is justified in view of
urgency. The indenter should also put on record the nature of the urgency and
reasons why the procurement could not be anticipated as per format placed at
Annexure-2A or indicate the reasons against (02) or certify (03) above of 4.5.1
with details.

03. The T&PC shall decide on shortlisting the bidders for inviting bids on LTE basis.

04. The due date may be subsequently extended on the recommendations of

Indentor and approval of Project Leader/HoD only to promote better
competition and also considering delivery requirement. The decision to
extend the due date should however be taken before the scheduled date and
time of receipt of the bids.

05. An SLTE which results in only one effective offer shall be treated as a single
tender enquiry with relevant powers of approval as per SoPP. In such cases,
to the extent feasible, the firm may be asked to certify that the rates quoted by
them are the same and not higher than those quoted with other CSIR
Labs/Instt, Government, public sector or private organizations;

4.6 Proprietary Article Certificate (PAC)

4.6.1
Procurement on PAC basis can be done only when it is in the knowledge of
the IO and PL that only a particular firm is the manufacturer of the required goods
or for standardization of machinery or spare parts to be compatible to the existing
sets of equipment (on the advice of a technical competent expert and approved by
the competent authority) the required item is to be purchased only from a selected
firm. In procurement of goods, certain items are procured only from Original
Equipment Manufacturers (OEMs) or manufacturers having proprietary rights (or
their authorized dealers/ Stockists) against a PAC certificate (Annexure 4A) signed
by the appropriate authority. This mode may be shortest but since it may provide
lesser VfM as compared to LTE/OTE and also strains the transparency principle, it
should be used only in justifiable situations. (Rule 166 of GFR 2017)

4.6.2
Terms and Conditions

01. The Indentor should enclose, with their Indent, a PAC certificate indicating the
justification and approval of Project Leader before further processing by
PC/T&PC. A copy of the concurrence accorded by Finance to the proposal for
the purchase on PAC basis should accompany the Indent.
56
02. Proprietary items shall be purchased only from a nominated manufacturer or
its authorized dealer/agent as recorded in the PAC certificate;

03. For standardization of machinery or components or spare parts to be

compatible to the existing sets of machinery/equipment (on the advice of a
competent technical expert and approved by the Project Leader that required
goods are to be purchased only from a selected firm. (Rule 166 of GFR 2017)

04. In certain unavoidable cases, the procuring authority may have no alternative
but to waive payment of EMD and even PS for procurement on a proprietary
basis;

05 To the extent feasible, the firm may be asked to certify that the rates quoted
by them are the same and not higher than those quoted with other CSIR
Labs/Instt, Government, public sector or private organizations;

06. In PAC procurement, the Award of Contract should be hosted on the website of
CPPP and Procuring Entity. (http://cvc.nic.in/005crd19.pdf;
http://cvc.nic.in/OfficeOrderNo23-7-07.pdf; http://cvc.gov.in/Transparen-
cy20052010.pdf)

07. The Indenting Officer and the Project Leader shall be personally responsible
for the correctness of the PAC signed by them. However, the technical
members of the PC/T&PC shall check the genuineness and correctness of the
PAC Certificate before further processing.

08. All purchases on PAC basis should be sanctioned by the PL or JS (A) in CSIR
Hqrs., as per SoPP, before placement of purchase order and after the
recommendations of PC/T&PC.

09. Bids received by e-mail/fax may be accepted. However, before placement of

purchase order, it should be ensured that the offer in original is received by
the Purchase Division.

4.7 Single Tender Enquiry (STE)

4.7.1
A tender invitation to one firm only (although there could be many sources)
(without a PAC certificate) is called a single tender. This mode may be shortest but
since it may provide lesser VfM as compared to LTE/OTE and may also strain the
transparency principle, it should be resorted to only under following conditions:

01. In a case of existing or prospective emergency relating to operational or

technical requirements to be certified by the indenter, the required goods
are necessarily to be purchased from a particular source subject to the
reason for such decision being recorded by the Indenting Officer and
approved by the Director of the CSIR Labs./Instts. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs.
as per Annexure 2A.

57
02. On the request of CSIR Hqrs, the Ministry of Finance has authorized CSIR
and its Labs, /Instts. to procure specialized/specific R&D consumables on
single tender basis without PAC in order to ensure reproducibility of the
research results and to attain scientific rigor on case to case basis. Such
purchases can be made on a certificate from Indenting Officer and Project
Leader as per Annexure-4B. The approval accorded by MOF is enclosed at
Annexure 4G.
4.7.2
Terms and Conditions

01. The reasons for a STE and selection of a particular firm must be recorded
and approved by the Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs.
before processing by PC/T&PC on single tender basis.

02. All purchases on STE basis should be sanctioned by the Director of the CSIR
Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. after the recommendations of PC/T&PC as
per SoPP.

03. Items like LPG, Kerosene, Petrol, Diesel and Furnace Oil may also be
procured on STE basis from PSU companies on prevailing rates.

04. Other terms and conditions of PAC procurement mentioned above excepting
for S.No. 1,2,3,7& 8 would also apply in this case.

4.8 Drawals against Rate Contract (RC)

4.8.1
01. RC is essentially a price agreement with the vendors/contractors at a
specified price and terms and conditions during the period covered by the
RC. Neither quantity is mentioned nor is any minimum commitment
guaranteed in the RC. RC is most frequently used in procurement of goods,
but can as well be used mutatis mutandis in works, services and
consultancy – where it is commonly known as a Framework Contract (FC).
For appropriate items, drawals against an existing RC exploits the power of
collaboration/clubbing of numerous small and frequent requirements and
thus provides best VfM along with a simple and quick procedure. However,
entering into a new RC may have the same procedural complexity, prolonged
timeframe and systemic cost as in OTE, which may not be viable for low
volumes.

02. In view of Government e Marketplace (please see para 4.16 below) coming
into operation, Rate Contract is not required to be executed for common use
items like computers, printers, photocopiers, paper and stationary, other
office items like furniture, bottled water etc., which are being placed on GeM
and will now be applicable for specialized and engineering items which are
not available on GeM, and are identified as common use items and are
needed on recurring basis by various users. The CSIR Lab/Instt may
conclude their own RC. The procurement procedures shall be as detailed in
Chapter-8.

58
4.8.2
Terms and Conditions

01. Responsibility for reasonableness of rates in RCs concluded by any procuring

entity lies with that procuring entity. All parallel RCs for an item, even at
differential rates, should be at reasonable rates and the Procuring Entity is
free to select any one of the RC holder.

02. The Procuring Entities are to operate the rate contracts to the maximum
extent possible. The CSIR Lab/Instt. shall make its own arrangement for
inspection and testing of such goods where required.

03. The items available on Rate Contract should not be procured if they are
available on GeM.

4.9 Direct Procurement without Quotation

4.9.1
Direct procurement of goods without formal quotations is normally done for
the smallest value procurements including minor fabrication and repairs This is also
called petty purchase. The procedure is the simplest and quickest but VfM may be
poor; hence it is suitable only in very low value, urgent and simple requirements in
the following situations:

01. Procurements do not exceed the threshold (for each requirement) of ₹

25,000 (Rupees Twenty-Five thousand) for each case;

02. The availability of the item on GeM portal should be ascertained first. Only
when the item is not available on GeM, the procurement can be made from
open market. (Rule 149 of GFR 2017). An item is said to be not available in
GeM only when the required specifications or within required delivery period
etc. are not available on GeM.
4.9.2
Terms and Conditions

01. The competent officer of the CSIR Lab/Instt or at CSIR Hqrs. as indicated in
the SoPP can initiate and complete this purchase after diligent enquiries
from the market and submitting the certificate prescribed (Annexure-4C).
Such powers to a limited extent can also be given to various user sections
for operational needs;

02. Normally an imprest amount (with facilities for cheque payments) sufficient
for two months’ estimated procurements can be sanctioned for such
procurements. The imprest amount can be recouped on monthly basis by
submission of expense vouchers. For this purpose, advance or
reimbursement to employees may also be considered.

03. In a summary form, records should be kept of the vendors/contractors

approached and prices indicated by them by the Project Leader.

59
04. Selection of seller by diligent market enquiry is of essence of this mode of
procurement;

05. The presence of reputed Shopping Malls may also be included in the market
survey. Reputed internet shopping portals may also be explored.

06. To keep a better control on such purchases, annual ceiling as prescribed in the
SOPP, should be adhered to. The PL of the concerned project should maintain
records to monitor such limits.

07. Cash cards issued by a bank, if any may be adopted for making payment while
resorting to this mode of Purchase. Cash cards being more or less like an
advance deposit with bank, the outstanding balances against each of the cash
card needs to be informed to the Accounts Division during the last week of
March of every financial year to facilitate adjustment and proper accounting.

4.10 Direct Procurement by local Purchase Committee (LPC)

4.10.1
This mode of procurement is used for procurements valued above ₹ 25,000
(Rupees Twenty-Five thousand) and up to ₹ 2,50,000 (Rupees Two lakh fifty
thousand only) including minor fabrication and repairs on each occasion for goods
not available on GeM. It is made by a local purchase committee constituted by
Director of the Procurement Entity or by JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs. This mode of
procurement is described in parlance of procurement of goods; however, in
principle, it is equally applicable to contingency expenditure on small
works/services also. This procedure is slightly more complex and is likely to provide
better VfM than direct procurement without quotation and hence is suitable for
marginally higher thresholds. (Rule 155 of GFR 2017).

4.10.2
Terms and Conditions

01. To keep a better control, on such purchases, an annual ceiling as prescribed

in the SoPP, should be adhered to. The Project Leader/HoD of the concerned
project shall approve the purchase and maintain records to monitor such
procurements.

03. In case of special circumstances as approved by the Director/JS (A) of the

Procuring Entity, facility of withdrawing requisite advance cash amount and
its subsequent accounting may also be considered;

04. This is intended to be fast track, simple mode of procurement. The

committee will survey the market to ascertain the reasonableness of rate,
quality and specifications and identify the appropriate supplier. The survey
may be done even by email/fax etc.

05. Selection of suitable product and supplier by actually surveying the market is
of essence of this mode;

60
06. Before recommending placement of the purchase order, members of the
committee will jointly record the certificate prescribed (Annexure-4D) along
with quotation of the selected firm in original; and

07. Reputed Shopping Malls/ internet shopping portals may also be included in
the market survey.

08. In a summary form, records should be kept of the vendors/contractors

approached and prices indicated by them;

09. The Local Purchase Committee shall comprise of three members, two
members from within the Division and one member from outside the
Indenting Division.

10. Cash cards issued by a bank, if any, may be adopted for making payment
while resorting to this mode of Purchase.

10. The LPC mode of purchase is also permitted for import of goods with the
proviso that the Purchase Order has to be issued by the Purchase Section
of the Procuring Entity subject to the all-inclusive landing price (including
custom duty, clearance etc.) being within the limits prescribed.

11. While resorting to purchase by this mode of procurement, any member of

the committee nominated for surveying the market is authorized to release
the Purchase Order on the spot and take delivery of the required material
after making payment using the cash card, if any or any other permitted
mode of payment. The provisions of para 4.9.2 (07) relating to cash cards
needs to be scrupulously followed.

4.11 Bidding Systems

4.11.1
Bidding systems are designed to achieve an appropriate balance between
the countervailing needs for Right Quality, Right Source and the Right Price under
different complexities/criticality of Technical requirements and value of
procurements. In certain critical and complex requirements, the technical and
financial capability of Source of supply becomes an important determinant for value
for money. Depending on the complexity and criticality of technical requirement,
criticality of capability of source and value of procurement, following types of
bidding systems may be used. PC/T&PC shall decide on the type of bidding system
to be used.

4.12 Single Stage Bidding System

In single stage bidding, all bids are invited together in a single envelope or in
multiple envelop system. This bidding system is suitable where technical
requirements are simple or moderate; capability of source of supply is not too
crucial and the value of procurement is not too high;

61
4.12.1

Single Stage Single Envelop System: Where qualitative requirements and

technical specifications are clear, capability of source of supply isn’t critical and
value of procurement is low or moderate, the single envelop system, where
eligibility, technical/commercial and financial details are submitted together in the
same envelop may be followed. This is the simplest and the quickest bidding
system and should be the default system of bidding. The lowest responsive priced
bid that meets the eligibility criteria, technical and commercial requirements laid
down in the bid documents is declared as successful.

4.12.2

Single Stage Two Envelops System (Two Bid System) (Rule 163 of GFR
2017): In technically complex requirements where capability of source of supply is
still not crucial and value of procurement is not low, a two envelop system may be
followed.

01. The tenderers should be asked to bifurcate their quotations in two envelops.
The first envelop, called the techno-commercial bid, contains the eligibility,
technical quality and performance aspects, commercial terms and
conditions and documents sought in the tender, except the price and
relevant financial details. In the second envelop, called the financial bid, the
price quotation along with other financial details are submitted. Both the
envelops are to be submitted together in a sealed outer envelope;

02. Pre-Bid Conference (PBC) may be held, if required, to modify the Technical
specification and techno-commercial conditions and prospective bidders may
be asked to formulate and submit their bids accordingly after the pre-bid
conference in the two envelop tender and it would be desirable not to invite
fresh financial bids after opening of the techno-commercial bids;

03. The techno-commercial bids are to be opened in the first instance on the bid
opening date and time, and scrutinized and evaluated by PC /T&PC with
reference to parameters prescribed in the tender documents & modifications
made during pre-bid conference and responsive, eligible and technically
compliant bidders are decided. For this purpose, the PC &/or T&PC may
take the inputs from the Indenting Officer and the Project Leader.

04. Thereafter, in the second instance, the financial bids of only the techno-
commercially compliant offers (as decided in the first instance above) are to
be opened on a pre-announced date and time for further scrutiny,
evaluation, ranking and placement of contract, subject to the compliance of
Para 7.4.1(02) of CSIR Manual. The financial bids of technically non-
compliant bidders should be returned unopened to the respective bidders by
registered acknowledgement due/reliable courier or any other mode with
proof of delivery. In e-Procurement, financial bids of technically non-
compliant offers would not get opened.

62
4.12.3
Single Stage Multiple Envelops System with pre-qualification: As discussed
below, where the procurement is moderately complex and the time, effort and
money required from the bidder to participate in a tender is not very high, instead
of a separate stage of Pre-Qualification bidding (as described below), a clear-cut,
fail-pass qualification criteria can be asked to be submitted as the first (additional)
envelop in a three envelop single stage bidding, so that a bidder’s risk of having
his bid rejected on grounds of qualifications is remote if due diligence is exercised
by him. Strictly speaking, this is not a pre-qualification but a Post-qualification of
bidders. In the first instance on the bid opening date only the PQB envelops (also
containing the EMD and other eligibility documents) are opened and evaluated to
shortlist the responsive bidders who pass the Pre-qualification. Rest of procedure
is same as two envelop system for only qualified bidders. Rest two envelops of
unqualified bidders are returned unopened to the respective bidders by registered
acknowledgement due/reliable courier or any other mode with proof of delivery
Rights of the buyer for interpretation of PQC criteria should be mentioned in Tender
document.

4.12.4
Pre-qualification Bidding (PQB)

01. In complex technical requirements where capability of source of supply is

crucial (for example in procurement of complex machinery and equipment),
for the successful performance of the contract, besides considering techno-
commercial suitability, it is necessary to ensure that competition is only
among bidders with requisite capabilities matching the challenges of the
task. In case bidders with inadequate capability are allowed to compete, the
better qualified bidders would be eliminated since their bid price is likely to
be higher commensurate with their higher capability infrastructure. In such
situations a separate stage of PQB bidding system may be considered (or
single stage multiple envelop bidding – please refer para above). In PQB
stage, competent qualified tenderers are shortlisted by using a Pre-
Qualification Criterion (PQC–for example– 1. Past experience of similar
contracts, 2. performance capability and 3. financial strength) prior to the
issue of the bid document exclusively to shortlisted bidders in the second
stage. Pre-qualification Bids (PQBs) should meet the norms of transparency,
fairness and maintenance of competition. Since PQB system may strain the
transparency principle and there is heightened risk of cartelization among
shortlisted bidders, PQB should be done only as an exception under
specified circumstances. It should not be a routine/ normal mode of
procurement of goods and an eligibility criteria clause as part of single/ two
envelop/cover tendering should suffice in normal/routine situations. PQB
bidding as a separate stage is contraindicated in the following
circumstances:

a) Where procurement can be done through limited tender enquiries;

b) Where the Procuring Entity has at least three registered bidders of the
category and grade matching tendered scope of procurement and financial
limit;

63
c) Where the requirement is technically and commercially simple enough that
pre-qualification of the bidder is not crucial for the performance of the
contract, for example, Commercially off the Shelf (COTS) requirements; and

d) Where the procurement is moderately complex and the time, effort and
money required from the bidder to participate in a tender is not very high. A
clear-cut, fail-pass post-qualification criteria can be specified in a three
envelop single stage bidding (instead of two stage bidding), so that a
bidder’s risk of having his bid rejected on grounds of qualifications is remote
if due diligence is exercised him.

02. Pre-qualification Criteria: PQC should be unrestrictive enough so as not to

leave out even one capable vendor/contractor. Otherwise, it can lead to
higher prices of procurement/works/services. However, on the other hand,
these criteria should be restrictive enough so as not to allow even one
incapable vendor/contractor and thus vitiate fair competition for capable
vendors/contractors to the detriment of the buyer’s objectives. A
misjudgment in either direction may be detrimental. Certain guidelines
regarding the framing of PQC have been laid down. CVC
(http://cvc.nic.in/six.pdf). A sample PQC is given in Annexure 4E. Due
consideration should be given while framing PQC, to its effect on adequacy
of competition. To encourage MSEs, past successful bidders, a call may be
taken – whether PQC should apply to full quantity/packages or be
proportional to part quantity/ package quoted by a bidder. In case
requirement is suddenly a multiple times the past procurements, blind
adoption of past PQCs may lead to disqualification of successful past
vendors leading to inadequate competition. PQC should therefore be
carefully decided for each procurement with the recommendations of PC/
T&PC based on the inputs from the Indentor and Project Leader. It should
be clarified in the PQB documents that bidders have to submit authenticated
documents in support of eligibility criteria.

03. Advertisement and Notification: The invitation for PQB shall be processed
(advertised, bid document preparation, publicity and evaluation, and so on)
in the same manner as a normal GTE or OTE (as the situation calls for)
tender, ensuring the widest possible coverage. The PQC and evaluation
criteria should be notified clearly in the PQB documents. The PQB
documents should also indicate a complete schedule of requirements for
which the PQB is being done, including approximate likely quantities of
requirements.

04. Evaluation: At least in high value and critical procurements, the credentials
regarding experience and past performance, submitted by the successful
bidder, may be verified as per eligibility criteria, as far as reasonably
feasible, from the parties for whom work has been claimed to be done. The
Procuring Entity shall evaluate the qualifications of bidders only in
accordance with the PQC specified and shall give due publicity to the
particulars of the bidders that are qualified on the relevant portals/websites.

05. Subsequent Procurement Tender: The pre-qualification shall be valid for

such period as may be specified in the pre-qualification document and for a
64
 single subsequent procurement within this period, except when it is
determined that engaging in fresh pre-qualification shall not result in
enhanced competition. During the period of such validity, the Procuring
Entity shall invite bids for procurement (Request for Proposals – RfP) from
pre-qualified bidders and all other bids may be treated as unsolicited offers
which are normally rejected. In case bids are not invited within such a
period, fresh pre-qualification shall be done. It is desirable that the time gap
between the pre-qualification approval and floating of the linked main
procurement tender is less than six months.

4.13 Two Stage Bidding - Expression of Interest Tenders – Market Exploration

4.13.1
There are instances where the equipment/plant to be procured is of complex
nature and the Procuring Entity may not possess the full knowledge of either the
various technical solutions available or the likely sources for such products in the
market. To meet the desired objectives of a transparent procurement that ensures
value for money simultaneously ensuring upgradation of technology & capacity
building- it would be prudent to invite a two-stage Expression of Interest (EoI) Bids
and proceed to explore the market and to finalize specifications based on technical
discussions/presentations with the experienced manufacturers/suppliers in a
transparent manner. Expression of Interest (EoI) bids may be invited in following
situations:

01. It is not feasible for the Procuring Entity to formulate detailed specifications
or identify specific characteristics for the subject matter of procurement,
without receiving inputs regarding its technical aspects from bidders;
02. The character of the subject matter of procurement is subject to rapid
technological advances or market fluctuations or both;
03. The Procuring Entity seeks to enter into a contract for the purpose of
research, experiment, study or development, except where the contract
includes the production of requirements in quantities sufficient to establish
their commercial viability or to recover research and development costs; or
04. The bidder is expected to carry out a detailed survey or investigation and
undertake a comprehensive assessment of risks, costs and obligations
associated with the particular procurement. (Rule 164 (i) (d) of GFR 2017).

4.13.2
The procedure for two stage bidding shall include the following, namely:

01. In the first stage of the bidding process, the Procuring Entity shall invite EoI
bids containing the broad objectives, technical and financial eligibility
criteria, terms and conditions of the proposed procurement etc. through
advertised tenders containing the technical aspects and contractual terms
and conditions of the proposed procurement without a bid price. On receipt
of the Expressions of Interest, technical discussions/presentations may be
held with the short-listed manufacturers/ suppliers by the TSC, which are
prima facie considered technically and financially capable of supplying the
material or executing the proposed work, giving equal opportunity to all such
bidders to participate in the discussions. During these technical discussions
stage the Procurement Entity may also add those other stakeholders in the
65
 discussions who could add value to the decision making on the various
technical aspects and evaluation criteria. Based on the discussions/
presentations so held, one or more acceptable technical solutions could be
decided upon laying down detailed technical specifications for each
acceptable technical solution, quality benchmarks, warranty requirements,
delivery milestones etc., in a manner that is consistent with the objectives of
the transparent procurement. At the same time care should be taken to
make the specifications generic in nature so as to provide equitable
opportunities to the prospective bidders. Proper record of
discussions/presentations and the process of decision making should be
kept;

02. In revising the relevant terms and conditions of the procurement, if found
necessary as a result of discussions with the shortlisted bidders, the
Procuring Entity shall not modify the fundamental nature of the procurement
itself.
03. In the second stage of the bidding process, the Procuring Entity shall invite
bids from all those bidders whose bids at the first stage were not rejected, to
present final bid with bid prices in response to a revised set of terms and
conditions of the procurement;
04. Any bidder, invited to bid but not in a position to supply the subject matter of
procurement due to modification in the specifications or terms and
conditions, may withdraw from the bidding proceedings without forfeiting any
bid security that he may have been required to provide or being penalized in
any way, by declaring his intention to withdraw from the procurement
proceedings with adequate justification; (Rule 164(ii) of GFR 2017)
05. If the Procuring Entity is of the view that after EoI stage, there is likelihood of
further participation by many more bidders and to avoid getting trapped into
a legacy technology, the second stage bidding may not be restricted only to
the shortlisted bidders of EoI stage and it may be so declared in the EoI
document ab-initio. Thereafter in the second stage, normal OTE/GTE bidding
may be done. Such variant of EoI is called ‘Non-committal’ EoI.

4.13.3
Invitation of EoI Tenders: In EoI tenders, an advertisement inviting
expression of interest should be published. The invitation to the EoI document
should contain the following information:

i) A copy of the advertisement;

ii) Objectives and scope of the requirement: This may include a brief
description of objectives and broad scope of the requirement. It may also
include the validity period of empanelment;

iii) Instructions to the bidders: This may include instructions regarding the
nature of supply, fees for empanelment (if any), last date of submission,
place of submission and any other related instructions;

iv) Formats for submission: This section should specify the format in which the
bidders are expected to submit their EoI;

66
v) The EoI document should be made available to the interested bidder as a
hard copy as well as on its website in a downloadable form; and

vi) Eligibility criteria: The invitation to EoI should clearly lay down the eligibility
criteria, which should be applied for shortlisting. Supporting documents
required need to be clearly mentioned. An example of EoI eligibility criteria is
shown in Table 1. However, appropriate eligibility criteria have to be
designed, keeping in mind the specific objectives of the EoI.

Table 1: An example of EoI eligibility criteria

Criteria Sub-criteria Weightage* Break-up of

Weightage
Past experience of the firm with A*
similar requirements
Financial strength of the vendor B*
Turnover figures of
the last three
years B1*

Net profit figures

of the last three
years B2*

Quality accreditations, licensing C*

requirements
Manufacturing capabilities/tie-ups D*
After-sales support infrastructure E*

F*
Product support

*Weightage (out of 100) should be pre-decided and declared in EoI documents by

the CA based on assessment of the required profiles of the potential bidders. The
marking/grading scheme for allotting marks (out of 100) for various parameters
should also be laid down.
4.13.4
Evaluation of EoI: The bidders should be evaluated for shortlisting, inter-alia,
based on their past experience of performance in a similar context, financial
strength and technical capabilities, among others. Each bidder should be assigned
scores based on the sum of marks obtained for each parameter multiplied by the
weightage assigned to that parameter. All bidders who secure the minimum
required marks (normally 60 (sixty) per cent) should be shortlisted. The minimum
qualifying marks should be specified in the EoI document. Alternatively, instead of
weighted evaluation, the EoI document may specify a ‘fail-pass criteria’ with the
minimum qualifying requirement for each of the criteria, such as minimum years of
experience, minimum number of assignments executed and minimum turnover.
Under such circumstances, all bidders who meet the minimum requirement, as
67
specified, should be shortlisted. In two stage bidding the Technical bids should be
first analyzed/scrutinized by the TSC and finally recommended by the T&PC. The
discussions with the prospective bidders would be held by the TSC and all
correspondence with the bidders in original should be handed over to the convener
of the T&PC along with the recommendations, by the convener of TSC.

4.14 Electronic Procurement (e-Procurement) and e-Publishing

4.14.1
It is mandatory for all the CSIR Labs/Instts to receive all bids through e-
Procurement portals (GePNIC) http://etenders.gov.in developed by NIC in respect of
all procurements except those covered under Direct Purchase without quotation,
Purchases through Local Purchase Committee, Rate Contracts and Global tenders
(Rules 160(i) & 161(v) of GFR 2017). In individual cases where national security
and strategic considerations demands confidentiality, the Procuring Entity may
exempt such cases from e-Procurement as per SoPP. (Rule 160 (iv) of GFR 2017).
Appendix 2 gives such generic details of the e-Procurement process. Statistical
information on the number of cases in which exemption was granted and the value
of the concerned contract should be intimated on a quarterly basis to CSIR Hqrs. for
onward communication to the Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure.
(Rule 159(ii) of GFR 2017).

4.14.2
As per Rule 159 (i) of GFR 2017, E- publishing on https://eprocure.gov.in is
mandatory for all kind of tenders including global tenders which are not being
processed through e- procurement portal. (please see para 5.1.7 of the manual
also)

4.14.3
The above instructions apply to all Tender Enquiries, Requests for proposals,
Request for Expressions of Interest, Notice for pre-Qualification/Registration or any
other notice inviting bids or proposals in any form whether they are advertised,
issued to limited number of parties or to a single party.

4.14.4 In case of procurements made through CSIR Rate Contracts, only award
details need to be published on CPPP and website of the Procuring Entity. (Rule
159 (iv) of GFR 2017)

4.14.5
The instructions relating to e-publishing would not apply to procurements
made in terms of provisions of Rule 154 (Purchase of goods without quotations) or
Rule 155 (Purchase of goods by purchase committee) of General Financial Rules.
(Rule 159(v) of GFR 2017).

4.15 Electronic Reverse Auction (RA)

4.15.1
Electronic Reverse Auction is a type of auction (classified as dynamic
procurement method) where the starting price, bid decrement, duration of auction,
maximum number of automatic extensions are announced before start of online
reverse auction. If required, RA may be preceded by an e-Procurement stage of
eligibility/PQB to shortlist competent bidders who would be allowed to participate in
68
the RA. The shortlisted bidders can after the start of RA start bidding online in an
iterative process wherein the lowest bidder at any given moment can be displaced
by an even lower bid of a competing bidder, within the duration of the RA. If a new
lower bid is received within last few minutes (say two minutes) of closing time, the
closing time may get automatically extended by few minutes (say five minutes) for
others to respond. Maximum number of such extensions may be stipulated (say
five). The most favourable bid at the end of stipulated/extended time is declared as
successful. While permitting use of RA, CVC has asked the
Departments/organizations to themselves decide on reverse auction for purchases
or sales and work out the detailed procedure in this regard
(http://cvc.gov.in/ord46903.pdf.) It has, however, to be ensured that the entire
process is conducted in a transparent and fair manner. A Procuring Entity may
choose to procure a subject matter of procurement by the electronic reverse
auction method, if:

i) The Items for Reverse Auction may be selected carefully. Items of strategic,
critical and vital nature, items in short supply in market and where there are
only a few suppliers are not good candidates for reverse auction. Items in
the nature of commodities, Commercially-off-the-shelf items, items having
large number of suppliers and high value procurements may be more
amenable to reverse auction;

ii) It is feasible for the Procuring Entity to formulate a detailed description of

the subject matter of the procurement;

iii) There is a competitive market of bidders anticipated to be qualified to

participate in the electronic reverse auction, so that effective competition is
ensured;

iv) The criteria to be used by the Procuring Entity in determining the successful
bid are quantifiable and can be expressed in monetary terms;

v) In cases where pre-qualification of bidders is considered necessary, reverse

auction may be carried out after a separate PQB (electronic or otherwise)
among the successful bidders only.

The procedure for electronic reverse auction shall include the following:

i) The Procuring Entity shall solicit bids through an invitation to the electronic
reverse auction to be published or communicated in accordance with the
provisions similar to e-Procurement through CPPP or GeM and

ii) The invitation shall, in addition to the information as specified in e-

Procurement, include details relating to:

a) Access to and registration for the auction;

b) Opening and Closing of the auction;
c) Norms for conduct of the auction and
d) Any other information as may be relevant to the method of procurement.
(Rule 167 (iii) (b) of GFR 2017)
69
4.16 One Stop Government e-Marketplace (GeM)

4.16.1
An online marketplace (or e-commerce marketplace) is a type of e-
commerce site where product or services are offered by a number of sellers and all
the buyers can select the product/ services offered by any one of the seller, based
on their own criteria. In an online marketplace, Purchaser’s transactions are
processed by the marketplace operator and then product/services are delivered
and fulfilled directly by the participating retailers. Other capabilities might include
auctioning (forward or reverse), catalogues, ordering, posting of requirements by
Purchasers, Payment gateways etc. In general, because online marketplaces
aggregate products from a wide array of providers, selection is usually wider,
availability is higher, and prices are more competitive than in vendor-specific online
retail stores.

4.16.2
Govt. of India has established an online Government e-Market Place for
procurement of common use goods and services. The procurement process on GeM
is end to end from placement of supply order to payment to suppliers. This is to
ensure better transparency and higher efficiency. All the process will be electronic
and online. The Procurement of Goods and Services by Procuring Entities will be
mandatory for Goods or Services available on GeM. An item is said to be not
available on GeM only when the required specifications or with required delivery
period etc. are not available on GeM.

4.16.3
Products and services are listed on GeM by various suppliers as on other e-
Commerce portals: The registration of suppliers on GeM is online and automatic
based on PAN, MCA-21, Aadhar authentication etc. The suppliers will offer their
products on GeM and the Government buyer will be able to view all the products as
well as compare them. Tools of reverse bidding and e-auction are also available
which can be utilized for the procurement of bulk quantities.

4.16.4
Demand Aggregation: The best prices to a user can be available if same
requirement demands of various Divisions are aggregated. This acts as an incentive
for the supplier to quote their best price. For the same products, the demand of
various Divisions of the Procuring Entity can be clubbed together and reverse
auction done on the basis of aggregated demand which will provide the best prices.

4.16.5
Authority of procurement through GeM: Procurement through GeM has
been authorized as per Rule 149 of GFR 2017:-

Government e-Market Place (GeM): The Govt. of India has established

Government e-Marketplace (GeM) for common use Goods and Services. The GeM
SPV will ensure adequate publicity including periodic advertisement of the items to
be procured through GeM for the prospective suppliers. The procurement of Goods
and Services by Ministries/Departments will be mandatory for Goods and Services
70
available on GeM. The credentials of suppliers on GeM shall be certified by GeM
SPV. The procuring authorities will certify the reasonability of rates. The GeM portal
shall be utilized by the Government buyers for direct on-line purchases as under:-

i) Up to ₹ 25,000/- (Rupees twenty five thousand) may be made by the Project

Leader for project requirements and by the Sr. most officer of S&P or any
other officer authorised by him for non-project mode like P-04, P-06, P-07 &
P-50, etc. without reference to the PC through any of the available suppliers
on the GeM, meeting the requisite quality, specification and delivery period;
The Project Leader or the S&P officer are responsible to exercise due
diligence for ensuring reasonableness of rates. The certificate as per
Annexure–4F may be furnished and submitted to Stores Section along with
Indent (complete with fund availability, etc.) and copy of Purchase Order by the
Project Leader for onward transmission to purchase section for settlement of
payment.

ii) Above ₹ 25,000/- (Rupees twenty five thousand) and up to ₹ 2,50,000/-

(Rupees two lakh fifty thousand) through the GeM Seller having lowest price
amongst the available sellers, ( excluding automobiles where the limit of Rs.
30.00 lakhs will apply) of at least three different manufacturers, on GeM,
meeting the requisite quality, specification and delivery period by a specially
constituted Local Purchase Committee. The tools for online bidding and
online reverse auction available on GeM can be used by the Procuring Entity, if
decided by the LPC. The LPC shall be responsible for ensuring reasonableness
of rates.

iii) Above ₹ 2,50,000/- (Rupees two lakhs fifty thousand) and upto ₹
5,00,000/- (Rupees five lakhs) all the purchases of Goods and Services
available on GeM shall be dealt with by PC and purchased through the GeM
Seller having lowest price amongst the available sellers, of at least three
different manufacturers, on GeM, meeting the requisite quality, specification
and delivery period. The tools for online bidding and online reverse auction
available on GeM can be used by the Procuring Entity, if decided by the PC.
The IO, PL, PC shall be responsible for ensuring reasonableness of rates.

iv) Above ₹ 5,00,000/- (Rupees five Lakh) through the supplier having lowest
price meeting the requisite quality, specification and delivery period after
mandatorily obtaining bids, using online bidding or reverse auction tool
provided on GeM (excluding automobiles where the limit of Rs. 30.00 lakhs
will apply). The IO, PL and PC/T&PC shall be responsible for ensuring
reasonableness of rates.

v) The invitation for the online e-bidding/reverse auction will be available to all
the existing Sellers or other Sellers registered on the portal and who have
offered their goods/ services under the particular product/service category,
as per terms and conditions of GeM.

vi) The above mentioned monetary ceiling is applicable only for purchases
made through GeM. For purchases, if any, outside GeM, relevant GFR Rules
shall apply;

71
vii) The Procuring Entity shall work out their procurement requirements of Goods
and Services on either “OPEX” model or “CAPEX” model as per their
requirement/ suitability at the time of preparation of Budget Estimates (BE)
and shall project their Annual Procurement Plan of goods and services on
GeM portal within 30 (thirty) days of Budget approval;

viii) The Government Buyers may ascertain the reasonableness of prices before
placement of order using the Business Analytics (BA) tools available on GeM
including the Last Purchase Price on GeM, Department’s own Last Purchase
Price; etc.

ix) A demand for goods shall not be divided into small quantities to make
piecemeal purchases to avoid procurement through L-1
Buying/bidding/reverse auction on GeM or the necessity of obtaining the
sanction of higher authorities required with reference to the estimated value
of the total demand.

x) All purchases above ₹ 2, 50,000/- shall be processed only by the Purchase

Section through the PC/T&PC.

4.16.6
GeM Portal: https://gem.gov.in. Detailed instructions for user organization
registration, supplier registration, listing of products, terms and conditions, online
bidding, reverse auction, demand aggregation, call centre, etc. are available on this
portal.

4.16.7
Payment Procedure in GeM: The payment procedure in GeM is governed by
O.M. No. F.26/4/2016-PPD dated 26th May, 2016 issued by D/o. Expenditure,
M/o. Finance, New Delhi. The salient feature of this O.M. is that it is obligatory to
make payments without any delay for purchases made on GeM. The consignee is
required to issue an online digitally signed consignee receipt and acceptance
certificate after receipt of goods within ten days. Thereafter, the payments are to be
released maximum within ten days. The timelines after Consignee Receipt and
Acceptance Certificate (CRAC) issued online and digitally signed by consignee will
be two (2) working days for Buyer, one (1) working day for concerned DDO and two
(2) working days for concerned PAO for triggering payment through
PFMS/Government Financial System/Banks for crediting to the supplier’s account.
Any matter needing a resolution will be escalated to the next higher level in each
agency (Buyer, DDO and PAO) where the matter should be resolved within 24
(Twenty-Four) hours in the entire process, payments should not exceed ten days
including holidays.

4.16.8.
MoF vide OM no. F.13/4/2017-PPD(Pt) dated 14th August 2018 (Annexure
4H) have stated that all those PFMS organisations / Agencies/Entities who come on
board on GeM, shall open and operate a special purpose account namely GeM Pool
Account (GPA) for the purpose of ensuring prompt payment to suppliers/Vendors of
GeM who supply goods / services to the Non-Public Agencies/Entities through GeM.

72
GeM pool account shall be mandatory for all procurement above Rs. 10.00 lakhs
and optional at the discretion of the procuring entity for value upto Rs. 10.00 lakhs.
The GeM pool account shall be opened, operated and controlled exclusively and
completely by the procuring entity/agency subject to certain restrictions on
withdrawal of funds as enumerated in the annexure to the OM. The account shall
carry interest as applicable to savings/current account. Such account shall be
opened in any scheduled bank having already integrated the pool account with
GeM. A detailed Standing Operating Procedure (SoP) for opening and operating of
GeM pool account has also been attached as annexure with the O.M.

All the procuring entity shall open GeM Pool Account in scheduled Bank who have
already integrated the pool account with GeM for procuring Goods & services
through GeM. Further, CoFA/F&AO, COSP/SPO and the DDO of the procuring entity
shall ensure the monitoring of the deposits made and the payments thereafter in
accordance with instructions of MoF O.M. dated 14th August 2018.

4.16.9.
For any issues requiring help/clarifications, the help desk of GeM at URL
https://gem.gov.in/gemtickets may be approached.

4.16.10
It is informed that MoF is mandated to monitor the status of payments to
GeM vendors and hence as such CSIR is required to intimate the reasons for delay
in settlement of payments to GeM Vendors on a monthly basis. Hence all CSIR
Labs/Instts are to ensure that the time schedules indicated are strictly adhered to
and payments are made accordingly through portal only. The status/action taken
should also be kept updated on the Gem Portal and monthly statements of
outstanding payments to GeM vendors be sent by all Procuring Entities so as to
reach to CSIR Hqrs by the v3rd day of the following month.

4.17 Handling Procurement in urgencies/emergencies and disaster management

4.17.1
There are sufficient fast track procurement modalities to tackle
procurements in urgent/emergent and Disaster Management situations. Enhanced
delegations of procurement powers including increase of the threshold limits with
the approval of the Director of the Procuring Entity/JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs have been
given in SoPP to handle such situations.
i) Direct Procurement Without Quotation
ii) Direct Procurement by Local Purchase Committee
iii) SLTE/Limited Tender Enquiry, with reduced time for submission of Bids
iv) STE

To speed up procurement, advance cash may be drawn for direct procurement

modes and made available to the Committees/officer. The accounts and vouchers
of the purchases made shall be submitted without any delay after purchase for
adjustment etc.

73
4.18 Procurement on Buy Back Basis

4.18.1
When it is decided to replace an existing old item(s) with a new/better
version, the Procuring Entity may trade the existing old item while purchasing the
new one by incorporating suitable terms in the bidding documents with an option to
quote for buy back or without buy back of the old item. The condition of the old
item, its location and the mode of its handing over to the successful bidder are also
to be incorporated in the bidding document. Further, the bidder should be asked to
quote the prices for the item (to be offered by them) with rebate for the old item and
also, without any rebate (in case they are not willing for the buy back). This will
enable the Procuring Entity either to trade or not to trade the old item while
purchasing the new one. (Rule 176 of GFR 2017). At the time of taking the
decision to purchase the item under buy back mode, the same should be declared
surplus/obsolete/un-serviceable through the Standing Disposal Committee.

4.19 Turnkey contract

4.19.1
In the context of procurement of goods, a turnkey contract may include the
manufacture, supply, assembly, installation/commissioning of equipment (or a
group of plant and machines working in tandem – even though some of the
machines may not be manufactured by the supplier himself) and some incidental
works or services. Generally, in the tender enquiry documents for a turnkey
contract, the Procuring Entity specifies the performance and output required from
the plant proposed to be set up and broadly outlines the various parameters it
visualizes for the desired plant. The inputs and other facilities, which the purchase
organization will provide to the contractor, are also indicated in the tender enquiry
document. The contractor is to design the plant and quote accordingly. The
responsibility of the contractor will include supplying the required goods, machinery,
equipment etc. needed for the plant; assembling, installing and erecting the same
at site as needed; commissioning the plant to meet the required output etc., as
specified in the tender enquiry documents.

4.20 Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)

4.20.1
Some goods, especially sophisticated equipment and machinery need
proper maintenance for trouble-free service. For this purpose, the Procuring Entity
may enter into a maintenance contract. It must, however, be kept in mind that
maintenance contract is to start after the expiry of the warranty period, during which
period the goods are to be maintained free of cost by the supplier (Rule 169 of GFR-
2017). However, maintenance contracts for items procured through the
Engineering Division of the Procuring Entity shall be processed through them only.

4.20.2
The maintenance contract may be entered into either with the
manufacturer/supplier of the goods or with a competent and eligible firm, not
necessarily the manufacturer/ supplier of the goods in question. The Procuring
Entity should decide this aspect on case to case basis on merit.

74
4.20.3
If the maintenance contract is to be entered into with the supplier of the
goods, then suitable clauses for this purpose are to be incorporated in the tender
enquiry document itself and while evaluating the offers, the cost component
towards maintenance of the goods for specified number of years is also to be
added in the evaluated tender value on overall basis to decide the inter se ranking
of the responsive bidders. Equipment with a lower quoted price may carry a higher
maintenance liability. Therefore, the total cost on purchase and maintenance of the
equipment over the period of the maintenance contract should be assessed to
consider its suitability for purchase. However, if the maintenance contract is to be
entered into with a competent and eligible supplier separately, then a separate
tender enquiry is to be floated for this purpose and tenders evaluated and ranked
accordingly for placement of the maintenance contract. Here, the supplier of the
goods may also quote and his quotation, if received, is to be considered along with
other quotations received.

4.20.4
The details of the services required for maintenance of the goods, the
required period of maintenance and other relevant terms and conditions, including
payment terms, are to be incorporated in the tender enquiry document. The terms
of payment for the maintenance service will depend on the nature of the goods to
be maintained as well as the nature of the services desired. Generally, payment for
maintenance is made on a half-yearly or quarterly basis.

4.20.5
A Service Level Agreement (SLA) may be incorporated in complex and large
maintenance contracts. SLA should indicate guaranteed levels of service
parameters like - %age uptime to be ensured; Performance output levels to be
ensured from the equipment; channel of registering service request; response time
for resolving the request, Channel for escalation of service request in case of delay
or unsatisfactory resolution of request, monitoring of Service Levels etc. This would
include provision of help lines, complaint registration and escalation procedures,
response time, percentage of uptime and availability of equipment, non-degradation
in performance levels after maintenance, maintenance of an inventory of common
spares, use of genuine spares, and so on. The maintenance contract may also
include penalties (liquidated Damages) for unacceptable delays in responses and
degradation in performance output of machines, including provisions for
terminations.

4.20.6
It should be indicated in the bid documents, whether the maintenance
charges would be inclusive of visiting charges, price of spares (many times,
consumables such as rubber gasket, bulbs, and so on, are not included, even
though major parts may be included), price of consumables (fuel, lubricants,
cartridges, and so on). If costs of spares are to be borne by the Procuring Entity,
then a guaranteed price list should be asked for along with the bids. It should also
be clarified, whether room/space, electricity, water connection, and so on, would be
provided free of cost to the contractor. The bidding document should also lay down
a service level agreement to ensure proper service during the maintenance period.

75
4.20.7
A suitable provision should be incorporated in the tender enquiry document
and in the resultant maintenance contract indicating that the prices charged by the
maintenance contractor should not exceed the prevailing rates charged by him from
others for similar services. While claiming payment, the contractor is also to give a
certificate to this effect in his bill.

4.20.8
If the goods to be maintained are sophisticated and costly, the tender
enquiry document should also have a provision for obtaining performance security.
The amount of performance security will depend on the nature of the goods, period
of maintenance, and so on. It generally varies from two and a half to five per cent of
the value of the equipment to be maintained.

4.20.9
Sometimes, during the tenure of a maintenance contract, especially with a
longer tenure, it may become necessary for the Procuring Entity to withdraw the
maintenance contract due to some unforeseen reasons. To take care of this, there
should be a suitable provision in the tender document and in the resultant contract.
Depending on the cost and nature of the goods to be maintained, a suitable notice
period (say one to three months) for such cancellation to come into effect is to be
provided in the documents. A model clause to this effect is provided below:

“The purchaser reserves its right to terminate the maintenance

contract at any time after giving due notice without assigning any
reason. The contractor will not be entitled to claim any compensation
against such termination. However, while terminating the contract, if
any payment is due to the contractor for maintenance services already
performed in terms of the contract, these would be paid to it/him as
per the contract terms”.

76
 CHAPTER – 5
PREPARING BID DOCUMENTS, PUBLICATIONS, RECEIPT AND
OPEINING OF BIDS

5.1 Preparation of Bid Documents

5.1.1
01. The text of the bid document should be self-contained and comprehensive
without any ambiguity. All essential information, which a bidder needs for
sending responsive bid, should be clearly spelt out in the bidding document
in simple language. This will also enable the prospective bidders to
formulate and send their competitive bids with confidence. A carefully
prepared tender document avoids delays and complaints. Hence, it is worth
spending time and effort on this even in cases of urgency.

02. Bid documents should be based on Standard Bidding Documents (SBDs)

relevant for the value range and the category of procurement. To ensure
uniformity, the standard provisions in most sections of the SBD are to be used
unaltered. Any modification to suit a unique requirement of the specific
procurement in these documents is to be done through variable sections such
as Special Conditions of Contract. SBD for e-Procurement would be slightly
different from the traditional SBD.

03. In case of a limited tender, instead of a full set of SBD, only a tender form as
per model at Annexure-5 A may be used as the tender document, after filling
up the name of the vendor and details of requirements. It contains the printed
“terms and conditions of tender”. Instructions to bidders and General
Conditions of Contract should be permanently hosted on the website of the
Procurement Entity and its applicability should be invariably mentioned in
the LTE. If necessary, specifications and drawings or any other document may
be enclosed with the limited tender form.

04. While SBDs would be complete in itself and may be slightly different for various
categories of procurements, these must necessarily address the following
essential aspects:

i) Description of the subject matter of procurement, its specifications including

nature, quantity, time and place or places of delivery.
ii) Limitation or preference for participation by bidders in terms of the Government
policies; Like Startups, Product Reservation (MSEs), purchase or price
preferences (DMEP/Make in India/MSEs), and other Government policies
issued from time to time.
iii) The criteria for eligibility and qualification to be met by the bidder. The eligibility
criteria should take care of the supplier’s eligibility to receive such a contract.
The qualification criteria should take care of the supplier’s past performance,
experience, technical competence and production capacity of the subject goods,
financial strength to handle the contract successfully, compliance with
environmental protection regulations/ Environment Management System, etc.
77
iv) There are no such qualifications for the bidders that would be advantageous
to the foreign manufactured goods at the cost of domestically manufactured
goods;
v) The procedure as well as date, time and place for obtaining, submitting and
opening of the bids;
vi) Terms of delivery/completion;
vii) Suitable provisions for enabling a bidder to question the bidding conditions,
bidding process and/or rejection of its bid. These provisions should include
a time frame in which Procuring Entity will address the bidder’s questions; (Rule
173 (iv) of GFR 2017).
viii) Criteria for determining the responsiveness of bids, criteria as well as factors to be
taken into account for evaluating the bids on a common platform and the
criteria for awarding the contract to the responsive, most advantageous
(lowest/highest as the case may be) bidder should be clearly indicated in the
bidding documents. SBDs should include a clause that “if a firm quotes NIL
charges/consideration, the bid shall be treated as unresponsive and will not
be considered”; (Rule 173 (i) (i) of GFR 2017.
ix) Suitable provision for settlement of disputes, if any, emanating from the resultant
contract, should be kept in the bidding document; (Rule 173 (v) of GFR 2017)
and
x) Essential terms of the procurement contract including a suitable clause
mentioning that the resultant contract will be interpreted under Indian laws
(Rule 173 (vi) of GFR 2017)
xi) Inspection procedures considering the provision of Para 2.2.2(07) of CSIR
Manual.

5.1.2
Contents of Tender documents for Open/Global Tenders (Rule 168 of GFR
2017) A Model Tender Document for Global tender is enclosed at Annexure-5B. The
main sections of the SBD are:

i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT);

ii) Instructions to Bidders (ITB);

iii) General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC);

iv) Schedule of requirements;

v) Technical specifications and allied technical details (including Drawings) and

Quality Assurance (Inspections and Tests) etc.;

vi) Eligibility and qualification criteria;

vii) Price Schedule Forms; (to be utilized by the bidders for quoting their price;
78
viii) Contract Form;

ix) Other Standard formats required to be used by the bidders which include

(a) Bidder Information Form, (Annexure-5C)

(b) Manufacturer’s Authorization Form, (Annexure-5D)
(c) Bid Security Form (Annexure-5E)
(d) Bid Securing Declaration (Annexure-5F)
(e) Performance Statement Form (Annexure-5G)
(f) Deviation Statement Form (Annexure-5H)
(g) Service Support Form (Annexure-5I)
(h) Bid Form (Annexure-5J)
(i) Performance Security Form (Annexure-5K)
(j) Acceptance Certificate Form (Annexure-5L)
(k) Integrity Pact (Annexure-5M)
(l) Format of Letter of Authority for participating in bid opening
(Annexure-5N)
(m) Format for declaration by the bidder for code of integrity and conflict
of interest. (Annexure-5-O)
(n) Advance Bank Guarantee Format (Annexure-5S)

A reading of the sections of the tender document will make the purpose and
instructions clear. However, some broad guidelines for preparing bid documents are
provided in the subsequent paragraphs.

The Model Tender Documents for Limited Tenders and Global tenders are
generic guidelines. The Procurement Entity are however free to edit the same
within the ambit of the extant rules to suit their local requirements. The tender
documents have been framed with the concurrence of LA, CSIR. In the event of any
discrepancy between the Tender Documents and the GFR, it is clarified that the
latter shall prevail. However, certain specific relaxations have been obtained from
Ministry of Finance and indicated in the CSIR Manual at appropriate places with the
references to MoF approval. Such clauses shall therefore prevail although in
variance to the provisions of the GFR 2017. It may kindly be noted that the text in
italics in the tender documents are intended to be guidelines only and the final
version of the Tender Documents should have all the text in Italics deleted. The
PC/T&PC should finalize the tender documents as appropriate considering the
specific needs of procurement. The finalized tender documents for limited tenders
indicating the ITB, GCC and applicable formats may be hosted on the website of the
CSIR Labs/Instts as a one-time measure drawing its reference in the various limited
tender enquiries issued from time to time.

5.1.3
Notice Inviting Tender

01. The Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) is crucial for attracting wide competition in
the tender. The model NIT format in SBD should be used for publishing the
tender notice. The NIT should be brief but must contain sufficient detail for a

79
 prospective bidder to decide whether to participate in the tender or not and, if
he decides to participate, how to go about it. NIT should be published as per
the Rule 161, GFR- 2017.

02. In case of procurement through a limited tender, the NIT may be uploaded on
CPP Portal and Procuring Entity’s website with a note saying:

“This notice is being published for information only and is not

an open invitation to quote in this limited tender. Participation
in this tender is by invitation only and is limited to the selected
Procuring Entity’s registered suppliers. Unsolicited offers are
liable to be ignored. However, suppliers who desire to
participate in such tenders in future may apply for registration
with Procuring Entity as per procedure.”

Printouts of the tenders published on the website should be collected and kept
on record as a proof of publicity. The complete details of the dates, on which
advertisements actually appeared on the website, should be indicated while
sending cases to higher authorities.

5.1.4
Instructions to Bidders (ITB)

01. ITB contain all relevant information as well as guidance to the prospective
tenderers regarding all aspects of obtaining tender documents, and
preparing and submitting a responsive bid. It also mentions the process of
establishing the eligibility of the tenderer as well as evaluation and comparison
of tenders and award of contract. ITB should not contain information on
processes after the announcement of the award which should be covered
in GCC, for example, the arbitration clause, resolution of disputes, and so on.

02. Important clauses of ITB which may require attention and action are:

(a) Purchase Preference Policies (Rule 153 of GFR 2017)

The standard bidding document should also indicate applicability of the

product reservation/purchase preference/price preference policies of the
Govt. of India in line with the contemporary Instructions issued by the Govt.
of India from time to time.

(b) Clarification of Tender Documents (Rule 173(iii)(a) of GFR 2017)

A prospective bidder requiring clarification on the tender documents may

notify to Procuring Entity in writing, well before the due date of submission
of bids, and a response will be sent in writing to the clarifications sought prior
to the date of submission of the tenders. Copies of the query and clarification
shall be sent to all prospective bidders who have received the tender
documents. Clarifications should be put on Lab’s website and CPP portal also.

80
(c) Amendment of Tender Documents (Rule 173 (iii) of GFR 2017)

At any time prior to the date of submission of bids, the purchaser may,
whether at his own initiative or in response to a clarification sought by a
prospective bidder, amend bid documents by issuing a corrigendum. The
corrigendum shall be notified in writing by registered post/speed
post/courier/email/fax to all known prospective bidders. Copies of such
amendments are also to be prominently attached in the unsold sets of the
tender documents (which are available for sale), including the tender
documents uploaded on the website. When the amendment/modification
changes the requirement significantly and /or when there is not much time left
for the tenderers to respond to such amendments, and prepare a revised
tender, the time and date of submission of tenders are also to be extended
suitably, along with suitable changes in the corresponding timeframes for
receipt of the tender, tender validity period, and so on, and validity period
of the corresponding EMD/Bid Security. Depending on the situation, such
an amendment may also need fresh publication adopting the same
procedure as for publication of the original tender enquiry. Clarification/
Amendments should be put on Lab’s website and CPP portal also.

(d) Bid Validity

A bid shall remain valid for the period mentioned in the ITB (normally 90 days).
In exceptional circumstances, the consent of the bidder may be requested in
writing for an extension to the period of bid validity. Such requests should
preferably be made much before the expiry of the bid validity. The bid
security provided shall also be suitably extended. A bidder accepting the
request and granting extension shall not be permitted to modify his bid.

(e) Sealing and Marking of Tenders

The tender document is to indicate the total number of tender sets (for
example, in duplicate or in triplicate, and so on) required to be submitted. The
tenderer is to seal the original and each copy of the tender in separate
envelopes, duly marking the same as “Original”, “Duplicate,” and so on, and
also printing the address of the purchase office and the tender reference
number on the envelopes. Further, the sentence ‘’NOT TO BE OPENED” before
(due date and time of tender opening) is also to be printed on these
envelopes. The inner envelopes are then to be put inside a bigger outer
envelope, which will also be duly sealed marked, and so on, as above. If the
outer envelope is not sealed and marked properly as above, the purchaser will
not assume any responsibility for its misplacement, premature opening, late
opening, and so on. All the above instructions are to be suitably incorporated
in the tender documents.

(f) Withdrawal, Substitution and Modification of Tenders

The tenderer, after submitting the tender, is permitted to withdraw, substitute

or modify the tenders in writing without forfeiture of Bid Security/EMD, provided
these are received duly sealed and marked like the original tender, up to the
date and time of receipt of the tender. Any such request received after the
81
 prescribed date and time of receipt of tenders will not be considered. No bid
may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of
bids and expiration of the period of bid validity. Withdrawal of a bid during
this period will result in forfeiture of the bidder’s bid security (EMD) and other
sanctions, which include disqualification from bidding for any contract for a period
of one year from the date of notification in case of submission of Bid Securing
Declaration as a form of Bid security.

(g) Eligibility/Evaluation/Qualification criteria

If it is intended to use eligibility/evaluation/qualification criteria to evaluate

a tender and determine whether a tenderer has the required qualifications,
this point may be clearly specified in NIT, ITB or as a separate section of the
tender document. The bidder has to ensure that he provides convincing proof
of having fulfilled these criteria. Any criteria not specified in the tender cannot
be used for evaluation or qualification. The condition of prior turnover and
prior experience may be relaxed for Startups (as defined by Department of
Industrial Policy and Promotion) subject to meeting of quality& technical
specifications and making suitable provisions in the bidding document (Rule
173 (i) of GFR 2017). It may be noted that Ministry of MSME have clarified that
all Central Ministries/Departments/Central Public Section Undertakings may
relax condition of prior turnover and prior experience with respect to Micro and
Small Enterprises in all public procurements subject to meeting of quality and
technical specifications.

(h) OEM/Authorized Dealer/Agents of supplier or Quotation received from

dealer/agents for items not manufactured by them.

(i) Except in case of Commercially-Off-The-Shelf (COTS) items, when a firm sends

quotation for an item manufactured by some different company, the firm is
also required to attach, in its quotation, the manufacturer’s authorisation
certificate and also manufacturer’s confirmation of extending the required
warranty for that product as per formats given in SBD. This is necessary to
ensure quotation from a responsible party offering genuine product, also
backed by a warranty obligation from the concerned manufacturer. In the
tender, either the offer from a manufacturer or its authorised dealer can be
considered as valid.

(ii) In case of large contracts, especially capital equipment, the manufacturer’s

authorisation must be insisted upon on a tender specific basis, not general
authorisation/dealership, by so declaring in the bid documents clearly.

(iii) In cases where the manufacturer has submitted the bid, the bids of its
authorized dealer will not be considered and EMD will be returned.

In case multiple orders are required to be placed against a bid for different
components of an equipment/system, the bidder needs to submit the MAF
from the respective OEMs.

82
(i) Conflict of Interest among Bidders/Agents

A bidder shall not have conflict of interest with other bidders. Such conflict
of interest can lead to anti-competitive practices to the detriment of
Procuring Entity’s interests. The bidder found to have a conflict of interest
shall be disqualified. A bidder may be considered to have a conflict of
interest with one or more parties in this bidding process, if:

(i) They have controlling partner (s) in common; or

(ii) They receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy/financial stake
from any of them; or

(iii) They have the same legal representative/agent for purposes of this bid; or

(iv) They have relationship with each other, directly or through common third
parties, that puts them in a position to have access to information about or
influence on the bid of another bidder; or

(v) Bidder participates in more than one bid in this bidding process.
Participation by a bidder in more than one Bid will result in the
disqualification of all bids in which the parties are involved. However, this
does not limit the inclusion of the components/sub-assembly/assemblies
from one bidding manufacturer in more than one bid.

(vi) In cases of agents quoting in offshore procurements, on behalf of their principal

manufacturers, one agent cannot represent two manufacturers or quote on
their behalf in a particular tender enquiry (refer CVC (CTE) No.12-02-6-
CTE/SPI (1)-2, dated January 13, 2012). One manufacturer can also authorize
only one agent/dealer. There can be only one bid from the following:

 The principal manufacturer directly or through one Indian agent on

his behalf; and
 Indian/foreign agent on behalf of only one principal

(vii) A Bidder or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation

of the design or technical specifications of the contract that is the subject of
the Bid;

1. In case of a holding company having more than one independent manufacturing

units, or more than one unit having common business ownership/
management, only one unit should quote. Similar restrictions would apply
to closely related sister companies. Bidders must proactively declare such
sister/common business/ management units in same/similar line of business.

(j) Schedule of Requirements

This section comprises the list of goods and delivery schedule. If there is no
separate TS then TS, quality assurance and inspections may also be included
here. If the tender contains a number of schedules of requirements, it must be

83
 clarified, whether evaluation of eligibility/qualifications/financial bids would
be on a schedule by schedule basis or on the basis of a total of all schedules
put together.

(k) A clause clearly indicating that for the Purchases made for scientific
purposes concessional rate of Customs Duty and IGST & CGST/SGST are
leviable should be included in the tender documents.

(l) The bidders should be asked to quote in the tender document as per the
applicable price schedule form as per Annexure-5P & 5Q enclosed and
quote as under:

A. For goods manufactured in India.

i) The price of the goods quoted ex-works including all taxes already
paid.

ii) GST and other taxes which will be payable on the goods if the
contract is awarded.

iii) Charges for inland transportation, insurance and other local services
required for delivering the goods at the desired destination.

iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation,

commissioning, spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site
preparation and training including any incidental services, if any.

B. For goods manufactured abroad

i) The price of the goods, quoted on FCA (named place of delivery

abroad) or FOB (named port of shipment), as specified in the bidding
document.

ii) The charges for insurance and transportation of the goods to the
port/place of destination.

iii) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation,

commissioning, spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site
preparation and training including any incidental services, if any.

(m) The basis of comparison between the indigenous/ foreign bidders should be
indicated clearly in the bidding documents. For this purpose, comparison
between the indigenous and the foreign offers should be made on FOR
destination basis and CIF/CIP basis respectively. However, the CIF/CIP
prices quoted by any foreign bidder needs to be loaded further as under:

(i) Towards customs duty and other statutory levies– as per applicable rates.

(ii) Towards custom clearance, inland transportation etc. - 2% of the CIF/CIP

Value.
Accordingly, while soliciting bids, it should be clearly stipulated in the tender
84
 document that the bidder should give a clear cut break up of ex-works,
FOB/FCA, CIF/CIP price to facilitate the proper comparison failing which the
bid would be summarily ignored. CSIR reserves the right to order on the
basis of any of the incoterms.

(n) The Tender Document should also indicate the need of the Integrity Pact or
otherwise.

(o) A complete schedule of procurement cycle from the date of issuing the
tenders to the date of issuing the contract should be published when the
tender is issued.

(p) The clause for variations in quantities at the time of award and Option
should be invariably included in the tender documents.

(q) Pre-bid conference (Rule 173 (x) of GFR 2017)

(i) The pre-bid conference is a platform for clarifying issues and clearing
doubts, if any, about the specification and other allied technical/commercial
details of the goods projected in the bidding documents. The date, time and
place of pre-bid conference should be indicated in the bidding documents
for information of the interested tenderers.

(ii) In case of turnkey contract (s) and facilities of a special nature for procurement
of sophisticated and costly equipment, a suitable provision is to be kept in the
bidding documents for one or more pre-bid conference for clarifying issues/
clearing doubts, if any, about the specifications and other allied
technical/commercial details of the plant, equipment and machinery
projected in the bidding document and for ensuring that the technical
requirements provide a level playing field. The decision to hold the PBC may
be taken by the procuring entity based on the merits of each case. The date,
time and place of the pre-bid conference should be indicated in the tender
enquiry document. The Pre-bid Conference may be arranged prior to at least
two weeks before the due date of submission of tender to the Purchase
Division. Bidders should be asked to submit written queries in advance of the
conference. After the conference, the techno- commercial requirements may
be revised if considered necessary by way of issue of a formal corrigendum
and shared with all the bidders who purchase or have purchased the bid
documents. The minutes of PBC should also be uploaded on Lab’s/Instt’s
website and CPP portal, so that the prospective bidders could submit their
bids only after the pre-bid conference so as to take care of the changes
made in the bidding document.

(r) In the case of an advertised tender enquiry or limited tender enquiry, late
bids (that is, bids received after the specified date and time for receipt of bids)
should not be considered (Rule 165 of GFR 2017);

(s) Tenders received by fax or e-mail should be summarily ignored excepting for
those received against STE or PAC tenders.

(t) Special Conditions in Global Tender Enquiry(GTE) Procurements

85
(i) Currency of bidding: In GTE tenders, the Foreign Bidders or their Indian
Agents are allowed to quote price (and get paid) in RBI’s notified basket of
foreign currencies - US Dollar or Euro or Pound Sterling or Yen etc., in addition to
the Indian Rupees - except for expenditure incurred in India (including agency
commission if any) which should be stated in Indian Rupees. Indian Bidders
are to quote in INR only.

(ii) Agency Commission: CSIR will not enlist Indian Agents of Foreign Principals.
Agency commission should be paid in INR to Indian agent. The
Principal/Indian agent shall declare the Agency commission as a percentage
of the Ex-works/FOB/FCA value.

(iii) Delivery Terms: The mode of transportations and the delivery terms are to be
expressed in terms of Incoterms. As per the revised policy
(http://shipping.nic.in/ showfile.php?lid=2098) of the Government, all Public
Procurement import contracts involving (ocean freight of dry or liquid bulk
cargoes) are to be finalized only on FOB (Free on Board)/FAS(Free
Alongside Ship) basis and in case of any departure there-from, prior
approval of the concerned administrative Ministry/ Department may be
obtained. However, imports involving ocean freight of general liner: cargoes,
project cargoes, heavy lift, container, break bulk cargoes etc. can now be
made on FOB (Free on Board)/FAS (Free Alongside Ship) or CFR (Cost &
Freight)/CIF (Cost, Insurance & Freight) basis. All importing Government
Departments/PSUs are now allowed to make their own shipping
arrangements without requiring to route their requirements through
Chartering Wing of Ministry of Shipping. However, before processing any
contract involving import of goods through air, contemporary instructions in
this regard may be ascertained and followed; and

(iv) Insurance: Wherever necessary, the goods supplied under the contract shall be
fully insured in a freely convertible currency against loss or damage incidental
to manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery in the
manner specified in the contract. If considered necessary, the insurance
may be done for coverage on an “all risks” basis including war risks and
strike clauses. The amount to be covered under insurance should be
sufficient to take care of the overall expenditure to be incurred by the
purchaser for receiving the goods at the destination. Procuring Entities who
are entering into large number of imports contracts, may enter into annual
Insurance arrangements for all imports during the year with Insurance
Companies, instead of insurance for each individual imports separately on
the basis of “Open Cover (all Risk)”. Where delivery of imported goods is
required by the purchaser on Cost Insurance and Freight/Carriage and
Insurance Paid (CIF/CIP) basis, the supplier shall arrange and pay for
marine/air insurance, making the purchaser the beneficiary. Where delivery
is on Free on Board/Free alongside Ship (FOB/ FAS) basis, marine/air
insurance shall be the responsibility of the purchaser. In every case where
advance payment or payment against dispatch documents is to be made or LC
is to be opened, the condition of insurance should invariably be incorporated
in the terms and conditions.

86
(u) Suitable provision should be kept in the bidding documents to enable a
bidder question the bidding conditions, bidding process and/or rejection of
bids. The reasons for rejecting a tender or non-issuing a tender document to
a prospective bidder must be disclosed where enquiries are made by the
bidder. (Rule 173(iv) of GFR 2017) Only a directly affected bidder can
represent in this regard:

(i) Only a bidder who has participated in the concerned procurement process
i.e. pre- qualification, bidder registration or bidding, as the case may be, can
make such representation;

(ii) In case pre-qualification bid has been evaluated before the bidding of
Technical/ financial bids, an application for review in relation to the
technical/financial bid may be filed only by a bidder who has qualified in pre-
qualification bid;

(iii) In case technical bid has been evaluated before the opening of the financial
bid, an application for review in relation to the financial bid may be filed only
by a bidder whose technical bid is found to be acceptable.

(iv) Following decisions of the Procuring Entity in accordance with the provision
of internal guidelines shall not be subject to review:

 Determination of the need for procurement;

 Selection of the mode of procurement or bidding system;
 Choice of selection procedure;
 Provisions limiting participation of bidders in the procurement
process;
 The decision to enter into negotiations with the L1 bidder;
 Cancellation of the procurement process except where it is intended
to subsequently re-tender the same requirements;
 Issues related to ambiguity in contract terms may not be taken up
after a contract has been signed, all such issues should be
highlighted before consummation of the contract by the
vendor/contractor; and
 Complaints against specifications except under the premise that they
are either vague or too specific so as to limit competition

5.1.5
General and Special conditions of the contract

The GCC to be used for contracting for procurement are provided in the SBD.
GCC covers all information on aspects after the announcement of the tender award till
the closure of the contract and dispute resolution. It should not cover any aspect up to
announcement of award. Instead of modifying the GCC every time, any changes
warranted by special circumstances may be indicated in a separate SCC with the prior
approval of the CA and GCC may be included unchanged in every tender document.
It is also to be indicated therein that the provisions in the SCC will supersede the
corresponding provisions in the GCC.

87
5.1.6
Submission Formats

This section contains the relevant forms for tender submission: various
declarations by tenderer, formats for the bank guarantee, price schedule forms,
exception and deviation forms, contract forms and manufacture’s authorisation form,
and so on.

5.1.7
Mandatory e-Publishing of Tenders (Rule 159 of GFR 2017)

01. It is mandatory for all Ministries/Departments of the Central

Government, their attached and subordinate offices and
autonomous/statutory bodies to publish their tender enquiries, corrigenda
thereon and details of bid awards on the Central Public Procurement Portal
(CPPP). In case of procurements made through Rate Contracts, only awards
details need to be published. These instructions apply to all Tender Enquiries,
Requests for Proposals, Requests for Expressions of Interest, Notice for pre-
q ualification/Registration or any other notice inviting bids or proposals in
any form whether they are advertised, issued to limited number of parties
or to a single party. These instructions would not apply to Purchase of goods
without quotations or Purchase of goods by purchase committee.

02. Individual cases where confidentiality is required for reasons of national

security would be exempted from the mandatory e-publishing requirement
as per SoPP. Statistical information on the number of cases in which
exemption was granted and the value of the concerned contract should be
intimated to CSIR Hqrs. on a Quarterly basis for onward communication to the
Ministry of Finance, Department of Expenditure. (Rule 159 (ii) of GFR 2017)

5.2 Receipt and Custody of Tenders

5.2.1
Cost and availability of Tender documents

01. Tender documents should preferably be sold or available for download up to

date of submission of tenders and this should be clearly indicated in the
documents. The organization should also post the complete tender document
in their website and permit prospective bidders to make use of the document
downloaded from the website.

02. In order to promote wider participation and ease of bidding, no cost of

tender document may be charged for the tender documents downloaded by the
bidders. The cost of the tender document should be ₹ 500/- in the form of
a demand draft/ banker’s cheque/pay order in favour of the Procurement
Entity. The cost of Tender documents is inclusive of postage and GST. Firms
that are eligible for exemption from the tender document fee such as MSEs,
Procuring Entity registered vendors (for relevant items and monetary limit)
have to submit/upload scanned copy of documents in support of this
exemption.

88
5.2.2
Extension of Tender opening date

Sometimes, situations may arise necessitating modification of the tender

documents already issued (LTE case) or already put on sale (OTE case). Also, after
receiving the documents, a tenderer may point out some genuine mistakes
necessitating amendments in the tender documents. In such situations, it is
necessary to amend/modify the tender documents suitably prior to the date of
submission of bids. Copies of such amendment/modification should be
simultaneously sent to all the selected suppliers by registered/speed post/courier/e-
mail in case of LTE. In case of OTE, the copies of such amendment/modification are to
be simultaneously despatched, free of cost, by registered/speed post/courier/e-mail,
to all the parties who have already purchased the tender documents and copies of
such amendments are also to be prominently attached in the unsold sets of the
tender documents (which are available for sale), including the tender documents for
downloading put on the CPPP and Procuring Entity’s own website. When the
amendment/modification changes the requirement significantly and/or when there is
not much time left for the tenderers to respond to such amendments, and prepare
revised tender, the time and date of submission of tenders are also be extended, along
with suitable changes in the corresponding time-frames for receipt of tender, tender
validity period etc. and validity period of the corresponding EMD/bid security.
Depending on the situation, such an amendment may also need fresh publication
adopting the same procedure as for publication of the original tender enquiry. The
Purchase section shall extend the date of tender opening with the recommendations
of PL/HOD before the scheduled date and time of receipt of bids, irrespective of the
mode of tendering.

5.2.3
Sealing, and Marking of bids by bidders

The tender document is to indicate the total number of tender sets (e.g., in
duplicate or in triplicate etc.) required to be submitted. In case of two envelop bidding
system, the techno-commercial bid and financial bid should be sealed by the tenderer
in separate covers duly marking these as ‘Techno-commercial Bid’ and ‘Financial Bid’
and marked these with the address of the purchase office and the tender reference
number on the envelopes. Further, the sentence ‘’NOT TO BE OPENED” before………..
(due date & time of tender opening) are also to be put on these envelopes and
these sealed covers are to be put in a bigger cover which should also be sealed and
duly super scribed in a similar manner. In case bids are asked in a number of copies,
the tenderer is to seal the original and each copy of the tender in separate envelopes,
duly marking the same as “Original”, “Duplicate” and so on and also marking these
as mentioned above. The inner envelopes are then to be put in a bigger outer
envelope, which will also be duly sealed marked etc. as above. If the outer envelope is
not sealed and marked properly as above, the purchaser will not assume any
responsibility for its misplacement, premature opening, late opening etc. These
details regarding the submission of bids should also form a part of the ITB in the
tender documents; all the above instructions are to be suitably incorporated in the
tender documents.

89
5.2.4
Submission, Receipt and Custody of Tenders

In e-Procurement, all tenders uploaded by tenderers are received,

safeguarded and opened online on the portal. In offline tenders, receipt and custody
of bids shall be done in a transparent manner to maintain the credibility of the
process. The following guidelines should be adhered to for receipt and custody of
bids:

(a) The Procuring Entity shall maintain tender boxes for receiving the bids at
suitable locations which would facilitate security and easy access to bidders.
The key of the tender box will be with the official nominated by the Head of the
Procurement Entity.

(b) Bids received by courier shall be deposited in the tender box by the Dispatch
Section till the date and time of bid opening. Bids sent by telex, cable or
facsimile are to be ignored and rejected, excepting for Single Tender; and

(c) For bulky/oversized bids which cannot be dropped into tender boxes, the
officials authorised to receive such bids shall maintain proper records and
provide a signed receipt with date and time to the bearer of the bid. He will
also sign on the cover, duly indicating the date and time of receipt of the
tender(s). Names and designations of at least two such authorised officers
should be mentioned in the bid documents.

5.2.5
Withdraw/Amendments/Modifications to B ids by bidders

The tenderer, after submitting its tender, is permitted to withdraw/alter/modify

its tender so long such withdrawal/alterations/modifications are received duly
sealed and marked like original tender, up to the date & time of receipt of
tender. Any withdrawal/ amendment/modification received after the prescribed
date & time of receipt of tenders are not to be considered.

5.3 Procedures to be followed during bid opening

5.3.1
Immediately after the deadline for bid submission, Procuring Entity shall
proceed to open the bids irrespective of the response received. In case of two-
bid tenders, the TOC will first open the Techno-commercial un-priced bids (technical
bid). The sealed commercial bids will be initialed by the TOC and the vendors
present, with date and kept separately duly secured and not be kept in files till
these are opened. Separate notice of opening of the bids need to be sent to the
bidders before opening of the financial bid in the case of two-bid system. Opening
of the tenders without informing the bidders is strictly prohibited except for offers
received on Single Tender basis. In e-Procurement, bids are opened online as per set
procedure. In offline tenders, the TOC shall comprise one officer each from the
Procuring Div. Admin and Finance & Accounts. The members of TOC should not be
below group B officer.

90
5.3.2
The authorised representatives of bidders, who intend to attend the tender
opening in OTE/GTE/SLTE are to bring with them letters of authority from the
corresponding bidder. The prescribed format for the letter of authority for attending
the bid opening should be given in the bidding document as per Annexure- 5N. All
bid-opening activities should be carried out demonstrably before such a gathering.
The prescribed format for the bid opening attendance sheet and report are given at
Annexure-5R

5.3.3
At a prescheduled date and time, the TOC of the day should get the particular
tender box opened, after ensuring and demonstrating that the seal on the box has
not been tampered with. All bids should be collected from the tender box. Bids for
tenders not opening on that day should be put back into the box and the box resealed.
Sometimes, there would be tenders dropped wrongly into this tender box. Such
wrongly dropped tenders with appropriate endorsement should be put into the
appropriate box or sent to the Purchase Department, if the date of opening is
over. The bids for different tenders opening on the day (including oversized bids,
which were submitted to designated officers) should be sorted, and a count for each
tender should be announced and recorded, particularly noting any
modifying/altering/withdrawal of bids. TOC should ensure and demonstrate that bid
envelopes are duly sealed and untampered. Late bids should not be considered
and returned un-opened in original (Rule 165 of GFR 2017). The question of ‘late
tender’ as applicable for Open Tenders and LTE will not apply in procurements
made through single tenders.

5.3.4
After opening, every tender shall be numbered serially (say 3/14 – if it is the
third bid out of 14 total), initialed, and dated on the first page by the TOC. Each
page of the price schedule or letter attached to it shall also be similarly initialed,
particularly the prices, delivery period, and so on, which shall also be circled and
initialed along with the date. Any other page containing significant information
should also be dealt with similarly. Blank tenders, if any, should be marked
accordingly by the TOC. The original (and duplicate, if any) copies in a tender set are to
be marked accordingly by the TOC;

5.3.5
Erasure /cutting/overwriting/use of whitener/columns left unfilled in tenders,
if any, shall be initialed along with date and time and numbered by the officials
opening the tenders and total number of such noticed alterations (or the absence of
any alteration) should be explicitly marked on the first page of the bid. Wherever
quantity/amount is written only in figures, the TOC should write them in words. All
rebates/discounts should be similarly circled, numbered and signed. In the absence
of any alteration/ overwriting/whitener/blanks, the remark “no corrections noted”
should be written. Similarly, the absence of discounts should be marked with “no
discounts noted;”

5.3.6
The TOC is to announce the salient features of the tenders such as
description and specification of the goods, quoted price, terms of delivery, delivery
period, discount, if any, whether EMD furnished or not, and any other special
91
feature of the tender for the information of the representatives attending the
tender opening. No clarifications by tenderers should be entertained or allowed to
be recorded during the bid opening. It should be understood that TOC has no
authority to reject any tender at the tender opening stage;

5.3.7
Proper sealing and codification need to be done on samples as well for
samples which accompany the bid. These should be kept for reference under lock
and key. Details should be recorded in the sample register maintained in the opening
section. Documents related to Bid Security should be noted in the bid opening
report/register. DD/BC shall be handed over to the Finance Section for depositing;
and

5.3.8
A bid opening report containing the names of the tenderers (serial number
wise), salient features of the tenders, as read out during the public opening of tenders,
will be prepared by the tender opening officers, and duly signed by them along with
the date and time. The tenders that have been opened, list of the representatives
attending the tender opening, and bid opening report are to be handed over to
the nominated purchase officer and an acknowledgement obtained for him.

5.3.9
Firms submitting bids in a single envelope against the requirement of two-
bid system would be considered for further evaluation at the risk & responsibility of
the bidder. However, the opened priced bid, if prepared separate from the technical
bid, would be sealed immediately by the Tender Opening Committee without
disclosing the price.

5.3.10
If a tender, received in a cover without any superscription about its contents
and has been opened by any official receiving it, then the same should be accepted
at the risk of bidder if the same is presented to the Purchase Section before the
expiry of the due date and time of opening of bids.

5.3.11
If a tender has been received correctly as per the Instructions in the
Instructions to bidders of the tender documents, then the receiver shall cause such
a tender to be delivered to the Purchase Section before the expiry of the due date
and time of opening of bids.

92
 CHAPTER – 6

FORMS OF SECURITIES, PAYMENT TERMS AND PRICE

VARIATIONS

6.1 Forms of Security

6.1.1
Bid Security (Rule 170 of GFR 2017)

01. To safeguard against a bidder’s withdrawing or altering its/his bid during

the bid validity period in the case advertised or limited tender enquiry, Bid
Security (also known as Earnest Money Deposit) (EMD) is to be obtained from
the bidders (as per Annexure 5E) along with their bids except from bidders
who are exempted from paying Bid Security as per Rule 170(i) of GFR 2017
including startups as recognized by DIPP. (MoF OM No. F.20/2/2014-PPD (Pt.)
dated 25th Jul 2017) .The amount of Bid Security should generally be between
two to five per cent of the estimated value of the goods to be procured. The exact
amount of Bid Security, rounded off to the nearest thousands of Rupees, as
determined by the Procuring Entity, is to be indicated in the bidding documents.
The Bid Security may be obtained in the form of an account payee demand
draft, fixed deposit receipt, banker’s cheque or Bank Guarantee (in equivalent
Foreign Exchange amount, in case of imports) issued/confirmed from any of the
scheduled commercial bank in India or in INR by their Indian
counterpart/Agent in an acceptable form, and so on, safe guarding the
purchaser’s interest in all respects. The Bid Security, in the form of BG/TDR, is
normally to remain valid for a period of 45 (Forty-Five) days beyond the final
bid validity period.

02. In place of a Bid Security, Procuring Entities may consider asking bidders to sign
a bid securing declaration (as per Annexure-5F) accepting that if they withdraw
or modify their bids during the period of validity, or if they are awarded the
contract and they fail to sign the contract, or to submit a performance security
before the deadline defined in the request for bids/request for proposals
document, they will be suspended for the period of time specified in the
request for bids/request for proposals document from being eligible to
submit Bids/Proposals for contracts with the Procuring Entity. (Rule 170 (iii) of
GFR 2017.

03. In appropriate cases, submission of the Bid Security may be waived with
the Competent Authority’s (CA’s) approval, especially in the case of
indigenization/ development tenders, limited tenders and procurements
directly from the manufacturer or authorised agents. The PC & T&PC may
decide on the merits of each case the applicability of bid security.

04. A bidder’s Bid Security will be forfeited if the bidder withdraws or amends
its/his tender or impairs or derogates from the tender in any respect within
the period of validity of the tender or if the successful bidder fails to furnish

93
 the required Performance Security within the specified period.

05. Bid securities of the unsuccessful bidders should be returned to them at the
earliest after expiry of the final bid validity period and latest by the 30 th day
after the award of the contract. (Rule 170 (ii) of GFR 2017) Bid Security
should be refunded to the successful bidder on receipt of a performance
security.

6.1.2
Performance Security (Rule 171 of GFR 2017)

01. To ensure due performance of the contract, performance security or

Performance Bank Guarantee (PBG) or Standby LC is to be obtained from the
successful bidder (as per Annexure-5K) awarded the contract valued more
than 2.5 lakhs of capital items. Unlike contracts of Works and Plants, in case
of contracts for Goods, the need for the Performance Security depends on
the market conditions and commercial practice for the particular kind of
goods. The PC & T&PC may decide on the merits of each case the applicability
of performance security. Performance Security should be for an amount of
five to ten per cent of the value of the contract as specified in the bid
documents. Performance Security may be furnished in the form of an
account payee demand draft, fixed deposit receipt from a commercial bank,
bank guarantee issued/confirmed from any of the commercial bank in
India in an acceptable form, safeguarding the purchaser’s interest in all
respects. In case of foreign bidders in Imports, either equivalent Foreign
Exchange amount may be preferred in the form of a Bank Guarantee
issued/confirmed from any of the scheduled Commercial Bank in India or
in INR by their Indian counterpart / agent in an acceptable form,
safeguarding the purchaser’s interest in all respects. Unlike, Procurement
of Works, in Procurement of Goods, the concept of taking part of Performance
Guarantee as money retained from first or progressive bills of the supplier is not
acceptable. PS may be decided by the Purchase Committee depending on the
market conditions and commercial practice for the particular kind of goods.

02. Performance Security is to be furnished by a specified date (generally

21(twenty-one) days after notification of the award) and it should remain
valid for a period of 60 (sixty) days beyond the date of completion of all
contractual obligations of the supplier, including warranty obligations.

03. However, the Senior most Officer of S&P has the powers to extend the
duration for submission of the Performance Security or Order Acceptance
for a further period of 30 days. Beyond 30 days, the PC/TPC shall decide
on merits of each case.

04. The Performance Security will be forfeited and credited to the Procuring Entity’s
account in the event of a breach of contract by the contractor. It should be
refunded to the contractor without interest, after he duly performs and
completes the contract in all respects but not later than 60(sixty) days of
completion of all such obligations including the warranty under the contract.

94
 Return of Bid/Performance Securities should be monitored by the senior
officers and delays should be avoided. If feasible, the details of these securities
may be listed in the e-Procurement portal, to make the process transparent
and visible.
6.1.3
Verification of Bank Guarantees

Bank guarantees submitted by the tenderers/suppliers as EMD/Performance

securities need to be immediately verified from the issuing bank before
acceptance. There may not be any need to get the Bank Guarantee vetted from
legal/finance authority if it is in the specified format. Guidelines for verification of
BGs submitted by the bidders/contractors against EMD/ performance
security/advance payments and for various other purposes are as follows:

i) BG shall be as per the prescribed formats;

ii) The BG contains the name, designation and code number of the Bank
officer(s) signing the guarantees(s);
iii) The address and other details (including telephone no.) of the controlling
officer of the bank are obtained from the branch of the bank issuing the BG
(this should be included in all BGs);
iv) The confirmation from the issuing branch of the bank is obtained in
writing through registered post/speed post/courier. The bank should be
advised to confirm the issuance of the BGs specifically quoting the letter of
Procurement Entity on the printed official letterhead of the bank indicating
address and other details (including telephone nos.) of the bank and the
name, designation and code number of the officer(s) confirming the
issuance of the BG;
v) Pending receipt of confirmation as above, confirmation can also be
obtained with the help of responsible officer who should personally obtain
the confirmation from issuing branch of the bank and forward the
confirmation report to the concerned procurement entity.

6.1.4
Safe Custody and monitoring of EMDs, Performance securities and other
I nstruments

The custodian of Bid securities and Performance Securities in the form of

Bank Guarantee (including BG against advance) or TDR will be purchase Section
of the Procuring Entity. Banker’s cheque/Pay orders/Demand Draft should be
deposited with Account section of the Procuring Entity. The Purchase Section shall
also make institutional arrangements for taking all necessary actions on time, for
extension or encashment or refund of EMDs and Performance securities, as the
case may be. Monitoring should also include a monthly review of all bank
guarantees and other instruments expiring in next three months, along with a review
of the progress of the corresponding contracts. Extension of bank guarantees and
other instruments, where warranted, should be sought immediately and
implemented within their validity period. Bank Guarantee should never be handed
over to the supplier for the purpose of extension of validity. Such a system of

95
 monitoring of securities and other instruments may be considered to be
computerized with automatic alerts about lapse of validity etc. For this purpose a
Security register (as per Annexure-6A) should be maintained. (Rule 226(ii) of GFR
2017)

6.2 Payment clause

6.2.1
The elements of price included in the quotation of a tenderer depend on the
nature of the goods to be supplied and the allied services to be performed, location of
the supplier, location of the user, terms of delivery, extant rules and regulations about
taxes, duties, and so on, of the seller’s country and the buyer’s country.

6.2.2
In case of indigenous goods, the main elements of price may include raw
material, production cost, overhead, packing and forwarding charges, margin of
profit, transit insurance, and G S T as applicable. In case of imported goods, in
addition to similar elements of price as above (other than GST), there may be
elements of custom duty, import duty, landing and clearing charges and commission
to Indian agents. Further, depending on the nature of the goods (whether domestic
or imported), there may be cost elements towards installation and commissioning,
operator’s training, and so on.

6.2.3
It is, therefore, necessary that, to enable the tenderers to frame their
quotations properly in a meaningful manner, the tender documents should clearly
specify the desired terms of delivery and also the duties and responsibilities to be
performed by the supplier in addition to supply of goods.

6.2.4
While claiming the payment, the supplier should also certify in the bill that the
payment being claimed is strictly in terms of the contract and all obligations on the
part of the supplier for claiming this payment have been fulfilled as required under
the contract. There should also be a suitable provision for verification of the
authenticity of the person signing the invoice, and so on, to claim the payment.

01. Elements of Price: Where the price has several components such as the price
of the goods, cost of installation and commissioning, operators’ training, and
so on, bidders should be asked to furnish a cost break-up indicating the
applicable prices and taxes for each of such components along with the overall
price. The payment schedule and terms will be linked to this cost break-up.

02. Currency: The tender documents are to specify the currency (currencies) in
which the tenders are to be priced. As a general rule, domestic tenderers are to
quote and accept their payment in Indian currency; Indian agents of foreign
suppliers are to receive their agency commission in Indian currency; costs of
imported goods & Services rendered in India, which are directly imported
against the contract, may be quoted in foreign currency (currencies) and paid
accordingly in that currency; and the portion of the allied work and services,
which are to be undertaken by Indian Agent (like installation and
commissioning of equipment) are to be quoted and paid in Indian currency.
96
03. Payment to suppliers: In a supply contract, delivery of goods is the essence
of the contract for the purchaser. Similarly, receiving timely payment for the
supplies is the essence of the contract for the seller. A healthy buyer-supplier
relationship is based on the twin foundation of timely and quality supply, on
the one hand, and prompt and full payment to the supplier, on the other. It
should be ensured that all payments due to the firm, including release of the
performance security, are made on a priority basis without avoidable delay as
per the tender/contract conditions:

a) As far as possible, the payment terms and time schedule should be given in
the contract and must be adhered to. Any foreseeable payment delays
should be communicated to the suppliers in advance.

b) Prompt and timely provision of statutory certificates to the seller for taxes
deducted at source, are as much a part of payment as the amount actually
released. A detailed payment advice showing the calculations and reasons for
the amounts disallowed and taxes deducted disallowed and taxes deducted
must be issued to the supplier along with payment by the Finance. As soon as
possible, but not later than the date of submission of Tax returns, the Procuring
Entity must provide the statutory certificates for the taxes deducted to the
Supplier, so that he is able to claim set-offs and refunds from the concerned
authorities. For this purpose, Statutory certificates to the seller for taxes
deducted at source (TDS) shall be the responsibility of DDO of the lab/Instt.
DDO is only legally recognized authority under statutory provisions of IT Act to
effect TDS having competence to issue TDS certificate.

c) Release of payment and settlement of the final bill should be processed

through the Finance & Account section of the concerned Procuring Entity as
per the terms and conditions of the contract.

d) No payments to contractors by way of compensation or otherwise outside

the strict terms of the contract or in excess of the contract rates should be
allowed.

04. Before the payment is made, the invoice should be cross-checked with the actual
receipt of material/assets/services to ensure that the payment matches the
actual performance;

05. Any other payment terms like payment against delivery, sight draft etc not
covered in this Chapter shall be made on the recommendation of PC/T&PC
and approval of the Director.

6.3 Terms of Payment for Domestic Goods

01. Where the terms of delivery are FOR dispatching station, the payment terms,
depending on the value and nature of the goods, mode of transportation,
and so on, may be 60 to 90 (sixty to ninety) per cent on proof of dispatch
and other related documents and balance on receipt at site and acceptance
by the consignee.
97
02. Where the terms of delivery is FOR destination/delivery at site, the usual
payment term is 100 (hundred) per cent on receipt and acceptance of goods
by the consignee and on production of all required documents by the supplier.

03. However, in Indigenous purchase, terms of delivery as FOR destination and

relevant payment condition may be preferred over FOR dispatching station. In
a condition where payment is to be made in parts – 80 to 90% against proof of
dispatch/delivery of goods in good condition and balance on the commissioning
of the equipment, 100% tax invoice is received along with the material in view
of GST regulation. Since the vendor cannot raise bill for balance payment, the
payment advice from purchase shall be based on the Installation &
Commissioning or the acceptance report on a copy of the 100% invoice.

04. Where goods to be supplied also need installation and commissioning by

the supplier, the payment terms are generally:

(a) For a contract with terms of delivery as FOR dispatching station -- 60 (sixty) per
cent on proof of dispatch along with other specified documents, 30 (thirty)
per cent on receipt of the goods at site by the consignee and balance 10
(ten) per cent on successful installation and commissioning and acceptance
by the consignee; and

(b) For a contract with terms of delivery as FOR destination/delivery at site -- 90

(ninety) per cent on receipt and inspection of goods by the consignee at
destination and on production of all required documents by the supplier and
balance 10 (ten) per cent on successful installation and commissioning and
acceptance by the consignee.

However, percentage may be decided by the Procuring Entity on the merit of

the case.

Note: Generally (especially for goods requiring installation and commissioning at

site by the supplier), the desirable terms of delivery are FOR destination/delivery at
site, so that the supplier remains responsible for safe arrival of the ordered goods at
the site. Therefore, unless otherwise decided ex-works or FOR dispatching station
terms should be avoided.

6.3.1
Modes of Payment for Domestic Goods

Payments to domestic suppliers are usually made by cheque/demand

draft drawn on any Scheduled Commercial Bank. Such payment can also be made to
the supplier’s bank, if the bills are endorsed in favour of the bank with a pre-receipt
embossed on the bills with the words, “received payment” and both the
endorsement and pre-receipt are authenticated by the supplier. In addition, an
irrevocable power of attorney is to be granted by the supplier in favour of the bank.
In such of those cases where there has been global tendering, in order to have
uniform payment clauses, if domestic suppliers, especially against high value contracts
for sophisticated equipment/machinery, desire payment through inland LC, depending

98
on the merits of the case, this may be agreed to. However, procuring entities should
switch over to more transparent electronic payment systems like Electronic Clearance
System (ECS), Real-Time Gross Settlement Systems (RTGS) National Electronic Funds
Transfer (NEFT) or Electronic Payment Gateways.

6.3.2
Documents for Payment for Domestic Goods
i) Supplier’s Invoice indicating, inter alia description and specification of the
goods, quantity, unit price, total value, HSN Code etc.
ii) Packing list;
iii) Insurance certificate, if applicable;
iv) Railway receipt/consignment note/LR Note;
v) Manufacturer’s guarantee certificate and in-house inspection certificate;
vi) Inspection certificate issued by purchaser’s inspector; and
vii) Certificate as per Para 6.2.4 of this Manual.
viii) Any other document(s) as and if required in terms of the contract, like no claim
certificate for final payment. (as per annexure 9A)

6.4 Terms of Payment for Imported Goods

6.4.1 Usual payment terms, unless otherwise stipulated, are indicated below:

01. Cases where installation, erection and commissioning (if applicable) are
not the responsibility of the supplier – 100% (Hundred per cent) net contract
price is to be paid against invoice, shipping documents, inspection
certificate (where applicable), manufacturers’ test certificate, and so on;

02. Cases where installation, erection and commissioning are the responsibility of the
supplier – 80–90% (Eighty to Ninety per cent) (maximum) net contract price
will be paid against the invoice, inspection certificate (where applicable),
shipping documents, and so on, and balance within 21-30 (Twenty-One to
Thirty) days of successful installation and commissioning at the consignee’s
premises and acceptance by the consignee. However, percentage may be
decided by the Procuring Entity on the merit of the case and

03. Payment of agency commission, if payable, as per contract – the entire 100 %
(Hundred per cent) agency commission is generally paid (in non-convertible
Indian Rupees on the basis of BC selling rate of exchange) after all other
payments have been made to the supplier in terms of the contract.

6.4.2
Modes of Payment for Imported Goods

01. It should be ensured that the imports into India being made by the Procuring
Entity are in conformity with the export-import policy in force: FEMA; FEMA
(Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000; and directions issued by RBI under
FEMA from time to time.

99
02. For imported goods, payment usually happens through the Letter of Credit
(LC) opened by the State Bank of India or any other scheduled/authorised
bank as decided by the Procuring Entity. The amount of LC should be equal to
the total payable amount, and be released as per the clauses mentioned
above. All such payments shall be done by Finance & Accounts Division of the
Procuring Entity. Provisions of Uniform Customs and Practices for
Documentary Credits should be adhere while opening the LC for import into
India. The uniform customs and Practice for documentary credits is a set of
rules regarding techniques and methods for handling LCs in international
trade finance which has been standardized by the International Chamber of
Commerce, the current version being the UCP600.) If the LC is not opened,
payment can also be made to the seller through a direct bank transfer or
sight draft for which the buyer has to ensure that payment is released only after
the receipt of prescribed documents or goods.

6.4.3 Documents for Payment for Imported Goods

01. The documents, which are needed from the supplier for release of payment,
are to be clearly specified in the contract. The paying authority is also to verify
the documents received from the supplier with corresponding stipulations
made in the contract before releasing the payment. Documents, which the
supplier is to furnish while claiming payment, are specified in the Letter of
Credit, but usually are:

i) Supplier’s original invoice giving full details of the goods including quantity,
value, and so on;
ii) Packing list;
iii) Certificate of country of origin of the goods to be given by the seller or a
recognized chamber of commerce or another agency designated by the local
Government for this purpose;
iv) Certificate of pre-dispatch inspection by the purchaser’s representative;
v) Manufacturer’s test certificate and guarantee;
vi) Certificate of insurance;(In case of CIP/CIF)
vii) Bill of lading/airway bill or any other dispatch document, indicating:
a) Name of the vessel/carrier;
b) Bill of lading/airway bill;
c) Port of loading;
d) Date of shipment;
e) Port of discharge and expected date of arrival of goods goods; and Any other
document(s) as and if required in terms of the contract.

6.4.4
Air Freight charges

Goods that are required to be airlifted are to be dispatched on a ‘charge

forward basis’. All air freight charges, which are shown on the relevant
consignment note as chargeable to the consignee, are to be paid to the Airline in
100
 Rupees. Some Procuring Entities need to import sophisticated instruments, tools
and kindred goods. These are usually small in size and very delicate/fragile in
nature. Such goods, invariably, need to be airlifted. But, quite naturally, form a small
part of the Air Cargo carried by an Aircraft. For such imports, procuring entities may
engage Air Freight Consolidators who consolidate the small Air Cargos of different
customers, to be airlifted from one Airport to another. Hiring of services of Airfreight
Consolidators should be done in a transparent manner, following standard principles
of Public Procurement.

6.4.5
Letter of Credit (LC)

Two banks are involved in payment to the supplier by LC, the purchaser’s bank
and supplier’s bank. The purchaser is to forward the request to its bank in the
prescribed format as formulated by the Bank, along with all relevant details
including an authenticated copy of the contract. Based on this, the purchaser’s
bank opens the LC on behalf of the purchaser for transacting payment to the
supplier through the supplier’s bank. Care should be taken to ensure that the
payment terms and documents to be produced for receiving payments through LC are
identical with those shown in the contract. Generally, the irrevocable LC is opened
so that the supplier is fully assured of his payment on fulfilling his obligations in
terms of the contract. In case the delivery date of the contract is extended to take
care of delay in supply, for which the supplier is responsible, the tenure of the LC is
also to be extended, but the expense incurred for such an extension (of LC) is to be
borne by the supplier. Provisions of Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary
Credits (as per UCP 600 or its latest version) should be adhered to the while
opening the LC for import into India.

6.5 Advance Payment

6.5.1
Ordinarily, payments for services rendered or supplies made should be
released only after the services have been rendered or supplies made. However, it may
become necessary to make advance payments in the following types of cases:
i) Advance payment demanded by firms holding maintenance contracts for
servicing of air-conditioners, computers, other costly equipment; etc.
ii) Advance payment demanded by firms against fabrication contracts, turn-key
contracts; and so on;

Such advance payments should not exceed the following limits except in
case of procurement of arms and ammunitions from ordinance factories:

a) Thirty per cent of the contract value to private firms;

b) Forty per cent of the contract value to a state or central Government agency
or PSU; or
c) In case of the maintenance contract, the amount should not exceed the
amount payable for six months under the contract; (Rule 172 (i) of GFR 2017)
d) The Procuring Authority may relax the ceilings including the percentages laid
down for advance payment for private firms as mentioned above as per SoPP.
101
 (Rule 172(1) of GFR 2017) While making any advance payment as above,
adequate safeguards in the form of a bank guarantee, and so on, should be
obtained from the firm. The format of Advance Bank Guarantee is placed at
Annexure-5S.

Documents for Advance Payments

Documents, needed from the supplier for release of payment, are to be clearly
specified in the contract. The paying authority should also verify the documents
received from the supplier with corresponding stipulations made in the contract
before releasing the payment.

6.5.2
Insurance
In every case where advance payment or payment against dispatch documents
is to be made or LC is to be opened, the condition of insurance should invariably
be incorporated in the terms and conditions. Wherever necessary, the goods
supplied under the contract, shall be fully insured in a freely convertible currency
against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition, transportation,
storage and delivery in the manner specified in the contract. If considered
necessary, insurance may cover “all risks” including war risks and strike clauses.
The amount to be covered under insurance should be sufficient to take care of
the overall expenditure to be incurred by the Procuring Entity for receiving the
goods at the destination and is normally CIF/CIP value +10%. Where delivery of
imported goods is required by the purchaser on CIF/CIP basis, the supplier shall
arrange and pay for marine/air insurance, making the purchaser the beneficiary.
Where delivery is on FOB/FAS basis, marine/air insurance shall be the responsibility
of the purchaser.

6.6 Firm Price vis-a-vis Variable Price (Rule 225 (viii) of GFR 2017)

6.6.1
Short-term contracts where the delivery period does not extend beyond 18
(eighteen) months should normally be concluded with a firm and price fixed by
inviting tenders accordingly. However, even for shorter deliveries, the Price Variation
Clause (PVC) may be stipulated for items with non-ferrous and other raw materials
prone to short-term price volatility - especially for critical or high value items –
otherwise there is a possibility of the contract failing or the purchaser having to pay
a higher price if prices fall. For high value tenders with deliveries longer than 18
(eighteen) months, PVC may be provided to protect the Purchaser’s interests also.

6.6.2
Where it is decided to conclude the contract with a variable price, an
appropriate clause incorporating, inter-alia, a suitable price variation formula should
also be provided in the tender documents, to calculate the price variation between the
base level and scheduled delivery date.

6.6.3
It is best to proactively provide PVC in the tender document to discourage
different bidders quoting different formulae and different base dates, which may
lead to problems on bringing their prices on a common comparable footing.
102
6.6.4
The variations are to be calculated periodically by using indices published by
Governments/ chambers of commerce/London Metal Exchange/any other neutral
and fair source of indices. Suitable weights are to be assigned to the applicable
elements, that is, fixed overheads and profits, material and labour in the price
variation formula. If the production of goods needs more than one raw material, the
input cost of material may be further sub-divided for different categories of material,
for which cost indices are published.

The following are important elements of PVC:

i) The price agreed upon should specify the base date, that is, the month and
year to which the price is linked to enable variations being calculated with
reference to the price indices prevailing in that month and year. The raw
materials used in manufacture are procured some weeks before the goods’
submission for inspection. This period is called the time lag for price variation.
It applies both for base date and date of supply. This time lag at both ends
must be specified;
ii) The price variation formula must also stipulate a minimum percentage of
variation of the contract price, only above which the price variation will be
admissible (for example, where the resultant increase is lower than, say, two
per cent of the contract price, no price adjustment will be made in favour of
the supplier);
iii) The price variation clause should provide for a ceiling on price variations,
particularly where escalations are involved. It could be a percentage per annum
or an overall ceiling or both;
iv) Where advance or stage payments are made there should be a further
stipulation that no price variations will be admissible on such portions of the
price, after the dates of such payment;
v) Where deliveries are accepted beyond the scheduled delivery date subject to
levy of liquidated damages as provided in the contract. The LD (if a percentage
of the price) will be applicable on the price as varied by the operation of the
PVC;

vi) No upward price variation will be admissible beyond the original scheduled
delivery date for defaults on the part of the supplier. However, a downward
price variation would be availed by the purchaser as per the denial clause in
the letter of extension of the delivery period;

vii) Price variation may be allowed beyond the original scheduled delivery date, by
specific alteration of that date through an amendment to the contract in
cases of force majeure or defaults by Government;

viii) Where contracts are for supply of equipment, goods, and so on, imported
(subject to customs duty and foreign exchange fluctuations) and/or locally
manufactured (subject to excise duty and other duties and taxes), the
percentage and element of duties and taxes included in the price should be
specifically stated, along with the selling rate of foreign exchange element
taken into account in the calculation of the price of the imported item;

103
ix) The clause should also contain the mode and terms of payment of the price
variation admissible; and

x) The buyer should ensure a provision in the contract for the benefit of any
reduction in the price in terms of the PVC being passed on to him;

xi) An illustrative PVC clause is available in Annexure -6B;

xii) Care should be exercised in contracts providing for price variation to Finalize
the price before final payment is made, after obtaining data and documents in
support of claims for escalation, if any. Where no such claims are submitted by
the suppliers, an examination of whether there has been a downward trend
in the cost, which the contractor may not bring out, is required. At any rate,
an undertaking should be obtained from the contractor to the following effect
in case it becomes necessary to make the final payment before he has
submitted the required data/documents related to the PVC:

“It is certified that there has been no decrease in the price of price
variation indices and, in the event of any decrease of such indices during
the currency of this contract, we shall promptly notify this to the
purchaser and offer the requisite reduction in the contract rate.”

xiii) Notwithstanding the above formalities, it should be appreciated that it is in

the interest of the procuring entity to be vigilant about downward variation
and it is, therefore, the basic responsibility of the purchase officers to
make sure that the benefits of downward variation, wherever it occurs, are
fully availed of.

6.7 Exchange Rate Variation

6.7.1
01. In case of a contract involving substantial import content(s) and having a long
delivery period (exceeding one year from the date of contract), an
appropriate Foreign Exchange Variation clause may be formulated by the
Procuring Entity in consultation with its Finance & Accounts, as needed, and
incorporated in the tender enquiry document. In that clause, the tenderers
are to be asked to indicate import content(s) and the currency (ies) used for
calculating the value of import content(s) in their total quoted price, which
(that is, the total quoted price) will be in Indian Rupees. The tenderers may
be asked to indicate the Base Exchange rate for each such foreign currency
used for converting the foreign exchange content into Indian Rupees and the
extent of foreign Exchange Rate Variation (ERV) risk they are willing to bear.

02. To work out the variation due to changes (if any) in the exchange rate(s), the
base date for this purpose will be the due date of opening of tenders/seven
days prior to the due date of opening of tenders (the purchase organization is
to decide and adopt a suitable date). The variation may be allowed between
the above base date and date of remittance to the foreign principal/mid-point

104
 of manufacture of the foreign component (the purchase organization is to
choose the appropriate date). The applicable exchange rates as above will be
according to the TT selling rates of exchange as quoted by authorised
exchange bankers approved by RBI on the dates in question. No variation in
price in this regard will be allowed if the variation in the rate of exchange
remains within the limit of plus/minus per cent (the Procuring Entity is to
decide the limit, say plus/minus band of 2.5% (Two point Five percent) based
on the merits of each case.

03. Any increase or decrease in the customs duty by reason of the variation in the
rate of exchange in terms of the contract will be to the buyer’s account. In
case the delivery period is revised/ extended, ERV will not be admissible, if
this is due to the supplier’s default; however, ERV benefits arising out of
downward trends should be passed on to Procuring Entity. The Procuring Entity
may formulate an appropriate ERV clause on similar lines as above in
consultation with their Finance Wing.

6.7.2
Documents for Claiming ERV

i) A bill of ERV claim enclosing the working sheet;

ii) Banker’s certificate/debit advice detailing the foreign exchange paid and
exchange rate;
iii) Copies of the import order placed on the supplier; and
iv) Supplier’s invoice for the relevant import order.

6.8 Taxes, Duties and Levies

6.8.1
Statutory Duties and Taxes on Domestic Goods

01. The duties and taxes such as GST levied by the Government on domestic goods
vary from product to product. Unless a different intention appears from the terms
of the contract, statutory variation in duties or taxes are to be borne by the
buyer (Procuring Entity). As a general policy, the statutory variations in such
duties and taxes are to be allowed during the period from the date of the tender
to the date of acceptance of the tender (that is, placement of the contract) and
during the original/re-fixed delivery period of the contract so that both the
supplier and purchaser are equally compensated for rise or fall in the price of
the goods on account of such statutory variations.

(Note: Re-fixed delivery period means the fresh delivery period which is arrived at by
recasting the original contractual delivery period after taking care of the lost period, for
which the supplier was not responsible.)

02. In the tender enquiry conditions, the tenderers, wherever applicable,

should be asked to specifically state in their offer whether they intend to
ask for the duties and taxes as extra over and above the prices being
quoted. In the absence of any indication to this effect by the tenderers, it is to
be assumed that the prices quoted include these elements and no claim for the
105
 taxes or duties or statutory variations there on should be entertained after
opening of tenders and during the currency of the resultant contract. If a
tenderer chooses to quote price inclusive of GST, it should be presumed that
the duties/taxes so included is firm unless he has clearly indicated the rate
of duties/taxes included in his price and also sought adjustment on account
of statutory variation thereon. If a tenderer is exempted from payment of GST up
to a certain value of turnover, if any concession is available in regard to
rate/quantum of GST, it should be brought out clearly.

03. Stipulation like, “GST is presently not applicable but the same will be
charged if it becomes leviable later on”, should not be accepted unless in
such cases it is clearly stated by the tenderer that GST will not be charged by
him even if the same becomes applicable later on due to increase in turnover.
If a tenderer fails to comply with this requirement, his quoted price shall be
loaded with the quantum of maximum duty which is normally applicable on the
item in question for the purpose of comparison with the prices of other
tenderers.

04. Procuring authority shall ensure to avail the GST benefit on account of
Notification No.45/2017 Central Tax Rate and 47/2017Integrated Tax
(Rate) and other relevant notification. A suitable clause to this effect may be
inserted for purchase of goods in the Tender Document.

6.8.2
Octroi and Local Taxes

01. In case the goods supplied against contracts placed by Procuring Entity are
exempted from levy of town duty, Octroi duty, terminal tax and other levies of
local bodies, wherever applicable, the suppliers should be informed
accordingly by incorporating suitable instructions in the tender enquiry
document and in the resultant contract. Wherever required, the supplier should
obtain the exemption certificate from the Purchasing Department to avoid
payment of such levies and taxes.

02. In case such payments are not exempted (or are demanded in spite of the
exemption certificate), the supplier should make the payment to avoid delay in
supplies and forward the receipt to the Purchasing Department for
reimbursement and for further necessary action.

6.8.3
Customs Duty on Imported Goods

01. Procuring Entity shall ensure to avail the concessional Custom Duty benefit
and a suitable clause may be inserted in the Tender Document.

02. On imported goods, the tenderers shall also specify the corresponding Indian
customs tariff number/HSN No. Where customs duty is payable, the contract
should clearly stipulate the quantum of duty payable, and so on, in
unambiguous terms. The standard clauses to be utilized for this purpose are
106
 to be incorporated in the tender enquiry documents. Any import of materials
directly from the supplier or manufacturer should be in the name of Procuring
Entity. In this regard, all formalities will be completed by Procuring Entity
engaging a Custom House Agent (CHA) and payment in this regard will be
borne by Procuring Entity.

6.9 Incoterms Terms of Delivery

6.9.1
Incoterms rules mainly describe the tasks, costs and risks involved in the
delivery of goods from the seller to the buyer. The risk to goods (damage, loss,
shortage, and so on) is the responsibility of the person who holds the ‘title of
goods’ at that point of time. This may be different from actual physical possession
of such goods. Normally, unless otherwise defined, the title of goods passes from the
supplier to the purchaser in accordance with the terms of Delivery (FOR, CFR
among others).

6.9.2
The terms of delivery, therefore, specify when the ownership and title of
goods pass from the seller to buyer, along with the associated risks. Incoterms as
described by the International Chamber of Commerce are an internationally
accepted interpretation of the terms of delivery. These terms of delivery allocate
responsibilities to the buyer and seller, with respect to:

i) Control and care of the goods while in transit;

ii) Carrier selection, transfers and related issues;
iii) Costs of freight, insurance, taxes, duties and forwarding fees; and
iv) Documentation, problem resolution and other related issues.

107
 Table 2: Incoterms and their applications

INCOTERMS Options Applicable to

Ex-Group of Terms Buyer takes full responsibility from point
of departure
EXW-Ex-Works Any mode of Transport
Free Group of Terms Freight is not paid by the seller
FCA – Free Carrier Any mode of Transport
FAS – Free Alongside Ship Sea and inland waterway transport only
FOB – Free on Board
C Group of Terms Freight is paid by the Seller
CPT – Carriage paid to Any mode of transport
CIP – Carriage and Insurance Paid to Any mode of Transport
CFR – Cost and Freight Sea and Inland waterway transport only
CIF – Cost Insurance and Freight
Delivered Group of Terms Seller takes responsibility from an
intermediate point onwards
DAT – Delivered At Terminal Any mode of Transport
DAP – Delivered At Place Any mode of Transport
DDP – Delivered Duty Paid Any mode of Transport

6.9.3
In use since 1936, Incoterms have been revised in 2010. Out of the 11
Incoterms options, seven apply to all modes of transportation whereas four apply only
to water transportation.

6.9.4
The options range from one extreme – the buyer takes full responsibility from
point of departure – to the other extreme: the seller is responsible all the way through
delivery to the buyer’s location. It is easiest to understand terms as per their
nomenclature groupings: ‘ex’ group of terms where the buyer takes full responsibility
from point of departure; ‘free’ group of terms in which the freight is not paid by the
seller; ‘C’ group of terms in which the freight is paid by the seller; and ‘delivered’ group
of terms where the seller takes full responsibility from an intermediate point to an
arrival point (Annexure -6C)

6.9.5
Within national transportation, certain terms have assumed acceptance due
to usage. FOR has two versions: FOR/dispatching and FOR/destination (the buyer
is responsible from the nominated point mentioned till arrival point, as in Delivery at
Terminal). Infrequently, it is also used in road transport as FOT.

6.10 E-Payment

6.10.1
e -Banking and e-payments are now used by various banks by adopting
Electronic Clearing System (ECS) and Electronic Fund Transfer (NEFT/RTGS) procedure.
Payments to suppliers may be made through such mechanism where such facilities
are available.
108
6.11 TDS deduction on Income Tax, GST etc. from Payments to suppliers:

6.11.1
This will be done as per the existing law in force during the currency of the
contract. DDOs may ensure proper deduction, submission to appropriate authority of
above levies and also may ensure issuance of necessary certificate to the sellers.

6.12 Recovery of Public money from supplier’s bill

6.12.1
Sometimes, requests are received from a different Ministry/Department for
withholding some payment of a supplier out of the payment due to it against a
contract. Such requests are to be examined by the Procuring Entity (which has
received the request) on the merits of the case for further action. It will, however, be
the responsibility of the Procuring Entity asking for withholding of payment to
defend the Council against any legal procedure arising out of such withholding as
also for payment of any interest thereof.

6.13 Payment against Time barred claims

6.13.1
Ordinarily, all claims against the Government are time barred after a period
of three years calculated from the date when the payment falls due unless the
payment claim has been under correspondence. However, the limitation is saved if
there is an admission of liability to pay, and fresh period of limitation starts from the
time such admission is made. Such time barred payments needs to be examined by
the Store & Purchase and Finance Divisions. Based on their recommendations,
Director may approve the settlement of the time barred claim. The paying authority is
to ensure that no payment against such time barred claim is made till a decision has
been taken in this regard by the Director of the lab/Instt. or JSA in CSIR Hqrs.

109
 CHAPTER – 7

EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT

7.1 Tender evaluation

01. Evaluation of tenders is one of the most serious exercises in the process of
procurement. It requires due diligence, utmost care and proper application
of mind. The process of evaluation must be fair & transparent. Evaluation of
tenders must be done in a scientific and logical manner. It is not always
necessary that the lowest quoted price shall finally emerge as the lowest
evaluated price. It may be that the lowest bidder has not quoted according to
the specifications and has left out certain items asked for. His bid may not
even be responsive.

02. All tenders are to be evaluated strictly on the basis of the terms and conditions
incorporated in the tender document and those stipulated by the bidders in
their tenders. The Procuring Entity may include quality, price, technical merit,
aesthetic and functional characteristics, environmental characteristics,
running costs, cost- effectiveness, after-sales service and technical
assistance, delivery date and delivery period or period of completion etc.
No criteria shall be used for evaluation of tenders that cannot be verified.
Similarly, no hearsay information or hitherto undeclared condition should be
brought in while evaluating the tenders Care should be taken that
preferences provided to any category of bidders on certain specified grounds
should not result in single vendor selection. Similarly, no tender enquiry
condition (especially the significant/essential ones) should be overlooked/
relaxed while evaluating the tenders. The aim should be to ensure that no
bidder gets undue advantage at the cost of other bidders and/or at the cost of
the Procuring Entity. Information relating to evaluation of tenders and
deliberations of the PC/T&PC should be confidential and should not be
shared with persons not officially connected with the process. As per Rule
173 (xxii) of GFR 2017 no member of the T&PC should be reporting directly
to any other member of such committee in case estimated value of the
procurement exceeds ₹ 25 lakh.

7.1.2
Schedule of Procurement Powers (SoPP)

There are delegations up to a threshold value as mentioned under Rule

154, 155 & 156 (i) of GFR 2017 in which the evaluation of the Bids may
be entrusted solely and directly to the individual competent authority, without
involvement of a PC/T&PC. In procurements above such a threshold,
evaluation is to be done by PC/T&PC constituted as per Para 2.6 & 2.8 of this
Manual. A Schedule of Procurement Powers (SoPP), as given in Annexure 1B,
details the powers, jurisdiction, corresponding Accepting/sanctioning Authority
for different categories of procurement and different threshold values of
procurements.

110
7.2 Preparation and Vetting of comparative statement

7.2.1
A comparative statement of quotations received in the order in which tenders
were opened should be prepared by the Purchase Section/Indenting Officer
depending upon bidding systems adopted. The comparative statement will have
information about deciding responsiveness and eligibility of bids and evaluation of
technical suitability of offers.

7.2.2
In case of two-bid tendering system the indenting officer/Technical Sub-
committee (TSC) should prepare the technical comparative statement and also
certify the compliance to the technical specifications indicating the reasons of
rejection, after doing a thorough examinations of all the bids received. Thereafter,
based on the recommendations of the IO/TSC, the Purchase Section should prepare
the financial comparative statement which should be vetted by the Indenting Officer
and the Finance for ensuring the correctness of the comparison and for veracity of
information.

7.2.3
In cases of single bid tendering system also the technical comparative
statement indicating the responsiveness and technical suitability of offers should be
prepared in the first instance by the Indenting Officer after doing a thorough
examination of all the bids received. Thereafter, the financial comparative statement in
such cases may be made by the Purchase Section of the Procuring Entity. The
comparative statement prepared should have information about rates quoted
(including taxes or otherwise), discount, if any, and any other information having
implications on ranking of bids. The comparative statement so prepared should be
signed by the Section Officer (S&P)/SPO. The Comparative statement shall be vetted
by the indenting Officer and the Finance wing of the Procuring Entity for veracity of
information.

7.3. Preliminary Examination

7.3.1 Unresponsive Tenders

Tenders that do not meet the basic requirements specified in the bid
documents are to be treated as unresponsive and ignored. All tenders received will
be scrutinized by the Purchase Section & Indenting Officer/TSC in the first instance
to see whether the tenders meet the basic requirements as incorporated in the Bid
document and to identify unresponsive tenders, if any. Some important points on
the basis of which a tender may be declared as unresponsive and be ignored during
the initial scrutiny are:
i) The tender is not in the prescribed format or is unsigned or not signed
as per the stipulations in the bid document;

ii) The bidder has quoted for a lesser warranty period than required in the
tender document.

iii) The required EMD has not been provided or exemption from EMD is claimed
without acceptable proof of exemption.
111
iv) The bidder has quoted for goods manufactured by a different firm without the
required authority letter from the proposed manufacturer

v) The bidder is not eligible to participate in the bid as per laid down eligibility
criteria;

vi) The bid departs from the essential requirements specified in the bidding
document (for example, the bidder has not agreed to give the required
performance security); or

vii) The bidder has not quoted for the entire requirement against a schedule in the
list of requirements in the tender enquiry (example: in a schedule, it has been
stipulated that the bidder will supply the equipment, install and commission it
and also train the purchaser’s operators for operating the equipment. The
bidder has, however, quoted only for supply of the equipment).

The preliminary examination for S.No. i to iii above shall be done by the
Purchase Section while the others would be required to be done by the Indenting
Officer/TSC. However, the PC /T&PC should look into all the above aspects before
recommending any purchase.

7.3.2
Non-conformities between Figures and words

Sometimes, non-conformities/errors are also observed in responsive tenders

between the quoted prices in figures and in words. This situation normally does not
arise in case of e-Procurement. This should be taken care of in the manner indicated
below:
i) If, in the price structure quoted for the required goods, there is discrepancy
between the unit price and total price (which is obtained by multiplying the unit
price by the quantity), the unit price shall prevail and the total price corrected
accordingly;

ii) If there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of

sub-totals, the sub-totals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

iii) If there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall
prevail;

iv) Such a discrepancy in an offer should be conveyed to the bidder asking him to
respond by a target date and if the bidder does not agree to observation of the
Procuring Entity, the tender is liable to be rejected.

112
7.3.3
Discrepancies between original and additional/scanned copies of a Tender

Discrepancies can also be observed in responsive tenders between the original

copy and other copies of the same tender set. In such a case, the text, and so on,
of the original copy will prevail. Here also, this issue is to be taken up with the bidder in
the same manner as above and subsequent actions taken accordingly.

7.3.4
Minor infirmity/irregularity/non-conformity

During the preliminary examination, some minor infirmity and/or

irregularity and/or non-conformity may also be found in some tenders. Such minor
issues could be a Missing pages/ attachment or illegibility in a submitted document;
non-submission of requisite number of copies of a document. There have also been
cases, where the bidder submitted the amendment to Bank Guarantee, but omitted
to submit the main portion of copy in Bid Document. The court ruled that this is a
minor irregularity. Such minor issues may be waived off provided they do not
constitute any material deviation (please refer to Para 7.4.1(04)) and financial
impact and, also, do not prejudice or affect the ranking order of the bidders.
Wherever necessary, observations on such ‘minor’ issues (as mentioned above) may
be conveyed to the bidder by registered letter/ speed post/email/fax etc. asking him
to respond by a specified date also mentioning therein that, if the bidder does not
conform the view/observation of the Procuring Entity or does not respond by the
specified date, its tender will be liable to be rejected. Depending on the outcome,
such tenders are to be ignored or considered further.

7.3.5
Clarification of Bids/Shortfall documents

During evaluation and comparison of bids, the Procuring Entity may, at his
discretion, ask the bidder for clarifications on the bid. The request for clarification
shall be given in writing by fax/registered/speed post/e-mail, etc. asking the bidder
to respond by a specified date, and also mentioning therein that, if the bidder does
not comply or respond by the date, his tender will be liable to be rejected.
Depending on the outcome, such tenders are to be ignored or considered further.
No change in prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted.
No post-bid clarification, at the initiative of the bidder, shall be entertained. The
shortfall information/documents should be sought only in case of historical documents
which pre-existed at the time of the tender opening and which have not undergone
change since then. These should be called only on the basis of the recommendations
of the PC/T&PC. (Example: if the Permanent Account Number, GST Number, MSME
Certificate for EMD exemption has been asked to be submitted and the bidder
has not provided them, these documents may be asked for with a target date as
above). So far as the submission of documents is concerned with regard to
qualification criteria, after submission of the tender, only related shortfall documents
should be asked for and considered.

113
7.4 Evaluation of Responsive Bids and decision on Award of Contract

All responsive bids m a y b e evaluated with a view to select the lowest

(L1) bidder who meets the qualification criteria and techno-commercial aspects b y
t h e PC/T&PC. In case of Single Stage Single Envelop Bidding, the evaluation of
qualification of bidders, technical, commercial and financial aspect is done
simultaneously. In Single Stage Multiple Envelops, initially only the techno-
commercial bids would be opened and evaluated for bids which successfully meet the
qualification criteria and techno-commercial aspects. Financial bids of such successful
bidders only would be opened for selecting the L1 bidder among these and in case of
manual tenders, financial bids of unsuccessful bidders would be returned
unopened to them. In Two Stage Bids, the PQB/EOI stage would have already
been evaluated as detailed in Chapter 4 and this second stage is for evaluation of
responses to the Second Stage Multiple Envelops from the shortlisted qualified
bidders. Evaluation of techno-commercial and financial aspects are, however,
discussed separately below. It is of utmost importance that the authenticity, integrity
and sanctity of unopened financial bids must be ensured, before their opening.
Therefore, while opening the techno-commercial bids in two bid system, all the
financial bids may preferably be put in a large envelop, which may be dated,
sealed and signed (including by some of the bidders present), to ensure that none of
the bids were accessed during the custody.

While adopting single stage single envelope bidding, in case a bidder is

found to be non-responsive, then the bidder should be informed the reasons of
rejection in writing and the bidder is to send his representation in writing, if any,
within five working days from the date of communication. On receipt of the
representation further action may be initiated on the review of the representation by
the PC whether to include his offer or reject it.” (Rule 173(iv) of GFR 2017).

7.4.1
Evaluation of Techno-Commercial Bids

In evaluation of the techno-commercial bids, conformity of the

eligibility/qualification, technical and commercial conditions of the offered goods to
those in the bid document is ascertained. Additional factors, if any, incorporated in
the tender documents may also be considered in the manner indicated therein.
Evaluation has to be based only on the conditions included in the tender document
and any other condition should not form the basis of this evaluation.

01. Evaluation of eligibility/qualification criteria:

The Procuring Entity through the Indenting Officer/TSC will determine, to its
satisfaction, whether the bidders are eligible, qualified and capable in all
respects to perform the contract satisfactorily. Tenders that do not meet the
required eligibility/ qualification criteria prescribed will be treated as
unresponsive and not considered further. This determination will, inter-
alia, take into account the bidder’s financial, technical and production
capabilities for satisfying of all requirements of the Procuring Entity as
incorporated in the tender document. Such determination will be based upon
114
 scrutiny and examination of all relevant data and details submitted by the
bidder in its/his tender as well as such other allied information as deemed
appropriate by the Procuring Entity.

02. Evaluation of Technical suitability: The description, specifications, drawings

and other technical terms and conditions are examined by IO/TSC and
thereafter endorsed by the PC and T&PC respectively. Nobody outside the
PC/T&PC should be allowed to determine this evaluation. The IO/TSC doing
the technical evaluation will also draw a Technical comparative chart. The
tenders meeting the qualification criteria and technical specifications will
be short listed for further financial evaluation. The tender document should
clearly state that alternative offers/ makes/models would not be
considered. It may be noted that indicating optional items in the indent is
not permitted. An important document is the Exceptions/ Deviation Form
submitted by the bidder. It is important to judge whether an exception/
deviation is minor or major. Minor exceptions/deviations may be waived
provided they do not constitute any material deviation and do not have
significant financial impact and, also, would not prejudice or affect the
ranking order of the price bid. Exceptions/ deviations should not grant the
bidder any undue advantage vis-à-vis other bidders and Procuring Entity.

03. Evaluation of Commercial Conditions: The PC/T&PC will also evaluate the
commercial conditions quoted by the bidder to confirm that all terms and
conditions specified in the GCC/SCC have been accepted without
reservations by the bidder. Only minor deviations may be
accepted/allowed, provided these do not constitute material deviations
without financial impact and do not grant the bidder any undue advantage
vis-à-vis other bidders and the procuring entity.

04. Considering Minor Deviations: Court has consistently taken a view that the
Procuring Entity is entitled to consider and allow minor deviations, which do not
amount to material deviations. A material deviation, reservation, or omission
which should not be waived are those that:

(a) Affects, in any substantial way, the scope, quality or performance of the
goods and related services specified in the contract;

(b) Limits, in any substantial way, inconsistent with the tendering documents,
the Procuring Entity’s rights or the bidder’s obligations under the contract; or

(c) If rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other bidders
quoting substantially responsive tenders.

05. Declaration of Successful Bidders: The recommendations of the Indenting

Officer (IO)/TSC must be obtained prior to referring the matter to PC/T&PC
as the case may be and the offer selected along with details of the items
should be encircled by the indenting officer/project leader/TSC (wherever
required) on the Comparative Statement (CS) duly signed.

115
06. If it is a multiple envelop tender, then after recommendations of the
IO/TSC, the PC/T&PC should recommend the successful bidders and the
results of the Techno- commercial bid evaluation are to be announced
(including informing the failed Bidders) irrespective of the mode of tendering
and value. Price bids are opened in the presence of technically suitable
bidders, who are willing to attend the bid opening, at a pre-publicized date,
time and place or on the portal in case of e-Procurement. In single
envelop/cover tender, PC/T&PC proceeds to evaluate the price aspects without
a reference to any CA at this stage.

7.4.2
Right of Bidder to question the rejection at Techno-commercial stage

A bidder shall have the right to be heard in case he feels that a proper
procurement process is not being followed and/or his techno-commercial bid has
been rejected wrongly. The bidder is to be permitted to send his representation in
writing, if any, within five working days from the date of communication. On receipt of
representation it may be decided whether to withhold opening of the financial
bids and bidder may be expeditiously replied. Certain decisions of the Procuring
Entity in accordance with the provision of internal guidelines shall not be subject to
review as mentioned in para 7.6.3 below.

7.4.3
Evaluation of Financial Bids and Ranking of Tenders in general:

01. If the price bid is ambiguous so that it may very well lead to two equally valid
total price amounts, the bid should be treated as unresponsive;

02. Sometime certain bidders offer suo-motu discounts and rebates after
opening of the tender (techno-commercial or financial). Such rebates/discounts
should not be considered for the purpose of ranking the offer but if such a
firm does become L1 at its original offer, such suo-motu rebates can be
incorporated in the contracts. This also applies to conditional rebates, for
example, rebate for faster payments, and so on;

03. Unless announced beforehand explicitly in the tender documents, the quoted
price should not be loaded on the basis of deviations in the commercial
conditions. If it is decided to incorporate such clauses, these should be
unambiguous and clear – and thereafter there should be no relaxation during
evaluation. Sometimes, while purchasing sophisticated and costly equipment,
machinery, and so on, the Procuring Entity also gives special importance to
factors such as high quality performance, environmental- friendly features,
low running cost, low maintenance cost and so on. To take care of this,
relevant details are to be incorporated in the bid document and the criteria
adopted to assess the benefit of such features while evaluating the offers are
also to be clearly stipulated in the tender enquiry document so that the
bidders are aware of it and quote accordingly. While evaluating such offers,
these aspects are also to be taken into account. Such details, whenever
considered necessary, should be evolved by a competent technical committee
116
 or a scientist for incorporation in the tender document, so that there is no
ambiguity and/or vagueness in them;

04. Normally, the comparison of the responsive tenders shall be on total outgo
from the Procuring Entity’s pocket, for the procurement to be paid to the
supplier or any third party, including all elements of costs as per the terms of
the proposed contract, including any taxes, duties, levies and freight insurance,
etc. The comparison should normally be on the basis of CIF/FOR destination
basis, duly delivered, commissioned, as the case may be;

05. In the case of goods manufactured in India or goods of foreign origin already
located in India, GST and other similar taxes and duties, which will be
contractually payable (to the bidder) on the goods are to be added;

06. In the case of goods of foreign origin offered from abroad, customs duty
and other similar import duties/taxes, which will be contractually payable (to
the bidder) on the goods, are to be added;

07. As per policies of the Government from time to time, the Procuring Entity has to
follow the guidelines on price/purchase preference as enumerated in Paras 1.9
& 1.10 of the CSIR Manual, wherever applicable.

08. In case the list of requirements contains more than one schedule, the responsive,
technically suitable tenders will be evaluated and compared separately for
each schedule. The tender for a schedule will not be considered if the
complete requirements prescribed in that schedule are not included in the
tender. However, bidders have the option to quote for any one or more
schedules and offer discounts for combined schedules. Such discounts,
wherever applicable, will be taken into account to for deciding the lowest
evaluated cost for the Procuring Entity in deciding the successful bidder for each
schedule, subject to that bidder(s) being responsive; and

09. If the tenders have been invited on a variable price basis, the tenders will be
evaluated, compared and ranked on the basis of the position prevailing
on the day of tender (Technical Bid) opening and not on the basis of any
future date.

7.4.4
Evaluation of Global Tenders

01. Special aspects of evaluation of the financial offer in Global tenders are:
i) Currency of Tender
In GTE tenders, the price in the quotation could be in any foreign currency
under the RBI’s notified basket of currencies like US Dollar, Euro, Pound
Sterling or Yen etc. in addition to the Indian Rupees, except for expenditure
incurred in India (including agency commission if any) which should be stated
and paid only in Indian Rupees. All offers are to be converted to Indian Rupees
based on the “Bill currency selling” exchange rate on the date of tender opening
(Techno-commercial offer) from a source(like RBI, xe.com) as specified in the
tender document.

117
ii) Currency of Payment
The contract price will be normally paid in the currency/currencies in which
the price is stated in the contract.

iii) Evaluation of offers

Depending on the terms of delivery and the projected requirement, all the
applicable components of the costs, as quoted in the responsive tenders,
are to be added to work out the ultimate evaluated costs of the tenders.
The evaluation is also to include applicable taxes, duties etc. in the bid
prices.

02. The comparison between the indigenous and the foreign offers shall be
made on FOR destination basis and CIF/CIP basis respectively. However,
the CIF/CIP prices quoted by any foreign bidder shall be loaded further as
under if the comparison is among the foreign currency offers and the Indian
Rupee offers:

i) Towards customs duty and other statutory levies– as per applicable rates.

ii) Towards LC charges, custom clearance, inland transportation etc. - 2% of

the CIF/CIP value.

03. Accordingly, while soliciting bids, it should be clearly stipulated in the tender
document that the bidder should give a clear cut break up of ex-works,
FOB/FCA, CIF/CIP price to facilitate the proper comparison. Where there is
no mention of packing, forwarding, freight, transportation, insurance
charges, such offers shall be rejected as incomplete. This condition must be
indicated in bold letters in the tender document/enquiry itself.

04. If the bidder has quoted certain optional items, these items should not be
taken into consideration for the evaluation of the bid unless the
specifications of the optional item quoted by the vendor are a part of
original indented specification.

7.5 Deliberations by the PC/T&PC for Award of Contract

7.5.1
Timely Processing of Tenders (Rule 174 (i) of GFR 2017)
Delays in finalizing procurement deprive the scientific work of the intended
benefits and results in lost revenues and cost over-run. To enable timely decision
making, complete time schedule of finalizing the tender process from the date of
issuing the tender to date of issuing the contract, should be published in the Bid
Documents.

7.5.2
Extension of Tender Validity Period

01. The entire process of scrutiny and evaluation of tenders, preparation of

ranking statement and notification of award must be done expeditiously and
118
 within the original tender validity period Rule 174 (iii) of GFR 2017. The
validity period should not be unreasonably long as keeping the tender
unconditionally valid for acceptance for a longer period entails the risk of
getting higher prices from the bidders.

02. If, however, due to some exceptional and unforeseen reasons, the Procuring
Entity is unable to decide on the placement of the contract within the
original validity period, it may preferably request, before expiry of the original
validity period, all the responsive bidders to extend their tenders up to a
specified period. While asking for such extension, the bidders are also to be
asked to extend their offers as it is, without any changes therein. They may
also be told to extend the validity of the EMD for the corresponding
additional period (which is to be specified in the request). A bidder may not
agree to such a request and this will not be tantamount to forfeiture of its
EMD. But the bidders, who agree to extend the validity, are to do so without
changing any terms, conditions, and so on, of their original tenders.

7.5.3
Variation of Quantities at the Time of award

At the time of awarding the contract, the quantity to be procured must be re-
judged based on the current data, since the ground situation may have very well
changed. The tendered quantity can be increased or decreased by 25 (Twenty-Five)
per cent for ordering, if so warranted. This may be mentioned in the tender
documents. The quantity variation so desired may be done with the
recommendations of PC/T&PC and sanction of the concerned Project Leader/HoD.

7.5.4
Option Clause

To take care of any change in the requirement during the currency of the
contract, a plus/minus option clause (up to 25 (Twenty-Five) per cent) may be
incorporated in the tender document, reserving purchaser’s right to increase or
decrease the quantity of the required goods up to that limit without any change in the
terms and conditions and prices quoted by the bidders. The Option Clause may be
done with the recommendations of PC/T&PC and sanction of the concerned Project
Leader/HoD.

7.5.5
Splitting of Contracts/Parallel Contracts

01. After due processing, if it is discovered that the quantity to be ordered is

far more than what L1 alone is capable of supplying and there was no
prior decision/declaration in the bidding documents to split the
quantities, then the quantity being finally ordered may be distributed
among the other bidders by counter offering the L1 rate in a manner
that is fair, transparent and equitable based on objective data
available in the bids e.g. eligibility data, quantity/delivery etc. However,
in case of critical/vital/safety/security nature of the item, large quantity
under procurement, urgent delivery requirements and inadequate vendor
119
 capacity it may be advantageous to decide in advance to have more than one
source of supply. In such cases a parallel contract clause should be added to
the bid documents, clearly stating that the Procuring Entity reserves the right to
split the contract quantity between suppliers. The manner of deciding the
relative share of lowest bidder (L1) contractor and the rest of the
contractors/bidders should be clearly defined, along with the minimum
number of suppliers sought for the contract. In case of splitting in two and
three, the ratio of 70:30; 50:30:20, respectively, may be used or a different
ratio may also be justified.

02. Before splitting the quantity, it should be ensured that the L1 price is
reasonable. If it is not reasonable, negotiation with the L1 party may be
carried out by PC/T&PC, if justifiable, The following guidelines are to be
considered while opting for parallel contracts

i) L1 should be awarded at least the percentage mentioned above or his spare

supply capacity, whichever is lower; and
ii) For the rest of the contract quantity, the lowest rate accepted will be counter
offered to the L2 party. On acceptance of the counter offer, the order will be
placed on L2 for the respective percentage or the spare supply capacity of the
L2 bidder, whichever is lower, and so on, to other bidders. In case of non-
acceptance of the counter offer by the L2 party, a similar offer shall be made
to L3 and L4, and so on.
7.5.6
Reasonableness of Prices

01. In every recommendation of the PC/T&PC for award of contract, it must be

declared that the rates recommended are reasonable. For more details on
judging reasonableness of prices, please see para 2.1.1 (03) (e) in Chapter 2.

02. Where there is no estimated cost, a comparison with Last Purchase Price (LPP -
the price paid in the latest successful contract) is the basis for judging
reasonableness of rates. The following points may be kept in mind before LPP is
relied upon as a basis for justifying rate reasonableness:

i) The basic price, taxes, duties, transportation charges, Packing and Forwarding
charges should be indicated separately;

ii) Where the firm holding the LPP contract has defaulted, the fact should be
highlighted and the price paid against the latest contract placed prior to the
defaulting LPP contract, where supplies have been completed, should be
used;

iii) Where the supply against the LPP contract is yet to commence, that is, delivery
is not yet due, it should be taken as LPP with caution, especially if the
supplier is new, the price paid against the previous contract may also be
kept in view;

120
iv) Where the price indicated in the LPP is subject to variation or if it is more
than a year old, the updated price or as computed in case of the Price
Variation Clause (PVC) may also be indicated;

v) In the case of wholly imported stores, the comparison of the last purchase rate
should be made with the net CIF value at the current foreign exchange rate;

vi) It is natural to have marginal differences in prices obtained at different

cities/offices for the same item, due to their different circumstances. The
prices obtained are greatly influenced by quantity, delivery period, payment
terms, location, warranty period, terms of the contract etc. may be kept in view;
and

vii) Prices paid in emergencies or prices offered in a distress sale are not accurate
guidelines for future use. Such purchase orders and PC/T&PC proceedings
should indicate that “these prices are not valid LPP for comparison in future
procurement”.

7.5.7
Cartel Formation/Pool Rates

It is possible that sometimes a group of bidders quote the same rate

against a tender. Such pool/cartel formation is against the basic principle of
competitive bidding and defeats the very purpose of an open and competitive
tendering system. Such and similar tactics to avoid/ control true competition in a
tender leading to “Appreciable Adverse Effect on Competition” (AAEC) have been
declared as an offence under the Competition Act, 2002, as amended by the
Competition (Amendment) Act, 2007. Such practices should be severely discouraged
with strong measures. In case of evidence of cartel formation, detailed cost analysis
may be done by associating experts if necessary. Besides, suitable administrative
actions can be resorted to, such as rejecting the offers, reporting the matter to trade
associations, the Competition Commission or NSIC, etc., and requesting them, inter-
alia, to take suitable strong actions against such firms. New firms may also be
encouraged to get themselves registered for the subject goods to break the
monopolistic attitude of the firms forming a cartel. Changes in the mode of
procurement (GTE instead of OTE) and packaging/slicing of the tendered quantity
and items may also be tried. A warning clause may also be included in the bid
documents to discourage the bidders from indulging in such practices.

7.5.8
Negotiations (Rule 173 (xiv) of GFR 2017)

01. Normally, there should be no negotiation. Negotiations should be a rare

exception rather than the rule and may be resorted to only in exceptional
circumstances. If it is decided to hold negotiations for reduction of prices,
they should be held only with the lowest acceptable bidder (L1), who is
techno-commercially responsive for the supply of a bulk quantity and on
whom the contract would have been placed but for the decision to negotiate.
In no case, including where a cartel/pool rates are suspected, should
121
 negotiations be extended to those who had either not tendered originally
or whose tender was rejected because of unresponsiveness of bid,
unsatisfactory credentials, inadequacy of capacity or unworkable rates. The
circumstances where negotiations may be considered could be:

a) Where the procurement is done on nomination basis;

b) Procurement is from single or limited sources;
c) Procurements where there is suspicion of cartel formation which should
be recorded; and
d) Where the requirements are urgent and the delay in re-tendering for the
entire requirement due to the unreasonableness of the quoted rates would
jeopardize essential operations, maintenance and safety, negotiations with L1
bidder(s) may be done for bare minimum quantum of requirements. The balance
bulk requirement should, however, be procured through a re-tender, following
the normal tendering process.

02. The decision whether to invite fresh tenders or to negotiate and with
whom, should be made by the PC/T&PC based on the recommendations of
the Indenting Officer. Convincing reasons must be recorded by the IO
recommending negotiations. The Indenting Officer should exercise due
diligence while accepting a tender or ordering negotiations or calling for a re-
tender and a definite timeframe should be indicated;

03. Normally all counter offers are considered negotiations by other means and the
principles of negotiations should apply to such counter offers. For example, a
counter offer to L1, in order to arrive at an acceptable rate, shall amount
to a negotiation. However, any counter offer to L2, L3, and so on (at the
rates accepted by L1) in case of splitting of quantities shall not be deemed
to be a negotiation;

04. After the IO has decided to call a specific bidder for negotiation, the following
procedure should be adopted:

a) It must be understood that, if the period of validity of the original offer expires
before the close of negotiations, the original offer will not be available for
acceptance. The period of validity of the original offer must, therefore, be
extended, wherever necessary, before negotiations;

b) Revised bids should be obtained in writing from the selected bidders after the
end of the negotiations. If necessary, the negotiating party may be given
some time to submit its revised offer. In case, however, the selected bidder
prefers to send a revised bid instead of being present at the negotiation, the
offer should be taken into account. In case a bidder does not submit the
revised bid, its original bid shall be considered.

122
 7.5.9
Consideration of Lack of Competition against Open/Global/Limited Tender
(Rule 173 (xx) of GFR 2017)

01. Sometimes, against advertised/limited tender cases, the Procuring Entity

may not receive sufficient number of bids and/or after analyzing the bids,
ends up with only one responsive bid – a situation referred to as ‘Single
Offer’. As per Rule 21 of DFPR (explanation sub-para), such situation of
‘Single Offer’ is to be treated as Single Tender. Even when only one Bid is
submitted, the process may be considered valid provided following conditions
are satisfied:

(i) The procurement was satisfactorily advertised and sufficient time was given for
submission of bids;

(ii) The qualification criteria were not unduly restrictive; and

(iii) Prices are reasonable in comparison to market values.

02. In case of price not being reasonable, negotiations (being L1) or retender may
be considered as justifiable. Unsolicited offers against LTEs should be ignored
as per Rule 162 (ii) of GFR 2017, however, the Procuring Entity should evolve
a system by which interested firms can register and bid in the next round of
tendering.

7.5.10
Cancellation of Procurement Process/Rejection of all Bids/Re-
tender (Rule 173 (xix) of GFR 2017)

01. The Procuring Entity may cancel the process of procurement or rejecting all bids at
any time before intimating acceptance of successful bid under circumstances
mentioned below. In case where responsive bids are available, the aim
should be to finalize the tender by taking mitigating measures even in the
conditions described below. If it is decided to rebid the tender, the
justification should balance the perceived risks in finalization of tender
(marginally higher rates) against the certainty of resultant delays, cost
escalations, loss of transparency in re-invited tender. After such decision, all
participating bidders would be informed and bids if not opened would not be
opened and in case of manual tenders be returned unopened:

a) If the quantity and quality of requirements have changed substantially or there

is an un-rectifiable infirmity in the bidding process;
b) When none of the tenders is substantially responsive to the requirements of
the Bidding Documents;
c) None of the technical Proposals meets the minimum technical qualifying score;
d) If effective competition is lacking. However, lack of competition shall not
be determined solely on the basis of the number of Bidders. (Please refer
to para above also regarding receipt of a single offer);
123
e) The Bids’/Proposals’ prices are substantially higher than the updated cost
estimate or available budget;
f) If the bidder, whose bid has been found to be the lowest evaluated bid
withdraws or whose bid has been accepted, fails to sign the procurement
contract as may be required, or fails to provide the security as may be required
for the performance of the contract or otherwise withdraws from the
procurement process, the Procuring Entity shall cancel the procurement
process. Provided that the Procuring Entity, on being satisfied that it is not
a case of cartelization and the integrity of the procurement process has
been maintained, may, for cogent reasons to be recorded in writing, offer the
next successful bidder an opportunity to match the financial bid of the first
successful bidder, and if the offer is accepted, award the contract to the next
successful bidder at the price bid of the first successful bidder.

02. Approval for re-tendering should be accorded by the IO and PL after

recording the reasons/proper justification in writing. The decision of the
Procuring Entity to cancel the procurement and reasons for such a decision
shall be immediately communicated to all bidders that participated in the
procurement process. Before retendering, the Procuring Entity is first to check
whether, while floating/issuing the enquiry, all necessary requirements and
formalities such as standard conditions, industry friendly qualification criteria,
and technical and commercial terms, wide publicity, sufficient time for
bidding, and so on, were fulfilled. If not, a fresh enquiry is to be issued after
rectifying the deficiencies.
7.5.11
Handling dissent among PC/T&PC

01. PC/T&PC duties are to be discharged personally by the nominated officers.

They may take help of their subordinate officers by way of
reports/evaluations, but they would still be answerable for such decisions.
PC/T&PC members cannot nominate others to attend deliberations on their
behalf. PC/T&PC deliberations are best held across the table and not through
circulation of notes.

02. All members of the PC/T&PC should resolve their differences through personal
discussions instead of making to and fro references in writing. In cases where it
is not possible to come to a consensus and differences persist amongst
PC/T&PC members, the reasons for dissent of a member should be recorded
in a balanced manner along with the majority’s views on the dissent note.
The final recommendations should be that of the majority view. However, such
situations should be rare. The Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR
Hqrs. can overrule such dissent notes after recording reasons for doing so
clearly. His decision would be final.

124
7.5.12
Independence, Impartiality, Confidentiality and ‘No Conflict of Interest’ at all
stages of evaluation of bids

All officials who have contributed to the techno-commercial or financial

evaluation of bids, even though they may not be part of the PC/T&PC should deal with
the procurement in an independent, impartial manner and should have no conflict
of interest with any of the bidder involved in the procurement. They should also
maintain confidentiality of the information processed during the evaluation process
and not allow it to reach any unauthorized person. They should sign a declaration at
the end of their reports/noting stating that, “I declare that I have no conflict of interest
with any of the bidder in this tender”. PC/T&PC members may make such a
declaration at the end of all their recommendations/reports.
7.5.13
PC/T&PC Recommendations/Report

The PC/T&PC has to make formal recommendations for the award of the
contract to the bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially
responsive and the lowest evaluated bid, provided further that the bidder is
determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily and his credentials
have been verified. It is a good practice if PC/T&PC spells out salient terms and
conditions of the offer(s) recommended for acceptance. It should also be ensured
by the PC/T&PC that any deviation/variation quoted by the supplier in his bid are
not left un-discussed and ruled upon in the PC/T&PC meeting ; otherwise there may
be delay in acceptance of the contract by the supplier. These recommendations are
submitted for approval of the PL. In any purchase decision, the responsibility of the
Indenting Officer, Project Leader and PC/T&PC is not discharged merely by
selecting the cheapest offer but has to ensure that:

(i) Offers have been invited after following fair and reasonable procedures in
prevailing circumstances;
(ii) He is satisfied that the selected offer will adequately meet the requirement for
which it is being procured;
(iii) The price of the offer is reasonable and consistent with the quality required;
and
(iv) The accepted offer is the most appropriate taking all relevant factors into
account in keeping with the standards of financial propriety.

After the acceptance of these recommendations by the PL/sanctioning

authority, the Letter of Award (LoA) can be issued.

7.6 Award of Contract

7.6.1
Letter of Award (LOA)/Purchase Order/Contract to successful bidder

01. Prior to the expiry of the period of bid validity, the successful bidder will be
notified (briefly indicating therein relevant details such as quantity,
specification of the goods ordered, prices, and so on) in writing by a
registered letter or any other acknowledgeable and fool proof method that his
125
 bid has been accepted. Legally communication of acceptance of offer is
considered complete as soon as it is submitted to Postal authorities (please
refer to Para 2.9.1 of Appendix 1 – Legal Aspects of Public Procurement). A
template for the letter of Acceptance or Notice of Award, or Acceptance of
Tender is given in Annexure –7A. In the same communication, the
successful bidder is to be instructed to furnish the required performance
security within a specified period (generally 21 (twenty-one) days).

02. In respect of contracts for purchases valued Rupees two and a half lakh
and above, where tender documents include the GCC, SCC and schedule of
requirements, the letter of acceptance will result in a binding contract. All
delivery liabilities would be counted from the date of LoA.

03. While framing contracts, the general principles as indicated in Rule 225 of
GFR 2017, which have been referred in different chapters of the CSIR
Manual needs to be followed.

04. Details of all letter of Awards (LOA)/Purchase Orders/Contracts must be

entered in the Purchase Order Registers as per format given in Annexure–7B
(for indigenous purchases) and Annexure–7C (for foreign purchases) and
serial number of the related entry in the register may allotted as PO Number,
before issuing PO in favour of the successful bidder.

7.6.2
Publication of Tender results and return of EMD of unsuccessful
bidders (Rule 173 (xviii) & Rule 170 (ii) of GFR 2017)

The details of award of contract and name of the successful bidder should
be mentioned mandatorily on the CPPP and also in the notice board/bulletin/website
of the concerned Procuring Entity. In case publication of such information is sensitive
from commercial or security aspects, dispensation may be sought as per SOPP. Upon
the successful bidder furnishing the signed agreement and performance security, each
unsuccessful bidder will be promptly notified and their bid security be returned
without interest within 30 (thirty) days of notice of award of contract. The
successful supplier’s bid security shall be adjusted against the SD or returned as per
the terms of the tender documents.

7.6.3
Bidder’s right to question rejection

A bidder shall have the right to be heard in case he feels that a proper
procurement process is not being followed and/or his tender has been rejected
wrongly. The bidder is to be permitted to send his representation in writing. Bidding
documents should explicitly mention the name, designation and contact details of
officers nominated to receive representations in this regard. Only a directly affected
bidder can represent in this regard:

i) A bidder who has participated in the concerned procurement process i.e.

pre- qualification, bidder registration or bidding, as the case may be,
can make such representation.
126
ii) In case pre-qualification bid has been evaluated before the bidding of
Technical/ financial bids, an application for review in relation to the
technical/financial bid may be filed only by a bidder who has qualified in
pre-qualification bid.

iii) In case technical bid has been evaluated before the opening of the
financial bid, an application for review in relation to the financial bid may
be filed only by a bidder whose technical bid is found to be acceptable.

iv) Following decisions of the Procuring Entity in accordance with the provision of
internal guidelines shall not be subject to review:

a) Determination of the need for procurement;

b) Selection of the mode of procurement or bidding system;
c) Choice of selection procedure;
d) Provisions limiting participation of bidders in the procurement process;
e) The decision to enter into negotiations with the L1 bidder;
f) Cancellation of the procurement process except where it is intended to
subsequently re-tender the same requirements;
g) Issues related to ambiguity in contract terms may not be taken up after a
contract has been signed, all such issues should be highlighted before
consummation of the contract by the vendor/contractor; and
h) Complaints against specifications except under the premise that they are
either vague or too specific so as to limit competition may be permissible.

7.6.4
Performance Security

The supplier receiving the LoA is required to furnish the required

performance security, if it was asked for in the tender conditions, in the prescribed
form by the specified date; failing this, necessary action including forfeiture of EMD
will be taken against the supplier.

7.6.5
Acknowledgement of Contract by successful bidder and execution

01. After the successful bidder is notified that his bid has been accepted, he will be
sent an agreement for signature and return, incorporating all agreements
between the parties.

02. The supplier should acknowledge and unconditionally accept, sign, date
and return the agreement within 14 (Fourteen) days from the date of
issue of the contract in case of OTE and 28 (Twenty-Eight) days in case of
GTE. Such acknowledgements may not be required in low value contracts,
below Rupees two and a half Lakh or when the bidders offer has been
accepted in entirety, without any modifications. While acknowledging the
contract, the supplier may raise issues and/or ask for modifications against
127
 some entries in the contract; such aspects shall immediately be looked into for
necessary action and, thereafter, the supplier’s unconditional acceptance of
the contract obtained. If both parties (Procuring Entity and the supplier)
simultaneously sign the contract across the table, further acknowledgement
from the supplier is not required. It should also be made known to the
successful bidder that in case he does not furnish the required performance
security or does not accept the contract within the stipulated target dates,
such non-compliance will constitute sufficient ground for forfeiture of its EMD
and processing the case for further action against it (the successful bidder).

03. However, the Senior most Officer of S&P has the powers to extend the
duration for submission of the Performance Security or Order Acceptance
for a further period of 30 days. Beyond 30 days, the PC/TPC shall decide
on merits of each case.

04. All contracts shall be signed and entered into after receipt and verification
of the requisite performance security, by an authority empowered to do
so. The words “for and on behalf of the Council of Scientific & Industrial
Research” should follow the designation appended below the signature of
the officer authorised on this behalf. No contract on behalf of the
Procuring Entity should be entered into by any authority which has not been
empowered to do so. (Rule 224 (1) & (2) of GFR 2017).

7.6.6
Framing of contract

The following general principles should be observed while entering into

contracts (Rule 225 of GFR 2017):
i) Any agreement shall be issued strictly as per approved PC/T&PC
recommendations and should be vetted by the Finance and approved by
P L . The terms of contract must be precise, definite and without any
ambiguities. The terms should not involve an uncertain or indefinite liability,
except in the case of a cost plus contract or where there is PVC in the
contract. In other words, no contract involving an uncertain or indefinite
liability or any condition of an unusual character should be entered into
without the previous consent of the Finance.

ii) All contracts shall contain a provision for:

a) Recovery of liquidated damages (LD) for delay in performance of the contract
on the part of the contractor;

b) A warranty clause/defect liability clause should be incorporated in contracts

for plant and machinery, above a threshold value, requiring the contractor to,
without charge, replace, repair or rectify defective goods/works/services;

iii) All contracts for supply of goods should reserve the right of the Procuring
Entity to reject goods which do not conform to the specifications;

128
iv) Payment of all applicable taxes by the contractor or supplier; and

v) When a contract is likely to endure for a period of more than two years, it
should, wherever feasible, include a provision for an unconditional power
of revocation or cancellation by the Procuring Entity at any time on the
expiry of six months’ notice to that effect.

vi) Standard forms of contracts should be invariably adopted, except in following

cases:
a) Authorities competent to make purchases may, at their discretion, make
purchases of value up to Rupees Two and a half lakh by issuing purchase
orders containing basic terms and conditions;
b) In cases where standard forms of contracts are not used or where modifications
in standard forms are considered necessary in respect of individual contracts,
legal and financial advice should be taken in drafting the clauses in the
contract and approval of PLs is to be obtained; and
c) Copies of all contracts and agreements for purchases entered into should be
sent to Finance. (Rule 225 (xiii) of GFR 2017)

7.6.7
Procurement records

The Procurement file should start with the Indent and related documents. All
subsequent documents relating to procurement planning; Copy of Bid Document
and documents relating to its and formulation, publishing and issue/uploading;
Bid Opening; Bids received; Correspondence and documents (including Technical
Evaluation and PC/T&PC report) relating to pre-qualification, evaluation, Award of
Contract; and finally the Contract copy, should be kept on the file. In case of
bulky Bids received, all bids received may be kept in a separate volume, with a copy
of accepted bids later being put on the main volume. To maintain integrity of the
records relating to Procurement, these files should be kept secure and for contract
management a new volume of file may be opened to obviate frequent exposure of
sensitive procurement file. In contract management volume, copies of successful bid,
Tender Committee Report, Contract may also be kept for ready reference, besides
correspondence and documents relating to Contract Management and its closure.

129
 CHAPTER – 8

RATE CONTRACTS

8.1 Rate Contracts

Definition:
A Rate Contract (commonly known as RC) is an agreement between the
purchaser and the supplier for supply of specified goods (and allied services, if any) at
specified price and terms & conditions (as incorporated in the agreement) during
the period covered by the Rate Contract. In a Rate Contract neither quantity is
mentioned nor is any minimum drawl guarantee is given. In another words, the Rate
Contract is in the nature of a standing offer from the supplier firm. The firm and/or
the purchaser are entitled to withdraw/cancel the Rate Contract by serving an
appropriate notice on each other normally by giving 30 (thirty) days’ time. However,
once a supply order is placed on the supplier for supply of a definite quantity in terms
of the rate contract during the validity period of the rate contract, that supply order
becomes a valid and binding contract. In view of Government e Marketplace (GeM)
coming into operation, Rate Contract can be concluded for specialized R&D
Consumables and other items which are not available through GeM. Rate Contract is
not required to be entered into for common use items like computers, printers,
photocopiers, paper and stationary and other items which are available on GeM.

8.2 Merits of a Rate Contract:

8.2.1
The Rate Contract system provides various benefits to both the Purchaser
(i.e. user) and the Supplier and the same are indicated below:

01. Benefit to users:

a) Competitive and economical price due to aggregation of demands. Saves
time, efforts, man-hours and related costs involved as well as repetitive
tendering process. It thus reduces lead time for procurement.

b) Availability of quality goods with full quality assurance back-up.

c) Enables procurement as and when required and thus reduces inventory carrying
cost.

d) Provides one single point of contact to procure such items.

02. Benefit to suppliers:

a) Reduces marketing cost and efforts.

b) Eliminates repetitive tendering and follow-up actions with multiple authorities.

c) Provides single point contact for Govt. supplies.

130
d) Aggregation of Govt. demand leads to economic production.

e) Lends credibility.

f) Promotes quality discipline.

8.3 Procedure for Conclusion of Rate Contracts by CSIR Labs/Instts.

As a result of closure of procurement wing of the DGS&D and on request by CSIR Hqrs, the
Ministry of Finance has authorized CSIR and its Labs/Instts to conclude its own Rate Contracts.
Copy of the approval accorded by MOF for conclusion of RCs on NDP basis and for other items are
enclosed at Annexure-8A . Rate Contracts are basically of two types i.e. Rate Contracts on
Net Dealer Price (NDP) and Rate Contracts for other items. The modus operandi to
conclude the RCs are as under:-

01. Rate contract on NDP basis:

To procure different types of R&D consumables which can be categorized
under glass wares, plastic wares, chemicals, biochemical etc. for which the
performance parameters differ significantly among the products of different
manufacturers and where equitable comparison of prices of such products or
services is not feasible, such requirements may be met by the Procuring Entity
by concluding RCs on NDP basis. Such RCs should be concluded for only
those items which are not available on GeM and for which the prices are likely
to be stable. For this purpose, the following needs to be ensured:

i) The Procuring Entity shall invite tenders on single tender basis directly from
the known manufacturers or their authorized sole distributors who are
specifically authorized to quote by the manufacturer for the particular tender.

ii) RC shall be concluded on NDP basis with applicable discount and terms &
conditions.

iii) While concluding the RC it should be clearly indicated that RC is applicable for
a particular category of items of the Price List/Catalogue of the vendor and
not for all the items of the price list/Catalogue.

iv) Depending upon the need, the Procuring Entity shall ensure that such
contracts are concluded with only those firms whose products are often
required on repetitive basis by the Procuring Entity for its R&D activities.
Large number of such RCs does not benefit the Procuring Entities since the
vendors use name of the Procuring Entity for securing RCs in other
organizations and for furtherance of their other business interests.

v) An Indentor is free to choose any of the RC holders to procure items under the
RC depending upon the requirement of the experiment. In case the goods are
proposed to be procured under direct purchase without quotation or under
Local purchase committee, the purchaser shall ensure that the prices to be
131
 paid for such products do not exceed those stipulated rates in the RC. Such
items should be purchased necessarily from the OEM or its authorized
distributor/dealer.

vi) While concluding the R/C on NDP basis, the PC should ensure that R/C is
concluded based on the price list of the current financial year only so that
rates remain uniform across all CSIR Lab/Instt during the currency of R/C
taking into consideration the provisions of the Fall Clause. Hence, efforts
should be made to conclude the R/Cs by end of 30th June so that it is
effective from1stJuly and uniformity of the price lists adopted across pan
CSIR is ensured and budgetary levies do not affect the RCs. If for some
reasons, the RCs are concluded during the middle of the financial year, it
should be ensured that the duration of the RC culminates by 30th of June, of
the following financial year.

vii) The requirement of BS & PS does not apply for RCs concluded on NDP basis.

viii) The provisions of fall clause shall apply. (as described later in this chapter.)

ix) The RC on NDP basis can also be concluded directly with the foreign
principal manufacturer/its foreign supplier in foreign currency ensuring that
the benefits available to CSIR on account of Custom duty, IGST/SGST are
properly availed,

02. Rate Contracts for other items:

To procure high turnover common user items which are repeatedly required by
the Procuring Entity and which are not specialized R&D consumables, RCs
may be concluded ensuring the following. Such RCs should be concluded for
only those items which are not available on GeM and for which the prices are
likely to be stable.

i) The Procuring Entity shall process conclusion of RCs of items other than
specialized R&D consumables by inviting open/online tenders reserving the
right to conclude one or more than one RC for the same item.

ii) The tender shall indicate the items to be purchased under RC, approximate
annual drawal/value in the tender document.

iii) Price Negotiation/Counter offer/Parallel RCs :

The RC is to be awarded to the lowest evaluated responsive and qualified firm.

Price Negotiation with the bidders is severely discouraged. However, in case
the price quoted by the lowest responsive bidder (L1) is not reasonable and
un-acceptable, the price may be negotiated with L1 only and, if it reduces the
price to the desired level, rate contract may be concluded with L1. Parallel RCs
are primarily concluded to ensure alternate sources of supply. There may be a
situation, where parallel rate contracts are needed, though the price of L1 is
reasonable. To take care of such situation, the Procuring Entities may resort to
negotiation and counter offering as indicated below:
132
(a) To start with, the rate contract may be awarded to L1 bidder. Then the price of
L1 is to be counter offered to the higher quoting responsive bidders under
intimation to L1 asking them to send their revised tenders in sealed covers or
online on e-bidding platform to be opened in public at a specified place,
date and time (as per the standard procedure). L1 may be specifically
informed that it may, if it so desires, reduce its price and send its revised
tender accordingly as above. The bidders, who accept the counter offered rate
or rate lower than that, are to be awarded parallel rate contracts. If L1 lowers its
rate in its revised offer, same may also be accepted with effect from that date
and its rate contract amended accordingly. There may also be a situation
where parallel rate contracts are necessary, but even the price of the lowest
responsive bidder (L1) is not reasonable. In that case, price negotiation may
be conducted with L1 in the first instance. If L1 agrees to bring down the
price to the desired level, rate contract may be concluded with it and that price
counter offered to other responsive bidders under intimation to L1 for further
action in identical manner as indicated in the above If, however, L1 does not
agree to reduce its price in the first instance itself, then the price, which has
been decided as reasonable may be counter offered to all the higher quoting
responsive bidders (including L1) for further action on above lines. In respect of
items where single bid has been received, the same may be re-tendered, i.e. if
consequent to invitation of tender/bid only one bid/tender is received or
consequent to technical evaluation if only one bid/tender is found eligible,
such bid/tender shall be termed as single bid in respect of that item.

iv) The user shall be free to choose items of a particular RC holder. In case the
goods are proposed to be procured under direct purchase without quotation
or under Local purchase committee, the purchaser shall ensure that the
prices to be paid shall not exceed those stipulated in the RC.

v) BS is to be furnished by unregistered vendors only. Where there is no

registered supplier (for the subject item), the requirement of registration can
be relaxed provided the prospective bidder is otherwise eligible to bid having
satisfactory technical and financial capability.

vi) Performance Security: Depending on the anticipated overall drawal against a

rate contract and, also, anticipated number of parallel rate contracts to be
issued for an item, the procuring entity shall consider obtaining
Performance Security @ 5% (Five percent) of the value of supply order in the
supply orders issued against rate contracts on the rate contract holder in case
the item is not consumable in nature.

vii) In case of emergency, the Procuring Entity may purchase the same item
through ad-hoc contract with the new supplier.

viii) Cartel Formation/Pool rates/Bid rigging/Collusive bidding etc.

(a) Quoting of pool rates/Cartel formation, bid rigging/collusive bidding is

against the basic principle of competitive bidding and defeats the very
purpose of open and competitive tendering system. Such practices should be
133
 severely discouraged with strong measures. Suitable administrative actions
like rejecting the offers and reporting the matter to Competition
Commission of India should be initiated against such firms, on case to
case basis, as recommended by the PC and approved by the Director of the
CSIR Lab./Instt. Or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs. The Procuring Entities may also bring
such unhealthy practice to the notice of the concerned trade associations like
FICCI, ASSOCHAM, NSIC, etc. requesting them, inter alia, to take suitable strong
actions against such firms. The bidders indulging in cartel formation/collusive
bidding/bid rigging may be debarred for a period of two years from
participation in the tenders of the Procuring Entity with information to CSIR Hqrs.
and other CSIR Labs/Instts. The Procuring Entities may also encourage new
firms to get themselves registered to break the monopolistic attitude of the
firms giving pool rate/forming cartel.

ix) Renewal of Rate Contracts: It should be ensured that new rate contracts
are made operative right after the expiry of the existing rate contracts without
any gap for all rate contracted items. In case, however, it is not possible to
conclude new rate contracts due to some un avoidable reasons, timely
steps are to be taken to extend the existing rate contracts with same terms,
conditions etc. for a suitable period, with the consent of the rate contract
holders. Rate contracts of the firms, who do not agree to such extension, are
to be left out. Also, while extending the existing rate contracts, it shall be
ensured that the price trend is not lower.
x) Provisions of the Public Procurement (preference to make in India) Order
2017 may also be kept in mind while finalizing such purchases.

8.4 Special conditions applicable to RCs (both types)

Some important special conditions of rate contract are given below which
differ from the usual conditions applicable for ad-hoc contracts:

01. Once the RC is concluded the same shall be hosted on the website of the
Procuring Entity.

02. The RC shall be valid for a period of one year.

03. The RC may be withdrawn by giving one month’s notice by both parties.

04. The RC will be guided by the Fall Clause.

05. Actual supply orders, incorporating definite quantity of goods to be

supplied along with all other required conditions following the rate contract
terms, are to be issued for obtaining supplies through the rate contract.

06. The procuring entity may place supply orders up to the last day of the validity of
the rate contract and, though supplies against such supply orders will be
effected beyond the validity period of the rate contract. All such supplies will be
guided by the terms & conditions of the rate contract.

134
07. In the Schedule of Requirement, no quantity is mentioned; only the anticipated
drawal is mentioned without any commitment.

08. The Procuring Entity reserves the right to conclude one or more than one rate
contract for the same item.

09. The Procuring Entity may ask the bidders to offer a separate discount for bulk
purchases and also define the quantity to be treated as “bulk” for a single
supply order.

10. In case of emergency, the Procuring Entity may purchase the same item through
ad-hoc contract with a new supplier.

11. Usually the terms of delivery in rate contracts should be free delivery at the
premises of the Procuring Entity.

12. On receipt of the indent as per Annexure 2D, Purchase Section shall
immediately place the purchase order with the party without reference to PC
after obtaining the sanction as per SOPP. However, the indents for
replenishment of stock shall be raised after the PC has recommended the
item to be purchased and quantity indicating the source. After obtaining the
sanction as per SOPP, the purchase order should be released.

13. In case of goods or services of low value where the expected annual drawl is
less than ₹ 1,00,000 and which are required by the users in very small
quantities, rate contracts may not be concluded.

14. Rate Contract may not be concluded for the scarce/critical/perpetually short
supply goods or services.

15. Period of Rate Contract: The period of a Rate Contract should normally
be one year for stable technology products. However, in special cases,
shorter or longer period not more than two years may be considered. As far
as possible, validity period of rate contracts should be fixed in such a way as
to ensure that budgetary levies would not affect the price and thereby frustrate
the contracts.

16. The rate contract will be guided by “Fall Clause” (as described below).

17. Fall Clause:

(a) Fall Clause is a price safety mechanism in rate contracts. The fall clause
provides that if the rate contract holder reduces its price or sells or even offers
to sell the rate contracted goods or services following conditions of sale
similar to those of the rate contract, at a price lower than the rate contract
price, to any person or organization during the currency of the rate contract,
the rate contract price will be automatically reduced with effect from that
date for all the subsequent supplies under the rate contract and the rate
contract amended accordingly. Other parallel rate contract holders, if any,
are also to be given opportunity to reduce their price as well, by notifying
the reduced price to them and giving them 07 (Seven) days’ time to intimate

135
 their revised prices, if they so desire, in sealed cover to be opened in public
on the specified date and time and further action taken as per standard
practice. On many occasions, the parallel rate contract holders attempt to
grab more orders by unethical means by announcing reduction of their price
(after getting the rate contract) under the guise of Fall Clause. This situation
is also to be dealt with in similar manner as mentioned in the preceding
paragraph. It is however, very much necessary that the PC keeps special watch
on the performance of such rate contract holders who reduce their prices on
one pretext or other. If their performances are not up to the mark, appropriate
severe action should be taken against them including deregistering them,
suspending business deals with them, debarring them for two years from
participating against the tender enquiry floated by concerned Lab/Instt.

(b) The provisions of fall clause will, however, not apply to the following:

i) Export/Deemed Export by the supplier;

ii) Sale of goods or services as original equipment prices lower than the
price charged for normal replacement;

iii) Sale of goods such as drugs, which have expiry date;

iv) Sale of goods or services at lower price on or after the date of completion
of sale/placement of order of goods or services by the authority concerned,
under the existing or previous Rate Contracts as also under any previous
contracts entered into with the other CSIR Labs/Instts, Central or State
Government Departments including new undertakings (excluding joint sector
companies and or private parties) and Statutory Bodies.

18. Placement of supply orders: Supplies are to be obtained against a rate

contract by placing on the rate contracted firm supply order containing the
quantity of the goods to be supplied and incorporating the prices and other
relevant terms and conditions of the rate contract. The officials placing such
supply orders should be duly competent and authorized to do so as per SOPP.
A supply order should be issued on standard format of Purchase Order
of the Procuring Entity and generally contain the following important
details:
i) Rate Contract No. and date;

ii) Quantity. (Where there is more than one consignee, the quantity to be
dispatch to each consignee is to be indicated);

iii) Price;

iv) Date of Delivery by which supplies are required. (In the supply order, a definite
delivery date based on the delivery period stipulated in the rate contract is to
be provided).

136
 8.5 Purchase of Medicines

8.5.1
Most of the CSIR Labs/Instts have health Centers / Dispensaries attached to
them. Medicines and the allied consumables are required by these Health
Centers/Dispensaries for the treatment of staff/pensioners. The
procurement of medicines in a timely manner is a very important function as
it relates to the health and life of an individual. Many pharmaceutical
companies offer institutional price lists valid for a certain period. Hence,
indents as per rate contract may be raised by Health Centers/Dispensaries
according to the requirement in conformity to the latest directives of the
Govt. of India.

8.5.2
For the above purpose, the following procedure may be adopted:
1. Medicines as per Annexure -1F given in the CSIR Manual for Purchase of
Goods 2018 (103 nos) shall be purchased from the Central PSUs as per the
prices fixed by the Department of Pharmaceuticals, Govt of India.
2. For all other medicines, the Procuring Entity may conclude rate contract on
NDP basis indicating the brand of the company from which they intend to
procure the medicines.
3. The conditions of the RC may contain the clause:
3.1 About replacement of medicines which are nearing expiry,
3.2 A certificate from the bidder that the rates charged are not more than
those offered to any Institution/govt. hospital.
4. The supplied medicines must have expiry date of at least 12 months from
the date of supply.

137
 CHAPTER – 9
CONTRACT MANAGEMENT

9.1 Contract Management

9.1.1.
The purpose of Contract Management
The purpose of contract management is to ensure that the contract delivers
the desired outcomes as per the terms and conditions of the contract. It also ensures
that the payments made to the contractor match the performance. Implementation of
the contracts should be strictly monitored and notices issued promptly whenever a
breach of provisions occurs (Rule 226(i) of GFR 2017). Monitoring should ensure that
contractor adhere to contract terms, performance expectations are achieved (such as
timely deliveries, quality of goods supplied, adherence to proper procedure for
submitting invoices, and so on) and any problems are identified and resolved in a
timely manner. Without a sound monitoring process, there can be no assurance that
“we get what we pay and contract for and pay for only for what we get”. Normally, the
following issues are handled during this phase:

01. Amendments to the contract;

02. Operation of the option clause;
03. Safeguards for handing over Procuring Entity materials / equipment to
contractors;
04. Payments to the contractor and handling of securities;
05. Monitoring of supplier performance;
06. Delays in performance of the contract;
07. Breach of contract, remedies and termination of contract;
08. Dispute resolution;
09. Contract closure upon completion;
10. Goods receiving;
11. Quality assurance;
12. Storage and issue of inspected goods and
13. Accountal and payment of bills.

9.1.2
Costs of delay in contract management decisions: delays
Payments and decisions in contract management requested by the suppliers
should be made within a reasonable time. An atmosphere of lack of dilatory
functioning in such matters is liable to lead to bidders quoting higher prices in future
bids, besides delays in supplies and disputes in the contract.

9.2 Amendment to the Contract.

01. Once a contract has been concluded, the terms and conditions thereof should
not be varied. No amendment to the contract should be made that can lead to
a vitiation of the original tender decision or undue advantage on the
contractor. However, due to various reasons, changes and modifications are
needed in the contract. Where it becomes necessary/ inescapable, any
modification will be carried out with the recommendations of the IO/PL/User
and PC/T&PC with the approval of the Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A)
138
 in CSIR Hqrs. which involves variations or major changes in the contract
having financial implications. However, amendments/Modifications
demanded by suppliers without financial implications and in conformity with
the original offer may be approved by the Sr. most officer of the S&P
Division.

02. Requests for such changes and modifications mostly emanate from the
supplier. Any amendment to the contract may have, inter-alia, financial /
technical / legal implications. The indentor should be consulted regarding the
technical implications. Financial concurrence should be obtained before
issuing any amendment that has financial implications/ repercussions.
Further, if considered necessary, legal opinion may also be sought (Rule 227
of GFR 2017).

03. An amendment can concern any of the clauses of the contract but, in supply
contracts, amendments often relate to the following:

(v) Increase or decrease in the quantity required, exercise of quantity option

clause;
(vi) Changes in schedule of deliveries and terms of delivery;
(vii) Changes in inspection arrangements;
(viii) Changes in description/specifications of the contracted goods;
(ix) Changes in terms of payments and statutory levies; and
(x) Changes due to any other situation not anticipated.

Post contract variation carried out in the form of an amendment shall be published by
the purchaser on the same e-Procurement portals / Websites that were used for
publication of the original tender enquiry. No change in the price quoted shall be
permitted after the purchase order has been issued, except on account of price
variation, ERV and statutory variations .

9.3 Operation of Option Clause

9.3.1
Option Clause
Under this clause, the purchaser retains the right to place orders for an
additional quantity up to a specified percentage of the originally contracted quantity
at the same rate and terms of the contract, during the currency of the contract. This
clause and percentage should be part of the Bid Document and the contract and
ideally should not exceed 25%. The Purchase Division shall obtain the approval and
sanction of the IO/PL while exercising the option clause with recommendation of the
PC/T&PC before releasing the purchase order. The clause may be framed along
following lines:

“The purchaser reserves the right to increase/decrease the ordered quantity

by up to 25 (Twenty Five) per cent at any time, till final delivery date (or the
extended delivery date of the contract), by giving reasonable notice even
though the quantity ordered initially has been supplied in full before the
last date of the delivery period (or the extended delivery period).”

139
9.3.2.
Conditions Governing operation of option clause

The following points must be kept in mind while operating the option clause:

01. In case of decrease in the ordered quantity, it would be fair to allow the firm
to supply work-in-progress or goods already put up for inspection;

02. There should be no declining trend in the price of the stores as evidenced from
the fact that no order has since been placed at lower rates and no tender
has been opened since the time offers have been received at lower rates –
even if not finalized;

03. The Indentor and Purchase Division should apply due diligence to keep a
watch on delivery against contracts involving exercise of Option Clause.

04. The option clause is normally exercised after receipt of 50 (Fifty) per cent
quantity but if the delivery period is going to expire and other conditions
are fulfilled, it can be exercised even earlier;

05. The option clause shall be exercised during the currency of the contract such
that the contractor has reasonable time/notice for executing such an
increase and can be exercised even if the original ordered quantity is
completed before the original last date of delivery. If not already agreed
upon, the delivery period shall be fixed for the additional quantity on the
lines of the delivery period in the original order. This will satisfy the
requirement of giving reasonable notice to the supplier to exercise the option
clause;

06. There should be no option clause in development orders;

07. This provision can also be exercised in case of PAC/single supplier OEM cases;
and

08. However, where parallel contracts on multiple suppliers are available, care
should be taken in exercising the option clause, so that the original tender
decision of splitting quantities and differential pricing is not upset or vitiated.
Other things being equal, the supplier with the lower rate should first be
considered for the option quantity.

9.4 Safeguards for Handing over Procuring entity materials / equipment to

Contractor

For performance of certain contracts, Procuring Entity may have to loan

stores, drawings, documents, equipment and assets (such as accommodation,
identity cards and gate passes, and so on) to the contractor. In certain situations, the
contractor may also be supplied electricity, water, cranes, and weighing facilities on
payment/hire basis. As a measure of transparency, the possibility of provision of
such resources by Procuring Entity should have been announced in the tender
document or at least requested by the contractor in the tender and written in the
140
contract. Whenever stores or prototypes or sub-assemblies are required to be issued to
the firm/ contractor for guidance in fabrication, these should be issued against an
appropriate sec urity . In addition to the security, appropriate insurance may be
asked for if it is considered necessary. Before the final payment or release of PBG,
a certificate may be taken from the concerned Department that the contractor has
returned all documents, drawings, protective gear, material, equipment, facilities and
assets loaned, including all ID cards and gate passes, and so on, in good condition.
Further, it should be certified that payment from the contractor has been received for
usage of electricity, water, crane, accommodation, weighing facility, and so on. (Rule
225 (xii)(a) of GFR 2017)

9.5 Payments to the Contractor and Handling of Securities

It should be ensured that all payments due to the firm, including release of
the Performance Security, are made on a priority basis without avoidable delay as
per the tender/contract conditions. Before the payment is made, the invoice should
be cross-checked with the actual receipt of material to ensure that the payment
matches the actual performance.
Proper procedures for safe custody, monitoring and return of Bank Guarantees
and other instruments may be followed. Chapter 6 has more details in this
regard. Before making a final payment or before releasing the performance bank
guarantee, a ‘No Claim Certificate as per Annexure 9A may be insisted upon from
the supplier to prevent future claims. Whenever a bank guarantee is released
following due procedure and safeguards, acknowledgement thereof should also be
taken from the contractor.
For the above purpose, once the inspection is complete and the indentor certifies
the inspection report, Stores should ensure that the bill containing the stock entry
reference and copy of the inspection report is sent to purchase within four working
days after the inspection is over. The Purchase section shall send the same directly
to accounts within four working days for payment and then the accounts may
arrange payment to the vendor within five working days from the date of receipt of
bill else return the bill to the purchase section, in case of any
shortcomings/observations within this period.

9.6 Monitoring of Supplier performance

As soon as the order is issued, entry shall be made in the appropriate

Purchase Order Register (Annexure 7B & 7C) and progress of supply be also
recorded therein. The name of the supplier, items, rate, quantity, amount,
delivery schedule, and so on. Monitoring should ensure that suppliers adhere to
contract terms, performance expectations are achieved (such as timely deliveries,
quality of goods supplied, and adherence to proper procedure for submitting
invoices, and so on) and any problems are identified and resolved in a timely
manner. Without a sound monitoring process, there can be no assurance that the
buyer has received what was contracted. A sound system for monitoring the
performance of the suppliers in a contract would also be useful in selecting a good
supplier in future procurement of the same or similar materials. Purchase order-wise
data will be maintained in this register regarding execution by and performance of
the supplier. The register shall form the basis for the Management Information System
report on unexecuted purchase orders beyond scheduled deliveries, reports on
performance of suppliers, and so on.
141
9.7 Delays in performance of Contract

9.7.1
Delivery Period
01. The period for delivery of the ordered goods and completion of any allied
service(s) thereof (such as installation and commissioning of the equipment,
operators’ training, and so on) are to be properly specified in the contract with
definite dates and these shall be deemed to be the essence of the contract.
The delivery period stipulated in contracts should be specific and practical.
Vague and ambiguous terms such as 1,000 – 5,000 (One thousand to Five
thousand) numbers per month, 2 to 16 (Two to Sixteen) weeks from the date
of receipt of order, ‘immediate’, ‘ex- stock’, ‘as early as possible’, ‘off the shelf’,
‘approximately’ and the like should be scrupulously avoided as these will not
be legally binding.

02. In case of items such as raw material which is delivered throughout the year, a
delivery schedule of the monthly rate of supply should be specified. It is usual
in such cases that there is a slight deviation from such monthly rate of supply. It
should be clarified in such cases that the variation in the periodic rate of
supply beyond +/- 10 (Ten) per cent in any calendar month; or +/- seven per
cent cumulative in any calendar quarter; or +/- five per cent cumulative in
any calendar year would be considered as delay in delivery attracting
imposition of LD. Unless otherwise agreed, the buyer of goods is not bound
to accept the delivery thereof in installments.

03. The powers to accept excess or short deliveries at the time of supply of goods
have been spelt out in SOPP placed at Annexure 1B.

9.7.2
Terms of Delivery:
Terms of delivery (FOR, FOB, CIF, and CFR, and so on), inter alia, determine the
delivery point of the ordered goods from where the purchaser is to receive/collect the
goods. It also decides the legally important issue of when the ‘titles of the goods’
have passed to the purchaser. The delivery period is to be read in conjunction with
the terms of delivery, therefore the delivery is taken to have been made at the time
when goods reach the delivery point as per the delivery terms. Chapter 6 has more
details in this regard.

9.7.3
Severable and entire delivery contracts

01. Such contracts, where installments are not specified or not intended are
known as entire contracts. In such cases, even non-delivery of a part quantity
can lead to a breach of contract. However, a variation of five per cent of the
contract quantity is usually exempted in the contract conditions. In the case of
an entire contract, even if providing a delivery schedule, it is not necessary to
grant an extension in the delivery period in the case of delay in intermediate
installments. Such extension would be necessary only in case of a delay
beyond the final date for the completion of the delivery. It is at the discretion of
procuring authority to permit part delivery in place of fixing a percentage.
142
02. Contracts with clearly laid out installment deliveries mentioning the exact
dates and where each installment is paid for separately are known as
severable contracts. In effect, each of such installments is a separate
independent contract by itself. In severable contracts, delay or breach of one
installment does not affect other installments, since each installment is
considered as a separate contract. In the case of severable contracts,
extension in the delivery period is necessary for each installment separately.

03. The legal position, however, is not very straightforward, since the mere
mention of monthly/quarterly rate of delivery, called delivery schedule, is
not sufficient to make it a severable contract. However, installments
specifying exact dates, that is, 310 (Three Hundred and Ten) numbers by
June 20, 2016 would be amounting to a severable contract.

04. The delivery cannot be re-fixed to make a contract a ‘severable’ contract

without the specific agreement of the supplier, if the delivery originally
stipulated in the contract was in the form of an ‘entire’ contract.

9.7.4
Extension of Delivery

01. Suppliers shall be required to adhere to the delivery schedule specified in the
purchase order and, if there is delay in supplies, LD shall be levied
wherever there is failure by the party. Extension of the delivery date amounts
to amendment of the contract. Such an extension can be only done with the
consent of both parties (that is, the purchaser and supplier). No extension of
the delivery date is to be granted suo-moto unless the supplier specifically asks
for it. However, in a few cases, it may be necessary to grant an extension of the
delivery period suo-moto in the interest of the administration. In such cases, it
is legally necessary to obtain clear acceptance of the extension letter from the
supplier.

02. No correspondence should be entered into with the supplier after expiry of the
contract delivery period or towards the end of it, which has the legal effect
of condoning the delay/breach of contract. When it is necessary to obtain
certain information regarding past supplies, it should be made clear that
calling for such information is not intended to keep the contract alive and
that it does not waive the breach and that it is without prejudice to the
rights and remedies available to the purchaser under the terms of the contract.
The last line of such a communication should therefore be: “This letter is issued
without any prejudice to Procuring Entity’s rights and remedies under the
terms and conditions of the subject contract and without any commitment or
obligation.”

03. If at any time during the currency of the contract, the supplier encounters
conditions hindering timely delivery of goods, he shall promptly inform the
concerned officer in writing. He should mention its likely duration and make
a request for extension of the schedule accordingly. On receiving the
supplier’s communication, the PC/T&PC shall examine the proposal in line
with Annexure 9B and, on approval from the Director of the Lab./Instt or
143
 JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs, may agree to extend the delivery schedule, with or
without LD and with or without the denial clause (as defined in Para 9.7.8
below), for completion of the contractor’s contractual obligations, provided:

(i) That a higher rate in the original tender was not accepted against other lower
quotations in consideration of the earlier delivery; and
(ii) That there is no falling trend in prices for this item as evidenced from the fact
that, in the intervening period, neither orders have been placed at rates lower
than this contract nor any tender been opened where such rates have been
received even though the tender is not yet decided. In cases of certain raw
material supplies, where prices are linked to the PVC, extension may be granted
even in case of a falling trend in price indices, since the purchaser’s interests
are protected by the price variation mechanism. However, in such cases it
should be ensured that extensions are done with the denial clause.

04. When it is decided to extend the delivery period subject to recovery of LD for
delay in supplies, contractors must be given a warning to this effect in writing
at the time of granting extensions. It is not correct to grant extensions without
any mention of the LD if it is proposed to recover such charges eventually. It
is also not correct to grant an extension of the delivery period merely stating
that the extension is granted “without prejudice to the rights of the
purchaser under the terms and conditions of the contract” as this would
mean that all the options given in the conditions of the contract would be
available to the purchaser on expiry of the extended delivery period and would
not amount to exercise of the option to recover LD. To take care of complex
legalities brought out above, extension of the delivery period when granted
should only be done in writing in the laid down format given in Annexure 9C .

9.7.5
Delay in supplies for which supplier is not responsible

Normally, in the following circumstances, the contractual delivery period needs

to be re-fixed to take care of the lost period, without imposing any penalty to the
supplier:

(i) Cases where the manufacture of stores is dependent on the approval of the
advance sample and delay occurs in approving the sample though submitted
by the supplier in time;
(ii) Where extension in the delivery period is granted on account of some omission
on the part of the purchaser which affects the due performance of the contract
by the supplier; and

(iii) Cases where the purchaser controls the entire production.

9.7.6
Performance Notice

A situation may arise where the supply/services has not been completed
within the stipulated period due to negligence/fault of the supplier; however, the
supplier has not made any request for extension of the delivery period but the
contracted goods/services are still required by the purchaser and the purchaser does
144
not want to cancel the contract at that stage. In such a case, a performance notice
(also known as notice-cum-extension letter) may be issued to the supplier by suitably
extending the delivery date and by imposing LD with denial clauses, and so on,
along identical lines as in para 9.7.4 above. The supplier’s acceptance of the
performance notice and further action thereof should also be processed in the same
manner as mentioned above. The text of the performance notice will be on similar
lines to the Annexure 9C.

9.7.7
Force Majeure Clause

01. A Force Majeure (FM) means extraordinary events or circumstance beyond

human control such as an event described as an act of God (like a natural
calamity) or events such as a war, strike, riots, crimes (but not including
negligence or wrong-doing, predictable/seasonal rain and any other events
specifically excluded in the clause). An FM clause in the contract frees both
parties from contractual liability or obligation when prevented by such events
from fulfilling their obligations under the contract. An FM clause does not
excuse a party’s non-performance entirely, but only suspends it for the
duration of the FM. The firm has to give notice of FM as soon as it occurs and
it cannot be claimed ex-post facto. There may be a FM situation affecting the
purchase organization only. In such a situation, the purchase organization is to
communicate with the supplier along similar lines as above for further
necessary action. If the performance in whole or in part or any obligation
under this contract is prevented or delayed by any reason of FM for a period
exceeding 90 (Ninety) days, either party may at its option terminate the
contract without any financial repercussion on either side.

02. Notwithstanding the punitive provisions contained in the contract for delay or
breach of contract, the supplier would not be liable for imposition of any such
sanction so long as the delay and/ or failure of the supplier in fulfilling its
obligations under the contract is the result of an event covered in the FM
clause.

9.7.8
Denial clause.

Since delay in delivery is a default by the seller, the buyer should protect
himself against extra expenditure during the extended period by stipulating a denial
clause (over and above levy of LD) in the letter informing the supplier of extension of
the delivery period. In the denial clause, any increase in statutory duties and/or
upward rise in prices due to the PVC clause and/or any adverse fluctuation in
foreign exchange are to be borne by the seller during the extended delivery period,
while the purchaser reserves his right to get any benefit of a downward revisions in
statutory duties, PVC and foreign exchange rate. Thus, PVC, other variations and
foreign exchange clauses operate only during the original delivery period. The
format of the denial clause is available in Annexure-9C.

145
9.7.9
Liquidated damages (LD)

Compensation of loss on account of late delivery (actually incurred as well as

notional) where loss is pre-estimated and mutually agreed to is termed as LD. Law
allows recovery of pre- estimated loss provided such a term is included in the contract
and there is no need to establish actual loss due to late supply [ Malla Baux Vs. UOI
(1970)].

9.7.10
Quantum of LD

01. While granting extension of the delivery period, where the delivery of stores or
any installment thereof is accepted after expiry of the original delivery
period, the Procuring Entity may recover from the contractor, as agreed, the
LD a sum equivalent to 0.5 (Half) per cent of the prices of any portion of stores
delivered late, for each week or part thereof of delay. The total damages
shall not exceed 10 (Ten) per cent of the value of delayed goods. The LD
cannot exceed the amount stipulated in the contract [NC Sanyal Vs. Calcutta
Stock Exchange (1971)].

02. In contracts governed by any type of variation (PVC, ERV or statutory

variations), LDs (if a percentage of the price) will be applicable on the price
as varied by the operation of the PVC. LDs accrue only in case of delayed
supplies. Where or in so far as no supplies have been made under a contract,
upon cancellation, recovery of only the loss occasioned thereby can be made,
notwithstanding the fact that prior to the cancellation one or more extensions
of the delivery period with reservation of the right to LD are granted.

03. Government establishments/Departments, as distinct from PSUs, that

execute contract work should not be dealt with as ordinary contractors and not
generally be penalized for late delivery and claims for loss on risk-purchase
should not be enforced against them. Serious cases of defaults should,
however, be brought to the notice of the HOD or the Government Department
concerned.

04. Relaxations allowed to Government establishments/Departments, as above,

will not apply to PSUs as a matter of course. Each case should be decided on
merits and the decision to waive the recovery of LDs or risk purchase
expenditure should be taken on merit. In the case of development /
indigenization contracts, LDs are not levied. However, the nature of such
contracts should be declared at the time of placing them.

05. In case of entire (non-severable) contracts, even where staggered deliveries have
been indicated, it may happen that supplies are not received according to the
delivery schedule. In such cases, keeping in mind the fact that the deliveries
indicated under the contract are non-severable, no question of LDs or
enforcement of risk purchase would arise so long as there has been no delay in
the completion of supplies with reference to the total delivery period.
146
9.7.11
Waiver of LD

There should normally be no system of waiver of LDs for delayed supplies in

supply contracts and it may be strictly an exception rather than a rule. For an
extension of the delivery date with waiver of LD, approval of the Director of
the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs. in consultation with Indenting
Officer and Project Leader and recommendations of PC/T&PC may be
taken after duly justifying the need. Else, the applicable LD needs to be levied.
Notwithstanding the above, the Procuring Entity may accept goods after expiry
of delivery period for small value/marginal delays in line with SOPP without levy
of LD.

9.7.12
Handling deliveries after the expiry of delivery period

01. As per law, if stores are accepted after expiry of the delivery date of a
particular installment without extension in delivery period having being given,
duly reserving our rights to levy LD, it amounts to voluntary abrogation of our
legal rights under the contract to claim LDs or other remedies.

02. If the contractor makes supplies locally after the expiry of delivery period, the
supplies may be provisionally retained under a franking clause reserving rights
and the contractor may be asked to obtain an extension of the delivery period
from an authorised officer with or without any LD/ denial clause. The franking
clause should be as under:

“Please note that materials have been supplied after the expiry of
contracted delivery date and its provisional retention does not acquiesce or
condone the late delivery and does not intend or amount to an extension of
the delivery period or keeping the contract alive. You may apply for an
extension of delivery date from the Procuring Entity. The goods are being
retained without prejudice to the rights of the Procuring Entity under the terms
and conditions of the contract.”

03. As regards supplies coming from outside contractors, if the contractor

dispatches the stores after expiry of the delivery period, the consignee should,
after the receipt of the railway receipt or lorry receipt or goods consignment
note or airway bill, send an intimation to the contractor stating that the action
taken by him in dispatching the goods after expiry of delivery date is at his
own risk and responsibility, and that the consignee is not liable for any
demurrage, wharfage and deterioration of goods at the destination station
and, in his own interest, the contractor should get an extension of the
delivery period from the purchasers. In such cases, the consignee while
receiving the materials must mention that the supplies are retained
under franking clause. A copy of the communication sent to the contractor
should also be sent to the purchaser.

04. In case of imports, the contractor must not dispatch the consignment after
expiry of the delivery period without taking prior extension of the delivery
147
 period. In any case, the terms of LC should be such that if there are
dispatches beyond the delivery period, payment should be denied without
levy of full LD and without formal extension of the delivery period by the
purchaser.

9.8 Breach of Contract, remedies and Termination

01. In case the contractor is unable to honor important stipulations of the contract,
or gives notice of his intention of not honoring or his inability to honor
such a stipulation, a breach of contract is said to have occurred. Mostly, such
breaches occur in relation to the performance of the contract in terms of
inability to supply the required quantity or quality. It could also be due to
breach of ethical standards or any other stipulation that affects Procuring Entity
seriously.

02. The purchaser or its authorized representative is not to enter into

correspondence after expiry of the delivery date stipulated in the contract
because such a correspondence will keep the contract alive and would
amount to abrogation of the purchaser’s right and remedies for delays by the
contractor. This situation will not allow the purchaser to cancel the contract
straight away without first serving a performance notice to the supplier.
However, even after expiry of the delivery period of the contract, the
purchaser may obtain information regarding past supplies, and so on, from
the supplier, simultaneously making it clear to the supplier that calling of such
information is not intended to keep the contract valid and it does not
amount to waiving the breach and that it is without prejudice to the rights
and remedies available to the purchaser under the terms of the contract. A
model communication which may be issued by the purchaser to ascertain the
supply position after expiry of the delivery period is given at Annexure 9D. As
soon as a breach of contract is noticed, a show cause notice should be issued to
the contractor reserving the right to implement contractual remedies. If there
is an unsatisfactory resolution, remedial action may be taken immediately.
The powers to terminate a contract vests with the Director of the CSIR
Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendations of the PC/T&PC.
The Procuring Entity may terminate a contract in the following cases .

9.8.1.
Cancellation of Contract for default

01. Without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of contract, such as
removal from the list of registered supplier, by written notice of default sent
to the supplier, the contract may be terminated in whole or in part:

(i) If the supplier fails to deliver any or all of the stores within the time period(s)
specified in the contract, or any extension thereof granted;

(ii) If the supplier fails to perform any other obligation under the contract within
the period specified in the contract or any extension thereof granted; and

(iii) If the contract is terminated in whole or in part, recourse may be taken to

any one or more of the following actions:
148
(a) Forfeiture of the performance security;

(b) Upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, goods similar
to those undelivered may be procured and the supplier shall be liable for all
available actions against him in terms of the contract (popularly called risk
purchase); and

(c) However, the supplier shall continue to fulfill the contract to the extent not
terminated.

02. Before cancelling the contract and taking further action, it may be desirable
to obtain legal advice.

9.8.2
Termination of Contract for Insolvency

If the supplier becomes bankrupt or becomes otherwise insolvent or

undergoes liquidation or loses substantially the technical or financial capability
(based on which he was selected for award of contract), at any time, the contract
may be terminated, by giving a written notice to the supplier, without compensation to
the supplier, provided that such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of
action or remedy which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to Procuring Entity.

9.8.3
Termination of Contract for convenience.

After placement of the contract, there may be an unforeseen situation

compelling Procuring Entity to cancel the contract. In such a case, a suitable notice
has to be sent to the supplier for cancellation of the contract, in whole or in part, for
its (Procuring Entity’s) convenience, inter alia, indicating the date with effect from
which the termination will to become effective. This is not Procuring Entity’s legal
right– the contractor has to be persuaded to acquiesce. Depending on the merits of
the case, the supplier may have to be suitably compensated on mutually agreed terms
for terminating the contract. Suitable provisions to this effect should be to be
incorporated in the tender document as well as in the resultant contract.

9.9 Dispute Resolution

Normally, there should not be any scope for dispute between the purchaser
and supplier after entering into a mutually agreed valid contract. However, due to
various unforeseen reasons, problems may arise during the progress of the contract
leading to a disagreement between the purchaser and supplier. Therefore, the
conditions governing the contract should contain suitable provisions for settlement of
such disputes or differences binding on both parties. The mode of settlement of
such disputes/differences should be through arbitration. However, when a
dispute/difference arises, both the purchaser and supplier should first try to resolve it
amicably by mutual consultation. If the parties fail to resolve the dispute within 21
(Twenty-One) days, then, depending on the position of the case, either the purchaser
or supplier should give notice to the other party of its intention to commence
arbitration. When the contract is with a domestic supplier, the applicable arbitration
149
procedure shall be as per the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996.
While processing a case for dispute resolution/litigation/arbitration, the Procuring
Entity is to take legal advice, at appropriate stages (Rule 227 of GFR 2017). The DG
CSIR shall appoint an arbitrator on the advice of LA, CSIR. However, a decision to
accept or otherwise, the award of the arbitration as well as any court order shall rest
with CSIR Hqrs.

9.9.1
Arbitration clause.

If any dispute or difference arises between the parties hereto as to the

construction, interpretation, effect and implication of any provision of this
agreement including the rights or liabilities or any claim or demand of any party
against other or in regard to any other matter under these presents but excluding
any matters, decisions or determination of which is expressly provided for in this
Agreement, such disputes or differences shall be referred to an Arbitral Bench
consisting of three Arbitrators, one each to be appointed by each party and the two
Arbitrators shall appoint a third Arbitrator who shall be the presiding Arbitrator. A
reference to the Arbitration under this Clause shall be deemed to be submission
within the meaning of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules
framed thereunder for the time being in force. Each party shall bear and pay its own
cost of the arbitration proceedings unless the Arbitrators otherwise decides in the
Award. The venue of arbitration should be the place from where the contract has been
issued.

9.9.2
Foreign arbitration

01. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996 has provisions for international
commercial arbitration, which shall be applicable if one of the parties has its
central management and control in any foreign country.

02. When the contract is with a foreign supplier, the supplier has the option to
choose either the Indian Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 or arbitration
in accordance with the provisions of the United Nations Commission on
International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) arbitration rules.

03. The arbitration clause with foreign firms should be in the form of self-contained
agreements. This is true especially for large value contracts or those for costly
plant and machinery. The venue of arbitration should be in accordance with
UNCITRAL or arbitration rules of India, whereby it may be in India or in any
neutral country.

9.10 Closure of contract

While making the final payment to the contractor and before releasing the
PBG, it should be ensured that there is nothing outstanding from the contractor,
because it would be difficult to retrieve such amounts after releasing the bank
guarantee/final payment. Before the bank guarantee and Final Payment is released
a “No Claim Certificate” may be taken from the contractor as per the format given
in Annexure 9A. The following reconciliations are therefore required.
150
9.10.1
Materials reconciliation

The stores and/or the indenter should confirm that all materials ordered in
the contract and being paid for have been received in good condition and there is
no shortfall.

9.10.2
Reconciliation with the Indentor

Besides material reconciliation, the Indentor should certify in writing that the
following activities (wherever applicable) have been completed by the contractor, to
his satisfaction, as per the contract:

(i) Achievement of performance standards of material/equipment supplied;

(ii) Installation and commissioning;
(iii) Support service during the warranty period which has ended on;
(iv) Training of operators/maintenance staff;
(v) Return of all ID cards, gate passes, documents, drawings, protective gear,
material, equipment, facilities and assets loaned to contractor; if any and
(vi) Support during annual maintenance contract (if it was part of the contract)
which has ended on________________.

9.10.3
Payment reconciliation

01. The Purchase Department of the Procuring Entity may reconcile payments
made to the contractor to ensure that there is no liability outstanding against
the contractor on account of:

(i) LD;
(ii) Price reduction enforced on account of shortfall in performance of material/
equipment
(iii) Variations/deviations from the scope of the contract;
(iv) Overpayments/duplicate payments, if any;
(v) Services availed from Procuring Entity and vacation thereof such as
accommodation, electricity, water, security, transport, cranes and other
machinery, and so on;

(vi) Demurrage, insurance premiums or claims, customs duties, and so on;

(vii) Material reconciliation;
(viii) Price and exchange rate variations;
(ix) Statutory duties paid on behalf of the contractor by Procuring Entity; and
(x) Inspection charges or loss of material in testing.

02. On satisfactory reconciliation and against a “No Claim Certificate” from the
contractor, the bank guarantee may be released and its acknowledgement
taken from the contractor.

151
03. On completion of all activities against a contract, the purchase file should
be preserved for a period of five years in the record room and then
destroyed after expiry of the applicable mandatory retention period with
the concurrence of F&A and Admin provided there is no audit para or any
vigilance issue. However, Procuring Entity, at its discretion, may retain
important records for future reference.

9.11 Goods Receiving

9.11.1
Transportation of Goods

01. Where critical equipment of high value is involved, suitable special

instructions shall be conveyed to the supplier about the mode of transport,
loading, avoidance of transshipment and, if necessary, provision of escorts. In
case of chemicals, powdery materials, liquid materials, and so on, parties
may be advised on proper packaging to avoid spillage en route, so as to
avoid pollution problems and also to conform to the ISO 14001 standard. In
case transport is arranged by Procuring Entity, suitable instructions may be
incorporated in the transportation contract accordingly.

02. Wherever the items make a full truck load, the suppliers should be advised to
dispatch such items in a full truck direct to the consignee on a door delivery
basis to the site. In such cases, Procuring Entity shall advise the supplier to
send a consignee copy of the lorry receipt to the consignee along with the
consignment and the consignment shall be booked to Procuring Entity and not
“self”. The supplier shall be specifically asked to dispatch the consignments to
the designated consignee. All dispatch documents, that is, railway/lorry
receipt, goods consignment note, airway bill, invoices, packing list, freight
memos, test certificate, and so on, shall be sent to the Purchaser which will
arrange to make the payment. If the payment is to be made through the
bank, all original documents are to be sent through the designated bank.

9.11.2
Dispatch documents for clearance / receipt of goods.

01. The supplier shall send all the relevant dispatch documents well in time to
the purchaser to enable the purchaser to clear or receive (as the case may be)
the goods in terms of the contract. Necessary instructions for this purpose are to
be incorporated in the contract. Within 24 (Twenty- Four) hours of dispatch, the
supplier shall notify the purchaser or consignee (others concerned), the
complete details of dispatch and also send all relevant documents by
registered post/ speed post/air mail/courier/fax (or as instructed in the
contract) for arranging clearance where ever required.

02. The supplier should submit at least three copies of his invoice. The invoices
must be pre-stamped and shall indicate the details of the lorry receipt or
railway receipt number or air way bill, as the case may be, and also the
details of the packing list and items dispatched. The invoice must also indicate
the purchase order number and date, GST number, HSN Code, unit rate,
applicable taxes and net total price; the packing list shall include the total
152
 weight of the consignment and items dispatched. All documents are to be duly
signed by the supplier’s representative. Bank charges towards processing of
the bills for payment shall be as per terms and conditions of the purchase
order.

9.11.3
Receipt of consignment

01. At the time of the delivery at the stores, the storekeeper should receive the
goods on a “subject to inspection” basis and should issue the preliminary
receipt after a preliminary inspection as an acknowledgement of having
received the claimed quantity (not the quality) of consignment. While receiving
the materials after the delivery period, it must be mentioned at the
time of giving the preliminary acknowledgement that the supplies are
retained under franking clause reserving the rights of the Procuring
Entity and the contractor may be asked to obtain extension of delivery
period with or without any LD/Denial clause

(i) Preliminary inspection on receipt

On opening the packages (if applicable), the storekeeper should initiate
preliminary inspection of the goods received. This should include checks for
any obvious damage in transit and other physical or visual checks specific to
the functional characteristics of the product. The quantity of the goods
received should also be verified at this stage against the purchase order and
the supplier’s invoice. When goods are supplied in boxes, bundles or coils
as in the case of tools, rope, canvas, barbed wire, and so on, each of which is
required to contain a specified quantity, a reasonable number of such
packages should be opened up and checked for quantity per package. The
quantity received should also be mentioned in the preliminary receipt to be
given to the supplier. Any discrepancies in packages or quantity should be
mentioned therein.

(ii) Detailed inspection on receipt

After receipt of the ordered goods, the store keeper shall hand over the same to
the indenting officer for inspection. The indenting officer shall ensure that
before accepting the ordered goods, the goods have been manufactured as
per the required specifications and are capable of performing the functions
as specified in the contract. To achieve this, the tender document and the
subsequent contract should include references to standards or specifications
that specify the details of inspection and tests to be carried out and stages
and manner of carrying out these tests.

02. The required inspections and tests should be carried out by technically qualified
and competent personnel or the Indenting Officer himself. If the procurement
agency does not have such qualified personnel, it may engage competent
professionals from other Departments or even outside agencies if the need is so
felt.

153
9.12 Inspections – Measuring Quality Assurance (Rule 225 (xviii) of GFR 2017).

The stages and modes of inspection may vary depending on the nature of the
goods, total value of the contract, location of the supplier, location of the user, and so
on. Depending on the nature of goods being procured, usually, the following types of
inspection may be adopted:

9.12.1
Types of Inspection

01. Pre-dispatch inspection

(i) A pre-dispatch inspection, where ever required may be conducted either during
various stages of the production process (which is known as stage inspection) or
on production of the finished products, but before dispatch of the goods from
the supplier’s premises. Stage inspection may be used for highly technical
goods whose quality of the manufacturing process is likely to have
considerable effect on the final quality and durability of the goods. Even after
pre- dispatch inspections, these materials should be inspected again on
receipt, as a matter of abundant precaution.

(ii) Inspection of the materials before dispatch shall be carried out by the
inspection agency nominated in the contract or by its representative at the
premises of the supplier in accordance with the inspection procedure laid
down and incorporated in the purchase order/contract.

(iii) The testing charges for samples should be borne by the supplier and this should
be made clear at the enquiry stage itself to avoid claims at a later date/or
effect on his position in comparative statement of offers. Any special testing
involving financial implications shall be settled prior to placement of the
order and such cost should form part of the evaluation.

(iv) In case of offshore supplies, the inspection clause shall be incorporated in the
purchase order wherever required:

(a) Procuring Entity may depute its representative or a third party inspection
agency to the supplier’s manufacturing premises to carry out/witness
inspection and testing, performance testing at its discretion.

(b) Alternatively, Procuring Entity shall retain an option to waive the above
and accept the material based on the supplier’s internal test report,
guarantee and fitment certificate.

(c) Whenever the inspection is carried out at the supplier’s manufacturing

premises, an inspection on receipt of goods at Procuring Entity shall also be
carried out by an officer of the Indenting Department or a third party
inspection agency, as the case may be, on receipt of the goods.

154
02. Inspection of Goods on receipt at consignee / user’s site

(i) Post-delivery inspection is carried out on receipt of goods before accepting

them. This should be typically done for goods that are available off-the-shelf and
are BIS marked. All final goods that may be directly consumed or utilized on
delivery (excluding machinery installations, and so on) and for which detailed
inspection of the manufacturing process is not required and only a physical
inspection regarding their physical characteristics is required, may be
inspected using this method. On receipt of goods at stores, the storekeeper
should immediately notify the officer nominated for inspection, requesting to
schedule an inspection. The inspecting officer should then fix a date for
inspection.

(ii) The consignee has the right to reject the goods on receipt during the final
inspection on delivery even though the goods have already been inspected
and cleared at the pre- dispatch stage by Procuring Entity’s inspector. However,
such rejection should be strictly within the contractual terms and conditions
and no new condition should be adopted while rejecting the goods during
final inspection.

(iii) Goods accepted by the purchaser at the initial and final inspections, in
terms of the contract, shall in no way dilute the purchaser’s right to reject them
later, if found deficient in terms of the warranty clause of the contract.

(iv) In case of rejection of goods at this stage, the material rejection

advice/rejection memo should be issued. In case of pre-inspected goods, a
joint inspection of the rejected lot of goods should be held with the pre-
inspecting agency and firm. In case of failure of the firm to associate with a
joint inspection, it should be held with the pre-inspecting agency.

(iv) In case of rejection of the pre-inspected supply of goods at the consignee

end, the material rejection advice/rejection memo should be sent to all
concerned, which is, the firm, purchaser, pre-inspecting agency, paying
authority, and so on, without fail. In case of replacement supply against the
rejected lot of goods, the process should remain exactly the same in terms of
sequence of pre-inspection/inspection as laid down in the contract, prior to
acceptance by the consignee. In case of acceptance of the replacement
supply/rejected supply after rectification, the earlier issued material rejection
advice/rejection memo should be withdrawn under advice to all concerned.

03. Manufacturer’s Quality Self-Certification

(i) Reputed manufacturer’s could be relied upon with respect to certain goods for
quality products. These may not be subjected to physical inspection and the
materials may be accepted under the firm’s quality self-certification. The
Physical Inspection Clause stipulating the Inspection Authority and Inspecting
Officer in such cases should not be included in the contracts entered into.
Waiver of pre-dispatch inspection and acceptance of materials under the firm’s
quality self-certification may be considered where:

155
(a) The user Departments indicate, in their indent, that physical inspection is
not necessary and that the materials can be accepted on the firm’s
quality self- certification;

(b) The user Department requests for a waiver of inspection to meet urgent
requirement and where the firm is agreeable to 100 (Hundred) per cent
payment against the consignee’s receipt and acceptance. In such cases, the
user Departments themselves should be responsible for ensuring the quality of
goods supplied;

(c) In case of goods to be imported from abroad, pre-dispatch inspection of

goods at the supplier’s premises involves considerable expenditure to the
purchaser. In such a situation, the purchaser may substitute pre-dispatch
inspection by its own inspector with manufacturer’s in-house inspection
report and warranty. However, before adopting this procedure, the nature
and cost of the goods ordered, the reputation of the supplier, and so on,
should also be kept in view and appropriate decision taken. For checking the
reputation and background of the supplier, the purchase organization may
also request the Indian embassy located in that country for a report on the
technical and financial competence of the firm. Further, trustworthy
publications such as Thomas Register, Dun and Brad Street Register, and so
on, are also available in the USA and Europe which provide authentic
technical and financial data and details of the manufacturing companies
located in those countries. Such publications may also be relied upon for
this purpose; and

(d) However, the right of waiver of inspection may be reserved only for
specific requirements. Justification for the waiver should be recorded. Also,
a suitable clause may be incorporated in the conditions of contract.

04. Inspection on Installation and Commissioning

This method is adopted to check the performance and output of equipment or

machinery after it is commissioned and operational at site.

9.12.2.
Types of Inspection agencies

Normally, inspection modalities or agencies for inspections specified in the

contract should not be changed. In rare cases, when this becomes inescapable, it
should be done with the approval of the Director of the Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR
Hqrs. justifying the rare circumstances, ensuring that no undue benefit accrues to the
contractor.

01. Internal inspection authorities

Wherever there is technical expertise available in-house, an internal
officer of the Indenting Department is nominated for inspection. The consignee
should be the final authority for acceptance of goods.

156
02. External inspecting authorities

(i) In case Procuring Entity does not have technical expertise or for other relevant
reasons, inspection may also be entrusted to a third-party inspection
authority. The Procuring Entity, however, retains the right to reject the
consignment, even if it is cleared by third party inspection authorities.

(ii) Sometimes, it becomes necessary to conduct a type test, acceptance test or

special test at external laboratories, when facilities for these tests are not
available in-house with the supplier or carrying out of confirmatory tests is
considered desirable before accepting the goods. The Procuring Entity should
draw up a list of approved laboratories for this purpose, to which the samples
drawn from the lots offered by the supplier can be sent for tests. The list should
also contain approved laboratories, which can be used as referral/ appellate
laboratories for retest, when samples tested at one laboratory are decided to
be re-tested. The following guidelines should apply to such cases:

(a) External testing may invariably be done by national accredited or

reliable laboratories, preference being given to National Test House (NTH). For
testing the samples drawn from the lots offered by the supplier, an inspection
agent qualified to conduct random sampling in accordance with Quality
Assurance requirements should do the selection of samples;

(b) Test reports must contain the values obtained in the tests besides fail/pass
results. The laboratory must preserve the sample and test records for a
period of three years;

(c) The Procuring Entity should lay down a liability statement for costs expended on
tests, dispatch of samples, transportation costs, test charges, and so on, in
respect of samples tested at outside laboratories as may be applicable;

(d) In cases where the samples are to be tested at the supplier’s cost because of
non- availability of his own testing arrangements, the responsibility of
depositing the testing fees would rest with the supplier;

(e) Normally unless otherwise intended in the contract, charges of routine testing
prior to dispatch of materials are to be borne by the supplier and
charges of testing of materials after receipt by consignee are to be borne
by the procuring agency. Contract should be clear about responsibility of
cost of materials expended in tests and charges of special tests e.g. type
test or tests at external labs. Even where Procuring Entity is responsible for
testing charges, if the material fails in the test, the charges would become
the responsibility of the seller.

03. Joint inspection on complaint

In case a written complaint is received from the supplier disputing the rejection
of goods by the Procuring Entity’s inspecting officer, it should be jointly investigated
by a team consisting of an authorized representative of the Procuring Entity, a senior
representative of the inspecting agency who is conversant with the goods and an
authorized representative of the supplier.
157
9.12.3.

Approval of acceptable deviations

01. Under no circumstances will the inspecting officer have the authority to
modify the governing specifications, approved drawings or samples during
inspection without reference to the CA that approved the tender. For all
cases of acceptance with deviation, the nature of deviation along with a
justification for acceptance against such deviation should be duly
documented and approval be obtained from the Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt
or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs. after the concurrence of PC/T&PC.

02. Deviations from the contract specifications or requirements not affecting price,
quality, performance and other terms of the contract may be allowed at the
level of the indentor in consultation with the user Department on merits or
nature of deviations with the concurrence of the PC/T&PC and approval of the
Director of CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs.

03. In all other cases, the goods should be rejected giving all reasons by issuing a
rejection inspection report. Rejections should not be made in a piecemeal
manner.

9.13 Storage and issue of Inspected Goods

After satisfactory inspection and tests, the accepted materials should be

stamped, labelled, marked, or sealed and stored in a systematic manner. This is to
facilitate easy retrieval at a later stage. As all goods needed or procured cannot be
consumed at one point of time, storage is an inevitable process. The storage system
forms the key component of any materials management system. It should be ensured
that the goods are stored in such conditions that they are protected against
unauthorized removal and deterioration.

9.14 Accounting and payment of received materials

9.14.1
Goods Receipt and Inspection Note

01. If the received material successfully passes the quantity and quality checks,
accounting of material received shall be on the basis of the Goods Receipt
and Inspection Note Report (GRIN) (Annexure 9E) prepared after inspection
and acceptance of the material which will be signed by the concerned
indenting officer. While preliminary receipt is only an acknowledgement of
quantity received, GRIN is an acknowledgement of receipt of the correct
quantity as well as quality of goods. GRIN i s a voucher which forms the basis to
settle/ claim payment as per the contract. It also is a voucher for accounting
of the received material in the inventory accounts. Along with the GRIN,
material is handed over to the stores section, indenting officer or any other
authorised person where it is to be stored/used.

158
02. In case the received material fails to pass quantity and quality checks, a
rejection GRIN is issued, noting the reasons for rejection. The rejection GRIN
contains instructions for the supplier to take back the rejected goods within a
stipulated number of days (usually 21). Such removal should be permitted only
after the advance payment/freight paid is recovered. Lots that are under
inspection, accepted, or rejected should be properly tagged, segregated and
identified.

9.14.2
Passing of supplier’s bills.

01. Based on contractual terms where payments are made based on proof of
dispatch against a purchase order, bills shall be passed and accounted based
on the GRIN of approved materials. The invoice submitted by the supplier will
be verified and signed by the S0 (S&P)/ASO and pay order will be signed by
an officer authorised to sign pay-orders as per SOPP. All correspondence
with the supplier will be handled by Purchase Division.
02. The documents, which are needed from the supplier for release of payment,
are to be clearly specified in the contract. The paying authority is also to verify
the documents received from the supplier with corresponding stipulations
made in the contract before releasing the payment.
03. While claiming the payment, the supplier must also certify on the bill that the
payment being claimed is strictly in terms of the contract and all the
obligations on his part for claiming this payment have been fulfilled as
required under the contract.
04. Deduction of applicable taxes at source from payments to suppliers will be
done as per the existing law in force during the currency of the contract.

9.15 Settlement of advances &OB removals

Advance payments made to suppliers are reflected as OB (Objection Book)
items in the books of accounts. On receipt of material against payments
made in advance the ASO/SO (S&P) will make entry in DRR and forward
copies of challan & Invoice confirming the receipt of material and entry in
DRR along with the GRIN (without the certification by the indentor) to
Purchase Section who will arrange to submit adjustment of the OB by
forwarding these documents to Accounts Section. OBs against the advance
will be removed on the basis of this certificate. However, the stock entry of
the material shall be made later on receipt of the Inspection Certificate.

159
 CHAPTER – 10

DISPOSAL OF SCRAP GOODS

10.1 Scrap for disposal

There accumulates, in every organization, a large quantity of material which is

neither usable for the purpose for which it was originally procured nor of any other
operational value. Such material is generally called “scrap” and should be
distinguished from other stores and component parts which can be utilized after
repair, cannibalization or re furbishing. Occasionally, scrap may consist of material
which is surplus to the need of the organization or its sister organizations,
Obsolete/Obsolescent items due to technological advancement and no longer useful
and unserviceable items which have outlived its life and is beyond economic repair. Also
empty packing materials, newspapers, cartons and other used paper and other items that
may command a fair price in the market not normally associated with scrap.

10.2 Classification and Categorization

It is very important to categorize the scrapped items under different trade

groups based on the use to which the scrap purchaser can put it for commercial use,
for example, surplus, obsolete, unserviceable, packing materials and so on. Properly grouped
and sorted scrap is likely to attract better value and help in keeping historical data of
prices and facilitates fixing of reserve prices. The stores for disposal can be divided
into the following broad categories:

01. Surplus Stores – Items that are in working order but are not required for use in
a particular Section/Division/Institute and stock lying in stores for more than
five years shall be deemed as surplus unless there is any good reason to treat
them otherwise.

02. Obsolete Stores – Items in working order but cannot be put into use effectively
being outdated due to change in technology/design.

03. Unserviceable stores – Items which are not in working order, outlived its
normal span of life and are beyond economic repair.

04. Scrap- Process waste, broken & any other item not covered above but has got
resale value.

05. Empties – Empty containers, crates, bottles, plastic jars, drum cartridges, etc.

10.3 Standing Disposal Committee (SDC)

A Standing Disposal Committee may be constituted by the Director of a CSIR

Lab/Instt and JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs where a Principal Scientist and above will act as
Chairman. The other members of the committee shall be one Scientist, One Technical
Officer, Civil/Electrical Engineer, Member-Administration, Finance and S&P (not below
160
the rank of SO. The SO(S&P) of Stores Section will act as Member Convener. The
quorum shall be the Chairman, Members of Administration, Finance, S&P and one
Scientist/Technical member. In absence of the Chairman, the senior most
scientist/Technical Officer shall act as Chairman.
In case of dissent by any member, the proceedings of the committee will be referred to
the Director of the Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs., whose decision shall be final. The
Committee shall meet periodically as and when required but at least twice in a
financial year.

10.4 Functions of Standing Disposal Committee (SDC)

The functions of the SDC will broadly include the following:

01. It will inspect the materials that are proposed to be disposed and declare them
as Surplus, Obsolete, and Unserviceable etc. by the Heads of the
Sections/Division taking into account the stipulated life period of each item,
overall condition of the items, the reasons for obsolescence, requirement of
such items in future etc. The SDC may appoint a technical sub-committee for
the purpose. The reasons for declaring the items as
surplus/obsolete/unserviceable etc. should be recorded by the SDC as per the
illustrative format placed at Annexure-10A.

02. It will decide the mode of disposal.

03. To ascertain the probable book value and year of purchase of the item
wherever the same is not available.

04. Will fix the reserve price for disposal of items and also arrange to ensure that
the lifted items are as per the disposal list. (Rule 217(iii) of GFR 2017).

05. Evaluate the offers received, negotiate with the highest bidder, wherever
required and recommend the disposal in favour of the highest evaluated
bidder for the approval of the Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR
Hqrs.

10.5 Sale of low value items

Articles of low or nil value like empties, Newspapers, Packing wood, Plastics,
bottles etc. which are voluminous in nature and also hazardous, flammable
etc, may be disposed off directly by the SPO/SO(S&P) (Stores) by obtaining bids
from potential local buyers through a three member committee comprising of
Section Officers from S&P, Finance and Administration, as approved by the
Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs, without reference to the
SDC, on periodic basis or whenever the need arises. The Director of Lab/Instt
and JS (A) CSIR Hqrs shall approve such disposal.

161
10.6. Modes of disposal

The mode of disposal may be determined by the SDC, keeping in view the
necessity to avoid accumulation of such goods, consequent blockage of space and
also deterioration in value of goods to be disposed off. The usual modes of disposal
are:

01. Scrap upto ₹ Two lakh of residual value may be sold on a Limited Tender
basis to locally known Scrap Dealers of relevant category (Rule 218(ii) of
GFR 2017).

02. Sale through the e-auction portal or a tender for disposal or traditional
public auction may be resorted to for residual value above Rupees two
lakh (Rule 218(i) of GFR 2017). E-Auction should be the preferred mode for
such disposals, using the e-Auction platforms of NIC or any other appropriate
portal like MSTC and Indian Railways, etc. after following the prescribed
procedure.

03. Certain items may be usable for other sister Labs/Instts or other Ministries/
Departments/PSUs. Such items may be disposed-off on “as is where is” basis
at depreciated book value, if required by them.

04. Scrap which is a security or safety risk (ammunition etc.) may be destroyed
suitably in an eco-friendly manner in accordance with guidelines of Central
Pollution Control Board (CPCB) or State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) in the
presence of a committee after obtaining approval of the Director of the
Lab./Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs with the recommendations of SDC. The
committee should issue a certificate of having destroyed such items. (Rule
218(iv) of GFR 2017).

05. Sale of hazardous waste items would be governed by the following procedures in
addition to guidelines/notifications issued by the Central Pollution Control
Board (CPCB)/Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoF) from time to time .

(a) Sale of old batteries/lead acid batteries will be governed by the

Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001 or as amended from time to
time;

(b) Sale of other categories of hazardous waste items will be governed by

the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Trans-boundary
Movement) Rules, 2016 or as amended from time to time;

(c) Sale of e-waste shall be governed by E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016 or

as amended from time to time;

(d) Bidders must submit a notarized copy of the valid registration certificates
issued by the State (or Union Territory) Pollution Control Board (SPCB) and
produce it at the time of taking delivery of the materials, failing which their
bid will be liable for rejection. In case of lead acid batteries, used/waste oils
and nonferrous metal wastes, in addition to submitting necessary valid
registration from the SPCB, the bidder must also submit a notarized copy of
162
 the valid registration certificate from CPCB (or MoEF); and

(e) In case of a sale involving inter-state movement of goods, the buyer shall
also submit an NOC from the concerned SPCB, with whom the buyer is
registered, to the seller before taking delivery, failing which the buyer will be
responsible for the consequences and the seller shall take further decision as
may be deemed fit.

06. Certain surplus or obsolete or unserviceable goods such as expired

medicines, food grains, ammunition etc. which are hazardous or unfit for
human consumption, should be disposed of or destroyed immediately by
adopting suitable mode so as to avoid any health hazard and/or
environmental pollution and also the possibility of misuse of such goods
(Rule 218 (iii) of GFR 2017).

10.7 Preparation for disposal

10.7.1
The details of items returned by different users which need to be disposed of
should be first entered in a disposal register as detailed in Annexure 10B which shall
form the basis for the SDC to initiate disposal action. This should be cross linked with
the stock ledger and PIR, if any and vice-versa.

10.7.2
Scrap recommended for disposal should be segregated from other materials
into an identifiable lot. It should be marked as such with a board, indicating the lot
number and brief description. Valuable scrap such as non-ferrous metals should be
secured in lockable rooms.

10.7.3
Determining Reserve Price

The SDC shall determine the reserve price. The reserve price should be
decided between closure of the date and time of receipt of bids and opening of the bids.
However, in case of E-auction the reserve price has to be fixed as per the
instructions of the Portal adopted. This should be sealed immediately after the
reserve prices of all lots are recorded and kept in safe custody. The sealed cover
should be opened after tender opening. Some methods for determining reserve prices
are:

01. Book value with depreciation. In case the Book value is not available or has
become insignificant, the reserve price may be based on 5% of the Original
or Market cost of the new item;

02. Last sale price moderated by quantity, quality, location, market condition, price
trend of various metals, and so on;

03. Prevailing market price ascertained through a market survey; and

163
04. Costing analysis based on costs of various elements of the item (discounted for
melting losses) labour charges and transportation cost; etc.

05. In cases where the reserve price cannot be fixed as per the laid down
procedure an Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA)
approved valuer may be engaged for valuation of such material and the SDC
will take into account the valuation given by the valuer while recommending
the reserve price.

10.8 Conditions of disposal applicable to all modes of disposal

10.8.1
‘As-is-where-is’ basis

Notwithstanding anything contained in the e-auction or advertisement issued

on the description and particulars of material for sale, the sale is on ‘as-is-where-is’
basis only and the principle of caveat emptor (let the buyer be aware) will apply. “As
is where is” means that the description/ quality/quantity indicated are
approximate and the seller does not give any assurance or guarantee that the
material will strictly adhere to the advertisement or e-auction. All items shall be
taken delivery of from the site by the successful bidders, with its faults and errors
in description, if any. Neither can the sale be invalidated nor the bidder make
any claim/ compensation, whatsoever, on account of any defect in description or
deficiency in the quantity and quality. No plea of misunderstanding or ignorance of
conditions put forth subsequent to a confirmation of sale shall be accepted.

10.8.2
Inspection by bidders

In view of the ‘as-is-where-is’ condition, bidders are advised to quote rates only
after inspection of items at the site. The bidder or his authorized representative may
inspect the materials as per the inspection schedule mentioned in the tender
notice/auction details say between 11 am to 4 pm (excluding lunch hours) on any
working day at the location specified against each lot with the prior permission
from the contact person, as given in the auction details. The detailed description of
all lots, including the list of spare parts, if any, should be available at the site.

10.8.3
Right to reject all bids

The seller reserves the right to accept/reject and cancel any bid, amend
the quantity under any lot or withdraw any lot at any stage before or after
acceptance of bid/issue of acceptance letter/sale order/delivery order/deposit of
the full sale value by the bidder, without assigning any reason thereof and the
value of such material, if paid for, shall be refundable. The seller shall not be
responsible for damage/loss to bidders on account of such withdrawal at any stage
from the sale.

164
10.8.4
Duties and Taxes

Any statutory variations in the rate of taxes/duties are to be borne by the

purchaser. GST rates indicated in the e-auction catalogue or Tender
advertisement are only indicative and the actual GST rates as applicable on the
date shall be payable by the successful bidders directly to the seller at the time of
taking delivery of materials. In order to avoid the imposition of penalty, the amount
deposited by the successful bidder towards taxes and duties will be immediately
deposited with the concerned tax authorities without waiting for the actual
delivery.

10.9 Disposal through Tender

01. Disposal through tender could take place through the e-Procurement portal or
normal tendering. In the bidding documents, General Conditions of Sale
(GCS, in place of GCC in procurement tenders) may be laid out.

02. The broad steps to be adopted for this purpose are (Rule 219 of GFR 2017):

i) Preparation of bidding documents;

ii) Invitation of tender for the goods to be sold/disposed;
iii) Opening of bids;
iv) Analysis and evaluation of bids received;
v) Selection of the highest responsive bidder;
vi) Collection of sale value from the selected bidder;
vii) Issue of sale release order to the selected bidder;
viii) Release of the sold goods to the selected bidder; and
ix) Return of bid security to the unsuccessful bidders;
x) Any special conditions of contract for each lot may also be given. Important
aspects to be kept in view while disposing the goods through an advertised
tender are:
a) The basic principle for sale of such goods through an advertised tender is
ensuring transparency, competition, fairness and elimination of
discretion/arbitrariness. Wide publicity should be ensured of the sale plan
and the goods to be sold;

b) All required terms and conditions of sale are to be incorporated in the

bidding document comprehensively in plain and simple language. The
applicability of taxes, as relevant, should be clearly stated in the document. The
bidding document should also indicate the location and present condition of
the goods to be sold so that the bidders can inspect the goods before bidding;

c) Bidders should be asked to furnish bid security (EMD) along with their
bids. The amount of bid security should ordinarily be 10% of the assessed
value or the reserve price of the goods as decided by SDC. The exact bid
165
 security amount should be indicated in the bidding document. The EMD
shall be forfeited if the tenderer unilaterally withdraws, amends, impairs or
derogates from his offer in any respect within the period of validity of his
offer or fails to deposit the SD 100% value within seven days from the date of
acceptance of the bid;

d) Late bids, that is, bids received after the specified date and time of receipt
should not to be considered;

e) The bid of the highest acceptable responsive bidder should normally be

accepted and an acceptance/sale order be issued. However, if the price
offered by that bidder is not acceptable, a negotiation may be held only with
that bidder;

f) In case the selected bidder does not show interest in depositing the
balance sale value or in lifting the goods, the bid security should be
forfeited and other actions initiated including resale of the goods in question
at the risk and cost of the defaulter;

g) In case the total quantity to be disposed cannot be taken up by the

highest acceptable bidder, the remaining quantity may be offered to the
next higher bidder(s) at the price offered by the highest acceptable bidder.
The minimum quantity to be accepted shall be indicated in the tender;

h) If the tenderer’s offer is not accepted, the tenderer’s EMD shall be refunded
to him. No interest shall be payable on such refunds. The EMD deposited
by the successful tenderer shall remain with the seller till payment of the SD
money has been made. It may be adjusted as part of the total SD money at
the discretion of SDC.

i) The offers should be examined by the SDC and recommendations should be

approved by the Director of the Lab/Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs.

j) The acceptance letter/sale order would be issued to the successful

bidder(s) notifying the amounts and schedule of submission of SD and
Balance Sale Value (BSV);

k) Successful tenderers, herein after referred to as purchasers, shall have to

submit a SD @ 25 (Twenty-Five) per cent of the total sale value of the contract
within seven calendar days of the issue of the acceptance letter/sale order
(excluding the date of issue) or pay 100% of the sale value. The SD shall be
deposited in the form of bank draft/pay order, drawn on any of the
commercial bank in favour of officer concerned as mentioned in the NIT;

l) Balance Sale Value (BSV): The successful bidder in an e-auction or tender

sale may be allowed 15 (Fifteen) calendar days (including the date of
acceptance letter/sale order) for payment of BSV. The SDC after taking into
consideration the prevailing market rates and trends, may grant an extension
166
 of time for the payment of BSV with late payment charges @ one per cent per
week or part thereof up to two weeks only and, thereafter, the SD will stand
forfeited without notice. Extensions should not be granted as a matter of
routine. The date of submission of the demand draft in the cash office is the
date of payment for all purposes. No interest will be paid to the purchaser for
the amounts paid or deposited and subsequently found refundable to the
purchaser under any of the conditions of the contract; and

m) Delivery Order: Delivery Order is an essential document required to be

produced to take delivery of the material from the custodian and therefore
after depositing BSV, the Delivery Order should be issued and the delivery
should be made to purchaser or his agent on the strength of the Delivery
Order and after verifying cashier’s receipt.

10.10. Disposal through auction (Rule 220 of GFR 2017)

01. The Seller may undertake auction of goods to be disposed of either

directly or through approved auctioneers;

02. The basic principles to be followed here are similar to those applicable for
disposal through the advertised tender so as to ensure transparency,
competition, fairness and elimination of discretion/arbitrariness. The auction
plan including details of the goods to be auctioned and their location,
applicable terms and conditions of the sale, and so on, should be given
wide publicity in the same manner as is done in case of the advertised tender;

03. While starting the auction process, the condition and location of the
goods to be auctioned, applicable terms and conditions of sale, and so
on, (as already indicated earlier while giving wide publicity to it), should be
announced again for the benefit of the assembled bidders;

04. During the auction process, acceptance or rejection of a bid should be

announced immediately on the stroke of the hammer. If a bid is accepted,
SD (not less than 25 (Twenty-Five) per cent of the bid value) should
immediately be taken on the spot from the successful bidder either in cash
or in the form of deposit-at-call-receipt, drawn in favour of the Seller. The
goods should be handed over to the successful bidder only after receiving
the balance payment as in case of sale through tenders;

05. The composition of the auction team will be decided by the Director of
the Lab/Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. The team should preferably include
an officer of the internal finance wing of the Department and a
representative of Security Officer.

10.11 Disposal at scrap value or by other modes (Rule 221 of GFR 2017)

If Seller is unable to sell any surplus or obsolete or unserviceable item at the

reserve price, in spite of its attempts through an advertised tender or auction, it may
dispose it off at its scrap value with the recommendations of SDC and approval of the
Director of the Lab/Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. In case the CSIR Lab/Instt is

167
unable to sell the item even at its scrap value, it may adopt any other mode of
disposal including destruction of the item in an eco-friendly manner.

10.12 Delivery of sold material

10.12.1

Free delivery time and Ground rent

Delivery has to be taken within 30 (Thirty) calendar days (called free

delivery period) from the date of the acceptance letter/sale order (excluding the
date of issue of acceptance letter/ sale order). The delivery of material will be
given only after realization of the demand draft/ pay order. If the purchaser is not
able to lift the material within the free delivery period, he may request for an
extension. Such extensions are generally granted after levying a ground rent @ 0.5
(half) per cent of the sale value per day. But, in some genuine cases, the levy of
ground rent may be waived by the SDC. The amount realized as ground rent should
be noted by the stock holder and will be responsible for remitting the cash to the
cashier and obtaining a receipt.

10.12.2.
All risks to the buyer

The items shall remain, in every aspect, at the risk of the buyer from the time
of acceptance of his offer. The seller will not undertake any liability whatsoever for the
safe custody, protection or preservation after the sale has been confirmed. Lots are
put up for sale, subject to change by nature’s wear and tear. No complaint regarding
the quality or description of the materials sold will be entertained once the bid has
been accepted.

10.12.3.
Terms of delivery

01. No picking, choosing, sorting, welding, cutting or breaking of goods or

materials sold will be permitted unless otherwise specified. In used/waste
oil, separation of oil and water, and so on, shall not be allowed at the site. If
these actions are allowed, there is possibility of leakages. In mixed lots, the
buyer may take undue advantage by leaving cheaper components behind. If
whole machinery is sold and cutting and breaking is allowed, it would be
difficult to ensure that the purchaser is taking out only his own cut material
and not other unsold material or from other scrap lots. If any foreign materials
are found to be mixed in the lot, other than the items included in the auction
catalogue and acceptance letter/sale order, the seller reserves the right to
remove them at the time of delivery. The buyer shall not be entitled to re-sell
an item, lot or part of a lot while the goods are still lying within the premises of
the seller and any such sale or assignment of the buyer’s right to the material
sold in an auction will not be recognized. All documents for releasing
materials will be made out in the name of the buyer only.

168
02. The material will be delivered only to the successful bidder or his authorized
representatives against the presentation of the buyer’s identity proof. If the
successful bidder desires to authorize a representative or an agent to
accept delivery, the bidder shall produce a suitable power of attorney or
authorization letter for each lot separately, duly attested, by a notary
public authorizing his representative or agent to lift the material from the
seller.

10.12.4
Default by seller

The seller will not be, in any way, responsible for failure to deliver the
material due to causes beyond his control such as a strike, lockout, cessation of
work by labourers, shortened hours, act of God or other causes or other
contingencies whatsoever. The buyer shall not be entitled to cancel the contract and
the period of delivery shall automatically be extended proportionately.

10.12.5
Default by buyer

Materials sold but not removed within the specified date will become the
property of the seller and it will have the right to dispose of such goods in any
manner as he deems fit without any notice.

10.12.6
Witnessing delivery

All materials sold shall be weighed or counted before delivery, this being
supervised by a committee comprising the following:

i) Representative of Stores Section;

ii) Representative of Finance;
iii) Representative of the Security Officer ; and
iv) Representative of the purchaser, if he wishes to be present

10.12.7
Deliveries of Scrap

01. At the time of delivery of scrap material to the purchaser, the weighment
is to be done in the presence of the above committee for
witnessing the delivery , who will sign a joint statement indicating the
type of scrap, name of the party to whom scrap is delivered and quantity
as per the weighment slip. The representative of the Stores should arrange
for the deliveries to be affected according to the agreement and terms and
conditions of sale. He should take every possible step to expedite delivery of
the auctioned materials. The Committee should count, measure or weigh each
lot or part of a lot after comparison of the description and quantity shown in
the sold lot to ensure that only such kinds and quantities of materials as have
been shown in the sold lot are being issued. They should sign the gate passes
and issue notes in token of such a check.
169
02. The empty and loaded trucks or carts should be weighed and particulars of the
gate pass issued recorded.

10.12.8.

Variation in available Quantity

01. At the time of delivery, the actual quantity may vary from the quantity
mentioned in the delivery order. In case of excess available material, the
seller reserves the right to retain material in excess of quantity in the lot at
its discretion. The purchaser may be allowed to lift the additional quantity
after making the requisite additional payment to the seller.

02. If the quantity in a lot on actual weighment or count is less than the
announced quantity, the seller will not make good the deficiency under any
circumstances. The purchaser thereof will be entitled to obtain a refund for
the undelivered quantity at the quoted rate. No interest will be paid on the
amount of short delivered quantity.

03. Any refund in this regard will be made with the recommendations of the
SDC and approval of the Director of the Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs. Copies
of the weighment slip will be the based for determining the refund amount. In
case of a short delivery of the material, the refund of taxes will be the
responsibility of the successful bidder only.

10.12.9
Conclusion of delivery

The seller’s responsibility ends after the consignment has been loaded and
handed over to the representative of the purchasers. The seller will be no party to
any dispute that may arise after the loading has been completed. At the conclusion
of the delivery of the lot or lots, pertaining to the item of scrap, any stock, left over
should be verified by the Stores Section with the book balance and any
discrepancies adjusted. Such “left over” stock may be transferred to fresh scrap of
similar description. At the conclusion, a report of sale account of goods disposed has
to be prepared by the Stores Section and submitted to Finance & Accounts for
necessary action. A format of the report is shown in Annexure-10C (Rule 222 of GFR
2017).

170
 ANNEXURE–1A

Delegation of Financial Power Rules – Indents, Contracts and Purchase

for Public Service

(excerpts from para 1.4.1 of DFPR 1978)

(refer para 1.4.1 of the CSIR Manual)

DFPR Rule 21 of the Delegation of DFPR Rule 21(a) Minister -in DFPR Rule 21
Financial Power Rules,1978** Charge of the Department (b)Secretary of the
Department
For open or limited tender ₹ Twenty crore@@
Contracts

For single tender including Full Powers

resultant single offer or proprietary ₹ Five crore
contracts

For agreements or contracts

for technical collaboration and ₹ Two crore
consultancy services

**DoE, Ministry of Finance No.F.1(17)-E.II(A)86-No.F.1(15)-E.II(A)88 Dated: 16th

September, 2003,@@ Secretary, D/o Commerce would have powers to approve rate
contracts of DGS&D of value upto ₹100 (Rupees hundred) crore in each case (DoE,
Ministry of Finance No.1 (5)/E.II(A)/2009 Dated: the 24th December, 2009)

Notwithstanding anything as above, in cases where the award of contract or

purchase or consultancy is inseparably linked with the project or scheme and forms a
part of the proposals for Standing Finance Committee (SFC) or Committee on Non-
Plan Expenditure (CNE) or Expenditure Finance Committee (EFC) or Cabinet, the same
will be processed as per the financial limits laid down for sanction of such schemes or
projects by the Competent Authority.

Explanation-In this rule, the word “contract” includes miscellaneous contracts, such as
handling contracts and leases. Leases for hiring accommodation for office, residential
and other purposes shall, however, be regulated under item16 of the Annexure to
Schedule V. If a contract extends over a period of time, the total value over the entire
period of currency shall be taken for the purpose of applying the limit. Further a
limited or open tender which results in only one effective offer shall also be treated as
a single tender contract.”

171
 Annexure 1B
COUNCIL OF SCEINTIFIC AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH
Schedule of Procurement Powers (SoPP)
(refer para 1.4.1, 2.3.1 of the CSIR Manual)

(A) Indents initiation, approval and signing including formulation of Technical Specifications, Vendor registration, debarments

Relevant Paras Powers

of CSIR Manual
Indent Initiation and signing 2.1 & 2.3 Any employee of the Procuring Entity of the level of Technical Assistant and equivalent or
above

Approval of the Indent 2.3.1 Project leader in case of approved projects and HOD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to
allocation of funds by the Director or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs.

Approval of indents on PAC basis 4.6.1 & 4.7.1 Project leader in case of approved projects and HOD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to
and for indents for purchase of (02) allocation of funds by the Director or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. Concurrence of Finance shall be
specialized/ specific R&D mandatory for purchases under PAC.
consumables
Approval of Indents in case of 2.3.2 & 4.7.1 Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs
Emergency (01)

Processing of Indents in 2.3.1 Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs through PME/Accounts
anticipation of funds
Powers to approve registration of 3.5.1 (08) & A Chief/Senior Principal Scientist in the CSIR Lab./Instt. as nominated by the Director of the
vendors 3.6.13 (04) CSIR Lab,/Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs on recommendations of the Vendor Registration
Committee (VRC)
Appellate authority to decide on 3.5.1 (08) Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs
the contest made by any
prospective bidder for registration
Holiday listing and removal from 3.7.5 (01) & Any Chief Scientist/Senior Principal Scientist as nominated by the Director of the CSIR
the list of registered vendors (02) Lab./Instt. or any Chief Scientist/Senior Principal Scientist as nominated by DG, CSIR in case
of CSIR Hqrs on the recommendations of the VRC

172
Appellate Authority for handling 3.7.5 (01) & Director of the Lab/Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs
contest of vendors against Holiday (02)
Listing and removal from the list of
vendors
Banning of vendors in CSIR 3.7.5 (03) (B) JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs based on the recommendations of the VRC of the procuring Entity. DG,
CSIR shall be appellate authority
Country wide banning of vendors 3.7.5 (03) (A) Additional Secretary, Ministry of Commerce. The Secretary, Ministry of Commerce shall be
the appellate authority

(B) Approval for Floating of Tenders of Various Types including:

Selection of Mode of Procurement and Bidding System, Short Listing of Bidders for LTE/SLTE, Bid Documents Preparations, including SCC,
Eligibility/ Pre-Qualification Criteria, Decisions of EMD/ PBG; Quantity, Slicing / Packaging of requirements and various payment terms etc.
Relevant Paras of Powers
CSIR Manual
Selection of Mode of procurement, Chapter 4 Purchase Committee (PC) for indents valuing up to Rs. 25.00 lakhs and Technical and
bidding systems, finalization of Purchase Committee (T&PC) for indents valuing above Rs. 25.00 lakhs.
bidding document including
eligibility criteria/PQC, shortlisting
of prospective bidders for
LTE/SLTE, decision about EMD/PS,
payment terms and
slicing/packaging of requirement.
Approval/Sanction of 1.4.1 Hon’ble Minister of S&T on the recommendations of the T&PC and Director/JS (A) of the
GTE/OTE/LTE for procurement of Procuring Entity.
indents valuing above ₹ 20.00
Crores for Projects not approved
by SFC/EFC
Approval/Sanction of 1.4.1 By the concerned Project Leader or HOD for non-project mode purchases up to Rs. 1.00
GTE/OTE/LTE/PAC/STE Crores. Beyond Rs. 1.00 Crore the Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs.
procurement for indents valuing
above ₹ 20.00 Crores for Projects
approved by SFC/EFC
Extension of tender opening date 4.2.2 (07), 4.3.2 Project Leader/HOD on recommendation of the Indentor
173
irrespective of mode of tendering (09), 4.4.2 (05) &
before the scheduled date and 4.5.2 (04), 5.2.2
time of receipt of bids.
Waiver of Open/Global tenders for 4.5.1 Director of CSIR Lab./Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs with the recommendations of T&PC
purchases above ₹ 25.00 lakhs and
resorting to SLTE.
Approval to float Limited Tenders 4.4.2 (02) Director of CSIR Lab./Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs with the recommendations of PC/T&PC
where the known sources of
supply are three or less
Persons designated to sign IP 3.3.3 (10) Sr. most Officer of the Purchase with counter signature of the COA/AO.

Deciding the various terms of 6.2, 6.3 , 6.4, Project Leader/HOD on recommendation of the PC/T&PC
payment like Payment against 6.5, 6.6 & 6.7
delivery/ proforma invoice, on bill
basis, sight/bank draft, swift/wire
transfer, letter of credit, Stage
Payments, Exchange Rate
Variations, Price Variations
Clauses, advance payment up to
30% for supply/services, etc. and
AMC payment up to 6 months
both against BG etc.
Any other payment terms. 6.2.4 (05) Director of CSIR Lab./Instt or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs with the recommendations of PC/T&PC
Exemption from e-procurement. 4.14.1 Secretary, DSIR with the concurrence of FA, DSIR in procurements where national
security, strategic considerations demands confidentiality on recommendations of
Indenting Officer , Project Leader and the PC/T&PC.
Waiver from e-publishing 5.1.7 (02) DG,CSIR with the concurrence of FA, CSIR in individual cases where confidentiality is
required for reasons of national security on recommendations of Indenting Officer, Project
Leader and the PC/T&PC.
Waiver of bid security and 6.1.1 (03) & Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS (A) in case of CSIR Hqrs on recommendations of the
performance security 6.1.2 (01) PC/T&PC.

174
(C) Competent Authority (CA) for Evaluation, Acceptance of Tenders and sanction of expenditure

Relevant Paras Powers

of
CSIR Manual
Procurement without calling 4.9.2 (01) & Project Leader in case of approved projects & HOD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to
quotation 4.9.2 (06) allocation of funds by the Director or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. The Sr. most Officer of S&P or
any officer authorized by him may also exercise the provision of this para subject to
allocation of funds for the indented items. The annual (FY) ceiling is 5% of the
procurement budget of the project. The PL/HOD must adhere to the prescribed ceiling.
Procurement Through a Local 4.10.2 (01) Project Leader in case of approved projects & HOD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to
Purchase Committee allocation of funds by the Director or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. The Sr. most Officer of S&P or
any officer authorized by him may also exercise the provision of this para subject to
allocation of funds for the indented items. The annual (FY) ceiling is 10% of the
procurement budget of the project. However, the combined annual (FY) ceilings for direct
purchases without quotation and through local purchase committee should not exceed
15% of the procurement budget. The PL/SPO/SO (S&P) must adhere to the prescribed
ceiling.
Procurements through GeM up to 4.16.5 (i) Project leader subject to availability of funds in the approved Project or HOD who has
₹ 25,000/- been delegated the role of Buyer subject to allocation of funds by the Director or JS (A) in
CSIR Hqrs. However, for purchases under non-project mode like P-04, P-06, P-07 & P-50
etc., the Sr. most Officer of S&P or any officer authorized by him may also exercise the
provision of this para subject to allocation of funds for the indented items.
Purchase through GeM above ₹ 4.16.5 (ii) Specially constituted Local Purchase Committee ensuring reasonableness of rates.
25,000/- upto ₹ 2,50,000/-

Purchase through GeM above ₹ 4.16.5 (iii) By PC/T&PC as per powers delegated.
2,50,000/- upto ₹ 5,00,000/-

Fast Track purchases in emergency 4.17.1 Director of the CSIR Lab,/Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendations of

175
including increase in threshold PC/T&PC.
limits:
1 Direct Procurement Without
quotation
2 Direct Procurement by Local
Purchase Committee
3 SLTE/Limited Tender Enquiry,
with reduced time for submission
of Bids.
4 STE
Sanctioning of expenditure for 8.4 (12) Project Leader/ HoD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to allocation of funds by the Director
purchase through RC. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. Director of the lab in case of stock replenishment indents.

(D) Acceptance of special conditions after award of contract

Relevant Paras of Powers
CSIR Manual
Amendments/Modifications 9.2(01) Sr. most officer of the S&P Division.
demanded by Suppliers without
financial implications and in
conformity with the original offer

Amendments/ modifications 9.2 (01) & (02) The Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs based on the recommendations
demanded by Suppliers involving of the IO/PL/User and PC/T&PC.
financial implications.

Variations in the ceilings for 6.5.1 (ii) (d) & The FA, CSIR based on the recommendations of PC/T&PC
advance payments including 6.5.1 (iii)
percentages laid down for
advance payments of private firms
for maintenance contracts.

(E) Approval and sanction of expenditure for acceptance of Single Offer against GTE/OTE/SLTE/LTE or purchase on STE/PAC basis.

176
 Relevant Paras of Powers
CSIR Manual
Approval of acceptance of 4.2.2(08), Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendation of Indenting
resultant single offer against 4.3.2(11), 4.4.2 officer, project leader and the PC/T&PC.
GTE/OTE/SLTE/LTE basis up to ₹ (06), 4.5.2(05) &
5.00 Crores. 7.5.9(01),

Approval of acceptance of 1.4.1 Hon’ble Minister of S&T on recommendations of T&PC and Director/JS (A) of Procuring
resultant single offer against Entity.
GTE/OTE/SLTE/LTE or on STE/PAC
basis above ₹ 5.00 Crores under
projects which have not been
approved by SFC/EFC
Approval of acceptance of 1.4.1 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on recommendation of Indenting
resultant single offer against officer, project leader and the PC/T&PC.
GTE/OTE/SLTE/LTE basis which
have been approved by SFC/EFC
or purchase on STE basis
irrespective of value.
Approval/Sanction of GTE/OTE/ 1.4.1 Hon’ble Minister of S&T on the recommendations of the T&PC and Director/JS (A) of the
LTE for procurement of indents Procuring Entity.
valuing above ₹ 20.00 Crores for
Projects not approved by SFC/EFC

Approval/Sanction of GTE/OTE/ 1.4.1, 4.6.2 (08) & By the concerned Project Leader or HOD for CSIR Budget Heads subject to allocation of
LTE/PAC procurement for indents 4.7.2 (02) funds by the Director for purchases up to Rs. 1.00 Crores. Beyond Rs. 1.00 Crore the
for Projects approved by SFC/EFC Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs. irrespective of value.
irrespective of value.

(F) Formulation and Placement of contracts

Relevant Paras of Powers

CSIR Manual
177
Conclusion of Rate Contracts 2.7.2 PC shall consider the proposal for conclusion of the Rate Contracts. Director of the CSIR
Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR Hqrs shall approve the recommendations of PC.
Signing of Contracts/Purchase 1.1.3 & 7.6.5(04) Any officer of the Stores & Purchase cadre authorized by the Sr. most officer of S&P for
orders after following Tendering signing of PO/Contract.
Process
Placing purchase orders on the 4.10.2 (11) Any member of the Local Purchase Committee as nominated by the Director of the CSIR
spot by the Local Purchase Lab./Instt. or by JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs is authorized to place the purchase order on the spot
Committee after surveying the and take delivery of the required goods after making payment using the cash card or any
market other permitted mode of payment
Waiver of hosting contracts 7.6.2 Secretary DSIR with the concurrence of FA, CSIR in case the information is
details on website. sensitive from commercial or security aspects.
Increase/ decrease of quantity at 7.5.3 The concerned Project Leader/HOD on recommendations of PC/T&PC.
the time of placement of PO

(G) Post contract powers including bill passing and payments, extensions with or without LD, Option Clause, contract closure, terminations,
appointment of Arbitrator etc.
Relevant Paras of Powers
CSIR Manual
Exercise of Option Clause up to 7.5.4 & 9.3.1 The concerned Project Leader/HOD on recommendations of PC/T&PC
25% of the ordered quantity
Appointment of Arbitrator, 9.9 DG, CSIR on the advice of LA, CSIR.
accepting court/arbitration
award etc.
Termination of Contract 9.8 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on recommendation of PC/
T&PC
Receipt of Goods by Consignee 9.7.11 Sr most officer of S&P or any officer authorized by him may accept goods after expiry of
after expiry of delivery period for delivery period for consignments valuing not more than ₹10.00 lakhs with a delay of not more
small value/marginal delays with than 2 weeks in consultation with the indentor.
waiver of LD
Acceptance of excess or short 9.7.1 (03) Project leader/ HOD on the recommendations of the IO up to + 10% , subject to availability of
deliveries at the time of supply of funds.
goods.
Release of Time-barred claims 6.13.1 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendation of S&P
and Finance Divisions.
178
 Powers to extend the time frame 6.1.2 (03), 7.6.5 The senior most officer of the S&P Division for a period of 30 days. Beyond 30
for submission of PS & OA (03) days, the PC/T&PC shall decide on the merits of each case.
Signing of pay orders 9.14.2 (01) Sr. most officer of the S&P Division or an officer authorized by him.

Extension of delivery date with or 9.7.4 (03) & 9.7.8 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs (with or without denial clause)
without LD (with or without on the recommendation of the PC/ T&PC.
denial clause)
Approval of acceptable 9.12.3 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendation of
deviations from contract IO/PL and PC/ T&PC.
specifications not affecting price.

(H) Disposal of Scrap

Relevant Paras of Powers

CSIR Manual
Articles of low or nil value like 10.5 Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs based on the
empties, Newspapers, packing recommendations of a three member committee comprising SO (S&P), SO (F&A)
wood, Plastics, bottles etc. which and SO (G) as approved by the Director of the CSIR Lab./Instt. or JS (A) in CSIR
are voluminous in nature and also Hqrs.
hazardous, flammable etc.,
Approval for disposal of 10.4 (05) Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendation of
unserviceable, obsolete or SDC
surplus items including scrap
Extension of period to deposit 10.9 (x) (l) Director of the CSIR Lab/Instt. or JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs on the recommendation of
Balance Sale Value or Date of SDC
Delivery of Materials with late
payment fees.

179
 ANNEXURE–IC

Procurement Policies for MSEs

(refer para 1.9.4 (01) of the CSIR manual)

Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises

Office of Development Commissioner (MSME)

New Delhi, 23rd March, 2012

ORDER
Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs) Order, 2012.

Whereas, the Central Government Ministries, Departments and Public

Sector Undertakings shall procure minimum of 20 per cent of their annual
value of goods or services from Micro and Small Enterprises;

And whereas, the Public Procurement Policy shall apply to Micro and
Small Enterprises registered with District Industries Centers or Khadi and Village
Industries Commission or Khadi and Village Industries Board or Coir Board or
National Small Industries Corporation or Directorate of Handicrafts and
Handloom or any other body specified by Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium
Enterprises;

And whereas, the Public Procurement Policy rests upon core principles of
competitiveness, adhering to sound procurement practices and execution of
orders for supply of goods or services in accordance with a system which is fair,
equitable, transparent, competitive and cost effective; and

And whereas, for facilitating promotion and development of micro

and small enterprises, the Central Government or the State Government, as the
case may be, by Order notify from time to time, preference policies in
respect of procurement of goods and services, produced and provided by micro
and small enterprises, by its Ministries or Departments, as the case may be,
or its aided institutions and public sector enterprises.

Now, therefore, in exercise of the powers conferred in section 11 of the

Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSMED) Act 2006, the
Central Government, by Order, notifies the Public Procurement Policy
(hereinafter referred to as the Policy) in respect of procurement of goods and
services, produced and provided by micro and small enterprises, by its Ministries,
Departments and Public Sector Undertakings.

2. Short title and commencement.

(1) This Order is titled as ‘Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small
Enterprises (MSEs) Order, 2012’.
(2) It shall come into force with effect from 1 st April 2012.
3. Mandatory procurement from Micro Small and Enterprises. – (1) Every
180
Central Ministry or Department or Public Sector Undertaking shall set an
annual goal of procurement from Micro and Small Enterprises from the financial
year 2012-13 and onwards, with the objective of achieving an overall
procurement of minimum of 20 per cent, of total annual purchases of
products produced and services rendered by Micro and Small Enterprises in a
period of three years.

(2) Annual goal of procurement also include sub-contracts to Micro

and Small Enterprises by large enterprises and consortia of Micro
and Small Enterprises formed by National Small Industries
Corporation.

(3) After a period of three years i.e. from 1st April 2015, overall
procurement goal of minimum of 20 per cent shall be made
mandatory.

(4) The Central Ministries, Departments and Public Sector

Undertakings which fail to meet the annual goal shall substantiate
with reasons to the Review Committee headed by Secretary
(Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises), constituted in Ministry of
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, under this Policy.

4. Special provisions for Micro and Small Enterprises owned by

Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes. ─ Out of 20 per cent target of annual
procurement from Micro and Small Enterprises, a sub-target of 20 per cent
(i.e., 4 per cent out of 20 per cent) shall be earmarked for procurement from
Micro and Small Enterprises owned by the Scheduled Caste or the Scheduled
Tribe entrepreneurs. Provided that, in event of failure of such Micro and Small
Enterprises to participate in tender process or meet tender requirements and L1
price, 4 per cent sub-target for procurement earmarked for Micro and Small
Enterprises owned by Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe entrepreneurs shall
be met from other Micro and Small Enterprises.

5. Reporting of targets in Annual Report.

(1) The data on Government procurements from Micro and Small Enterprises
is vital for strengthening the Policy and for this purpose, every Central
Ministry or Department or Public Sector Undertaking shall report goals set
with respect to procurement to be met from Micro and Small Enterprises
and achievement made thereto in their respective Annual Reports.

(2) The annual reporting shall facilitate in better understanding of support

being provided by different Ministries or Departments or Public Sector
Undertakings to Micro and Small Enterprises.

6. Price quotation in tenders.

(1) In tender, participating Micro and Small Enterprises quoting price within
price band of L1+15 per cent shall also be allowed to supply a portion
of requirement by bringing down their price to L1 price in a situation
where L1 price is from someone other than a Micro and Small Enterprise
181
 and such Micro and Small Enterprise shall be allowed to supply up to 20
per cent of total tendered value.

(2) In case of more than one such Micro and Small Enterprise, the supply
shall be shared proportionately (to tendered quantity).

7. Developing Micro and Small Enterprise vendors. – The Central

Ministries or Departments or Public Sector Undertakings shall take necessary
steps to develop appropriate vendors by organizing Vendor Development
Programmes or Buyer-Seller Meets and entering into Rate Contract with Micro
and Small Enterprises for a specified period in respect of periodic requirements.

8. Annual Plan for Procurement from Micro and Small Enterprises on

websites. – The Ministries or Departments or Public Sector Undertakings shall
also prepare Annual Procurement Plan for purchases and upload the same on
their official website so that Micro and Small Enterprises may get advance
information about requirement of procurement agencies.

9. Enhancing participations of Micro and Small Enterprises including

those owned by Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes in Government
procurements. ─ For enhancing participation of Scheduled Castes or Scheduled
Tribes in Government procurement, the Central Government Ministries,
Departments and Public Sector Undertakings shall take following steps, namely:-

(a) Special Vendor Development Programmes or Buyer-Seller Meets

shall be conducted by Departments/Public Sector Undertakings
for Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes;

(b) Outreach programmes shall be conducted by National Small

Industries Corporation to cover more and more Micro and
Small Enterprises from Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes
under its schemes of consortia formation; and

(c) National Small Industries Corporation shall open a special window

for Scheduled Castes or Scheduled Tribes under its Single Point
Registration Scheme (SPRS).

10. Reduction in transaction cost. ─ To reduce transaction cost of doing

business, Micro and Small Enterprises shall be facilitated by providing them
tender sets free of cost, exempting Micro and Small Enterprises from payment of
earnest money, adopting e-procurement to bring in transparency in tendering
process and setting up a Grievance Cell in the Ministry of Micro, Small and
Medium Enterprises.

11. Reservation of specific items for procurement. ─ To enable wider

dispersal of enterprises in the country, particularly in rural areas, the Central
Government Ministries or Departments or Public Sector Undertakings shall
continue to procure 358 items (Appendix) from Micro and Small Enterprises,
which have been reserved for exclusive purchase from them. This will help in
promotion and growth of Micro and Small Enterprises, including Khadi and village
industries, which play a critical role in fostering inclusive growth in the country.
182
12. Review Committee:

(1) A Review Committee has been constituted under the Chairmanship

Secretary, Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises, for monitoring
and review of Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small Enterprises
vide Order No. 21(1)/2007-MA dated the 21st June 2010 (Annexure).

(2) This Committee shall, inter alia, review list of 358 items reserved for
exclusive purchase from Micro and Small Enterprises on a continuous
basis, consider requests of the Central Ministries or Departments or
Public Sector Undertakings for exemption from 20 per cent target on a
case to case basis and monitor achievements under the Policy.

13. Setting up of Grievance Cell. ─ In addition, a ‘Grievance Cell’ will be set

up in Ministry of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises for redressing grievances
of Micro and Small Enterprises in Government procurement. This cell shall take
up issues related to Government procurement raised by Micro and Small
Enterprises with Departments or agencies concerned, including imposition of
unreasonable conditions in tenders floated by Government Departments or
agencies that put Micro and Small Enterprises at a disadvantage.

14. Special Provisions for Defence Procurements. ─ Given their unique

nature, defence armament imports shall not be included in computing 20 per
cent goal for Ministry of Defence. In addition, defence equipment like weapon
systems, missiles, etc. shall remain out of purview of such Policy of reservation.

15. Monitoring of Goals. ─ The monitoring of goals set under the Policy shall
be done, in so far as they relate to the Defence sector, by Ministry of Defence
itself in accordance with suitable procedures to be established by them.

16. Removal of difficulty. ─ Any difficulties experienced during the course of

implementation of the above Policy shall be clarified by Ministry of Micro, Small
and Medium Enterprises through suitable Press releases which would be kept on
the public domain.

(AMARENDRA SINHA)
Additional Secretary and Development Commissioner (MSME)

183
 APPENDIX TO ANNEXURE-1C
LIST OF ITEMS RESERVED FOR PURCHASE FROM SMALL SCALE INDUSTRIAL UNITS
INCLUDING HANDICRAFT SECTOR.
(refer para 1.9.3 of the CSIR manual)

Sl. No. Item Description

01. AAC/and ACSR Conductor upto 19 strands
02. Agricultural Implements
03. (a) Hand Operated tools and implements
(b) Animal driven implements
04. Air/Room Coolers
05. Aluminum builder's hardware
06. Ambulance stretcher
07. Ammeters/ohm meter/Volt meter (Electromagnetic upto Class I accuracy)
08. Anklets Web Khaki
09. Augur (Carpenters)
10. Automobile Head lights Assembly
11. Badges cloth embroidered and metals
12. Bags of all types i.e. made of leather, cotton, canvas and jute etc. including kit
bags, mail bags, sleeping bags and water-proof bag.
13. Bandage cloth
14. Barbed Wire
15. Basket cane (Procurement can also be made from State Forest Corpn. and
State Handicrafts Corporation)
16. Bath tubs
17. Battery Charger
18. Battery Eliminator
19. Beam Scales (upto 1.5 tons)
20. Belt leather and straps
21. Bench Vices
22. Bituminous Paints
23. Blotting Paper
24. Bolts and Nuts
25. Bolts Sliding
26. Bone Meal
27. Boot Polish
28. Boots and Shoes of all types including canvas shoes
28. Bowls
29. Boxes Leather
30. Boxes made of metal
31. Braces
32. Brackets other than those used in Railways
33. Brass Wire
34. Brief Cases (other than moulded luggage)
35. Brooms
184
Sl. No. Item Description
36. Brushes of all types
37. Buckets of all types
38. Button of all types
39. Candle Wax Carriage
40. Cane Valves/stock valves (for water fittings only)
41. Cans metallic (for milk and measuring)
42. Canvas Products :
(a) Water Proof Deliver, Bags to spec. No. IS - 1422/70
(b) Bonnet Covers and Radiators Muff. to spec. Drg. Lv 7/NSN/IA/130295
43. Capes Cotton and Woollen
44. Capes Waterproof
45. Castor Oil
46. Ceiling roses upto 15 amps
47. Centrifugal steel plate blowers
48. Centrifugal Pumps suction and delivery 150 mm. x 150 mm
49. Chaff Cutter Blade
50. Chains lashing
51. Chappals and sandals
52. Chamois Leather
53. Chokes for light fitting
54. Chrome Tanned leather (Semi-finished Buffalo and Cow)
55. Circlips
56. Claw Bars and Wires
57. Cleaning Powder
58. Clinical Thermometers
59. Cloth Covers
60. Cloth Jaconet
61. Cloth Sponge
62. Coir fibre and Coir yarn
63. Coir mattress cushions and matting
64. Coir Rope hawserlaid
65. Community Radio Receivers
66. Conduit pipes
67. Copper nail
68. Copper Napthenate
69. Copper sulphate
70. Cord Twine Maker
71. Cordage Others
72. Corrugated Paper Board and Boxes
73. Cotton Absorbent
74. Cotton Belts
75. Cotton Carriers
76. Cotton Cases
77. Cotton Cord Twine

185
Sl. No. Item Description
78. Cotton Hosiery
79. Cotton Packs
80. Cotton Pouches
81. Cotton Ropes
82. Cotton Singlets
83. Cotton Sling
84. Cotton Straps
85. Cotton tapes and laces
86. Cotton Wool (Non-absorbent)
87. Crates Wooden and plastic
88. (a) Crucibles upto No. 200
(b) Crucibles Graphite upto No. 500
(c ) Other Crucibles upto 30 kgs.
89. Cumblies and blankets
90. Curtains mosquito
91. Cutter
92. Dibutyl phthalate
93. Diesel engines upto 15 H.P
94. Dimethyl Phthalate
95. Disinfectant Fluids
96. Distribution Board upto 15 amps
97. Domestic Electric appliances as per BIS Specifications:-
- Toaster Electric, Elect. Iron, Hot Plates, Elect. Mixer, Grinders, Room heaters and
convectors and ovens
98. Domestic (House Wiring) P.V.C. Cables and Wires (Aluminum) Conforming to
the prescribed BIS Specifications and upto 10.00 mm sq. nominal cross
section
99. Drawing and Mathematical Instruments
100. Drums and Barrels
101. Dust Bins
102. Dust Shield leather
103. Dusters Cotton all types except the items required in Khadi
104. Dyes :
(a) Azo Dyes (Direct and Acid)
(b) Basic Dyes
105. Electric Call bells/buzzers/door bells
106. Electric Soldering Iron
107. Electric Transmission Line Hardware items like steel cross bars, cross arms clamps
arching horn, brackets, etc.
108. Electronic door bell
109. Emergency Light (Rechargeable type)
110. Enamel Wares and Enamel Utensils
111. Equipment camouflage Bamboo support
112. Exhaust Muffler
113. Expanded Metal
114. Eyelets
115. Film Polythene - including wide width film

186
116. Film spools and cans
117. Fire Extinguishers (wall type)
118. Foot Powder
118. French polish
120. Funnels
121. Fuse Cut outs
122. Fuse Unit
123. Garments (excluding supply from Indian Ordnance Factories)
124. Gas mantels
125. Gauze cloth
126. Gauze surgical all types
127. Ghamellas (Tasllas)
128. Glass Ampules
129. Glass and Pressed Wares
130. Glue
131. Grease Nipples and Grease guns
132. Gun cases
133. Gun Metal Bushes
134. Gum tape
135. Hand drawn carts of all types
136. Hand gloves of all types
137. Hand Lamps Railways
138. Hand numbering machine
139. Hand pounded Rice (polished and unpolished)
140. Hand presses
141. Hand Pump
142. Hand Tools of all types
143. Handles wooden and bamboo (Procurement can also be made from State Forest
Corpn. and State Handicrafts Corporation)
144. Harness Leather
145. Hasps and Staples
146. Haver Sacks
147. Helmet Non-Metallic
148. Hide and country leather of all types
149. Hinges
150. Hob nails
151. Holdall
152. Honey
153. Horse and Mule Shoes
154. Hydraulic Jacks below 30 ton capacity
155. Insecticides Dust and Sprayers (Manual only)
156. Invalid wheeled chairs
157. Invertor domestic type upto 5 KVA
158. Iron (dhobi)
159. Key board wooden
160. Kit Boxes
187
Sl. No. Item Description
161. Kodali
162. Lace leather
163. Lamp holders
164. Lamp signal
165. Lanterns Posts and bodies
166. Lanyard
167. Latex foam sponge
168. Lathies
169. Letter Boxes
170. Lighting Arresters - upto 22 kv
171. Link Clip
172. Linseed Oil
173. Lint Plain
174. Lockers
175. Lubricators
176. L.T. Porcelain KITKAT and Fuse Grips
177. Machine Screws
178. Magnesium Sulphate
179. Mallet Wooden
180. Manhole covers
181. Measuring Tapes and Sticks
182. Metal clad switches (upto 30 Amps)
183. Metal Polish
184. Metallic containers and drums other than N.E.C. (Not elsewhere classified)
185. Metric weights
186. Microscope for normal medical use
187. Miniature bulbs (for torches only)
188. M.S. Tie Bars
189. Nail Cutters
190. Naphthalene Balls
191. Newar
192. Nickel Sulphate
193. Nylon Stocking
194. Nylon Tapes and Laces
195. Oil Bound Distemper
196. Oil Stoves (Wick stoves only)
197. Pad locks of all types
198. Paint remover
199. Palma Rosa Oil
200. Palmgur
201. Pans Lavatory Flush
202. Paper conversion products- paper bags, envelops, Ice-cream cup, paper cup and saucers and paper Plates
203. Paper Tapes (Gummed)
204. Pappads

188
Sl. No. Item Description
205. Pickles and Chutney
206. Piles fabric
207. Pillows
208. Plaster of Paris
209. Plastic Blow Moulded Containers upto 20 litre excluding Poly Ethylene Terphthalate
(PET) Containers
210. Plastic cane
211. Playing Cards
212. Plugs and Sockets electric upto 15 Amp
213. Polythene bags
214. Polythene Pipes
215. Post Picket (Wooden)
216. Postal Lead seals
217. Potassium Nitrate
218. Pouches
219. Pressure Die Casting upto 0.75 kg
220. Privy Pans
221. Pulley Wire
222. PVC footwear
223. PVC pipes upto 110 mm
224. PVC Insulated Aluminium Cables (upto 120 sq. mm) (ISS:694)
225. Quilts, Razais
226. Rags
227. Railway Carriage light fittings
228. Rakes Ballast
229. Razors
230. RCC Pipes upto 1200 mm. dia
231. RCC Poles Prestressed
232. Rivets of all types
233. Rolling Shutters
234. Roof light Fittings
235. Rubber Balloons
236. Rubber Cord
237. Rubber Hoses (Unbranded)
238. Rubber Tubing (Excluding braided tubing)
239. Rubberised Garments Cap and Caps etc.
240. Rust/Scale Removing composition
241. Safe meat and milk
242. Safety matches
243. Safety Pins (and other similar products like paper pins, staples, pins etc.)
244. Sanitary Plumbing fittings
245. Sanitary Towels
246. Scientific Laboratory glass wares (Barring sophisticated items)
247. Scissors cutting (ordinary)
248. Screws of all types including High Tensile
249. Sheep skin all types

189
Sl. No. Item Description
250. Shellac
251. Shoe laces
252. Shovels
253. Sign Boards painted
254. Silk ribbon
255. Silk Webbing
256. Ski boots and shoes
257. Sluice Valves
258. Snap fastner (Excluding 4 pcs. ones)
259. Soap Carbolic
260. Soap Curd
261. Soap Liquid
262. Soap Soft
263. Soap washing or laundry soap
264. Soap Yellow
265. Socket/pipes
266. Sodium Nitrate
267. Sodium Silicate
268. Sole leather
269. Spectacle frames
270. Spiked boot
271. Sports shoes made out of leather (for all Sports games)
272. Squirrel Cage Induction Motors upto and including 100 KW440 volts 3 phase
273. Stapling machine
274. Steel Almirah
275. Steel beds stead
276. Steel Chair
277. Steel desks
278. Steel racks/shelf
279. Steel stools
280. Steel trunks
281. Steel wool
282. Steel and aluminium windows and ventilators
283. Stockinet
284. Stone and stone quarry rollers
285. Stoneware jars
286. Stranded Wire
287. Street light fittings
288. Student Microscope
289. Studs (excluding high tensile)
290. Surgical Gloves (Except Plastic)
291. Table knives (Excluding Cutlery)
292. Tack Metallic
293. Taps
294. Tarpaulins
295. Teak fabricated round blocks

190
Sl. No. Item Description
296. Tent Poles
297. Tentage Civil/Military and Salitah Jute for Tentage
298. Textiles manufactures other than N.E.C. (not elsewhere classified)
299. Tiles
300. Tin Boxes for postage stamp
301. Tin can unprinted upto 4 gallons capacity (other than can O.T.S.)
302. Tin Mess
303. Tip Boots
304. Toggle Switches
305. Toilet Rolls
306. Transformer type welding sets conforming to IS:1291/75 (upto 600 amps)
307. Transistor Radio upto 3 band
308. Transistorised Insulation – Testers
309. Trays
310. Trays for postal use
311. Trolley
312. Trollies - drinking water
313. Tubular Poles
314. Tyres and Tubes (Cycles)
315. Umbrellas
316. Utensils all types
317. Valves Metallic
318. Varnish Black Japan
319. Voltage Stablisers including C.V.T's
320. Washers all types
321. Water Proof Covers
322. Water Proof paper
323. Water tanks upto 15,000 litres capacity
324. Wax sealing
325. Waxed paper
326. Weighing Scale
327. Welded Wire mash
328. Wheel barrows
329. Whistle
330. Wicks cotton
331. Wing Shield Wipers (Arms and Blades only)
332. Wire brushes and Fibre Brushes
333. Wire Fencing and Fittings
334. Wire nails and Horse shoe nails
335. Wire nettings of gauze thicker than 100 mesh size
191
Sl. No. Item Description
336. Wood Wool
337. Wooden ammunition boxes
338. Wooden Boards
339. Wooden Box for Stamps
340. Wooden Boxes and Cases N.E.C. (Not elsewhere classified)
341. Wooden Chairs
342. Wooden Flush Door Shutters
343. Wooden packing cases all sizes
344. Wooden pins
345. Wooden plugs
346. Wooden shelves
347. Wooden veneers
348. Woolen hosiery
349. Zinc Sulphate
350. Zip Fasteners
HANDICRAFT ITEMS
Sl. No. Item Description Source of Supply
351. Cane furniture Handlooms North Eastern Handicrafts and
Development Corporation,
Assam Govt. Marketing Corpn.
Craft Society of Manipur,
Nagaland Handicrafts and
Hnadlooms Development Corpn.
352. Bamboo file tray, Baskets, Pencil stand, - do -
Side racks, etc.
353. Artistic Wooden Furniture Rajasthan Small Industries Corporation
U.P. Export Corporation
354. Wooden paper weight, racks etc. - do -
355. Glass covers made of wood and grass - do -
jute
356. Jute furniture West Bengal Handicrafts Dev. Corpn.
Jute Mfg. Development Corporation
Orissa State Handicrafts Dev. Corpn.
357. Jute bags, file cover - do -
358. Woolen and Silk Carpets UP Export Corporation
J & K Sales and Export Corporation

192
 ANNEXURE-1C
(Refer para 1.9.4(01) of the CSIR Manual)

THE GAZETTE OF INDIA: EXTRAORDINARY (PART II-SEC.3(ii))

MINISTRY OF MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM ENTERPRISES

ORDER
New Delhi, the 9th November, 2018
S.O. 5670(E).-In exercise of powers conferred by section 11 of the
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (27 of
2006), the Central Government hereby makes the following amendments to
the Public Procurement Policy for the Micro and Small Enterprises (MSEs)
Order, 2012 namely :-

1. (i) This Order may be called the Public Procurement Policy for Micro
and Small Enterpri e.; (MSEs) Amendment Order, 2018.
(ii) This shall come into force on the date of its publication in the official
Gazette.

2. Throughout the Public Procurement Policy for Micro and Small

Enterprises (MSEs) Order, 2012, (hereinafter referred to as the said
Order), for the figures and word "20 per cent", wherever they occur , the
figures and word "25 per cent" shall be substituted .
3. After paragraph 4 of the said Order , the following paragraph
shall be inserted, namely :-
"4A. Special provision for Micro and Small Enterprise owned by women.
Out of the total annual procurement from Micro and Small Enterprises, 3
per cent from within the 25 per cent target shall be earmarked for
procurement from Micro and Small Enterprises owned by women.

[F. No. 21(22)-2018-MA l

RAM MOHAN MISHRA,

Addl. Secy. & Development Commissioner

193
 ANNEXURE-1D

Procurement Policies for Make in India

(refer para 1.10.1 of the CSIR Manual)

No.P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II)
Government of India
Ministry of Commerce and Industry
(Public Procurement Section)

Dated 28th May, 2018

Udyog Bhawan, New Delhi
To
All Central Ministries/Departments/CPSUs/AII concerned

ORDER

Subject: Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India), Order 2017 -

Revision; regarding.

Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, in partial modification of Order

No.P- 45021/2/2017 -B.E.-11 dated 15.6.2017, hereby issues the revised
'Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India), Order 2017" with immediate
effect:-

Whereas it is the policy of the Government of India to encourage 'Make in

India' and promote manufacturing and production of goods and services in India
with a view to enhancing income and employment , and
Whereas procurement by the Government is substantial in amount and can
contribute towards this policy objective , and
Whereas local content can be increased through partnerships , cooperation with
local companies , establishing production units in India or Joint Ventures (JV) with
Indian suppliers , increasing the participation of local employees in services and
training them ,
Now therefore the following Order is issued :
1. This Order is issued pursuant to Rule 153 (iii) of the General Financial Rules
2017 .
2. Definitions : For the purposes of this Order :
'Local content ' means the amount of value added in India which shall , unless
otherwise prescribed by the Nodal Ministry , be the total value of the item
procured (excluding net domestic indirect taxes) minus the value of imported
content in the item (including all customs duties) as a proportion of the total
value , in percent.

194
'Local supplier' means a supplier or service provider whose product or service
offered for procurement meets the minimum local content as prescribed under
this Order or by the competent Ministries I Departments in pursuance of this
order .
'L 1' means the lowest tender or lowest bid or the lowest quotation received in a
tender , bidding process or other procurement solicitation as adjudged in the
evaluation process as per the tender or other procurement solicitation .
'margin of purchase preference ' means the maximum extent to which the price
quoted by a local supplier may be above the L1 for the purpose of purchase
preference .

'Nodal Ministry ' means the Ministry or Department identified pursuant to this
order in respect of a particular item of goods or services or works.
'Procuring entity ' means a Ministry or department or attached or subordinate
office of, or autonomous body controlled by, the Government of India and
includes Government companies as defined in the Companies Act.
'Works' means all works as per Rule 130 of GFR- 2017 , and will also include
'turnkey works '.
3. Requirement of Purchase Preference : Subject to the provisions of this
Order and to any specific instructions issued by the Nodal Ministry or in
pursuance of this Order , purchase preference shall be given to local
suppliers in all procurements undertaken by procuring entities in the manner
specified hereunder"
a. "In procurement of goods , services or works in respect of which the Nodal
Ministry has communicated that there is sufficient local capacity and local
competition , and where the estimated value of procurement is Rs. 50 lakhs
or less, only local suppliers shall be eligible . If the estimated value of
procurement of such goods or services or works is more than Rs. 50
lakhs, the provisions of sub-parag raph b or c, as the case may be, shall
apply";
b. "In the procurements of goods or works which are not covered by
paragraph 3a and which are divisible in nature , the following procedure
shall be followed ";
i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1
is from a local supplier , the contract for full quantity will be awarded
to L1.
ii. If L1 bid is not from a local supplier , 50% of the order quantity shall
be awarded to L1. Thereafter , the lowest bidder among the local
suppliers , will be invited to match the L1 price for the remaining
50% quantity subject to the local supplier 's quoted price falling with
in the margin of purchase preference , and contract for that quantity

195
 shall be awarded to such local supplier subject to matching the L1
price. In case such lowest eligible local supplier fails to match the
L1 price or accepts less than the offered quantity , the next higher
local supplier within the margin of purchase preference shall be
invited to match the L1 price for remaining quantity and so on, and
contract shall be awarded accordingly. In case some quantity is still
left uncovered on local suppliers , then such balance quantity may
also be ordered on the L1 bidder.
c. "In procurements of goods or works not covered by sub-paragraph 3a
and which are not divisible , and in procurement of services where the
bid is evaluated on price alone , the following procedure shall be
followed":-
i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1
is from a local supplier , the contract will be awarded to L1.
ii. If L1 is not from a local supplier , the lowest bidder among the
local suppliers , will be invited to match the L1 price subject to
local supplier 's quoted price falling within the margin of purchase
preference , and the contract shall be awarded to such local
supplier subject to matching the L1 price.
iii. In case such lowest eligible local supplier fails to match the L1
price, the local supplier with the next higher bid within the margin of
purchase preference shall be invited to match the L1 price and so
on and contract shall be awarded accordingly . In case none of the
local suppliers within the margin of purchase preference matches
the L1 price, then the contract may be awarded to the L1 bidder .

4. Exemption of small purchases: Notwithstanding anything contained in

paragraph 3, procurements where the estimated value to be procured is
less than Rs. 5 lakhs shall be exempt from this Order. However, it shall be
ensured by procuring entities that procurement is not split for the purpose of
avoiding the provisions of this Order.
5. Minimum local content: The minimum local content shall ordinarily be 50%.
The Nodal Ministry may prescribe a higher or lower percentage in respect
of any particular item and may also prescribe the manner of calculation of
local content.
6. Margin of Purchase Preference : The margin of purchase preference shall be 20% .
7. Requirement for specification in advance : The minimum local content , the
margin of purchase preference and the procedure for preference to Make in
India shall be specified in the notice inviting tenders or other form of
procurement solicitation and shall not be varied during a particular
procurement transaction.

196
8. Government E-marketplace: In respect of procurement through the
Government E- marketplace (GeM) shall, as far as possible, specifically mark
the items which meet the minimum local content while registering the item
for display, and shall , wherever feasible , make provision for automated
comparison with purchase preference and without purchase preference and
for obtaining consent of the local supplier in those cases where purchase
preference is to be exercised.
9. Verification of local content:
a. The local supplier at the time of tender , bidding or solicitation shall be
required to provide self-certification that the item offered meets the
minimum local content and shall give details of the location(s) at which
the local value addition is made.
b. In cases of procurement for a value in excess of Rs. 10 crores , the local
supplier shall be required to provide a certificate from the statutory
auditor or cost auditor of the company (in the case of companies) or
from a practicing cost accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in
respect of suppliers other than companies) giving the percentage of local
content.
c. Decisions on complaints relating to implementation of this Order shall
be taken by the competent authority which is empowered to look into
procurement-related complaints relating to the procuring entity .
d. Nodal Ministries may constitute committees with internal and external
experts for independent verification of self-declarations and auditor's!
accountant's certificates on random basis and in the case of complaints .
e. Nodal Ministries and procuring entities may prescribe fees for such
complaints .
f. False declarations will be in breach of the Code of Integrity under Rule
175(1)(i)(h) of the General Financial Rules for which a bidder or its
successors can be debarred for up to two years as per Rule 151 (iii) of
the General Financial Rules along with such other actions as may be
permissible under law.
g. A supplier who has been debarred by any procuring entity for violation of
this Order shall not be eligible for preference under this Order for
procurement by any other procuring entity for the duration of the
debarment. The debarment for such other procuring entities shall take
effect prospectively from the date on which it comes to the notice of
other procurement entities , in the manner prescribed under paragraph 9h
below .
h. The Department of Expenditure shall issue suitable instructions for the
effective and smooth operation of this process , so that:

197
 i. The fact and duration of debarment for violation of this Order by any
procuring entity are promptly brought to the notice of the Member-
Convenor of the Standing Committee and the Department of
Expenditure through the concerned Ministry /Department or in
some other manner ;

ii. on a periodical basis such cases are consolidated and a centralized

list or decentralized lists of such suppliers with the period of
debarment is maintained and displayed on website(s) ;
iii. in respect of procuring entities other than the one which has carried
out the debarment , the debarment takes effect prospectively from
the date of uploading on the website(s) in the such a manner that
ongoing procurements are not disrupted .
10. Specifications in Tenders and other procurement solicitations :
a. Every procuring entity shall ensure that the eligibility conditions in
respect of previous experience fixed in any tender or solicitation do not
require proof of supply in other countries or proof of exports .
b. Procuring entities shall endeavour to see that eligibility conditions ,
including on matters like turnover , production capability and financial
strength do not result in unreasonable exclusion of local suppliers who
would otherwise be eligible, beyond what is essential for ensuring quality
or creditworthiness of the supplier.
c. Procuring entities shall, within 2 months of the issue of this Order
review all existing eligibility norms and conditions with reference to sub-
paragraphs 'a' and 'b' above .
d. If a Nodal Ministry is satisfied that Indian suppliers of an item are not
allowed to participate and/ or compete in procurement by any foreign
government, it may , if it deems appropriate , restrict or exclude bidders
from that country from eligibility for procurement of that item and/ or
other items relating to that Nodal Ministry . A copy of every instruction
or decision taken in this regard shall be sent to the Chairman of the
Standing Committee.
e. For the purpose of sub-paragraph 10 d above , a supplier or bidder shall
be considered to be from a country if (i) the entity is incorporated in that
country, or ii) a majority of its shareholding or effective control of the
entity is exercised from that country ; or (iii) more that 50% of the value
of the item being supplied has been added in that country . Indian
suppliers shall mean those entities which meet any of these tests with
respect to India."
11. Assessment of supply base by Nodal Ministries : The Nodal Ministry shall
keep in view the domestic manufacturing I supply base and assess the

198
 available capacity and the extent of local competition while identifying items
and prescribing minimum local content or the manner of its calculation , with
a view to avoiding cost increase from the operation of this Order .
12. Increase in minimum local content: The Nodal Ministry may annually review
the local content requirements with a view to increasing them , subject to
availability of sufficient local competition with adequate quality .
13. Manufacture under license/ technology collaboration agreements with
phased indigenization : While notifying the minimum local content , Nodal
Ministries may make special provisions for exempting suppliers from
meeting the stipulated local content if the product is being manufactured in
India under a license from a foreign manufacturer who holds intellectual
property rights and where there is a technology collaboration agreement I
transfer of technology agreement for indigenous manufacture of a product
developed abroad with clear phasing of increase in local content.
14. Powers to grant exemption and to reduce minimum local content:
Ministries/Departments of Government of India and the Boards of Directors
of Government companies or autonomous bodies may, by written order ,
a. reduce the minimum local content below the prescribed level;
b. reduce the margin of purchase preference below 20% ;
c. exempt any particular item or procuring or supplying entities or class or
classes of items or procuring or supplying entities from the operation
of this Order or any part of the Order .
A copy of every such order shall be marked to the Member-Convenor of
the Standing Committee constituted under this Order .
15. Directions to Government companies: In respect of Government companies
and other procuring entities not governed by the General Financial Rules, the
administrative Ministry or Department shall issue policy directions requiring
compliance with this Order .
16. Standing Committee : A standing committee is hereby constituted with the
following membership:
Secretary, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion – Chairman
Secretary, Commerce-Member
Secretary, M inistry of Electronics and Information Technology-Member
Joint Secretary (Public Procurement) , Department of Expenditure-Member
Joint Secretary (DIPP)-Member -Convenor

The Secretary of the Department concerned with a particular item shall be

a member in respect of issues relating to such item. The Chairman of the
Committee may co-opt technical experts as relevant to any issue or class of issues
under its consideration .

199
17. Functions of the Standing Committee : The Standing Committee shall meet as
often as necessary but not less than once in six months. The Committee
a. shall oversee the implementation of this order and issues arising
therefrom , and make recommendations to Nodal Ministries and procuring
entities .
b. shall annually assess and periodically monitor compliance with this Order
c. shall identify Nodal Ministries and the allocation of items among them for
issue of notifications on minimum local content
d. may require furnishing of details or returns regarding compliance with
this Order and related matters
e. may, during the annual review or otherwise , assess issues , if any, where
it is felt that the manner of implementation of the order results in any
restrictive practices , cartelization or increase in public expenditure and
suggest remedial measures
f. may examine cases covered by paragraph 13 above relating to
manufacture under license/ technology transfer agreements with a view
to satisfying itself that adequate mechanisms exist for enforcement of
such agreements and for attaining the underlying objective of
progressive indigenization
g. may consider any other issue relating to this Order which may arise .
18. Removal of difficulties : Ministries /Departments and the Boards of Directors
of Government companies may issue such clarifications and instructions as
may be necessary for the removal of any difficulties arising in the
implementation of this Order .
19. Ministries having existing policies : Where any Ministry or Department has its
own policy for preference to local content approved by the Cabinet after 1st
January 2015 , such policies will prevail over the provisions of this Order . All
other existing orders on preference to local content shall be reviewed by the
Nodal Ministries and revised as needed to conform to this Order , within two
months of the issue of this Order .
20 .Transitional provision : This Order shall not apply to any tender or procurement
for which notice inviting tender or other form of procurement solicitation has
been issued before the issue of this Order .

(B.S.Nayak)
Under Secretary to the Government of India
Ph. 23061257

200
 ANNEXURE-1D

PUBLIC PROCUREMENT (PREFERENCE TO MAKE IN INDIA) ORDER 2017

APPROVED PRODUCT CATEGORIES AND ASSOCIATED MINISTRY/DEPARTMENT

(refer para 1.10.1 of the CSIR Manual)
S. Product categories Associated Ministries/Department
No.
1. Pharmaceuticals, Medical Devices Department of Pharmaceuticals

2. IT and Electronics (including Ministry of Electronics & IT

softwares)
3. Telecommunications Department of Telecommunications

4. Automobile and Automotive Department of Heavy Industries

Components, Capital Goods (Heavy
Machinery, Machine Tools etc.)
5. Petroleum and Natural Gas Ministry of Petroleum and Natural Gas
6. Chemicals Department of Chemicals & Petrochemicals

7. Paper Products, Cement, Leather Deptt. of Industrial Policy & Promotion

Products
8. Construction, Metro Rail Systems, Ministry of Housing & Urban Affairs
All other works
9. Textiles & Apparel Ministry of Textiles

10 Shipping Ministry of Shipping

11 Railways, All Railway Works Ministry of Railways

12 All Defence Works Department of Defence, Ministry of Defence

13 Defence Department of Defence Production

14 Power (generation, transmission and Ministry of Power

distribution)

15 Non-conventional energy Ministry of New and Renewable Energy

16 Aviation Ministry of Civil Aviation

17 Iron and Steel Ministry of Steel

18 Mining Ministry of Mines

19 Roads and Bridges (except for Ministry of Road Transport and Highways
Railways and Defence Projects)

201
 ANNEXURE-1D

(refer para 1.10 of the CSIR Manual)

No.P-45021/2/2017-B.E.II
Government of India
Ministry of Commerce and Industry
Department of Industrial and Promotion

Room No.516. Lok Nayak Bhawan

New Delhi, 04th July, 2017

OFFICE MEMORANDUM

Subject:- Public Procurement (Preference to Make in India), Order

2017.

Attention is invited to para 9 of Public Procurement (Preference to Make in

India). Order 2017 issued by Department of Industrial Policy & Promotion (DIPP) vide
Order No. P-45021/212017-B.E.-11 dated 15.06.2017 (copy enclosed) where in
provisions for debarment of bidders due to false declaration are stipulated. In this
regard, following process may be adopted by all procuring entities:

(1) All procuring entities will upload the name of debarred bidder/supplier along
with duration and reasons of debarment on their own website. Apart from this
they will also send this information to Member-Convenor of the Standing
Committee in DIPP and Government e-Market place (GeM) & Central Public
Procurement Portal (CPPP) for uploading such information for their portals
GeM CPPP will create one separate page on their portal for displaying
information.

(2) In respect of procuring entities other than the one which has carried out the
debarment. The debarment takes effect prospect vary from the date of
uploading on CPPP so as on-going procurements are not disrupted.

(Vinayak T Likhar)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Tel.No.24621305
Email:- [email protected]

(i) Secretaries of all Ministries/Departments of Government of India

(ii) Secretary (DIPP) with a request to issue necessary instructions to
CPSUs

Copy to: Financial Advisors of All Ministries/Department s of Government of India for

kind information.

202
 ANNEXURE -1E
List of Handloom Items notified for purchase from KVIC/ACASH
(refer para 1.9.1 of the CSIR Manual)

Title IS code
cotton-Handloom
Angacastam 7216 -1974
Bandage cloth 863 -1969
Bed dutties 1557 -1972
Bed sheets 745-1975
Bleeding Madras, loom state. 1937-1961
Buckram cloth 1102-1968
Bunting cloth dyed 747-1982
Calico, bleached or dyed 1241-1958
Cambric, bleached 1098-1957
Cellular shirting, handloom cotton 1101-1981
Cloth for plaster of paris bandages and cut bandages 6237-1971
Coating, handloom cotton 1243-1981
Colour fastness of handloom cotton textiles, requirements 6906-1982
Crepe 1100-1978
Dhoties 748-1974
Dosuti Grey, scoured, bleached or dyed 756-1984
Dress material, bleached, dyed printed or striped or checked 1095-1957
Drills 1451-1979
Dungri cloth 749-1978
Dustors 859-1978
Floor durries 1450-1972
Gada cloth 1094-1976
Gause, absorbent, non-sterilized, handloom cotton 758-1975
Handkerchiefs 1939-1975
Holland cloth, unsecured 1096-1957
Honey comb towels and towelling cloth 855-1979
Huckaback towels 856-1971

203
Title IS code
Jaconet cloth, grey, dressed 86-1982
Light sheeting, grey 864-1956
Lining cloth, dyed 1099-1957
Lint, absorbent, bleached 757-1971
Longcloth, bleached or dyed 1244-1958
Lungies 750-1976
Madras check 1247-1958
Madras handkerchiefs. Handloom cotton 1093-1981
Malnal bleached 755-1984
Mazricloth (loomstate) 751-1984
Mixs 8039-1976
Moots striped or checked 1814-1961
Mosquito netting 1097-1979
Muslin, bleached 752-1984
Nainseek, bleached or dyed 1240-1958
Napkins, bleached, striped, cheeked or dyed 857-1956
Poplin, bleached or dyed 1556-1960
Poplin cloth bleached or dyed 753-1983
Pyjamma cloth, grey, with stripes 1245-1958.
Saries 754-1974.
School uniform fabric 797-1971
Shirting 1242-1975
Sponge cloth, grey, striped and checked 860-1956
Table cloth and napkins, handloom cotton 858-1981
Ticking cloth, grey, striped 862-1956
Turkish towels and toweling cloth handloom cotton 854-1981
Twills 1579-1979
SilK-Handloom
Bush Shirt cloth, Loomstate 1686-1960
Dhotis, Loomstate 1583-1960
Kora (loomstate) cloth 1687-1960
Shirting, loom state 1584-1960

204
Title IS code
Wool Handloom
Blanketing cloth 895-1957
Blanket, scarlet 2901-1964
Blankets, natural grey brown 892-1980
Blankets, ordinary, plain or check 893-1957
Blankets, shoddy (double faced) 2157-1962
Blankets, shoddy (single faced) 2481-1963
Blankets, brick red 894-1980
Bunting cloth, worsted, heavy 889-1957
Bunting cloth, worsted, light 890-1957
Cloth, collar, white 2715-1964
Kamblies, foomstate 896-1957
Lohis, worsted 1268-1958
Melton (shoddy) cloth 2173-1962
Serge 1266-1958
Shirting worsted 891-1957
Pile Fabrics 2714-1964

The following items shall be procured on the basis of samples approved by purchaser,
mutually agreed specifications.

1. Khes
2. Bedcover
3. Counter pane
4. Furnishing
5. Chaddar
6. Durrets/Jamakkalam
7. Bastha cloth
8. Lowreed pick cloth
9. Silk Sarees
10. Shawls, Mufflers, Pankhis
11. Woolen tweed.

205
 ANNEXURE–1F
List of Medicines reserved for procurement from Pharma CPSEs
(refer para 1.9.2(h) of the CSIR Manual)

Sl. no. Capsules

1. AMOXYCILLIN IP
2. AMOXYCILLIN IP + CLOXACILLIN IP
3. AMPICILIN IP
4. B-COMPLEX + VIT.- C & ZINC
5. CEPHALEXIN IP
6. DOXYCYCLINE IP
7. FLUCONAZOL
8. OMEPRAZOLE IP
9. OMEPRAZOLE+DOMPERIDONE
10. CEFADROXIL
11. TETRACYCLINE
Tablets
12. ACECLOFENAC + PARACETAMOL
13. ACECLOFENAC 100 MG
14. ALBENDAZOLE
15. AMLODEPIN
16. AMOXYCILLIN+CLAVULANIC ACID
17. ASCORBIC ACID IP
18. ATENOLO
19. ATROVASTATIN
20. AZITHROMYCIN
21. CALCIUM+VITAMIN D3
22. CEFIXIME TABS/CAPS
23. CEFPODOXIME PROXETIL
24. CEFUROXIME AXETIL
25. CETRIZINE HCL BP
26. CETRIZINE+PARACETAMOL+PHENYL EPHERIN
27. CHLOROQUINE PHOSPHATE IP

206
28. CIPROFLOXACIN+TINIDAZOLE

29. CIPROLOXACIN IP
30. CO-TRIMOXAZOLE IP
31. DICLOFENAC SODIUM
32. DICYLOMINE+PARACETAMOL
33. DOMPERIDONE
34. ERYTHROMYCIN STERATE IP
35. IBUPROFEN IP
36. LEVOCETRIZINE
37. LEVOFLOXAACIN
38. LOSARTAN
39. METRONIDAZOLE IP
40. NIMESULIDE
41. NORFLOXACIN+TINIDAZOLE
42. NORFLOXACIN IP
43. OFLOXACIN
44. OFLOXACIN+ORNIDAZOLE
45. ORAL CONTRACEPTIVE PILLS
46. PANTOPRAZOLE
47. PARACETAMOL
48. PARACETAMOL IP+DICLOFENAC SODIUM
49. PARACETAMOL+IBUPROFEN
50. PENICILLIN V
51. POLY VITAMIN PROPHYLACTIC (NFI)
52. RANITIDINE HCL IP
53. ROXITHROMYCIN
54. METFORMIN
55. SPARFLOXACIN
56. TINIDAZOLE
57. VITAMINE B-COMPLEX

207
 Sl. No. Suspensions/ Syrups

58. ALBENDAZOLE SUSP.

59. AMOXYCILLIN DRY SYP.
60. CETRIZINE SYRUP
61. COTRIMOXAZOLE SUSP.
62. COUGH SYP. EACH 5 ML CONTAINS-CPM IP : 3MG+AMMONIUM CHLORIDE IP:
110MG+SODIUM CITRATE IP : 4SMG+MENTHOL IP: 9MG

63. COUGH SYP. EACH 5ML CONTAINS- DYPHENHYDRAMINE

HCL:14MG+AMMONIUM CHLORIDE IP: 135MG+SODIUM CITRATE IP:
57MG+MENTHOL IP: 9MG
64. DOMPERIDONE SUSP.
65. PRACETAMOL SYP.
66. VITAMIN A SOLUTION IP
Oral Powders
67. ORAL REHYDRATION SALT (WHO FORMULA)
External Lotions/Solutions
68. GLUTARALDEHYDE
69. CHLORHEXIDINE GLUCONATE SOLUTION
Ointments
70. CLOTRIMAZOLE OINTMENT
71. DICLOFENACO GEL
72. POVIDONE IODINE SOLUTION/OINTMENT
73. SILVER SULPHADIAZINE
I.V. Fluids (Infusion)
74. CIPROFLOXACIN
75. LEVOFLOXACIN IV
76. MANNITOL
77. METRONIDAZOLE
78. PLAZMA VOLUME EXPENDER
79. RINGER LACTATE I.V.

208
Sl. no. Dry Powders/Liquid Injections
80. AMIKACIN
81. AMOXICILLIN SODIUM+CLAVULANATE POTASSIUM
82. AMPICILLIN IP
83. AVS LIQUID (LYFOLYSED)

84. BENZATHENE PENICILLIN IP

85. BENZYLE PENICILLIN IP

86. CEFEPIME

87. CEFOPERAZONE

88. CEFOPERAZONE+SULBACTAM

89. CEFOTAXIME SODIUM USP

90. CEFOTAXIME SODIUM+SULBACTAM

91. CEFTAZADIME

92. CEFTRIAXONE

93. CEFTRAXONE+SULBACTAM

94. DICLOFENAC SODIUM

95. ETO-THEOPHYLLINE

96. ATROPIN INJ.

97. FRUSEMIDE

98. GENTAMYCIN IP

99. MEROPENEM INJ.

100. PENTAZOCIN

101. PIPERACILLIN+TAZOBACTAM

102. RANITIDINE IP

103. GLIMEPIRIDE (1MG/2MG)

209
 ANNEXURE–2 A

URGENCY PURCHASE CERTIFICATE

(Refer para 2.1.1 (03) (c), 2.3.2 , 4.5.1 (01) & 4.7.1 (01) of the CSIR Manual )

Certified that the items indented vide PR No. _________ dated __________
costing approx. ₹________are required to be purchased on emergency basis.

The need of the items could not be foreseen due to the following reasons:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

OR

The emergency has arisen due to the following reasons:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________
OR

The required goods are necessarily to be purchased from M/S __________________

for the following reasons:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________
(Strike out whichever is not applicable)

The non-availability of the item shall result in the following consequences

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

In view of the urgency, the following mode of procurement is proposed to be adopted

a) Direct Procurement without quotation.

b) Direct Procurement by Local Purchase Committee.

c) SLTE/LTE with reduced time of submission of bids.

d) Purchase on STE basis.

(Retain any one only)

210
It is therefore proposed to:

(a) Resort to direct procurement without quotation at a cost of Rs,_________

(Rupees ___________________________ (in words) which exceeds the
threshold limit of ₹ 25000/-.

(b) Resort to direct procurement through a local purchase committee at a cost of

₹_________ (Rupees ________________________ (in words) which exceeds
the threshold limit of ₹ 2,50,000/-

(c) Request the Purchase Section to restrict the time frame for submission of
bids to ____ days from the date of floating the SLTE/LTE.

(d) Request the Purchase Section to float STE to M/S ______________________

(Retain any one only)

Director may kindly approve the above proposal. The relevant indent after complying
with the requirements is enclosed.

Name of Indentor: _________________ Name of Project Leader _______________

Designation _____________________ Designation ______________________

Division _______________________ Division __________________________

Signature of the indenter__________ Signature of the Project Leader ________

Date________ Date ________

Director

211
 ANNEXURE–2B

INDENT FOR PURCHASE OF CAPITAL GOODS

(Refer para 2.3 .2 of the CSIR Manual)
__________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt.)

PR No. as per PR Register ____________________ Indent No. & Date ________________

(To be filled by Indenter) (To be filled by Purchase)
(Only printed indent without alterations/striking/over writings will be accepted)

Name of Indenter ____________________ Designation ________________ ID No. __________

Name of Project Leader _____________________Designation _________________ID No. ____

Project No. _____________________________Name of Division _________________________

Category _____________________________ Sub-Category ____________________________

1.0 The following items may kindly be procured for use in the above project as well as other
R&D activities of the Lab./Instt.

Sl. Details of Items* Quantity Estimated cost

No of each item in
INR (please refer
clause 2.1.1(3)
(e) (i) of the CSIR
Manual
1.End Use :
2. Detailed specification:
3. Scope of supply & incidental services:
4. Inspection and Tests required:
5.Acceptance test:
6.Qualification criteria if any:

Note: Indicating of optional items is not permitted

(use extra sheet if required) Total:

It is certified that:

(a) The indented specifications are not based on any specific make/brand of a specific
manufacturer/firm.

(b) The specifications given above meet the basic needs without including superfluous or
non-essential features which may result in unwarranted expenditure.

2.0 The items indented are Proprietary/being procured on ST basis/on LPC basis/without
quotation/urgency/none. (Retain only one). The requisite certificate is enclosed.

212
3.0

(a) The availability of the item on GeM : available/not available.

(b) Reasons, if any, for the items available on GeM being not processed for purchase

4.0 The installation/commissioning of the item/items shall be done by :

(please tick the appropriate one.)
(a) Indentor : ( )
(b) Supplier/Manufacturer : ( )
(c) Indian representative or authorized agent /dealer : ( )
(d) Not required : ( )

5.0 Whether the purchase is to be made on the buy-back basis: Yes/No

If yes, the details of the old item are as under:
(i) Name of the equipment :
(ii) Model :
(iii) Name of Manufacturer :
(iv) Sr. No. :
(v) Present condition : Surplus/Obsolete/Unserviceable/Other
(with copy of recommendations of SDC)
(vi) Date of Purchase (Pl. specify) :
(vii) Purchase Value :

6.0 Warranty Period required : ________________________

7.0 Whether CAMC/AMC is required: Yes/No

8.0 If CAMC/AMC is required

the details and duration thereof are :
__________________________________________________________________________

9.0 The delivery of the item is required on or before : __________________

(the delivery time should be realistic)

10.0 The installation requirements like area, power, civil works etc. are ready: Yes/No
If not, expected time by which requirements will be completed
_____________________.

11.0 The details of available vendors, their complete addresses and websites wherever
available.

(a) _______________________________________________________________________
(b) _______________________________________________________________________
(c) _______________________________________________________________________

12.0 The Inspection of the material shall be done within _____________days after receipt of
the goods.

213
13.0 Whether training is required, if so, please mention type of training (operational &
maintenance) required, number of persons to be trained, duration etc. along with
proper justification & place of the training _________________________________
(use separate sheet if required)

14.0 The updated stock position has been checked on the intra-net and it is certified that
the item(s) is/are not available in store. (Applicable if the updated stock position is
available on the intra-net)

15.0 T
The details of the previous purchase made during last three years, are as under:

Sl. No. Date of previous Name of Supplier Rate/cost in

of Purchase Rupees/FC
Indent

16.0 We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

Signature of the Indentor Signature of Project Leader

Date Date

FOR USE BY STORES

(Not applicable in case the stock position is available on intra-net)

01. It is certified that:

(a) The indented item(s) at Sr. No.(s) ___________ of the indent is/are Available in store.

(b) The indented items(s) at Sr. No.(s)____________of the indent is/are Not Available in
store. (strike out whichever is not applicable)

Asst. SO (S&P)/ Jr. Secretarial Asst. _______________

SO(S&P)(Stores) : _________________

TO BE USED BY PME OR ACCOUNTS FOR VERIFICATION

PROJECT FUNDS
Project Starting Closing Allocation Total Amount of Indents Balance
No. & Date Date including including
Budget Revised Present indent
Head allocation,
If any.

214
 Certified that the funds for the purchase are available

or

There is no budget allocation for the current year for the indent submitted; however,
the indent may be processed for further action as per the approval accorded by the
Director for administrative processing. (copy enclosed)

17.0 This indent is in line with the procurement plan hosted on the website and we shall
abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the CSIR
Manual.

(Strike out whichever is not applicable)

PME/Accounts

215
 ANNEXURE–2C
INDENT FOR PURCHASE OF CONSUMABLES
(Refer para 2.3.2 of the CSIR Manual )
__________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt.)

PR No. as per PR Register __________________ Indent No. & Date __________________

(To be filled by Indenter) (To be filled by Purchase)

(Only printed indent without alterations/striking/over writings will be accepted)

Name of Indenter _____________________ Designation _________________ ID No. _________

Name of Project Leader_____________________ Designation _______________ ID No. _______

Project No.__________________

Name of Division ____________________ Nature of items _________________________

(Whether hazardous/radio active, perishable etc.)

Category_____________________________ Sub Category ______________________________

1.0 The following items may kindly be procured for use in the above project as well as other
R&D activities of the Lab./Instt.

Sl. Details of Items* Quantity Estimated cost of each

No. item in INR (please refer
clause . 2.1.1(3) (e) (i) of the
CSIR Manual )
1. End Use :
2. Detailed specification:
3. Scope of supply & incidental services:
4. Acceptance test:
5. Qualification criteria if any:

Note: Indicating of optional items is not

permitted
(use extra sheet if required) Total:

2.0 It is certified that:

(a) The indented specifications are not based on any specific make/brand of a specific
manufacturer/firm.

(b) The specifications given above meet the basic needs without including superfluous or
non-essential features which may result in unwarranted expenditure.

3.0 The items indented are Proprietary/being procured on ST basis/on LPC basis/without
quotation/emergency/none. (Retain only one). The requisite certificate is enclosed.

216
4.0
(a) The availability of the item on GeM : available/not available

(b) Reasons, if any, for the items available on GeM being not processed for purchase
_________________________________________________________________________

5.0 The delivery of the item is required on or before : _________

(the delivery period should be realistic)

6.0 The details of available vendors, their complete address and websites wherever
available are as under:
(a) _________________________________________________________________
(b) _________________________________________________________________
(c) _________________________________________________________________

7.0 The Inspection of the material shall be done within ____days after receipt of the goods.

8.0 The updated stock position has been checked on the intra-net and it is certified that
the item(s) is/are not available in store. (Applicable if the updated stock position is
available on the intra-net)

9.0 The details of the previous purchase made during last three years, are as
under:

Sl. No. Date of previous Name of Supplier Rate/cost in

of Indent Purchase Rupees/FC

10.0 It is certified that the quantity indented are required to meet immediate needs and are
not intended for unnecessary stocking.

11.0 We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

Signature of the Indentor Signature of Project Leader

Date Date

FOR USE BY STORES

(Not applicable in case the stock position is available on intra-net)

01. It is certified that:

(a) The indented item(s) at Sr. No.(s) ____________ of the indent is/are Available in store.

(b) The indented items(s) at Sr. No.(s)_____________of the indent is/are Not Available in
store. (strike out whichever is not applicable)

Asst. SO(S&P)/Jr. Secretarial Asst. ___________________

SO(S&P)(Stores)_____________________

217
 TO BE USED BY PME OR ACCOUNTS FOR VERIFICATION:

PROJECT FUNDS
Project Starting Closing Date Allocation Total Amount of Balance
No. & Date including Indents including
Budget Revised Present indent
Head allocation,
If any.

Certified that the funds for the purchase are available

or

There is no budget allocation for the current year for the indent submitted; however, the indent
may be processed for further action as per the approval accorded by the Director for
administrative processing. (copy enclosed)

12.0 This indent is in line with the procurement plan hosted on the website and we shall
abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the CSIR
Manual.

(strike out whichever not applicable)

PME/Accounts

218
 ANNEXURE–2D

INDENTS FOR PURCHASE OF ITEMS UNDER RC

(Refer para 2.3.2 & 8.4 (12) of the CSIR Manual)
__________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt.)

PR No. as per PR Register ________________ Indent No. & Date_________________

(To be filled by Indenter) (To be filled by Purchase)

(Only printed indent without alterations/striking/over writings will be accepted)

Name of Indenter _______________ Designation ___________________ ID No.______________

Name of Project Leader______________ Designation _________________ID No. ____________

Project No._________________

Name of Division_______________________ Nature of Items _____________________________

(Whether hazardous/radio active, perishable etc.)

Category ___________________________Sub Category _________________________

1.0 The following items may kindly be procured for use in the above project as well as
other R&D activities of the Lab./Instt.

Sl. Cat. No Pg. No. of the Details of Items Pack Rate Quantity Cost of
No. Price List Size each item in
(if available) INR

Less: Discount
Sub Total
Add: GST
Grand Total

Certified that the prices have been computed from the current pricelist of the firm and we shall
be responsible for its correctness.

2.0 The updated stock position has been checked on the intra-net and it is certified that
the item(s) is/are not available in store. (Applicable if the updated stock position is
available on the intra-net)

219
3.0
(a) The availability of the item on GeM : available/not available.
(b) Reasons, if any, for the items available on GeM being not processed for purchase

_______________________________________________________________________________

4.0 The amount of ₹______________________is hereby sanctioned under Project

No.___________ and Budget Sub-Head _______________

5.0 We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

Signature of the Indentor Signature of Project Leader

Date Date

FOR USE BY STORES

(Not applicable in case the stock position is available on intra-net)

01. It is certified that:

(a) The indented item(s) at Sr. No.(s) ___________ of the indent is/are Available in store.

(b) The indented items(s) at Sr.No.(s)____________of the indent is/are Not Available in
store.
(strike out whichever is not applicable)

Asst. SO(S&P)/Jr. Secretarial Asst. __________________________

SO(S&P) (Stores)_________________

TO BE USED BY PME OR ACCOUNTS FOR VERIFICATION

PROJECT FUNDS
Project Starting Date Closing Allocation Total Amount of Balance
No. and Date including Indents including
Budget Revised Present indent
Head allocation,
If any.

6.0 We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

PME/Accounts

220
 For use in Purchase Section

PO No. _________________ Dated _________ with M/s

____________________________ ________________ who is the authorized dealer of
M/s _______________ ____________________ is placed below for signatures. The
delivery date is ___________
(The delivery date has to be prior to Project closing date).

Name : ____________________
Designation of the PDA : ____________________
Date : ____________________

SO(S&P)/SPO

221
 ANNEXURE–2E

INDENT FOR PURCHASE WITHOUT QUOTATION

(Refer para 2.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt.)

Pr. No. as per PR Register ___________________ Indent No. & Date __________________
(To be filled by Indenter) (To be filled by Purchase)

(Only printed indent without alterations/striking/over writings will be accepted)

Name of Indenter _______________ Designation ___________________ ID No.______________

Name of Project Leader______________ Designation _________________ID No. ____________

Project No. _________________

Name of Division _______________________ Nature of Items: Capital/Consumable

Category ___________________________Sub Category _________________________

1.0 The following items may kindly be procured for use in the above project as well as
other R&D activities of the Lab./Instt.:

Sl. Details of Items* Quantity Estimated cost

No. of each item in INR
(please refer clause
2.1.1(3) (e) (i) of the
CSIR Manual

Total

2.0 The updated stock position has been checked on the intra-net and it is
certified that the item(s) is/are not available in store. (Applicable if the
updated stock position is available on the intra-net)

3.0

(a) The availability of the item on GeM : available/not available

(b) Reasons, if any, for the items available on GeM being not processed for purchase
______________________________________________________________________________

222
4.0 It is certified that the quantity /quality indented are required to meet
immediate needs and are not indented for unnecessary stocking.

5.0 We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para
3.2.1 of the CSIR Manual.

Signature of the Indentor Signature of Project Leader

Date Date

FOR USE BY STORES

(Not applicable in case the stock position is available on intra-net)

6.0 It is certified that:

(a) The indented item(s) at Sr. No.(s) _________ of the indent is/are Available in
store.

(b) The indented items(s) at Sr. No.(s) _____________ of the indent is/are Not
Available in store.
(Strike out whichever is not applicable)

Asst. SO(S&P)/Jr. Secretarial Asst. __________

SO(S&P)(Stores)___________________

TO BE USED BY PME OR ACCOUNTS FOR VERIFICATION

7.0 An amount of ₹ ____________ is available under Project No. ______________

.

We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

PME/Accounts

To be used by Sanction Authority–Project Leader

An amount of ₹ ____________ (Rupees __________________________) is

sanctioned

under Project Budget Head ____________________________.

Signature of project Leader

Name:_________________________
Designation_____________________

223
Please tick the relevant of the following for further action:

1. Payment may be made to M/s__________________________

2. An amount of ₹________________________ may kindly be reimbursed to

____________________to Dr./Mr./Ms.____________________ ID No.
___________ as the payment for the above purchase has been made by him.

3. An advance for ₹ _____________ may kindly be drawn in the name of

__________________ ID No. ______

4. OB No.______________ Dated_______________ may be removed off

against ₹_________________ drawn as advance.

5. The payment has been made out of the Revolving advance hence the bill
may be adjusted against it and an amount for ₹___________________ may
kindly be recouped.

Signature of Indentor___________ Signature of Project Leader_______________

Finance & Account Section may kindly admit the above bills for payment.

Asst. SO(S&P)/Jr. Secretarial Asst. SO(S&P)/SPO/CoSP

224
 ANNEXURE–2F

INDENT FOR ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

(Refer para 2.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

________________________________________
(Name of the Lab./Instt)

PR. No. as per PR Register ___________________ Indent No. & Date __________________
(To be filled by Indenter) (To be filled by Purchase)

(Only printed indent without alterations/striking/over writings will be accepted)

Name of Indenter _______________ Designation ___________________ ID No.______________

Name of Project Leader______________ Designation _________________ID No. ____________

Project No. _________________ Name of Division _______________________

Category ___________________________Sub Category __________________________

Annual Maintenance Contract for the item / equipment / instrument / software,
details of which are given below may kindly be finalized:

01. Name of the Goods

02. Model and Serial Number
03. Name of the manufacturer/firm
04. PO No. & Date of purchase of
goods
05. Total cost / Book value in Rupees
06. Date of installation
07. Period of warranty in years
08. Date of expiry of warranty
09. Present condition of the goods
10. If any repairs have to be carried
out before commencement of AMC
11. Requirement of spare parts,
critical, non- critical or essential
calibration, if any
12. Whether AMC required is Comprehensive/Non-comprehensive
13. Whether User Log Book is Yes / No / Not Applicable
maintained
14. Whether AMC is to be entered with
OEM/Indian Agent/ Authorized
Dealer/Service Provider/Third
Party Supplier
15. Whether AMC is being done for First time / Renewal

225
16. Details of last AMC (in case of
renewal)
(a) Earlier AMC Order No
(b) Name of the AMC holder
(c) Cost of AMC
(d) Period of AMC
(e) Service provided by the AMC Satisfactory / Unsatisfactory
Holder
(f) Whether the party is rendering Yes / No
satisfactory services even after the
end of AMC period
17. Duration of the AMC now required
(a) No. of preventive and Break-down
Calls required
(b) Any other requirement
18. Scope of work / maintenance
including inclusions and
exclusions
(use separate sheet, if required)
19. Name of the Firm with whom the
AMC is to be entered with
20. The estimated cost of the AMC (In
Rupees) (Please refer Clause
2.1.1(3)(e)(i) of the CSIR Manual
21. Full address of service provider
22. Project No. and Budget Head

23. We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the
CSIR Manual.

Signature of the Indentor_____________ Signature of the Project Leader ________

Date Date

TO BE USED BY PME OR ACCOUNTS FOR VERIFICATION

PROJECT FUNDS
Project Starting Date Closing Allocation Total Amount of Balance
No. and Date including Indents including
Budget Revised Present indent
Head allocation,
If any.

We shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as per para 3.2.1 of the CSIR
Manual.
Head
PME/COFA

226
 ANNEXURE–2G
PURCHASE REQUISITION REGISTER FOR INDENTERS
(Refer para 2.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

Name of the Division ______________________

(To be prepared and maintained by the Indenting Divisions for all type indents including purchase without quotation)

PR PR Date Name Description Qty. Capital / Indented Projec Mode of As ascertained from S&P Division
No. Dat of of the Consum Cost in ₹ t No Procure
e Submi Indent ables In Lakhs ment Indent Purchase Qty. Sanctio Name of Delivery
ssion er No. & Order Ref. n the Date
to Date & date Amount Supplier
Purch
ase
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Date of Receipt of SIV No. & Date Name & ID of the User Signature and Remarks
Items Date of the
Indenting Officer
17 18 19 20 21

227
 ANNEXURE–2H
PURCHASE INDENT REGISTER
(Refer para 2.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

______________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt)

Indent Date PR PR Date of File Description Capital/ Project Name of Name of Date of Date of PO No. &
No No Date Receipt No. of Item Consumable No. Indenter Project Tenderin Tender Date
of PR Leader g Opening
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

228
 ANNEXURE – 3A

FORMAT OF INTEGRITY PACT

(Refer para 3.3.3 (10) of the CSIR Manual)

INTEGRITY PACT

Between

The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research, a society incorporated under the
Societies Registration Act- 1860, having its corporate registered office at “Anusandhan
Bhavan”, 2 Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110001 represented by ____________________ (name
of the procuring Entity) hereinafter referred to as “The Principal” which expression shall
mean and include, unless the context otherwise requires, its successors and permitted
assigns.
And

M/s……………………………represented by Designated Partner/ Director/ Chief Executive

Officer herein referred to as “The Bidder/Contractor” which expression shall mean and
include, unless the context otherwise requires, its successors and permitted assigns.

Preamble

The Principal proposes to procure (Name of the Stores/Equipment/Item) at a competitive

price in conformity with the specifications, under laid down organizational procedures
and the BIDDER/ Contractor is willing to offer/has offered the stores and

The Principal values full compliance with all relevant laws of the land, rules, regulations,
economic use of resources and of fairness/ transparency in its relations with its Bidder(s)
and/or Contractor(s).

In order to achieve these goals, the Principal will appoint an Independent External
Monitor (IEM), who will monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for
compliance with the principles mentioned above.
The parties hereto hereby agree to enter into this Integrity Pact and agree as follows

Section 1 – Commitments of the Principal

01. The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption
and to observe the following principles:

(a) No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in

connection with the tender for, or the execution of a contract, demand, take a
promise for or accept, for self or third person, any material or immaterial benefit
which the person is not legally entitled to.

(b) The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity and
reason. The Principal will in particular, before and during the tender process,
provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any Bidder(s)
confidential/additional information through which the Bidder(s) could obtain an
advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract execution.

229
(c) The Principal will exclude from the process all known prejudiced persons.

02. If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is
a criminal offence under the IPC/PC Act, or if there be a substantive suspicion in
this regard, the Principal will inform the Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition can
initiate disciplinary action.

Section 2 – Commitments of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)

01. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) commit himself to take all measures necessary to

prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following principles during
his participation in the tender process and during the contract execution.

(a) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other Person or firm,
offer, promise or give to any of the Principal’s employees involved in the tender
process or the execution of the contract or to any third person any material or
other benefit which he/she is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in
exchange any advantage of any kind whatsoever during the tender process or
during the execution of the contract.

(b) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not enter with other Bidders into any Undisclosed
agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal. This applies in
particular to prices, specifications, Certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission
or non-submission of bids or any other actions to restrict competitiveness or to
introduce cartelization in the bidding process.

(c) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not commit any offence under the relevant IPC/PC
Act; further the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not use improperly, for purposes of
competition or personal gain, or pass on to others, any information or document
provided by the Principal as part of the business relationship, regarding plans,
technical proposals and business details, including information contained or
transmitted electronically.

(d) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address
of the Agents/representatives in India, if any. Similarly, the Bidder(s)/
Contractors(s) of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the
foreign principals, if any. Further details as mentioned in the “Guidelines on Indian
Agents of Foreign Suppliers” shall be disclosed by the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s).
Further, as mentioned in the Guidelines all the payments made to the Indian
agent/representative have to be in Indian Rupees only. Copy of the “Guidelines on
Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers” is annexed and marked as Annexure.

(e) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will, when presenting his bid, disclose any and all
payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make to agents, brokers or
any other intermediaries in connection with the award of the contract.
02. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not instigate third persons to commit offences
outlined above or be an accessory to such offences.
03. The person signing IP shall not approach the courts while representing the
matters to IEMs and he/she will await their decision in the matter.

230
Section 3 – Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from future Contracts

01. If the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s), before award or during execution has committed a

transgression through a violation of Section 2, above or in any other form such as
to put his reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify
the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) from the tender process or take action as per the
procedure mentioned in the “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings”. Copy
of the “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings” is annexed and marked as
Annex -“B”.

Section 4 – Compensation for Damages

01. If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to the
award according to Section 3, the Principal is entitled to demand and recover the
damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security.

02. If the Principal has terminated the contract according to Section 3, or if the
Principal is entitled to terminate the contract according to Section 3, the Principal
shall be entitled to demand and recover from the Contractor liquidated damages
of the contract value or the amount equivalent to Performance Bank Guarantee.

Section 5 – Previous transgression

01. The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3 Years
with any other Company in any country conforming to the anti-corruption approach
or with any other Public Sector Enterprise in India that could justify his exclusion
from the tender process.

02. If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified
from the tender process or action can be taken as per the procedure mentioned
in “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings.”

Section 6 – Equal treatment of all Bidders / Contractors/ Sub-contractors

01. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) undertake(s) to demand from all Subcontractors a

commitment in conformity with this Integrity Pact, and to submit it to the Principal
before contract signing.

02. The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with
all Bidders, Contractors and Subcontractors.

03. The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all bidders who do not sign
this Pact or violate its provisions.

Section 7 – Criminal charges against violating Bidders / Contractors/ Subcontractors

01. If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a bidder, Contractor or

Subcontractor or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a bidder,
Contractor or Subcontractor which constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has
substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the same to the Chief
Vigilance Officer.

231
Section 8 - Independent External Monitors

01. The Principal appoints competent and credible Independent External Monitor for
this Pact. The task of the Monitor is to review independently and objectively,
whether and to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this
agreement.

02. The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and
performs his functions neutrally and independently. He reports to the JS(A), CSIR.

03. The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access
without restriction to all Project documentation of the Principal including that
provided by the Contractor. The Contractor will also grant the Monitor, upon his
request and demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional
access to his project documentation. The same is applicable to Subcontractors.
The Monitor is under contractual obligation to treat the information and
documents of the Bidder(s) / Contractor(s) / Subcontractor(s) with confidentiality.

04. The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings
among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an
impact on the contractual relations between the Principal and the Contractor. The
parties offer to the Monitor the option to participate in such meetings.

05. As soon as the Monitor notice, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement,
he will so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management
to discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The
monitor can in this regard submit non-binding recommendations. Beyond this, the
Monitor has no right to demand from the parties that they act in a specific
manner, refrain from action or tolerate action.

06. The Monitor will submit a written report to the JS(A), CSIR within 8 to 10 weeks
from the date of reference or intimation to him by the Principal and should the
occasion arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.

07. Monitor shall be entitled to compensation on the same terms as being extended
to/provided to Independent Directors on the CSIR.

08. If the Monitor has reported to the JS(A), CSIR, a substantiated suspicion of an
offence under relevant IPC/PC Act, and the JS(A), CSIR has not, within the
reasonable time taken visible action to proceed against such offence or reported
it to the Chief Vigilance Officer, the Monitor may also transmit this information
directly to the Central Vigilance Commissioner.
09. The word ‘Monitor’ would include both singular and plural.

Section 9 – Pact Duration

01. This Pact begins when both parties have legally singed it. It expires for the
Contractor 10 months after the last payment under the contract, and for all other
Bidders 6 months after the contract has been awarded.

232
02. If any claim is made/lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and
continue to be valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it is
discharged/determined by JS(A), CSIR.

Section 10 – Other provisions

01. This agreement is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and Jurisdiction is
the Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. New Delhi.

02. Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in

writing. Side agreements have not been made.

03. If the Contractor is a partnership or a consortium, this agreement must be signed

by all partners or consortium members.

04. The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any other legal
action that may follow in accordance with the provisions of the extant law in force
relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.

05 Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the
remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to
come to an agreement to their original intentions.

_____________________________ ________________________________
(For & On behalf of the Principal) (For & On behalf of Bidder/Contractor
(Office Seal) (Office Seal)

Place………………… ……….. Place…………………………..…………

Date………………….. Date…………………..

Witness 1: (Name & Address)

___________________________________________________________

Witness 2: (Name & Address)

__________________________________________________________

233
 Annexure–3B
PART – I
Instructions to Vendors – Registration in CSIR
(refer para 3.5.1 (03) & 3.6.1 of the CSIR Manual)

The following are the Instructions for Vendors in India for Registration, as an approved
Vendor/supplier of Goods to the CSIR and its Laboratories/Institutes herein after called
the Procuring Entity. Registration once done, will be valid for CSIR and all its Labs/Instts
chosen by the vendor across the country.

01. Vendor should be in business for a minimum period of past 3 financial years
Vendor should provide the details of the Annual Turnover of the Vendor during the
preceding three financial years.

02. Start-ups registered with DIPP (GoI) with valid certificate and MSEs are
exempted from the conditions at Sl. No. 01.

03. Vendor debarred or against whom punitive action is taken by CSIR or any other
Government Entity shall not be eligible for registration/re-registration for a period
of 2 years or as prescribed in debarment letter. Registration request may not be
entertained from such vendors, stake holders who have any interest in
deregistered/banned firm.

04. The registered firms shall be exempted from depositing the EMD/BS against
tenders of CSIR for the supply of goods or services as indicated in the Registration
Letter for the item(s) of sub-categories for which it has been registered.

05. Validity of Vendor registration shall be for a period of three years from the date of
registration.

06. Vendor registration fee is ₹ 1000/- (One Thousand) inclusive of taxes and will be
non-transferable and non-refundable for the vendors approved for registration.
The Fee may be paid only through a DD/BC in favour of the Procuring Entity.

07. Vendors must choose from a dropdown box of Categories, associated Sub-
Categories (common across CSIR) and then the Generic Name of item (s) for
which the vendor is willing for registration. The system will map the vendor to one
or more sub-categories and item (s) as selected by the Vendor. Vendors registered
in Central Public Procurement Portal www.etenders.gov.in must mention their
login id in the application form.

08. The Registration Certificate shall be awarded on recommendations of a Vendor

Registration Committee (VRC) in the Procuring Entity who will evaluate vendor/s
based on criteria, which may include:

(a) Credentials/ performance as verified with other customers as per references

submitted by the Vendor.

(b) Manufacturing, Testing and Service capability (as evidenced by documents

evidencing manufacturing capability) for the category of Equipment (as per

234
 CSIR’s Categories of items). Start-Ups and registered as manufacturer; are
exempted from having own in-house testing facilities.

(c) Quality control system (ISO-9001).

(d) After sales/Testing facility available and/or BIS number.

(e) Financial standing (evidence from Banker/Audited Balance Sheet 3 years

certified by CA)

09. Jurisdiction of Vendor Registration

Vendors shall have the option to choose its area of business out of the given list
of Labs/Instts and/or places. While submitting application for registration the
Vendor must select jurisdiction of his operations from the dropdown list
comprising of the following:

(a) A particular Lab/Instt: if vendor is willing to register for a particular Lab/Instt only.

(b) Single or multiple City (ies): if vendor is willing to register for a particular City or
cities only.

(c) Cluster Labs/Instts: comprising a group of Labs/Instts who mainly deals with a
similar type of items like Bio-chemical items, Engineering items or Physical Labs
item etc.

(d) State/s: option to choose a particular or multiple State (s)

(e) All India: For all CSIR and its Labs/Instt and/or places across the country

10. Code of Integrity in Public Procurement (CIPP) and Disclosure of Conflict of

Interest.

Application will not be entertained unless the applicant (vendor) agrees to abide
by Code of Integrity in Public Procurement (CIPP). A declaration must be signed and
appended to the Registration form. CIPP mandates observance of highest standards of
ethics in the procurement process and prohibits corrupt practice/Fraudulent practice/
Anti- Competitive practice / Coercive Practice/ Conflict of Interest and Obstructive
practice. All vendors must declare any Conflict of interest and any previous
transgressions of code of Integrity during the last three years. The declaration by the
vendor on Conflict of interest and abiding by CIPP as per relevant clause given in the
form for registration must be signed and uploaded.

11. Status of Vendor

(a) Private Limited Company

(b) Partnership
(c) Sole Proprietorship
(d) Society
(e) Public Sector Undertaking (PSU)
(f) Central/State Government Department
(g) Others (to specify)
235
12. Type of Company (Vendor)
(a) Manufacturer
(i) Indian
(ii) Foreign

Firms seeking registration with CSIR should have the facilities and premises for
manufacturing the products for which registration is applied for. Manufacturing
premises can either be owned by them or on lease or any other arrangements.

(b) Sole Selling Agent / Authorized Agent / Distributors of Indian Manufacturer

supplying Stores of reputed Indian manufacturers.

(c) Indian Agents of Foreign Manufacturers – (with details of Foreign Manufacturer).

(d) Stockists /Distributors of Imported goods (with option to select any one or more).

(e) Sole selling Agent/Stockists/ Distributor of Foreign manufacturer.

(f) Fabricators.

(g) Service Providers.

(h) General Suppliers

13. Names and addresses of Units/Branch offices of the applicant firm:

All details relating to Unit/Branch offices of the applicant firm (same Vendor)
should be mentioned in the dropdown list in the Form for Registration of Vendors.
No separate certificate will be issued in the name of Units/Branch Offices of the
applicant firm.

14. Mere submission of application for vendor registration or renewal does not give
any right to the vendor for registration and no benefit based on such submission
can be claimed.

15. Online certificate will be generated by the COSP/SPO/SO in the Labs/ CSIR Hqrs
as recommended by VRC and approved by the competent authority. The system
will generate a vendor registration certificate with a unique registration number
and would be sent to the vendor.

16. The Procuring Entity will communicate deficiencies / shortcomings to Vendors

whose application for registration is not accepted before granting the registration.
Period for review and re-verification will be mentioned in the letter.

17. The fee of the vendors whose application has not been approved for registration
shall be refunded to the vendor after deducting the GST.

18. Appellate Authority

Directors in CSIR Labs and DG, CSIR in CSIR Hqrs shall function as Appellate
authority for considering review of rejection of an application for registration of
Vendor or any other grievance related to the vendor registration.

236
 ANNEXURE–3C
PART – II
Vendor Registration Form
(Refer para 3.6.1 of the CSIR Manual)

1 Name of the Vendor

2
Head/Corporate/Regd. Office
3 Postal Address with Telephone, Mobile, Fax No.
& E-mail ID
4
Website / URL of the Vendor
5 Name of the Contact Person with Mobile, Fax
No. and E-Mail ID
6 Name and contact details of the Head of the
Company i.e. CEO/Proprietor/ Chairman
7 Branches (Cities/ Towns) with address
(Dropdown list with Add more provision)
8 Name and address of Sister Concern(s)
(Dropdown list with Add more provision)
9 PAN No.
10 Name and address of firm(s) where
Director/Partner of applicant firm is/are
holding similar post
11
GST No.
12 Upload document (copies of PAN, GSTN, Firm legal status (Company/ Partnership/
Sole proprietorship)
13
START-UP upload document of DIPP regn: / validity
14 Are you registered under any one of the
following:
I. The Indian Companies Act, 1913
II. Indian Partnership Act, 1932
III. Proprietorship (please give full names &
addresses)
IV. Indian Factories Act, 1951
V. Society Registration Act, 1860
VI. PSU(Public sector undertaking)
VII. Central/State Govt. Deptt
VIII. Others(specify)
15 Whether you are a Micro & Small Scale
Industrial Unit? If yes, then the
I. Registration No. & Date
II. Validity
III. Monetary limit upto which registered
IV. Goods/ Services for which registered
237
16 TYPE OF FIRM/VENDOR:
1. MANUFACTURER:
 INDIAN
 FOREIGN
2. Sole Selling Agent/Authorized
Agent/Distributors of Indian
Manufacturers
3. Indian Agent of Foreign
Manufacturers
4. Stockists /Distributors of
Imported items
5. Sole selling Agent/Stockist/
Distributor of Foreign manufacturer
6. Fabricator
7. Service Provider
8. General Suppliers
17 Whether you are holding BIS or any other
License, if so, details thereof along with copy of
the same?
18 Whether you are sole Distributor or Regional
Agent. State territories held & attach other
necessary documents (with clear validity and
Terms)
19 Whether you have adequate facilities for after
sales service/Testing services, give details. If
not, please specify other arrangements
regarding after sales service/Testing service.
20
Banker details of the vendor:

Name & Address of Bank

Name in which account stands

Account Number

Account Type

IFSC Code

MICR No. of Bank

SWIFT Code of the bank, if any

22 Login ID of CPPP www.etenders.gov.in
24 Declaration by the vendor on abiding by code of
integrity (CIPP) and disclosure on conflict of
Interest.

238
 ANNEXURE–4A

PROPRIETARY ARTICLE CERTIFICATE FORM

(Refer para 4.6.1 of the CSIR Manual)

PR No._________________ PR Date_________________

1 Description of goods
2 Quantity
3 Approximate estimated value for above
quantity
4 Name of the manufacturer
5 Name(s) and address of authorised
dealers/stockists
6 We approve the above purchase on PAC basis and certify that: -
Note- Tick to retain only one out of 6(a) or 6(b)
6(a) This is the only firm who is manufacturing this item and a similar article is not
manufactured by any other firm, which could be used in lieu. The item is
marketed/sold by M/s ___________________________________ or used in lieu

AND

6(b) No other make/model is acceptable for the following reasons:

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

7 Reference of concurrence of finance wing

to the proposal

We shall be personally responsible for the correctness of this certificate.

The above PAC is approved.

Signature …………………………….. Signature ………………………..

Name ………………………………. Name ……………………………..

Designation of Indenting Officer............ Designation of PL/HOD………………….

Date ............................ Date …………………………..

239
 ANNEXURE–4B
CERTIFICATE FOR PURCHASE OF SPECIALISED/SPECIFIC R&D CONSUMABLES ON
SINGLE TENDER BASIS
(Refer para 4.7.1 (02) of the CSIR Manual)

Certified that, the items indented vide PR No. _________ dated __________ are required
to be purchased from M/s_______________________ for the following scientific/
technical reasons. These items are required for use in the Project No. indicated in the
Indent.

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________

It is certified that the items indented are consumable in nature.

It is certified that the protocol has been finalized using the consumables of the
manufacturer indicated above and any deviation in respect of material inputs at this
stage will affect the reproducibility, authenticity and validity of the analysis/result.

The indented items were earlier procured from the above source vide PO No. _______
__________________ dated _______________.

Name of Indentor ________________ Name of Project Leader _________________

Designation _____________________ Designation _______________________

Division ________________________ Division ______________________________

Signature of the indenter __________ Signature of the Project

Leader/HOD__________

Date _____________________ Date ____________________

240
 ANNEXURE–4C
CERTIFICATE FOR DIRECT PURCHASE WITHOUT QUOTATION
(Refer para 4.9.2(01) of the CSIR Manual)

PR No :
Project No PR Date:

“I,________________, am personally satisfied that the goods (described below)

purchased are of the requisite quality and specification and have been purchased/ to be
purchased from a reliable supplier/contractor at a reasonable price.”

In a summary form, records have been kept of the vendors approached and prices
indicated by them.

Amount in ₹
The value of this purchase is
Cumulative value of earlier purchases made without quotation
Total

Certified that the total value of purchases made without quotation, including this indent
does not exceed the annual ceilings under this project as prescribed in the SOPP.
The details of prices of the goods purchased/to be purchased are as under:

Item:
Quantity:
Unit Rate:
Taxes/Duties:
Other Charges:
Total Unit Price:
Total Price:
Purchased/to be M/s
purchased from:
Bill No. & Date:
Cheque may be drawn in
favour of

Sanctioned ₹ ____________________

Name of Purchaser_______________ Name of Project Leader_________________

Designation_____________________ Designation___________________________

Division________________________ Division______________________________

Signature of the indenter__________ Signature of the Project Leader____________

Date_____________________ Date ____________________

241
 Annexure–4D
LOCAL PURCHASE COMMITTEE CERTIFICATE FORMAT
(Refer para 4.10.2(05) of the Manual)

PR No:
Project No PR Date:

The following is certified:

(i) Certified that we the undersigned, members of the purchase committee are jointly
and individually satisfied that the goods recommended for purchase are of the
requisite specification and quality, priced at the prevailing market rate and the
supplier/contractor recommended is reliable and competent to supply the goods
in question, and it is not debarred by Department of Commerce or Ministry/DSIR
concerned.”

(ii) Certified that the Committee has surveyed the market to ascertain the
reasonableness of rate, quality and specifications to identify the appropriate
supplier.

(iii) The quotation No. __________ dated ________ for ₹ __________ of the
recommended firm M/s ___________________ is enclosed herewith in original for
placement of purchase order.

Amount in ₹
The value of this purchase is
Cumulative value of earlier purchases through LPC is
Total

Certified that the total value of purchases made through LPC, including this indent does
not exceed the annual ceilings under this project as prescribed in the SOPP.

Signature: Signature: Signature:

Name 1: Name 2: Name 3:

Designation: Designation: Designation:

Sanctioned ₹_______________ (₹ _____________________________)

Signature of the Project Leader……………

Name ……………………………….

Designation of Project Leader………………

Date ............................

242
 Annexure–4E
SAMPLE PREQUALIFICATION CRITERIA
(Refer Para 4.12.4 (02) of the CSIR Manual)

Criteria 1: Experience and Past Performance:

(a) The bidder (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative – hereinafter

referred simply as ‘The Bidder’) should have regularly for at least the last [three]1
years, ending 31st March (or any other year ending followed in relevant country) of
the previous financial year (hereinafter called ‘The relevant Date’), manufactured
and supplied (/erected/ commissioned)2 [Name of Requirement], with the same
or higher specifications [having/ with – parameters]3 (hereinafter called ‘The
Product’), and

(b) The bidder should have manufactured and supplied (/erected/commissioned)2 at

least { }4 numbers (herein after referred as ‘The Qualifying Quantity’) of ‘The
Product’ in at least one of the last five years ending on ‘The relevant Date’, and out
of which (At least [one5] numbers of offered version/model of ‘The product’ should be
in successful operation for at least [two]5 years on the date of bid opening.)

Criteria 2 - Capability- Equipment & manufacturing Facilities:

(a) ‘The bidder’ must have an annual capacity to manufacture and supply
(/erected/commissioned)2 at least ‘The Qualifying Quantity’.

Note: In case of multiple products in a tender, this criterion shall be applicable product
wise. For example, in case of Printing Paper of different specifications/sizes, it shall be
applicable to quantity of paper manufactured and supplied specification/size wise.

Criteria 3 - Financial Standing – under all conditions

(a) The average annual financial turnover of ‘The bidder’ during the last three years,
ending on ‘The relevant Date’, should be at ₹ [---------] millions6 (or equivalent in
foreign currency at exchange rate prevalent on ‘The Relevant Date’) as per the
annual report (audited balance sheet and profit & loss account) of the relevant
period, duly authenticated by a Chartered Accountant/Cost Accountant in India or
equivalent in relevant countries.

(b) Bidder Firm (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative) should not

have suffered any financial loss for more than one year during the last three years,
ending on ‘The Relevant Date’.

1. Change number of years if needed

2. Add text within bracket in case of Plant and Machinery only and delete for others
3. Insert the defining parameters like Speed or defining technology here
4. Fix the quantity as 40–80 % or any other % of the quantity in the Bid Documents
rounded upto next whole number. In case of uncommonly large quantity
procurements, a lower percentage would ensure that otherwise capable suppliers
do not get ruled out. In case of smaller procurements, a higher percentage would
ensure that low capability vendors do not vitiate competition.

243
5. Fill up a reasonable number. In a new technology product, the Manufacturer is not
likely to meet the requirements number of products or of number of years’ operating
successfully; hence these can be reduced in such cases.

6. Fix the value as 40–80 % or any other % of the estimated cost of the quantity in the
Bid Document. Please note that Rs 1 Cr = ₹ 10 million.

(c) The net worth of the Bidder firm (manufacturer or principal of authorised
representative) should not be negative on ‘The Relevant Date’ and also ii) should
have not eroded by more than 30% (thirty percent) in the last three years, ending on
‘The Relevant Date’.

Note: In case of Indian Bidders/companies (manufacturer or principal of authorised

representative) who have been restructured by Banks in India, under the statutory guidelines,
they would be deemed to have qualified the Financial standing criteria considering the
institutional financial backing available to them.

Applicability in Special Cases:

(a) Applicability to ‘Make in India’ : Bidders (manufacturer or principal of authorised

representative) who have a valid/approved ongoing ‘Make in India’ agreement/
program and who while meeting all other criteria above, except for any or more
of sub-criteria in Experience and Past Performance above, would also be considered
to be qualified provided:

(i) their foreign ‘Make-in-India’ associates meet all the criteria above without
exemption, and

(ii) the Bidder submits appropriate documentary proof for a valid/approved ongoing
‘Make in India’ agreement/program.

(iii) the bidder (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative) furnishes along

with the bid a legally enforceable undertaking jointly executed by himself and
such foreign Manufacturer for satisfactory manufacture, Supply (and erection,
commissioning if applicable) and performance of ‘The Product’ offered including all
warranty obligations as per the general and special conditions of contract.

(b) Authorized Representatives: Bids of bidders quoting as authorised representative of

a principal manufacturer would also be considered to be qualified, provided:

(i) their principal manufacturer meets all the criteria above without exemption; and

(ii) the principal manufacturer furnishes a legally enforceable tender-specific

authorisation in the prescribed form assuring full guarantee and warranty
obligations as per the general and special conditions of contract; and

(iii) the bidder himself should have been associated, as authorised representative of
the same or other Principal Manufacturer for same set of services as in present bid
(supply, installation, satisfactorily commissioning, after sales service as the case
may be) for same or similar ‘Product’ for past three years ending on ‘The Relevant
Date’.

244
(c) For Existing Successful Past Suppliers: In case the bidder (manufacturer or principal
of authorised representative) who is a successful past supplier of ‘The Product’ in at
least one of the recent past [three]1 procurement, who do not meet any or more of
requirements above, would also be considered to be qualified in view of their
proven credentials, for the maximum quantity supplied by him in such recent past.

(d) Joint Ventures and Holding Companies: Credentials of the partners of Joint
ventures cannot (repeat cannot) be clubbed for the purpose of compliance of PQC
in supply of Goods/Equipment, and each partner must comply with all the PQC criteria
independently

However, for the purpose of qualifying the Financial Standing Criteria, the
Financial Standing credentials of a Holding Company can be clubbed with only one of
the fully owned subsidiary bidding company, with appropriate legal documents proving
such ownership.

Note for Bidders:

01. ‘Doctrine of Substantial Compliance’: The Pre-Qualification Bidding (PQB) and

Pre- Qualification Criteria (PQC) are for shortlisting of sources who are competent to
perform this contract to ensure best value for money from expenditure of Public
Money. This process is neither intended to bestow any entitlement upon nor to
create any rights or privileges for the Bidders, by way of overly hair-splitting or
viciously legalistic interpretations of these criteria, disregarding the very
rationale of the PQB and PQC. Keeping this caveat in view, interpretation by
Procuring Entity would be based on common usage of terminologies and phrases
in public procurement in accordance with the ‘Doctrine of Substantial
Compliance’ and would be final.

02. Along with all the necessary documents/certificates required as per the tender
conditions, the bidder should furnish a brief write-up, backed with adequate
data, explaining his available capacity (both technical and financial), for
manufacture and supply of the required goods/equipment, within the specified
time of completion, after meeting all their current commitments.

03. Supporting documents submitted by the bidder must be certified as follows:

(a) All copy of supply/work order; respective completion certificate and contact
details of clients; documents issued by the relevant Industries Department/National
Small Industries Corporation (NSIC)/manufacturing licence; annual report, etc.,
in support of experience, past performance and capacity/capability should be
authenticated by the by the person authorised to sign the tender on behalf of the
bidder. Original Documents must be submitted for inspection, if so demanded.

(b) All financial standing data should be certified by certified accountants, for
example, Chartered Accountants/Cost Accountants or equivalent in relevant
countries; and Indian bidder or Indian counterparts of foreign bidders should
furnish their Permanent Account Number.

245
(c) The bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any previous
transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any country during
the last three years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity. Failure to
do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity;

(d) The bidder shall not have conflict of interest with other bidders. Such conflict of
interest can lead to anti-competitive practices to the detriment of Procuring
Entity’s interests. The bidder found to have a conflict of interest shall be
disqualified. A bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest with one
or more parties in this bidding process, if

(i) They have controlling partner(s) in common; or

(ii) They received or have received any direct or indirect subsidy/financial stake
from any of them; or

(iii) They have the same legal representative/agent for purposes of this bid; or

(iv) They have relationship with each other, directly or through common third parties,
that puts them in a position to have access to information about or influence on
the bid of another bidder; or

(v) Bidder participates in more than one bid in this bidding process. Participation by
a bidder in more than one bid will result in the disqualification of all bids in which
the parties are involved. However, this does not limit the inclusion of the
components/sub-assembly/assemblies from one bidding manufacturer in more
than one bid.

(vi) In cases of agents quoting in offshore procurements, on behalf of their principal

manufacturers, one agent cannot represent two manufactures or quote on their
behalf in a particular tender enquiry. One manufacturer can also authorise only
one agent/dealer. There can be only one bid from the following:

 The Principal manufacturer directly or through one Indian agent on his

behalf; and

 India/foreign agent on behalf of only one principal

(vii) A bidder or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of

the design or technical specifications of the contract that is the subject of the
Bid.

(viii) In case of a holding company having more than one independently

manufacturing units, or more than one unit having common business
ownership/management, only one unit should quote. Similar restrictions would
apply to closely related sister companies. Bidders must proactively declare such
sister/common business/management units in same/similar line of business.

246
Note for Purchaser

01. Portions in italics are for your decision/guidance; these are not to be printed in the bid
documents. Portion within [ ] brackets are to be filled without brackets. Footnotes
are for internal guidance and should not be part of the bid documents.

02. Ministry of MSME have clarified that all Central Ministries / Departments/ Central
Public Sector Undertakings may relax condition of prior turnover and prior
experience with respect to Micro and Small Enterprises in all public procurements
subject to meeting of quality and technical specifications.

03. The condition of prior turnover and prior experience may be relaxed for Startups
(as defined by Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion) subject to meeting
of quality & technical specifications and making suitable provisions in the bidding
document (Rule 173 (i) of GFR 2017).

247
 Annexure–4F

CERTIFICATE FOR DIRECT PURCHASE THROUGH GeM

(Refer para 4.16.5(i) of the CSIR Manual)

PR No :
Project No PR Date:

“I,________________, am personally satisfied that the goods (described below) indented

vide the above PR have been purchased through GeM at a reasonable price. The goods
purchased are of requisite quality, specification and meets the delivery period

Sanctioned Rs ____________________

Name of Purchaser______________Name of Project Leader/SO (S&P)/SPO__________

Designation_____________________ Designation___________________________

Division________________________ Division______________________________

Signature of the indenter_______ Signature of the Project Leader/ SO (S&P)/SPO______

Date_____________________ Date _________

Note : The Indent along with the purchase order may be submitted to the Stores Section
on receipt of the consignment for further action.

248
 Annexure–4G
Copy of approval accorded by MoF for purchase of specialized/specific R&D consumables
on STE basis without PAC
(refer para 4.7.1 (02) of the CSIR manual)

249
 Annexure–4H
(Refer para 4.16.8) of the CSIR Manual)
No.F.13/4/2017-PPD (Pt.)
Government of India Ministry
of Finance Department of
Expenditure Procurement
Policy Division
*****

516, Lok Nayak Bhawan, New Delhi.

Dated 141h August , 2018.
OFFICE MEMORANDUM

Subject: Government e-Marketplace (GeM) - on Boarding of Non - Public Financial

Management System (PFMS) Agencies/ Entities (NPAE) on GeM Portal-
Opening and Operating of GeM Pool Accounts (GPAs) by NPAE for
ensuring timely payment to GeM suppliers/ vendors

The undersigned is directed to say that the issue of simplification of timely

payment procedure to GeM suppliers/ vendors by Non-PFMS Agencies/ Entities
(NPAE) through opening & operating of GeM Pool Accounts by NPAE has been under
consideration of Government of India and it has now been decided that all those
non-PFMS organisations/ Agencies/ entities who come on board on GeM, shall open &
operate a special purpose account namely GeM Pool Account for the purpose of
ensuring prompt payment to suppliers/ vendors of GeM who supply Goods/ Services to
the NPAE through GeM.

2. Accordingly, it is directed that organisations not operating through PFMS shall be

covered under these instructions. It shall apply to CPSEs which choose to procure
through GeM, all Autonomous Bodies and Societies who are hereby directed to open,
operationalize and operate a GeM Pool Account (GPA) for all procurement done through
bidding and Reverse Auction (RA). GeM Pool Account shall be mandatory for all
procurement above Rs.10 lakhs and optional at the discretion of the entity for value
up to Rs.10 lakhs. The GeM Pool Account shall be opened, operated and controlled
exclusively and completely by the buyer entity/ agency subject to certain restrictions on
withdrawals of funds as enumerated in the Annex to this OM. The Account shall carry
interest applicable to savings/ current account. Such account shall be opened in any
scheduled bank having already integrated the pool account with GeM.

3. While procuring goods & services through GeM, the NPAEs should credit
100% of the projected value of the goods/ services in their GeM Pool Account before
placing supply order/ award of contract and it will not be withdrawn for any other
purpose other than the one for which the amount is credited into GeM Pool Account.

On successful supply & acceptance of Goods & Services, the NPAE shall issue
an advise without delay to the bank to release actual amount payable to vendors/
suppliers as per terms of contract from the GeM Pool Account.

4. A detailed Standard operating procedure (SOP) on opening and operating

of GeM Pool Account is attached in Annexure.
250
 5. The Steering Committee on GeM of each Ministry should monitor the
implementation of these instructions regarding operationalization of Gem Pool
Account.

6. Ministries/ Departments of Government of India are accordingly requested to

issue necessary instructions to all Non-PFMS Agencies/ Entities under their control.

7. This issues with the approval of Secretary (Expenditure) .

(K Narayana Reddy)
Under Secretary to the Govt. of India
Tel: 24621305
Email: [email protected]

To

1. Secretaries & Financial Advisors of All Central Government Ministries/ Departments

2. Copy for Web-hosting

251
 Annexure to OM No.13/4/201l- ·PPD(Pt.} dated 14.08.2018
The Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for ensuring timely payments to the
Gem Suppliers /vendors through Gem Pool Account
******
GeM Pool Account is a special purpose bank account (interest bearing
savings/ current Account) opened, operated and controlled exclusively by each
NPAE for the purpose of crediting 100% projected value of the contracts/ supply
orders in to the account and for subsequently making timely payments to the
vendors/ suppliers on successful supply and acceptance of goods & services
ordered on GeM against supply orders placed by the NPAE on GeM.

Non-PFMS Agency/ Entity (NPAE) is a Government of India (Gol)

organization, CPSE, Autonomous Body or any other entity not using PFMS for its
payments of transactions and having their own payment system for making
payments against supply orders placed by the NPAE on GeM.

The following are the core elements of GPA that should be incorporated during
the opening and operations I procurement stages :

1. The NPAE will open the GPA (as a savings or current account) which will be
utilized by buyer through the online integration of Bank with the platform
owned and maintained by GeM SPV, as per Service Level Agreement (SLA),
and solely for procurement of goods and services on GeM.

2. The terms and conditions of procurement on Gem will be part of the

operations agreement between the bank and the NPAE.

3. The role of the bank will be limited to ensuring operations of the account on
the instruction of the NPAE through the authorized NPAE nodal officer for
GeM/ buyer.

4. Real time details of all operations of the account will be shared by the bank, in
a mutually accepted format (to be amended from time to time) with the NPAE,
only through the GeM Platform.

5. Once a sub-account transaction specific account is credited with an amount,

the NPAE cannot withdraw this amount, apart from transfer to the designated
supplier,till such a time that the transaction is live.

6. Any withdrawal/transfer by the NPAE from this account, except for payment
to the supplier, would be permitted in the following conditions:

a. Order cancellation
b. Order rejection
c. Refund

All the above situations would first be required to be enabled/flagg ed on

the GeM Platform for the NPAE to be able to act accordingly.

252
7. On authorization of a payment to the supplier by the NPAE Nodal officer
for GeM/ buyer, the bank should transfer the prescribed amount to the
supplier mapped in the transaction.

8. In case of an Service level agreement (SLA) breach on the part of the

NPAE in terms of payments to the supplier, GeM will intimate the buyer and
bank of the same. Post such intimation, and non-action on the part of the
NPAE with respect to payment transfer, bank will release 100% of the
amount (or as notified in the terms and conditions of procurement on
GeM) to the supplier mapped in the transaction. Such a provision is
required to be incorporated in GPA and should be considered as a
standing instruction from the NPAE to the bank. The residual amount
cannot be withdrawn/ transferred by the NPAE, in such cases. The
process to be followed in case of SLA breach under various scenarios is
provided below:

a. In case, even after 10 days of issue of Consignee receipt

and acceptance certificate (CRAG), the buyer has not initiated
the payment process through the GeM platform, a payment
trigger will be automatically generated for payment
equivalent to 80% of the consignment value deduced by the
system as per CRAG. Simultaneously intimation will be sent
to the HoD, buyer and NPAE Nodal officer for GeM,
regarding the release of payment, at their risk and cost in line
with the Terms and condition (T&C) and SLA of procurement
on GeM. The residual payment of 20% is to be processed by
the buyer within 35 days after adjusting for any statutory
deduct ion and damages, failing which after 35 days , the same
will be released to the supplier automatically through an alert
to the bank by the GeM Platform, after statutory deductions
and any system know deductions.

b. If the consignee does not issue Provisional receipt certificate

( PRC) within 48 hours of actual receipt of consignment, the
supplier can upload the consignee receipt for the transaction on
the GeM Portal. For such cases the system will generate alert
to the consignee to issue PRC & CRAG within stipulated time
line set in T&C and SLA of procurement on GeM.

c. In case the consignee does not respond to the system

generated alerts and action requirements, after the GeM
specified time period, alerts and auto escalation will be
initiated as per escalation matrix specified below:

i. Level 1- Upto 3 days- Consignee

ii. Level 2 - 4 and 5th day-Consignee and Buyer
iii. Level 3 -6 to 10th day - Consignee, Buyer, Payment Paying
Authority and NPAE Nodal Officer for GeM

d. Post generation of CRAG, the buyer has 10 days to

authorize the payment to the supplier through the GeM
Platform, failing which, the Gem Portal auto initiated payment
process as elaborated in point (a) above will be triggered.
253
e. Unutilised funds after closure of the Contract and interest accrued on
the credited amount be at the disposal of nominated NPAE Nodal
Officer, who may advise banker for further action deemed fit.

Note : All days mentioned are calendar days

***********

254
 ANNEXURE–5A
MODEL LIMITED TENDER DOCUMENT
(Refer para 4.4.2 (02) & 5.1.1(03) of the CSIR Manual

INVITATION TO BID

CSIR- ______________________ (Name & complete postal address of the Lab/Instts.)

(Council of Scientific and Industrial Research)

Tel: EPABX:
Fax: E-mail:

File No. ……………………. Date…………………

To
M/s.

Dear Sirs,

Sub: Quotation for supply of “…………………………………..”

Ref: Our Enquiry No. ………………………. dated: …………..
----------
Director, CSIR ______________________________________ (name of the Lab./Instt.) herein
after called as the ‘Purchaser’ is interested in the purchase of below mentioned material (s).
Kindly send your quotation so as to reach us on or before ……………… by ______ hrs. (IST).

SL. Description of the material (s) Qty.

No.

1. 1. End Use :
2. Detailed specifications :
3. Scope of supply and incidental services :
4. Inspection and tests required :
5. Acceptance test :
6. Training :
7. Warranty :
8. Qualification criteria (if any) :
9. Pre-Bid Conference (if any)

(All prospective bidders are requested to kindly go through the NEW

terms and conditions before formulating and submitting your bids)

Last Date for submission : ………………………….. up to ………….. hrs. (IST)

Date of Opening : ………………………….. at ………….. hrs. (IST)

255
 TERMS & CONDITIONS

1. The quotation must be in the form furnished by the Purchaser and should be
free from corrections/erasures. In case there is any unavoidable correction it
should be properly attested. If not the quotation will not be considered. Hand
written Quotations will not be considered.

2. It may kindly be noted that your bid should

A) be in …………………….. (single part / two part bidding) (retain one only)

B) accompany Bid Security of Rs…………………………… (retain only if applicable)
C) on the event of award of Contract in your favour, you need to submit a
Performance Bank Guarantee valid for a period of 2 Months beyond the
Warranty period of…………… (retain only, if applicable)

3. Each quotation sent by post is to be enclosed in double cover addressed to The

___________________________________________________________________.
(designation and complete postal address) Quotations delivered personally
should be put in the tender box kept in the office of
______________________________.

4. The acceptance of the quotation will rest with the competent authority of
_________ (name of the Lab/Instt) who does not bind himself to accept the
lowest quotation and reserves the right to himself to reject, or partially accept any
or all the quotations received without assigning any reason.

5. Price quoted should be net and valid for a minimum period of _____ days from
the date of opening of the quotation.

6. Participation in this tender is by invitation only and is limited to the selected

Purchaser’s registered suppliers. Unsolicited offers are liable to be ignored.
However, suppliers who desire to participate in such tenders in future may bring it
to the notice of the purchaser and apply for registration as per procedure. It may
be noted that Conditional/Unsigned tenders shall not be considered.

7. The bidder must submit the applicable Price Schedule Form as Annexed to the
tender document available on the website.

8. Complete specification with manufacturer’s name and address should be given

while quoting. Literature/Pamphlets should also be enclosed wherever
applicable.

9. Prices are required to be quoted in units indicated in the enquiry. When

quotations are given in terms of other units, relationship between two sets of
units should be furnished. Quantity discounts, if any should also be indicated.
The items should be quoted indicating the serial No. of our RFQ.

256
10. In cases of agents quoting on behalf of their foreign manufacturers, one agent
cannot represent two manufacturers or quote on their behalf in a particular
tender enquiry. One manufacturer can also authorize only one agent/dealer.
There can be only one bid from the following:

1. The foreign manufacturer directly or through one Indian agent on his behalf; or
2. Indian/foreign agent on behalf of only one principal.

11. Please indicate the name and address of the agents in India if any, the details of
service to be rendered by them & the percentage of commission payable to them.
Agency commission payable to the Indian Agent should be clearly indicated. The
Agency commission would be payable only in Indian Rupees after acceptance.

12. This lab/Instt Is registered with Dept. of Scientific & Industrial Research, Govt. of
India and concessional customs duty and GST & IGST are leviable vide
notification no. 54/2002-Customs on all imports covered under notification
No.51/96-Customs dated 23.07.1996, Notification No.47/2017-Integrated Tax
(Rate) and Notification No.45/2017-Central Tax (Rate) both dated 14th
November, 2017.

13. The mode of dispatch/transportation of the items must be by Air/Sea/Rail/Road

only. (Retain one only).

14. In case the items in the enquiry are covered by any rate contract or running
contract finalised by any other state or central Government, it should be specified
in your quotation and accepted contract rates should also be mentioned.

15. Delivery period required for supplying the material should be invariably specified
in the quotation. The offered delivery period shall have to be strictly adhered to in
case an order is placed.

16. Liquidated Damages Clause for delays: The applicable rate is 0.5% per week and
maximum deduction is 10% of the contract price.

17. If the deliveries are not maintained and due to that account the purchaser is
forced to buy the material at your risk and cost from elsewhere, the loss or
damage that may be sustained there by will be recovered from the defaulting
supplier.

18. All supplies are subject to inspection and approval before acceptance.
Manufacturer warranty certificates and manufacturer/Government approved lab
test certificate shall be furnished along with the supply, wherever applicable.

19. TDS would be recovered as per rules in case of Fabrication/ Servicing/

Maintenance jobs/Installation charges etc.

20 Kindly furnish your PAN & GST Number etc. in your quotation for our records.

257
21 Our normal payment terms are 100% (hundred percent) within 30 (thirty) days on
receipt and acceptance of material at our site in good condition. Please inform
your Bank details for RTGS payment.

22. All disputes shall be settled in the courts of _______________(name the place
from where the Purchase Order is issued ) Jurisdiction only.

23. Tender conditions (printed on the reverse), if any, or otherwise sent along with the
tender shall not be binding on us.

24. All the above instructions and our standard terms and conditions must be
complied failing which your offer may be liable for rejection.

25. As per Govt. of India procurement policies,

a. The purchaser intends to give purchase preference to local suppliers* in

case the cost of procurement is in the range of more than Rs 5.00 lakhs and
up to Rs. 50.00 lakhs.
b. The eligibility of the supplier is restricted to Indian Suppliers or there is no
restriction on the eligibility of the suppliers. (retain any one only)
c. The procuring entity intends to give purchase preference to products/goods
manufactured by micro, small and medium enterprises.

*”Local supplier” means a supplier or service provider whose product or service

offered for procurement meets the minimum local content as prescribed in DIPP
Order No.P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 28th May, 2018 or by the competent
Ministries/Departments in pursuance of this order.

‘Local content’ means the amount of value added in India which shall, unless
otherwise prescribed by the Nodal Ministry, be the total value of the items
procured (excluding net domestic indirect taxes) minus the value of imported
content in the item (including all customs duties) as a proportion of the total
value, in percent.

26. Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions of Contract applicable to limited

tenders originating from S&P Division along with different formats can be viewed
on our website ________________under the heading tenders.

Yours faithfully,

(Name & Designation)

NOTE: This notice is being published for information only and is not an open invitation
to quote in this limited tender. Participation in this tender is by invitation only and is
limited to the selected registered suppliers. Unsolicited offers are liable to be ignored.
However, suppliers who desire to participate in such tenders in future may apply for
registration as per procedure”.

258
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND FORMATS
APPLICABLE FOR PURCHASES BEING MADE ON LIMITED TENDER BASIS

CSIR - _______________________

_______________________

(Name & complete postal address of the Lab./Instt.)

Tel: +91______________________

EPABX Tel:+91________________

Fax:+91______________________

Email: ______________________

259
 INDEX

Chapter Content

1 Instructions to Bidders

2 General Conditions of Contract

3 Formats

260
 CRITICAL DATE SHEET

Sl. No. Stage Date & Time

1. Publish Date & Time DD MM YYYY

AM/PM
2. Last Date & time for receipt of queries DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
3. Pre-bid Conference, if any DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
4. Bid Submission Start Date & time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
5. Bid Submission End Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
6. Bid Opening Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM

TENTATIVE TIME SCHEDULE OF PROCUREMENT PLANNING

Sl. No. Stage Tentative Time Frame

1. Date of Bid Opening XX

2. Date of Completion of Bid Evaluation XX + 60

3. Date of communication of Rejection of Bids XX + 70

4. Date of Receipt of context, if any, from XX + 80

Bidders
5. Notification of Award XX + 90

261
 CHAPTER – 1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Table of Contents

Sl. No. Contents

A. Introduction
1.1 Eligible Bidders
1.2 Cost of Bidding
1.3 Code of Integrity for Public Procurement

B. The Bidding Documents

1.4 Cost of tender Documents
1.5 Content of tender Documents
1.6 Clarification of tender documents
1.7 Amendment of tender Documents

C. Preparation of Bids
1.8 Language of Bid
1.9 Purchase Preference Policies
1.10 Documents Comprising the Bid
1.11 Bid form and price schedule
1.12 Bid Prices
1.13 Bid Currencies
1.14 Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications
1.15 Documents Establishing Goods’ Eligibility And Conformity to
Bidding Documents
1.16 Bid Security
1.17 Period of Validity of Bids
1.18 Format and Signing of Bid

D. Submission and Sealing Bids

1.19 Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids
1.20 Deadline for Submission of Bids
1.21 Late Bids
1.22 Withdrawal, substitution and Modification of Bids

E. Opening and Evaluation of Bids

1.23 Opening of Bids by the Purchaser
1.24 Confidentiality
1.25 Clarification of Bids
1.26 Preliminary Examination
1.27 Responsiveness of Bids
1.28 Bidders right to question rejection
1.29 Non-Conformity, Error and Omission
1.30 Examination of Terms & Conditions, Technical Evaluation

262
1.31 Conversion to Single Currency
1.32 Evaluation and Comparison of bids
1.33 Contacting the Purchaser
1.34 Post qualification

F. Award of Contract
1.35 Negotiations
1.36 Award Criteria
1.37 Option Clause
1.38 Purchaser’s right to vary Quantities at Time of Award
1.39 Purchaser’s right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all
Bids
1.40 Notification of Award
1.41 Signing of Contract
1.42 Order Acceptance
1.43 Performance Security
1.44 Pre-bid Conference

263
 A. Introduction
1.1. Eligible Bidders

1.1.1
This Invitation for Bids is open to all suppliers subject to para 25 of the invitation for
bids.

1.1.2
A supplier or bidder shall be considered to be from a country if (i) the entity is
incorporated in that country, or ii) a majority of its shareholding or effective control
of the entity is exercised from that country; or (iii) more that 50% of the value of
the item being supplied has been added in that country. Indian suppliers shall
mean those entities which meet any of these tests with respect to India.

1.1.3
MSEs would be treated as owned by Scheduled Caste/Schedule Tribe enterprises as
under:

(a) In case of proprietary MSE, proprietor(s) shall be SC /ST.

(b) In case of partnership MSE, the SC/ST partners shall be holding at least
51% (fifty-one percent) shares in the unit.

(c) In case of Private Limited Companies, at least 51% (fifty-one percent) share shall
be held by SC/ST promoters

1.1.4
MSEs owned by women shall also be determined as per the above analogy/criteria.

1.1.5
Bidders should not be associated, or have been associated in the past, directly or
indirectly, with a firm or any of its affiliates which have been engaged by the
Purchaser to provide consulting services for the preparation of the design,
specifications, and other documents to be used for the procurement of the goods to
be purchased under this Invitation of Bids.

1.1.6
Bids from Joint Ventures, Consortium or Associations so long as they are formed and
registered prior to the bid submission date.

1.1.7
The bidders who have been temporarily suspended or removed from the list of
registered suppliers by the purchaser or banned from Ministry/country wide
procurement shall be ineligible for participation in the bidding process.

264
1.2 Cost of Bidding

1.2.1
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its
bid, and “the Purchaser", will in no case be responsible or liable for these costs,
regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

1.3 Code of Integrity

1.3.1
The bidders/suppliers should sign a declaration about abiding by the Code of
Integrity for Public Procurement in bid documents. In case of any transgression of
this code, the bidder is not only liable to be removed from the list of registered
suppliers, but it would be liable for other punitive actions such as cancellation of
contracts, banning and blacklisting or action in Competition Commission of India,
and so on.

1.3.2 Code of integrity for Public Procurement:

The Purchaser as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and consultants should
observe the highest standard of ethics and should not indulge in the following
prohibited practices, either directly or indirectly, at any stage during the procurement
process or during execution of resultant contracts:

i) “Corrupt practice”: making offers, solicitation or acceptance of bribe, rewards or gifts

or any material benefit, in exchange for an unfair advantage in the procurement
process or to otherwise influence the procurement process or contract execution;

ii) “Fraudulent practice”: any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead or

attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefits may be obtained or an
obligation avoided. This includes making false declaration or providing false
information for participation in a tender process or to secure a contract or in
execution of the contract;

iii) “Anti-competitive practice”: any collusion, bid rigging or anti-competitive

arrangement, or any other practice coming under the purview of the Competition Act,
2002, between two or more bidders, with or without the knowledge of the purchaser,
that may impair the transparency, fairness and the progress of the procurement
process or to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;

iv) “Coercive practice”: harming or threatening to harm, persons or their property to

influence their participation in the procurement process or affect the execution of a
contract;

v) “Conflict of interest”: participation by a bidding firm or any of its affiliates that are
either involved in the consultancy contract to which this procurement is linked; or if
they are part of more than one bid in the procurement; or if the bidding firm or their
personnel have relationships or financial or business transactions with any official of
265
 purchaser who are directly or indirectly related to tender or execution process of
contract; or improper use of information obtained by the (prospective) bidder from
the purchaser with an intent to gain unfair advantage in the procurement process or
for personal gain; and

vi) “Obstructive practice”: materially impede the purchaser’s investigation into

allegations of one or more of the above mentioned prohibited practices either by
deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering; or by concealing of evidence material to
the investigation; or by making false statements to investigators and/or by
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its
knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation;
or by impeding the purchaser’s Entity’s rights of audit or access to information;

1.3.3 Obligations for Proactive disclosures

i) The Purchaser as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and consultants, are obliged
under Code of Integrity for Public Procurement to sue-moto proactively declare any
conflicts of interest (coming under the definition mentioned above – pre-existing or
as and as soon as these arise at any stage) in any procurement process or execution
of contract. Failure to do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity; and

ii) The bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any previous
transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any country during the
last three years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity. Failure to do so
would amount to violation of this code of integrity;

iii) To encourage voluntary disclosures, such declarations would not mean automatic
disqualification for the bidder making such declarations. The declared conflict of
interest would be evaluated and mitigation steps, if possible, taken by the purchaser.
Similarly, voluntary reporting of previous transgressions of Code of Integrity
elsewhere may be evaluated and barring cases of various grades of debarment, an
alert watch may be kept on the bidder’s actions in the tender and subsequent
contract.

1.3.4 Punitive Provisions

Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Purchaser to other penal
provisions as per the bid documents or contract, if the Purchaser comes to a
conclusion that a (prospective) bidder/supplier, directly or through an agent, has
violated this code of integrity in competing for the contract or in executing a contract,
the purchaser may take appropriate measures including one or more of the following:

i) If his bids are under consideration in any procurement

a) Forfeiture or encashment of bid security;

b) Calling off of any pre-contract negotiations; and
c) Rejection and exclusion of the bidder from the procurement process.

266
 ii) If a contract has already been awarded

a) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for loss

incurred by the purchaser;
b) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the
procurement;
c) Recovery of payments including advance payments, if any, made by the
purchaser along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate.

iii) Provisions in addition to above:

a) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment of the

bidder from participation in future procurements of the purchaser for a period
not less than one year;
b) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing may
be filed under a signature of the Joint Secretary level officer, with the
Competition Commission of India;
c) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any individual
or staff found responsible.

B. The Bidding Documents

1.4 Cost of Tender Documents

1.4.1
The bidding documents are available to the eligible bidders free of cost.

1.5 Content of Tender Documents

1.5.1
The goods required, bidding procedures and contract terms are prescribed in the
bidding documents which should be read in conjunction. The bidding documents,
apart from the invitation for bids and Critical Date Sheet have been divided into 3
Chapters as under:

Chapter 1: Instructions to Bidder (ITB)

Chapter 2: General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
Chapter 3: Formats

1.5.2
The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications
in the bidding documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the bidding
documents or submission of a bid not substantially responsive to the bidding
documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk and may result in rejection of
its bid.

267
1.6 Clarification of tender documents

1.6.1
A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Documents shall
contact the Purchaser in writing sufficiently in advance before the due date of
opening. Should the Purchaser deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Documents
as a result of a clarification, it shall do so following the procedure under Clause
relating to amendment of Bidding Documents and Clause relating to Deadline for
Submission of Bids.

1.7 Amendment of Tender Documents

1.7.1
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Purchaser may, for any
reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
prospective bidder, modify the tender documents by amendment. The same would
also be hosted on the website of the Purchaser and all prospective bidders are
expected to surf the website before submitting their bids to take cognizance of the
amendments. However, the copies of the amendments would be sent by registered
post/speed post/courier/e-mail to all the bidders who have been sent the tender
documents.

1.7.2
In order to allow prospective bidders’ reasonable time in which to take the
amendment into account in preparing their bids, the Purchaser, at its discretion, may
extend the deadline for the submission of bids and inform all the prospective bidders
to whom the invitation to bid has been sent.

C. PREPARATION OF BIDS
1.8. Language of Bid

1.8.1
The bid prepared by the Bidder, as well as all correspondence and documents
relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser, shall be written in
English language only especially when the details are technical.

1.8.2
The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation, if any, to the English language and
bear all risks of the accuracy of such translation, for documents provided by the
Supplier.

1.9 Purchase Preference Policies

1.9.1
The purchaser is bound to give product reservation/purchase preference/price
preference in line with current Govt. of India procurement policies to help inclusive
national economic growth by providing long term support to Micro and Small
enterprises and disadvantaged sections of the society and to address environmental
concerns along with preferential market access in govt. procurements.
268
1.10. Documents Comprising the Bid

1.10.1
The bid prepared by the Bidder shall include:

A. Technical bid

(a) Bidder Information Form;

(b) Declaration abiding by the Code of Integrity and no conflict of interest for
public procurement;
(c) Bid security as specified in the Invitation to Bids;
(d) Service support details form;
(e) Deviation Statement Form;
(f) Performance Statement Form;
(g) Manufacturer’s Authorization Form along with a certified copy of the Agency
Agreement between the bidders and the Indian Agent.
(h) Documentary evidence establishing that the bidder is eligible to bid and is
qualified to perform the contract if its bid is accepted;
(i) Documents establishing goods eligibility and conformity to bidding document;
indicating the Indian Customs Tariff Number (ICT & HSN No.)
(j) Self certification that the item offered meets the minimum local content of
50% and shall give details of the location(s) at which the local value addition
is made in case the bidder wishes to avail the benefits under the make in
India policy. (if applicable)
(k) Documentary evidence about the status of the bidder i.e. whether MSE or
not, owned by SC/ST or not and whether the MSE is owned by a women
entrepreneur or not.

B. Price bid

(j) Bid form;

(k) Applicable Price Schedule Form;

1.11. Bid form and price schedule

1.11.1
The bidder shall complete the Bid Form and the appropriate price schedule form
furnished in the bidding documents. These forms must be completed without any
alterations to its format and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall
be filled in with the information requested. The Bid Form and the appropriate Price
Schedule form shall be submitted in accordance with invitation to bid and Clause
1.18.3 of the bidding documents.

1.12. Bid Prices

1.12.1
The Bidder shall indicate on the appropriate price schedule form, the unit prices and
total bid prices of the goods it proposes to supply under the contract.

269
1.12.2
Prices indicated on the price-schedule form shall be entered separately in the
following manner:

(a) For Goods manufactured within India

(i) The price of the goods quoted Ex -works including taxes already paid.

(ii) GST and other taxes, if any which will be payable on the goods if the contract
is awarded.
(iii) The charges for inland transportation, insurance and other local services
required for delivering the goods at the desired destination as specified in the
price schedule form.
(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,
spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

(b) For Goods manufactured abroad

(i) The price of the goods, quoted on FCA (named place of delivery abroad) or
FOB (named port of shipment), as specified in the price schedule form.
(ii) The charges for insurance and transportation of the goods to the port / place
of destination.
(iii) The agency commission charges, if any.
(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,
spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

1.12.3
The terms FOB, FCA, CIF, CIP etc. shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the
current edition of the Incoterms published by the International Chambers of
Commerce, Paris.

1.12.4
Where there is no mention of packing, forwarding, freight, insurance changes, taxes
etc. such offer shall be rejected as incomplete.

1.12.5
The price quoted shall remain fixed during the contract period and shall not vary on
any account

1.12.6
All lots and items must be listed and priced separately in the Price Schedules.
If a Price Schedule shows items listed but not priced, their prices shall be assumed to be
included in the prices of other items. Lots or items not listed in the Price Schedule shall be
assumed to be not included in the bid.

270
1.12.7
The Purchaser Is registered with Dept. of Scientific & Industrial Research, Govt. of
India and concessional customs duty and GST & IGST are leviable vide notification no.
54/2002-Customs on all imports covered under notification No.51/96-Customs dated
23.07.1996 Notification No.47/2017-Integrated Tax (Rate) and Notification No.45/2017-
Central Tax (Rate) both dated 14th November, 2017.

Note: All payments due under the contract shall be paid after deduction of statutory levies
at source (like ESIC, IT, etc.), wherever applicable.

1.12.8
Please state specifically in your offer whether the duties and taxes are extra over the
prices quoted, failing which it will be presumed that the prices are inclusive of taxes
and duties and no claim would be entertained for statutory variations at a later date.

1.12.9
Stipulations like “GST is presently not applicable but the same will be charged if it
becomes leviable later on” is not acceptable unless in such cases it is clearly stated
that GST will not be charged if the same becomes applicable later on due to increase
in turn over etc. If a bidder fails to comply with this requirement, his quoted price
shall be loaded with the quantum of duty which is normally applicable on the item in
question for the purpose of comparison with the prices of other tenderers.

1.13. Bid Currencies

1.13.1
Prices shall be quoted in Indian Rupees for offers received for supply within India and
in freely convertible foreign currency in case of offers received for supply from foreign
countries i.e. domestic tenderers are to quote and accept their payment in Indian
currency; Indian agents of foreign suppliers are to receive their agency commission in
Indian currency; cost of imported goods & services rendered in India, which are
directly imported against the contract, may be quoted in foreign currency
(currencies).

1.14. Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and qualifications

1.14.1
The bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, documents establishing the bidders’
eligibility to bid and its qualification to perform the contract if its bid is accepted.

1.14.2
The documentary evidence of the bidder’s qualification to perform the contract if the
bid is accepted shall establish to the purchaser’s satisfaction that;

(a) The bidder meets the qualification criteria listed in bidding documents if any.

(b) Bidder who doesn’t manufacture the goods it offers to supply shall submit
Manufacturers’ Authorization Form (MAF) using the form specified in the
bidding document to demonstrate that it has been duly authorized by the
manufacturer of the goods to quote and/or supply the goods.
271
 (c) In case a bidder not doing business within India, it shall furnish the certificate
to the effect that the bidder is or will be represented by an agent in India
equipped and able to carry out the supply, maintenance, repair obligations
etc. during the warranty and post warranty period or ensure a mechanism at
place for carrying out the supply, maintenance, repair obligations etc. during
the warranty and post-warranty period.

1.14.3 Conditional tenders shall not be accepted.

1.15. Documents Establishing Goods' Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents

1.15.1
To establish the goods’ eligibility, the documentary evidence of the goods and
services eligibility shall consist of a statement on the country of origin of the goods
and services offered which shall be confirmed by a certificate of origin at the time of
shipment.

1.15.2
To establish the conformity of the goods and services to the specifications and
schedule of requirements of the bidding document, the documentary evidence of
conformity of the goods and services to the bidding documents may be in the form of
literature, drawings and data, and shall consist of:

(a) A detailed description of the essential technical and performance

characteristics of the goods;

(b) A list giving full particulars, including available sources and current prices, of
spare parts, special tools, etc., necessary for the proper and continuing
functioning of the goods during the warranty period following commencement
of the use of the goods by the Purchaser in the Priced- bid; and

(c) An item-by-item commentary on the Purchaser's Technical Specifications

demonstrating substantial responsiveness of the goods and services to those
specifications or a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisions of
the Technical Specifications.

1.15.3
For purposes of the commentary to be furnished pursuant to above, the Bidder shall
note that standards for workmanship, material and equipment, designated by the
Purchaser in its Technical Specifications are intended to be descriptive only and not
restrictive. The Bidder may substitute these in its bid, provided that it
demonstrates to the Purchaser's satisfaction that the substitutions ensure
substantial equivalence to those designated in the Technical Specifications.

1.15.4
Alternate offers/makes/models would not be considered.

272
1.16. Bid Security

1.16.1
The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, a bid security (BS) for an amount as
specified in the Invitation for Bids if any. In the case of foreign bidders, the BS shall
be submitted either by the principal or by the Indian agent and in the case of
indigenous bidders, the BS shall be submitted by the manufacturer or their
specifically authorized dealer/bidder.

1.16.2
The bid security is required to protect the Purchaser against the risk of Bidder's
conduct, which would warrant the security's forfeiture.

1.16.3
The bid security shall be in Indian Rupees for offers received for supply within India
and denominated in the currency of the bid or in any freely convertible foreign
exchange in the case of offers received for supplies from foreign countries in
equivalent Indian Rupees. The bid security shall be in one of the following forms at
the bidders’ option:

(a) A bank guarantee issued/confirmed by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India

in the form provided in the bidding documents and valid for 45 days beyond
the validity of the bid. In case a bidder desires to submit a BG issued from a
foreign bank, then the same should be confirmed by a Scheduled commercial
bank in India; or

(b) Fixed Deposit receipt pledged in favour of the Lab. /Institute.

(c) A Banker’s cheque or demand draft in favour of the purchaser

issued by any Scheduled commercial bank in India;

(d) Bid Securing Declaration

1.16.4
The bid security shall be payable promptly upon written demand by the purchaser in
case the conditions listed in the ITB clause 1.16.9 are invoked.

1.16.5
The bid security should be submitted in its original form. Copies shall not be
accepted.

1.16.6
The bid security of unsuccessful bidder will be discharged /returned as promptly as
possible positively within a period of 30 days after the expiration of the period of bid
validity or placement of order whichever is later, without any interest.

1.16.7
The successful Bidder's bid security will be discharged upon the Bidder furnishing the
performance security, without any interest

273
1.16.8
Bidders that are currently registered with the p u r c h a s e r or registered as MSEs will
continue to remain registered during the tender validity period also and are exempted
from payment of EMD. In case the tenderer falls in these categories, the bidder
should furnish a certified copy of its valid registration details. Except for MSEs, this
exemption is valid for the trade group and monetary value of registration only. The
MSEs are provided tender document free of cost and are exempted from the payment
of Bid Security provided the goods are produced and the services are rendered by them
and not for any trading activities undertaken by them. Further firms who are having
Udyog Aadhar Memorandum are entitled to all benefits available for MSEs under the
Public Procurement Policies for MSEs and can get registered with any of the following
agencies:

a) District Industries Centre

b) Khadi and Village Industries Commission
c) Khadi and Village Industries Board
d) Coir Board
e) National Small Industries Corporation
f) Directorate of Handicraft and handloom and
g) Any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME
1.16.9
Where any aggregator has been appointed by the Ministry of MSME, themselves
quote on behalf of some MSE units, such offers will be considered as offer from MSE units
and all such facilities would be extended to these aggregators also.

1.16.10
The bid security may be forfeited:

(a) If a Bidder withdraws or amends or modifies or impairs or derogates its bid

during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form; or

(b) In case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails to furnish order acceptance
within 14 days of the order or fails to sign the contract and/or fails to furnish
Performance Security within 21 days from the date of contract/ order.

1.16.11

Whenever the bidder chooses to submit the Bid Security in the form of Bank
Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.

1.17. Period of Validity of Bids

1.17.1
Bids shall remain valid for minimum of 90 days after the date of bid opening
prescribed by the Purchaser. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the
Purchaser as non-responsive.

274
1.17.2
In exceptional circumstances, the Purchaser may solicit the Bidder's consent to an
extension of the period of validity. The request and the responses thereto shall be
made in writing (or by post, fax or e-mail). The bid security provided shall also be
suitably extended failing which the bid would be summarily ignored. A Bidder may
refuse the request without forfeiting its bid security. A Bidder granting the request will
not be required nor permitted to modify its bid.

1.17.3
Bid evaluation will be based on the bid prices without taking into consideration the
above corrections.

1.18. Format and Signing of Bid

1.18.1
The bids may be submitted in single envelop or in two parts as specified in the
Invitation for Bids.

1.18.2
In case the bids are invited on single envelop basis, then the Bidder shall prepare
two copies of the bid, clearly marking each "Original Bid" and "Copy Bid", as
appropriate. In the event of any discrepancy between them, the original shall govern.

1.18.3
In case the bids are invited on two-bid system, the Bidder shall submit the bids in two
separate parts. One part shall contain Technical bid comprising all documents listed
under clause relating to Documents Comprising the Bid excepting bid form and price
schedules. The other part shall contain the priced-bid comprising bid form and price
schedules. The Bidder shall prepare two copies of the bid, clearly marking each
"Original Bid" and "Copy Bid", as appropriate.

1.18.4
The original and all copies of the bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and
shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the
Bidder to the Contract. All pages of the bid, except for un-amended printed literature,
shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the bid detailing his/her name
and contact details.

1.18.5
Any interlineations, erasures or overwriting shall be valid only if they are initialled by
the persons or persons signing the bid.

D Submission and sealing of Bids

1.19. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids

1.19.1
The bidders may submit their duly sealed bids generally by post or by hand. Bids
received by FAX/E-mail would not be considered for evaluation.

275
1.19.2
In the case of bids invited on single envelop basis, the Bidders shall seal the original
and each copy of the bid in separate inner envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as
"original" and "copy". The envelopes shall then be sealed in an outer envelope.

1.19.3
In the case of bids invited on two-part basis, the Bidder shall seal the un-priced
commercial and technical bid comprising the documents as listed in ITB 1.10.1
excepting for ‘j’ & ‘k’ and the priced bid in two separate envelops duly marked as
“Technical bid” and “priced bid”. Both the envelopes shall then be sealed in one
outer envelope.

1.19.4
(a) The inner and outer envelopes shall be addressed to the -
______________________________________________ (Designation and
Address of the officer concerned) and deposited in the Tender box kept in
Purchase Section, if delivered by hand.

(b) Bear the name and address of the bidder, Tender No., due date and a
warning "Do not open before _________” to be completed with the time
and date as specified in the invitation for bids.

1.19.5
If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required above, The Purchaser will
assume no responsibility for the bid's misplacement or premature opening. In such
cases, bids received in open condition within the due date and time will be accepted
at the risk of the bidder if the same is presented to the Controller of Stores &
Purchase before expiry of the due date and time of opening of the bids.

1.19.6
Firms submitting bids in a single envelope against the requirement of two-bid system
would be considered for further evaluation at the risk & responsibility of the bidder.
However, the opened priced bid if prepared separate from the technical bid, would be
sealed immediately by the Tender Opening Committee without disclosing the price.

1.20. Deadline for Submission of Bids

1.20.1
Bids must be received by the Purchaser at the address specified at Clause 1.19.4 (a)
not later than the time and date specified in invitation to bid. In the event of the
specified date for the submission of Bids being declared a holiday for the Purchaser,
the Bids will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day.

1.20.2
The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for submission of bids by
amending the bid documents in accordance with Clause relating to Amendment of
Bidding Documents in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser and
Bidders previously subject to the deadline will thereafter be subject to the
deadline as extended.

276
1.21. Late Bids

1.21.1
Any bid received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of bids
prescribed by the Purchaser will be rejected.

1.21.2
Such tenders shall be marked as late and not considered for further evaluation. They
shall not be opened at all and be returned to the bidders in their original envelope
without opening.

1.22. Withdrawal, substitution and Modification of Bids.

1.22.1
A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has been submitted by
sending a written notice in accordance with ITB Clause 1.19 duly signed by an
authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.18.4 (except that no copies of the withdrawal
notice are required). The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid must
accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be:

(a) Submitted in accordance with ITB Clauses 1.18 and 1.19 (except that
withdrawal notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective
envelopes shall be clearly marked “WITHDRAWAL,” “SUBSTITUTION,” or
“MODIFICATION”; and

(b) Received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for submission
of bids, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.20.

1.22.2
Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.22.1 shall be
returned unopened to the Bidders. No bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or
modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the
expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form or any
extension thereof.

E. Opening and Evaluation of Bids

1.23 Opening of Bids by the Purchaser

1.23.1
The Purchaser will open all bids one at a time in the presence of bidders' authorized
representatives who choose to attend, as per the schedule given in invitation for
bids. The Bidders' representatives who are present shall sign the quotation opening
sheet evidencing their attendance. In the event of the specified date of Bid opening
being declared a holiday for the Purchaser, the Bids shall be opened at the
appointed time and location on the next working day. In two-part bidding, the
financial bid shall be opened only after technical evaluation.
277
1.23.2
First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out and the
envelope with the corresponding bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder.
No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice
contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at bid
opening. Next, envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened and read out and
exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid
shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be
permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization
to request the substitution and is read out at bid opening. Envelopes marked
“MODIFICATION” shall be opened and read out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid
modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice
contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid
opening. Only envelopes that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be
considered further.

1.23.3
The bidders’ names, bid modifications or withdrawals, bid prices, discounts, and the
presence or absence of requisite bid security and such other details as the
Purchaser, at its discretion, may consider appropriate, will be announced at the
opening. No bid shall be rejected at bid opening, except for late bid(s). The contents
of the bid forms and price schedules would however be announced only at the time
of opening of Priced-bids in the case of two-bid system.

1.23.4
Bids that are received late shall not be considered further for evaluation, irrespective
of the circumstances.

1.23.5
Bidders interested in participating in the bid opening process, should depute their
representatives along with an authority letter to be submitted to the purchaser at the
time of bid opening as per form Annexed at Chapter-3.

1.24. Confidentiality

1.24.1
Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and post
qualification of bids, and recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed
to bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until
publication of the Contract Award.

1.24.2
Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the examination, evaluation,
comparison, and post qualification of the bids or contract award decisions may result
in the rejection of its Bid.

1.25. Clarification of Bids

1.25.1
To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and post qualification of the
278
 bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a clarification of its bid.
The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and no change in
prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted. However, no
negotiation shall be held except with the lowest bidder, at the discretion of the
purchaser. Any clarification submitted by a bidder in respect to its bid which is not in
response to a request by the purchaser shall not be considered.

1.26. Preliminary Examination

1.26.1
The Purchaser shall examine the bids to confirm that all documents and technical
documentation requested in ITB Clause 1.10 have been provided, and to determine
the completeness of each document submitted.

1.26.2
The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents and information have been
provided in the Bid. If any of these documents or information is missing, the offer
shall be rejected.

(a) Bid Form and Price Schedule, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.10;

(b) All the tenders received will first be scrutinized to see whether the tenders meet
the basic requirements as incorporated in the tender enquiry document. The tenders,
who do not meet the basic requirements, are to be treated as unresponsive and
ignored. The following are some of the important points, for which a tender may be
declared as unresponsive and to be ignored, during the initial scrutiny:

(i) The Bid is unsigned.

(ii) The Bidder is not eligible.
(iii) The Bid validity is shorter than the required period.
(iv) The Bidder has quoted for goods manufactured by a different firm
without the required authority letter from the proposed
manufacturer.
(v) Bidder has not agreed to give the required performance security or
has not furnished the bid security.
(vi) The goods quoted are sub-standard, not meeting the required
specification, etc.
(vii) Against the schedule of Requirement (incorporated in the tender
enquiry), the bidder has not quoted for the entire requirement as
specified in that schedule.
(viii) The bidder has not agreed to some essential condition(s) incorporated
in the tender enquiry.

1.27 Bidder’s right to question rejection.

1.27.1
A Bidder shall have the right to be heard in case he feels that a proper procurement
process is not being followed and/or his tender has been rejected wrongly. Only a
directly affected bidder can represent in this regard as under:

i) Only a bidder who has participated in the concerned procurement process i.e.
279
 pre- qualification, bidder registration or bidding, as the case may be, can
make such representation;

ii) In case pre-qualification bid has been evaluated before the bidding of
Technical bids, an application for review in relation to the technical bid may
be filed only by a bidder has qualified in pre-qualification bid;

iii) In case technical bid has been evaluated before the opening of the financial
bid, an application for review in relation to the financial bid may be filed only
by a bidder whose technical bid is found to be acceptable.

iv) Following decisions of the purchaser in accordance with the provision of

internal guidelines shall not be subject to review:

a) Determination of the need for procurement;

b) Selection of the mode of procurement or bidding system;
c) Choice of selection procedure;
d) Provisions limiting participation of bidders in the procurement process;
e) The decision to enter into negotiations with the L1 bidder;
f) Cancellation of the procurement process except where it is intended to
subsequently re-tender the same requirements;
g) Issues related to ambiguity in contract terms may not be taken up after
a contract has been signed, all such issues should be highlighted
before consummation of the contract by the vendor/contractor; and
h) Complaints against specifications except under the premise that they
are either vague or too specific so as to limit competition may be
permissible.

1.27.2
In case a Bidder feels aggrieved by the decision of the purchaser, he may then
send his representation in writing to the Purchaser’s address as indicated in
Invitation to bids within 05 working days from the date of communication of the
purchaser intimating the rejection for reconsideration of the decision by the
purchaser.

1.28 Responsiveness of Bids

1.28.1
Prior to the detailed evaluation, the purchaser will determine the substantial
responsiveness of each bid to the bidding documents. For purposes of this clause, a
substantive responsive bid is one, which conforms to all terms and condition of the
bidding documents without material deviations, reservations or omissions. A material
deviation, reservation or omission is one that:

(a) Affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Goods
and Related Services specified in the Contract; or

(b) Limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Documents, the
Purchaser’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract; or

280
 (c) If rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other bidders
presenting substantially responsive bids.

1.28.2
The purchasers’ determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the
contents of the bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

1.28.3
If a bid is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Purchaser and may
not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the material
deviation, reservation or omission.

1.28.4
If a bidder quotes Nil Charges/consideration, the bid shall be treated as
unresponsive and will not be considered.

1.29 Non-Conformity, Error and Omission

1.29.1
Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may waive any
nonconformities or omissions in the Bid that do not constitute a material deviation.

1.29.2
Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may request that the
Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable
period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the bid related
to documentation requirements. Such omission shall not be related to any aspect of
the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in
the rejection of its Bid.

1.29.3
Provided that the Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser shall correct
arithmetical errors on the following basis:

(a) if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the line item total that is
obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity, the unit price shall
prevail and the line item total shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the
Purchaser there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit
price, in which case the line item total as quoted shall govern and the unit
price shall be corrected;

(b) if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of

subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words
shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic
error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b)
above.

281
1.29.4
Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the purchaser may request that a
bidder may confirm the correctness of arithmetic errors as done by the purchaser
within a target date. In case, no reply is received then the bid submitted shall be
ignored and its Bid Security may be forfeited.

1.30 Examination of Terms & Conditions, Technical Evaluation

1.30.1
The Purchaser shall examine the Bid to confirm that all terms and conditions
specified in the GCC have been accepted by the Bidder without any material
deviation or reservation.

1.30.2
The Purchaser shall evaluate the technical aspects of the Bid submitted in
accordance with ITB Clause 1.15, to confirm that all requirements specified in
Schedule of Requirements of the Bidding Documents have been met without any
material deviation or reservation.

1.30.3
If, after the examination of the terms and conditions and the technical evaluation,
the Purchaser determines that the Bid is not substantially responsive in accordance
with ITB Clause 1.28, it shall reject the Bid.

1.31 Conversion to Single Currency

1.31.1
To facilitate evaluation and comparison, the Purchaser will convert all quoted prices
expressed in various currencies to Indian Rupees at the selling exchange rate
established by any bank in India as notified in the Newspapers on the date of bid
opening (techno-commercial bid in the case of two-part bidding). For this purpose,
exchange rate notified in www.xe.com or www.rbi.org or any other website could also
be used by the purchaser.

1.32 Evaluation and comparison of bids

1.32.1
The Purchaser shall evaluate each bid that has been determined, up to this stage of
the evaluation, to be substantially responsive.

1.32.2
To evaluate a Bid, the Purchaser shall only use all the factors, methodologies and
criteria defined below. No other criteria or methodology shall be permitted.

282
1.32.3
Purchase preference shall be given to all local suppliers in all procurements
undertaken by the purchaser in the following manner:

(a) Where the purchaser has restricted the eligibility of suppliers to Indian suppliers
only as per para 25 of the invitation to bid. This is applicable only for those items
for which the Nodal Ministry has communicated that there is sufficient local
capacity and local competition.

(b) If the tendered items are not listed by the Nodal Ministry indicating the local
capacity and local competition, the following procedure of evaluation shall be
followed:

(i) Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1 is from a
local supplier, the contract for full quantity will be awarded to L1.

(ii) If L1 bid is not from a local supplier, 50% of the order quantity shall be
awarded to L1. Thereafter, the lowest bidder among the local suppliers, will be
invited to match the L1 price for the remaining 50% quantity subject to the
local supplier 's quoted price falling within the margin of purchase preference
of 20%, and contract for that quantity shall be awarded to such local supplier
subject to matching the L1 price. In case such lowest eligible local supplier
fails to match the L1 price or accepts less than the offered quantity, the next
higher local supplier within the margin of purchase preference shall be invited
to match the L1 price for remaining quantity and so on, and contract shall be
awarded accordingly. In case some quantity is still left uncovered on local
suppliers, then such balance quantity may also be ordered on the L1 bidder.

(c) If the tendered item is not divisible the following procedure of evaluation shall be
followed:

i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1 is from a local
supplier, the contract will be awarded to L1.

ii. If L1 is not from a local supplier, the lowest bidder among the local suppliers, will
be invited to match the L1 price subject to local supplier's quoted price falling
within the margin of purchase preference of 20%, and the contract shall be
awarded to such local supplier subject to matching the L1 price.

iii. In case such lowest eligible local supplier fails to match the L1 price, the local
supplier with the next higher bid within the margin of purchase preference shall
be invited to match the L1 price and so on and contract shall be awarded
accordingly. In case none of the local suppliers within the margin of purchase
preference matches the L1 price, then the contract may be awarded to the L1
bidder.

283
1.32.4
Further, In tender, where the items are divisible, the participating Micro and Small
Enterprises (MSE) quoting price within price band of L1+15 (fifteen) per cent shall also be
allowed to supply a portion of requirement by bringing down their price to L1 price in a
situation where L1 price is from someone other than a MSE and such MSE shall be allowed
to supply up to 25 (twenty five) per cent of total tendered value. The 25 (twenty five) per cent
quantity is to be distributed proportionately among these bidders, in case there are more
than one MSMEs within such price band.

1.32.5
Within this 25% (Twenty five Percent) quantity, a purchase preference of 25 (twenty
five) per cent out of 25 (twenty five) per cent) is reserved for MSEs owned by
Scheduled Caste (SC)/Scheduled Tribe (ST) entrepreneurs (if they participate in the
tender process and match the L1 price). Further, out of the total annual
procurement from the MSEs, (3%) three percent from within the 25% target shall be
earmarked for procurement from MSEs owned by women. Provided that, in the
event of failure of such SC/ST MSE to participate in tender process or meet tender
requirements and L1 price, four per cent sub-target shall be met from other MSE.

1.32.6
In case the items are not divisible, then the MSE quoting price within price band L1 +
15% may be awarded for full/complete supply of total tendered quantity to MSE,
considering the spirit of the policy for enhancing the Government procurement from
MSEs.

1.32.7
The bids shall be evaluated on the basis of final landing cost which shall be arrived
as under:

For goods manufactured in India

(i) The price of the goods quoted ex-works including all taxes already paid.

(ii) GST and other taxes, if any which will be payable on the goods if the contract
is awarded.

(iii) Charges for inland transportation, insurance and other local services required
for delivering the goods at the desired destination.

(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,

spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

For goods manufactured abroad

(i) The price of the goods, quoted on FCA (named place of delivery abroad) or
FOB (named port of shipment), as specified in the invitation to bid.
284
 (ii) The charges for insurance and transportation of the goods to the port/place
of destination.

(iii) The agency commission etc., if any.

(iii) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,

spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

1.32.8
The comparison between the indigenous and the foreign offers shall be made on FOR
destination basis and CIF/CIP basis respectively. However, the CIF/CIP prices quoted
by any foreign bidder shall be loaded further as under:

(a) Towards customs duty and other statutory levies–as per applicable
rates.

(b) Towards custom clearance, inland transportation etc. - 2% of the CIF/CIP

value. The bidder should give a clear cut breakup of EXW, FOB/FCA, CIF/CIP
prices to facilitate proper comparison with the purchaser reserving the right
to order on either basis, failing which the bid would be summarily ignored.

Note: Where there is no mention of packing, forwarding, freight, insurance charges, taxes
etc. such offers shall be rejected as incomplete.

1.32.9
Orders for imported stores need not necessarily be on FOB/FCA basis rather it an be
on the basis of any of the incoterm specified in ICC Incoterms 2000 as may be
amended from time to time by the ICC or any other designated authority and
favourable to the purchaser.

1.32.10
Wherever the price quoted on FOB/FCA and CIF/CIP basis are the same, the Contract
would be made on CIF / CIP basis only.

1.32.11
The invitation to bid shall specify the mode of transport i.e., whether by
air/ocean/road/rail.

1.32.12
There is no provision to purchase optional items. The specifications embodied in the
tender documents would be the basis of evaluating the responsiveness of bids
received.

1.32.13
The Purchaser shall compare all substantially responsive bids to determine the
lowest valuated bid, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.32.

285
1.33 Contacting the Purchaser

1.33.1
Subject to ITB Clause 1.25, no Bidder shall contact the Purchaser on any matter
relating to its bid, from the time of the bid opening to the time the Contract is
awarded.

1.33.2
Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in its decisions on bid evaluation,
bid comparison or contract award may result in rejection of the Bidder's bid.

1.34 Post qualification

1.34.1
In the absence of pre-qualification, the Purchaser will determine to its satisfaction
whether the Bidder that is selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated
responsive bid is qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily, in accordance with
the criteria listed, if any, in invitation to bid.

1.34.2
The determination will take into account the eligibility criteria listed in the bidding
documents and will be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of
the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, as well as such other information
as the Purchaser deems necessary and appropriate.

1.34.3
An affirmative determination will be a prerequisite for award of the contract to the
Bidder. A negative determination will result in rejection of the Bidder’s bid.

F. AWARD OF CONTRACT
1.35 Negotiations

1.35.1
There shall not be any negotiation normally. Negotiations, if at all, shall be an
exception and only in the case of items with limited source of supply. Negotiations
shall be held with the lowest evaluated responsive bidder. Counter offers tantamount
to negotiations and shall be treated at par with negotiations in the case of one time
purchases.

1.36 Award Criteria

1.36.1
Subject to ITB Clause 1.39, the Purchaser will award the contract to the successful
Bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and has been
determined to be the lowest evaluated bid, provided further that the Bidder is
determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily. The details of the
award would be hosted on the website of the Purchaser.
286
1.37 Purchaser's right to vary Quantities at Time of Award

1.37.1
The Purchaser reserves the right at the time of Contract award to increase or
decrease the quantity of goods and services originally specified in the invitation to
bid to the extent of 25% without any change in unit price or other terms and
conditions.

1.38 Option Clause

1.38.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of the required
goods up to 25% (Twenty-Five) per cent at any time, till final delivery date (or the
extended delivery date of the contract), by giving reasonable notice even though the
quantity ordered initially has been supplied in full before the last date of the delivery
period (or the extended delivery period)

1.39 Purchaser's right to accept Any Bid and to reject any or All Bids

1.39.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding
process and reject all bids at any time prior to award of Contract, without thereby
incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders.

1.40 Notification of Award

1.40.1
Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Purchaser will notify the
successful bidder in writing by registered letter or by cable or telex or fax or e
mail that the bid has been accepted and a separate purchase order shall follow
through post.

1.40.2
Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification of award should
constitute a binding contract.

1.40.3
Upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the signed Contract Form and
performance security pursuant to ITB Clause 1.43, the Purchaser will promptly notify
each unsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid security.

1.41 Signing of Contract

1.41.1
Promptly after notification, the Purchaser shall send the successful Bidder the
Agreement/Purchase Order.

1.41.2
Within fourteen (14) days of date of the Purchase Order, the successful Bidder shall
sign, date, and return it to the Purchaser.
287
1.42 Order Acceptance

1.42.1
The successful bidder should submit Order acceptance within 14 days from the date
of issue, failing which it shall be presumed that the vendor is not interested and his
bid security is liable to be forfeited pursuant to clause 1.16.9 of ITB.

1.43.2
The order confirmation must be received within 14 days. However, the Purchaser has
the powers to extend the time frame for submission of order confirmation beyond the
original date. Even after extension of time, if the order confirmation is not received,
the contract is liable to be cancelled provided that the purchaser, on being satisfied
that it is not a case of cartelization and the integrity of the procurement process has
been maintained, may, for cogent reasons, offer the next successful bidder an
opportunity to match the financial bid of the first successful bidder, and if the offer is
accepted, award the contract to the next successful bidder at the price bid of the first
successful bidder.

1.43 Performance Security

1.43.1
Within 21 days of receipt of the notification of award/PO, the Supplier shall furnish
performance security (PS) in the amount specified in the purchase order, valid till 60
days after the warranty period.

1.43.2
The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser as
compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier's failure to complete its
obligations under the Contract.

1.43.3
The Performance Security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees for the offers
received for supplies within India and denominated in the currency of the contract in
the case of offers received for supply from foreign countries or in equivalent Indian
Rupees in case the Performance Security is submitted by the Indian
Agent.

1.43.4
In the case of imports, the PS may be submitted either by the principal or by the
Indian agent and, in the case of purchases from indigenous sources, the PS may be
submitted by either the manufacturer or their authorized dealer/bidder.

1.43.5
The Performance security shall be in one of the following forms:

(a) A Bank guarantee or stand-by Letter of Credit issued by a Nationalized/

Scheduled bank located in India or a foreign bank with preferably its operating
branch in India in the form provided in the bidding documents. Or

288
 (b) A Banker’s cheque or Account Payee demand draft in favour of the purchaser. Or,

(c) A Fixed Deposit Receipt pledged in favour of the Purchaser.

1.43.6
The performance security will be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the
Supplier not later than 60 days following the date of completion of the Supplier's
performance obligations, including any warranty obligations, unless specified
otherwise, without levy of any interest.

1.43.7
In the event of any contract amendment, the supplier shall, within 21 days of receipt
of such amendment, furnish the amendment to the performance security, rendering
the same valid for the duration of the contract, as amended for further period of 60
days thereafter.

1.43.8
The performance security must be received within 21 days. However, the Purchaser
has the powers to extend the time frame for submission of Performance Security
(PS). Even after extension of time, if the PS is not received, the contract is liable to be
cancelled provided that the purchaser, on being satisfied that it is not a case of
cartelization and the integrity of the procurement process has been maintained, may,
for cogent reasons, offer the next successful bidder an opportunity to match the
financial bid of the first successful bidder, and if the offer is accepted, award the
contract to the next successful bidder at the price bid of the first successful bidder.

1.43.9
Whenever, the bidder chooses to submit the Performance Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.

1.44 Pre-bid Conference (PBC)

1.44.1
A Pre-bid Conference shall be held as indicated in invitation to bid, if any. All
prospective bidders are requested to kindly attend the Pre-bid Conference. In order
to facilitate the purchaser the proper conduct of the Pre-bid Conference, all
prospective bidders are requested to kindly submit their queries (with envelope
bearing Tender No. and Date on top and marked “Queries for Pre-bid Conference”) so
as to reach the purchaser as indicated in invitation to bid. The purchaser shall
answer the queries during the pre-bid conference, which would become a part of the
proceedings of the Pre-bid Conference. The proceeding of the Pre Bid Conference
would be hosted on the website of the purchaser. Before formulating and submitting
their bids, all prospective bidders are advised to surf through the purchaser’s website
after the Pre-bid Conference, in order to enable them take cognizance of the revised
tender conditions.

289
 CHAPTER 2

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

A GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

Table of Contents

Sl. No. Clause

2.1 Definitions
2.2 Contract Documents
2.3 Code of Integrity
2.4 Joint Venture, Consortium or Association
2.5 Scope of Supply
2.6 Suppliers’ Responsibilities
2.7 Contract price
2.8 Copy Right
2.9 Application
2.10 Standards
2.11 Use of Contract Documents and Information
2.12 Patent Indemnity
2.13 Performance Security
2.14 Inspections and Tests
2.15 Packing
2.16 Delivery and Documents
2.17 Insurance
2.18 Transportation
2.19 Incidental Services
2.20 Spare Parts
2.21 Warranty
2.22 Terms of Payment
2.23 Change Orders and Contract Amendments
2.24 Assignment
2.25 Subcontracts
2.26 Extension of time
2.27 Liquidated Damages Clause
2.28 Termination for Default
2.29 Force Majeure
2.30 Termination for insolvency
2.31 Termination for Convenience
2.32 Settlement of Disputes
2.33 Governing Language
2.34 Applicable Law
2.35 Notice
2.36 Taxes and Duties
2.37 Right to use Defective Goods
2.38 Protection against Damage
2.39 Site preparation and installation
2.40 Import and Export Licenses
2.41 Risk Purchase Clause
2.42 Option Clause
2.43 Order Acceptance

290
 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)
2.1 Definitions

2.1.1 The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to
them:

(i) “Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Purchaser and
the Supplier, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein, including all
attachments, appendices, and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

(ii) “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in the Contract Agreement,
including any amendments thereto.

(iii) “Contract Price” means the price payable to the Supplier as specified in the Contract
Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions there
from, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

(iv) “Day” means calendar day.

(v) “Completion” means the fulfilment of the Goods and related Services by the Supplier
in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract.

(vi) “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract.

(vii) “Goods” means all of the commodities, raw material, machinery and equipment,
and/or other materials that the Supplier is required to supply to the Purchaser under
the Contract.

(viii) “Related Services” means the services incidental to the supply of the goods, such as
transportation, insurance, installation, training and initial maintenance and other such
obligations of the Supplier under the Contract.

(ix) “Subcontractor” means any natural person, private or government entity, or a

combination of the above, to whom any part of the Goods to be supplied or
execution of any part of the Related Services is subcontracted by the Supplier.

(x) Supplier” means the natural person, private or government entity, or a

combination of the above, whose bid to perform the Contract has been
accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the Contract Agreement.

(xi) The “Council” means the Council of Scientific & Industrial Research (CSIR), registered
under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 of the Govt. of India having its registered
office at 2, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110001, India and the

(xii) “Purchaser” means any of the constituent Laboratory/Institute of the Council situated
at any designated place in India as specified in Invitation to bid.

(xiii) “The final destination,” where applicable, means _______________________

(Name and complete postal address of the Lab/Instt. as appropriate)
291
2.2 Contract Documents

2.2.1
Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the Contract Agreement, all
documents forming the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be
correlative, complementary, and mutually explanatory. The Contract Agreement shall
be read as a whole.

2.3 Code of Integrity

2.3.1
Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Purchaser to other penal
provisions as per the bid documents or contract, if the Purc haser comes to a
conclusion that a (prospective) bidder/supplier, directly or through an agent, has
violated this code of integrity in competing for the contract or in executing a contract,
the Purchaser may take appropriate measures including one or more of the following:

a) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for loss

incurred by the purchaser;

b) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the

procurement;

c) Recovery of payments including advance payments, if any, made by the

Purchaser along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate.

d) Provisions in addition to above:

1) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment
of the bidder from participation in future procurements of the
purchaser for a period not less than one year;

2) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing

may be filed under a signature of the Joint Secretary level officer, with
the Competition Commission of India;

3) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any

individual or staff found responsible.

2.4 Joint Venture, Consortium or Association

2.4.1
If the Supplier is a joint venture, consortium, or association, all of the parties shall be
jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the fulfilment of the provisions of the
Contract and shall designate one party to act as a leader with authority to bind the
joint venture, consortium, or association. The composition or the constitution of the
joint venture, consortium, or association shall not be altered without the prior
consent of the Purchaser.

292
2.5 Scope of Supply

2.5.1
The Goods and Related Services to be supplied shall be as specified in invitation to
bid.

2.6 Suppliers’ Responsibilities

2.6.1
The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services included in the Scope of
Supply in accordance with Scope of Supply Clause of the GCC, and the Delivery and
Completion Schedule, as per GCC Clause relating to delivery and document.

2.7 Contract price

2.7.1
Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods supplied and the Related Services
performed under the Contract shall not vary from the prices quoted by the Supplier in
its bid.

2.8 Copy Right

2.8.1
The copyright in all drawings, documents, and other materials containing data and
information furnished to the Purchaser by the Supplier herein shall remain vested in
the Supplier, or, if they are furnished to the Purchaser directly or through the Supplier
by any third party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials
shall remain vested in such third party.

2.9 Application

2.9.1
These General Conditions shall apply to the extent that they are not superseded by
provisions in other parts of the Contract.

2.10 Standards

2.10.1
The Goods supplied and services rendered under this Contract shall conform to the
standards mentioned in the Technical Specifications, and, when no applicable
standard is mentioned, to the authoritative standard appropriate to the Goods'
country of origin and such standards shall be the latest issued by the concerned
institution.

2.11 Use of Contract Documents and Information

2.11.1
The Supplier shall not, without the Purchaser's prior written consent, disclose the
Contract, or any provision thereof, or any specification, plan, drawing, pattern,
sample or information furnished by or on behalf of the Purchaser in connection
293
 therewith, to any person other than a person employed by the Supplier in
performance of the Contract. Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made
in confidence and shall extend only so far, as may be necessary for purposes of such
performance.

2.11.2
The Supplier shall not, without the Purchaser's prior written consent, make use of any
document or information enumerated above except for purposes of performing the
Contract.

2.11.3
Any document, other than the Contract itself, enumerated above shall remain the
property of the Purchaser and shall be returned (in all copies) to the Purchaser on
completion of the Supplier's performance under the Contract if so required by the
Purchaser.

2.12 Patent Indemnity

2.12.1
The Supplier shall, subject to the Purchaser’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause
2.12.2 Indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers
from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims,
demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s
fees and expenses, which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of any infringement or
alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark,
copyright, or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the
date of the Contract by reason of:

(a) The installation of the Goods by the Supplier or the use of the Goods in India;
and

(b) The sale in any country of the products produced by the Goods.

2.12.2
If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser, the
Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier a notice thereof, and the Supplier may at
its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and
any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

2.13 Performance Security

2.13.1
Within 21 days of receipt of the notification of award/PO, the Supplier shall furnish
performance security in the amount specified in the Purchase Order, valid till 60 days
after the warranty period

2.13.2
The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser as
compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier's failure to complete its
obligations under the Contract.
294
2.13.3
The Performance Security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees for the offers
received for supplies within India and denominated in the currency of the contract in
the case of offers received for supply from foreign countries or in equivalent Indian
Rupees in case the Performance Security is submitted by the Indian Agent.

2.13.4
In the case of imports, the PS may be submitted either by the principal or by the
Indian agent and, in the case of purchases from indigenous sources, the PS may be
submitted by either the manufacturer or their authorized dealer/bidder.

2.13.5
The Performance security shall be in one of the following forms:

(a) A Bank guarantee or stand-by Letter of Credit issued by a Scheduled commercial

bank located in India or a bank located abroad in the form provided in the bidding
documents.
Or
(b) A Banker’s cheque or Account Payee demand draft in favour of the purchaser.
Or
(c) A Fixed Deposit Receipt pledged in favour of the Purchaser.

2.13.6
The performance security will be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the
Supplier not later than 60 days following the date of completion of the Supplier's
performance obligations, including any warranty obligations, unless specified
otherwise, without levy of any interest.

2.13.7
In the event of any contract amendment, the supplier shall, within 21 days of receipt
of such amendment, furnish the amendment to the performance security, rendering
the same valid for the duration of the contract, as amended for further period of 60
days thereafter.

2.13.8
The order confirmation must be received within 14 days. However, the Purchaser has
the powers to extend the time frame for submission of order confirmation and
submission of Performance Security (PS). Even after extension of time, if the order
confirmation /PS are not received, the contract shall be cancelled provided that the
purchaser, on being satisfied that it is not a case of cartelization and the integrity of
the procurement process has been maintained, may, for cogent reasons, offer the
next successful bidder an opportunity to match the financial bid of the first
successful bidder, and if the offer is accepted, award the contract to the next
successful bidder at the price bid of the first successful bidder.
2.13.9
Whenever, the bidder chooses to submit the Performance Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.
295
2.14 Inspections and Tests

2.14.1
The inspections & test, training required would be as detailed in invitation to bid.

2.15 Packing

2.15.1
The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required to prevent them
damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination as indicated in the
Contract. The packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough
handling during transit and exposure to extreme temperatures, salt and precipitation
during transit and open storage. Packing case size and weights shall take into
consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the Goods' final destination and
the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit.

2.15.2
The packing, marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall
comply strictly with such special requirements as shall be provided for in the Contract
including additional requirements, if any, specified in the Purchase Order and any
subsequent instructions ordered by the Purchaser.

2.15.3
The marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall be as
under:

(a) Each package should have a packing list within it detailing the part Number(s),
description, quantity etc.

(b) Outside each package, the contract No., the name and address of the purchaser
and the final destination should be indicated on all sides and top.

(c) Each package should be marked as 1/x, 2/x, 3/x…………x/x, where “x” is the
total No. of packages contained in the consignment.

(d) All the sides and top of each package should carry an appropriate
indication/label/stickers indicating the precautions to be taken while
handling/storage.

2.16 Delivery and Documents

2.16.1
Delivery of the Goods and completion and related services shall be made by the
Supplier in accordance with the terms specified by the Purchaser in the contract. The
details of shipping and/or other documents to be furnished by the supplier are as
under :-

296
For goods manufactured within India

Within 24 hours of dispatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser the complete
details of dispatch and also supply following documents by registered post / speed
post and copies thereof by FAX/Email.

(a) Two copies of Supplier’s Invoice indicating, inter-alia description and

specification of the goods, quantity, unit price, total value;
(b) Packing list;
(c) Insurance certificate, if required under the contract;
(d) Railway receipt/Consignment note;
(e) Manufacturer’s guarantee certificate and in-house inspection certificate;
(f) Inspection certificate issued by purchaser’s inspector, if any; and
(g) Any other document(s) as and when required in terms of the contract;

Note:
01 The nomenclature used for the item description in the Invoices (s), packing
list(s) and the delivery note(s) etc. should be identical to that used in the
contract. The dispatch particulars including the name of the transporter should also
be mentioned in the Invoice(s).

02 The above documents should be received by the Purchaser before arrival of

the Goods and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent
expenses

For goods manufactured abroad

Within 24 hours of dispatch, the supplier shall notify the purchaser the complete
details of dispatch and also supply following documents by Registered Post/courier
and copies thereof by FAX/Email.

(a) Two copies of supplier’s Invoice giving full details of the goods including quantity,
value, etc.;
(b) Packing list;
(c) Certificate of country of origin issued by the supplier
(d) Manufacturer’s guarantee and Inspection certificate;
(e) Inspection certificate issued by the Purchaser’s Inspector, if any;
(f) Insurance Certificate, if required under the contract;
(g) Name of the Vessel/Carrier;
(h) Bill of Lading/Airway Bill;
(i) Any other document(s) as and when required in terms of the contract;

Note:
01. The nomenclature used for the item description in the invoices(s), packing
list(s) and the delivery note(s) etc. should be identical to that used in the contract.
The dispatch particulars including the name of the transporter should also be
mentioned in the Invoice(s).

02. The above documents should be received by the Purchaser before arrival of the
Goods and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent expenses.
297
2.16.2
The terms FOB, FCA, CIF, CIP etc shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the
current edition of the Inco terms published by the International Chambers of
Commerce, Paris.

2.16.3
The mode of transportation shall be as specified in invitation to bid. In case the
purchaser elects to have the transportation done through Air, then air lifting needs to
be done through Air India only. In case Air India does not operate in the Airport of
despatch, then the bidder is free to engage the services of any other Airlines.

2.17 Insurance

2.17.1
Should the purchaser elect to buy on CIF/CIP basis, the Goods supplied under the
Contract shall be fully insured against any loss or damage incidental to manufacture
or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery. The Insurance shall be for an
amount equal to 110% of the CIF or CIP value of the contract from within “warehouse
to warehouse (final destination)” on “all risk basis” including strikes, riots and civil
commotion.

2.17.2
Where delivery of the goods is required by the purchaser on CIF or CIP basis the
supplier shall arrange and pay for Cargo Insurance, naming the purchaser as
beneficiary and initiate & pursue claims till settlement, on the event of any loss or
damage.

2.17.3
Where delivery is on FOB or FCA basis, insurance would be the responsibility of the
purchaser.

2.17.4
With a view to ensure that claims on insurance companies, if any, are lodged in time,
the bidders and /or the Indian agent shall be responsible for follow up with their
principals for ascertaining the dispatch details and informing the same to the
Purchaser and he shall also liaise with the Purchaser to ascertain the arrival of the
consignment after clearance so that immediately thereafter in his presence the
consignment could be opened and the insurance claim be lodged, if required,
without any loss of time. Any delay on the part of the bidder/Indian Agent would be
viewed seriously and he shall be directly responsible for any loss sustained by the
purchaser on the event of the delay.

2.18 Transportation

2.18.1
Where the Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods FOB,
transport of the Goods, up to and including the point of putting the Goods on board
the vessel at the specified port of loading, shall be arranged and paid for by the
Supplier, and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract price. Where the
298
 Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods FCA, transport of the
Goods and delivery into the custody of the carrier at the place named by the
Purchaser or other agreed point shall be arranged and paid for by the Supplier, and
the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract price.

2.18.2
Where the Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods CIF or CIP,
transport of the Goods to the port of destination or such other named place of
destination in the Purchaser’s country, as shall be specified in the Contract, shall be
arranged and paid for by the Supplier, and the cost thereof shall be included in the
Contract Price.

2.18.3
In the case of supplies from within India, where the Supplier is required under the
Contract to transport the Goods to a specified destination in India, defined as the
Final Destination, transport to such destination, including insurance and storage, as
specified in the Contract, shall be arranged by the Supplier, and the related costs
shall be included in the Contract Price.

2.19 Incidental Services

2.19.1
The supplier may be required to provide any or all of the services, including
training, if any, specified in invitation to bid.

2.20 Spare Parts

2.20.1
The Supplier shall be required to provide any or all of the following materials,
notifications, and information pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed
by the Supplier:

(a) Such spare parts as the Purchaser may elect to purchase from the Supplier,
providing that this election shall not relieve the Supplier of any warranty
obligations under the Contract; and

(b) In the event of termination of production of the spare parts:

(i) Advance notification to the Purchaser of the pending termination, in sufficient

time to permit the Purchaser to procure needed requirements; and

(ii) Following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Purchaser, the

blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

2.21 Warranty

2.21.1
The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new, unused, and of the most recent or
current models, and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials, unless provided otherwise in the Contract.
299
2.21.2
The Supplier further warrants that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from
any act or omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials, and
workmanship, under normal use in the conditions prevailing in India.

2.21.3
The warranty shall remain valid for a period as specified in the Purchase Order after
the goods or any portion thereof as the case may be have been delivered to and
accepted at the final destination.

2.21.4
The Purchaser shall give notice to the Supplier stating the nature of any such defects
together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof.
The Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect
such defects.

2.21.5
Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall, within a reasonable period of time,
expeditiously repair or replace the defective Goods or parts thereof, at no cost to the
Purchaser.

2.21.6
If having been notified, the Supplier fails to remedy the defect within a reasonable
period of time, the Purchaser may proceed to take within a reasonable period such
remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier’s risk and expense and without
prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may have against the Supplier
under the Contract.
2.21.7
Goods requiring warranty replacements must be replaced on free of cost basis to the
purchaser.

2.22 Terms of Payment

2.22.1
The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Supplier under this
Contract shall be as specified in the Purchase Order.

2.22.2
The Supplier's request(s) for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in writing,
accompanied by an invoice describing, as appropriate, the Goods delivered and the
Services performed, and by documents, submitted pursuant to Delivery and
document Clause of the GCC and upon fulfilment of other obligations stipulated in
the contract.

2.22.3
Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser but in no case later than thirty
(30) days after submission of the invoice or claim by the Supplier. While claiming the
payment, the supplier should certify in the bill/invoice that the payment being
claimed strictly in terms of the contract and all obligations on the part of the supplier
for claiming the payment have been fulfilled as required under the contract.
300
2.22.4
Payments shall be made in currency as indicated in the contract.

2.22.5
In case of imports, the L/C will be confirmed at the suppliers cost, if requested
specifically by the supplier. All bank charges abroad shall be to the account of the
beneficiary i.e. supplier and all bank charges in India shall be to the account of the
opener i.e. purchaser. If L/C is requested to be extended/ reinstated for reasons not
attributable to the purchaser, the charges thereof would be to the suppliers’ account.
Payment of local currency portion shall be made in Indian Rupees within thirty (30)
days of presentation of claim supported by a certificate from the Purchaser declaring
that the Goods have been delivered and that all other contracted Services have been
performed. The LC for 100% value of the contract shall be established after
deducting the agency commission payable if any, to the Indian agent from the
FOB/FCA value.

Note:
All payments due under the Contract shall be paid after deduction of statutory levies
at source (like ESIC, Income Tax, etc.), wherever applicable.

2.23 Change Orders and Contract Amendments

2.23.1
The Purchaser may at any time, by written order given to the Supplier pursuant to
Clause on Notices of the GCC make changes within the general scope of the Contract
in any one or more of the following:

(a) Increase or decrease in the quantity required, exercise of quantity option

clause;
(b) Changes in schedule of deliveries and terms of delivery;
(c) The changes in inspection arrangements;
(d) Changes in terms of payments and statutory levies;
(e) Changes due to any other situation not anticipated;

2.23.2
No changes in the price quoted shall be permitted after the purchase order has been
issued except on account of statutory variations.

2.23.3
No variation or modification in the terms of the contract shall be made except by
written amendment signed by the parties.

2.24 Assignment

2.24.1
The Supplier shall not assign, in whole or in part, its obligations to perform under the
Contract, except with the Purchaser's prior written consent.

301
2.25 Subcontracts

2.25.1
The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all subcontracts awarded under
this Contract if not already specified in the bid. Such notification, in the original bid or
later, shall not relieve the Supplier from any liability or duties or obligation under the
Contract.

2.26 Extension of time.

2.26.1
Delivery of the Goods and performance of the Services shall be made by the Supplier
in accordance with the time schedule specified by the Purchaser.

2.26.2
If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier or its sub-
contractor(s) should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Goods and
performance of Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of
the fact of the delay, its likely duration and its cause(s). As soon as practicable after
receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may,
at its discretion, extend the Supplier’s time for performance with or without
liquidated damages, in which case the extension shall be ratified by the parties by
amendment of the Contract.

2.26.3
Except as provided under the Force Majeure clause of the GCC, a delay by the
Supplier in the performance of its delivery obligations shall render the Supplier liable
to the imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to liquidated damages Clause of
the GCC unless an extension of time is agreed upon pursuant to above clause
without the application of penalty clause.

2.27 Liquidated Damages

2.27.1
Subject to GCC Clause on Force Majeure, if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of
the Goods or to perform the Services within the period(s) specified in the Contract,
the Purchaser shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract,
deduct from the Contract Price, as penalty, a sum equivalent to 0.5% of the delivered
price of the delayed Goods or unperformed Services or contract value in case the
delivered price of the delayed goods or unperformed services cannot be ascertained
from the contract, for each week or part thereof of delay until actual delivery or
performance, up to a maximum deduction of 10%. Once the maximum is reached,
the Purchaser may consider termination of the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause on
Termination for Default.

2.28 Termination for Default

2.28.1
The Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of contract, by
written notice of default sent to the Supplier, terminate the Contract in whole or part.
302
 (a) If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period(s)
specified in the contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the
Purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause on Extension of Time; or
(b) If the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation(s) under the Contract.
(c) If the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent or collusive or coercive practices etc. as defined in GCC Clause and
ITB clause on code of integrity in competing for or in executing the Contract.
2.28.2
In the event the purchaser terminates the contract in whole or in part, he may take
recourse to any one or more of the following action:

(a) The Performance Security is to be forfeited;

(b) The purchaser may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems
appropriate, stores similar to those undelivered, and the supplier shall be
liable for all available actions against it in terms of the contract.
(c) However, the supplier shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not
terminated.

2.29 Force Majeure

2.29.1
Notwithstanding the provisions of GCC Clauses relating to extension of time,
Liquidated damages and Termination for Default the Supplier shall not be liable for
forfeiture of its performance security, liquidated damages or termination for default,
if and to the extent that, its delay in performance or other failure to perform its
obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

2.29.2
For purposes of this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an event or situation beyond the
control of the Supplier that is not foreseeable, is unavoidable, and its origin is not
due to negligence or lack of care on the part of the Supplier. Such events may
include, but not be limited to, acts of the Purchaser in its sovereign capacity, wars or
revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, and freight embargoes.

2.29.3
If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in
writing of such conditions and the cause thereof within 21 days of its occurrence.
Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing, the Supplier shall continue to
perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall
seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force
Majeure event.

2.29.4
If the performance in whole or in part or any obligations under the contract is
prevented or delayed by any reason of Force Majeure for a period exceeding 60 days,
either party may at its option terminate the contract without any financial
repercussions on either side.

303
2.30 Termination for Insolvency

2.30.1
The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the
Supplier, if the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In this event,
termination will be without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such
termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy, which has
accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser.

2.31 Termination for Convenience

2.31.1
The Purchaser, by written notice sent to the Supplier, may terminate the Contract, in
whole or in part, at any time. The notice of termination shall specify that termination
is for the Purchaser's convenience, the extent to which performance of the Supplier
under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective.

2.31.2
The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment within 30 days after the
Supplier's receipt of notice of termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser at the
Contract terms and prices. For the remaining Goods, the Purchaser may elect:

(a) To have any portion completed and delivered at the Contract terms and
prices; and/or

(b) To cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an agreed amount for
partially completed Goods and for materials and parts previously procured by
the Supplier.

2.32 Settlement of Disputes

2.32.1
The Purchaser and the supplier shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct
informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in
connection with the Contract.

2.32.2
If, after twenty-one (21) days, the parties have failed to resolve their dispute or
difference by such mutual consultation, then either the Purchaser or the Supplier
may give notice to the other party of its intention to commence arbitration, as
hereinafter provided, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this
matter may be commenced unless such notice is given. Any dispute or difference
in respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given
in accordance with this Clause shall be finally settled by arbitration. Arbitration may
be commenced prior to or after delivery of the Goods under the Contract.

304
2.32.3
The dispute settlement mechanism/arbitration proceedings shall be concluded as
under:

(a) If any dispute or difference arises between the parties hereto as to the
construction, interpretation, effect and implication of any provision of this
agreement including the rights or liabilities or any claim or demand of any
party against other or in regard to any other matter under these presents but
excluding any matters, decisions or determination of which is expressly
provided for in this Agreement, such disputes or differences shall be referred
to an Arbitral Bench consisting of three Arbitrators, one each to be appointed
by each party and the two Arbitrators shall appoint a third Arbitrator who shall
be the presiding Arbitrator. A reference to the Arbitration under this Clause
shall be deemed to be submission within the meaning of the Arbitration and
Conciliation Act, 1996 and the rules framed thereunder for the time being in
force. Each party shall bear and pay its own cost of the arbitration
proceedings unless the Arbitrators otherwise decides in the Award. The venue
of arbitration should be the place from where the contract has been issued.

(b) In the case of a dispute between the purchaser and a Foreign Supplier, the
dispute shall be settled by arbitration. In accordance with provision of sub-
clause (a) above. But if this is not acceptable to the supplier then the dispute
shall be settled in accordance with provisions of UNCITRAL (United Nations
Commission on International Trade Law) Arbitration Rules.
2.32.4
The venue of the arbitration shall be the place from where the purchase order or
contract is issued.

2.32.5
Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration herein,

(a) the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the
Contract unless they otherwise agree; and
(b) the Purchaser shall pay the Supplier any monies due the Supplier.

2.33 Governing Language

2.33.1
The contract shall be written in English language which shall govern its
interpretation. All correspondence and other documents pertaining to the
Contract, which are exchanged by the parties, shall be written in the English
language only.

2.34 Applicable Law

2.34.1
The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union of India
and all disputes shall be subject to place of jurisdiction from where the Purchase
Order has been issued.
305
2.35 Notices

2.35.1
Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to this contract/order shall be
sent to the other party in writing or by cable, telex, FAX, e-mail or and confirmed in
writing to the other party’s address specified in the invitation to bid.

2.35.2
A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice’s effective date, whichever
is later.

2.36 Taxes and Duties

2.36.1
For goods manufactured outside India, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for
all taxes, stamp duties, license fees, and other such levies imposed outside India.

2.36.2
For goods Manufactured within India, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all
taxes, duties, license fees, etc., incurred till its final manufacture/production.

2.36.3
If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the
Supplier in India, the Purchaser shall make its best efforts to enable the Supplier to
benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

2.36.4

All payments due under the contract shall be paid after deduction of statutory levies
(at source) (like ESIC, IT, etc.) wherever applicable.

2.36.5
Customs Duty – If the supply is from abroad this Institute is permitted to import
goods as per notification No.51/96 – Customs and pay a concessional duty up to 5%
as per notification 24/2002 – Customs on all imports.

2.37 Right to use Defective Goods

2.37.1
If after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the guarantee and warranty
period, the operation or use of the goods proves to be unsatisfactory, the Purchaser
shall have the right to continue to operate or use such goods until rectifications of
defects, errors or omissions by repair or by partial or complete replacement is made
without interfering with the Purchaser’s operation.

306
2.38 Protection against Damage

2.38.1
The system shall not be prone to damage during power failures and trip outs. The
normal voltage and frequency conditions available at site as under:

(a) Voltage 230 volts – Single phase/ 415 V 3 phase (+_ 10%)
(b) Frequency 50 Hz.

2.39 Site preparation and installation

2.39.1
The Purchaser is solely responsible for the construction of the equipment sites in
compliance with the technical and environmental specifications defined by the
Supplier. The Purchaser will designate the installation sites before the scheduled
installation date to allow the Supplier to perform a site inspection to verify the
appropriateness of the sites before the installation of the Equipment, if required. The
supplier shall inform the purchaser about the site preparation, if any, needed for
installation, of the goods at the purchaser’s site immediately after notification of
award/contract.

2.40 Import and Export Licenses

2.40.1
If the ordered materials are covered under restricted category of EXIM policy in India
the Vendor / Agent may intimate such information for obtaining necessary, license in
India.

2.40.2
If the ordered equipment is subject to Vendor procuring an export license from the
designated government agency / country from where the goods are shipped / sold,
the vendor has to mention the name, address of the government agency / authority.
The vendor must also mention the time period within which the license will be
granted in normal course.

2.41 Risk Purchase Clause

2.41.1
If the supplier fails to deliver the goods within the maximum delivery period specified
in the contract or Purchase Order, the purchaser may procure, upon such terms and
in such a manner as it deems appropriate, Goods or Services similar to those
undelivered and the Supplier shall be liable to the purchaser for any excess costs
incurred for such similar goods or services.

307
2.42 Option Clause

2.42.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of the required
goods up to 25% (Twenty Five) per cent at any time, till final delivery date (or the
extended delivery date of the contract), by giving reasonable notice even though the
quantity ordered initially has been supplied in full before the last date of the delivery
period (or the extended delivery period)

2.43 Order Acceptance

2.43.1
The successful bidder should submit Order acceptance within 14 days from the date
of issue of order/signing of contract, failing which it shall be presumed that the
vendor is not interested and his bid security is liable to be forfeited pursuant to
clause 1.16.9 of ITB.

308
 CHAPTER 3

FORMATS
Table of Contents

S.No. Name

01 Price Schedule Forms

02 Bid Form

03 Bidder Information Form

04 Manufacturers’ Authorization Form (MAF)

05 Bid Security Form

06 Bid Securing Declaration

07 Performance Statement Form

08 Deviation Statement Form

09 Service Support Detail Form

10 Performance Security Form

11 Acceptance Certificate Form

12 Format of Letter of Authority for participating in bid opening

13 Format of declaration of abiding by the code of integrity and conflict of interest

to be submitted by the bidder

14. Format of Affidavit of self-certification regarding domestic value addition

309
 Annexure–5B

Model Global Tender document

(Refer para 5.1.2 of the CSIR Manual

TENDER NO :_________________________ Date _______________

TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

THE PURCHASE OF
______________________________
(Name of the item)
CSIR- ___________________________
(Name and complete postal address of the Lab. /Instt.)

Tel:
EPABX:
Fax:
Email:

310
 INVITATION FOR BIDS / NIT

01. Director, CSIR- _________________________________________________ (Name and

place of the Lab/Instt.), invites sealed bids from manufacturers, their authorised
distributors and Indian Agent of Foreign principals, if any, for purchase of items listed below:

Sl..No. Tender No. Description of items Quantity Single/ Bid

Double Security
bid (EMD)
(in Indian
Rupees)

02. Interested Bidders may obtain further information from the office of the
_______________________________________________________________________
(Designation with complete postal address)

03. Each complete set of bidding document may be purchased by any interested bidder
on submission of a written application to the above office and upon payment of a non-
refundable and non-transferable fee of ₹500/- in the form of a Demand Draft in favour of
The Director, ___________________________________ (Name of the Lab/Instt.) payable at
_____________________________ (place) during office hours on all working days up to
_____________ (Date) either in person or by post. Alternatively, the bidding documents can
be downloaded directly from our website _______________ free of cost. The bids must
reach this office on or before ___________ (Date) up to ________hours (IST) and shall be
opened on ________________ (Date) at ______ hours. (IST)

04. A Pre-bid Conference will be held on ____________ (Date) at _______ hours (IST)
in______________________ (Name of the Lab/Instts & Venue). All prospective bidders are
requested to kindly submit their queries, if any to the address indicated above so as to
reach the ____________________ (Designated Officer) latest by _______________ (Date).
(retain if applicable)

05. All bids must be accompanied with a bid security as specified above and must
be delivered to the above office at the date and time indicated above. Bids will be opened in
the presence of Bidders' authorized representatives who choose to attend on the specified
date and time. In the event of the date specified for bid receipt and opening being declared
as a closed holiday for purchaser’s office, the due date for submission of bids and opening
of bids will be the following working day at the appointed time.

06. As per Govt. of India procurement policies,

a. The purchaser intends to give purchase preference to local suppliers* in case

the cost of procurement is up to Rs. 50.00 lakhs.
b. The eligibility of the supplier is restricted to Indian Suppliers or there is no
restriction on the eligibility of the suppliers. (retain any one only)
c. The procuring entity intends to give purchase preference to products/goods
manufactured by micro, small and medium enterprises.

311
*”Local supplier” means a supplier or service provider whose product or service offered for
procurement meets the minimum local content of 50% as prescribed in DIPP Order No.P-
45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 28th May, 2018 or by the competent
Ministries/Departments in pursuance of this order.

‘Local content’ means the amount of value added in India which shall, unless otherwise
prescribed by the Nodal Ministry, be the total value of the items procured (excluding net
domestic indirect taxes) minus the value of imported content in the item (including all
customs duties) as a proportion of the total value, in percent.

07. The Director, CSIR-_____________________________________ (Name of the

Lab/Instts) reserves the right to accept or reject any bids or accept all tenders either in part
or in full or to split the order, or to annul the bidding process without assigning any reason.

INDEX

Chapter Content

1 Instructions to Bidders

2 Conditions of Contract

3 Schedule of Requirement

4 Specifications and Allied Technical Details

5 Price Schedule Forms

6 Qualification Requirements

7 Contract Form

8 Other Forms

312
 CRITICAL DATE SHEET

Sl. No. Stage Date & Time

1. Publish Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
2. Sale/document Download Start Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
3. Last Date & time for receipt of queries DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
4. Pre-bid Conference, if any DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
5. Bid Submission Start Date & time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
6. Bid Submission End Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM
7. Bid Opening Date & Time DD MM YYYY
AM/PM

TENTATIVE TIME SCHEDULE OF PROCUREMENT PLANNING

Sl.No Stage Tentative Time Frame

1. Date of Bid Opening XX

2. Date of Completion of Technical Bid XX + 50

Evaluation
3. Date of communication of Rejection of Bids XX + 65

4. Date of Receipt of context, if any, from XX + 70

Bidders
5. Opening of Financial Bid XX + 80

6. Notification of Award XX + 90

313
 CHAPTER - 1

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Table of Contents
Sl. No. Contents

A. Introduction
1.1 Eligible Bidders
1.2 Cost of Bidding
1.3 Code of Integrity for Public Procurement

B. The Bidding Documents

1.4 Cost of tender Documents
1.5 Content of tender Documents
1.6 Clarification of tender documents
1.7 Amendment of tender Documents

C. Preparation of Bids
1.8 Language of Bid
1.9 Purchase Preference Policies
1.10 Documents Comprising the Bid
1.11 Bid form and price schedule
1.12 Bid Prices
1.13 Bid Currencies
1.14 Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and Qualifications
1.15 Documents Establishing Goods’ Eligibility And Conformity to
Bidding Documents
1.16 Bid Security
1.17 Period of Validity of Bids
1.18 Format and Signing of Bid

D. Submission and Sealing Bids

1.19 Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids
1.20 Deadline for Submission of Bids
1.21 Late Bids
1.22 Withdrawal, substitution and Modification of Bids

E. Opening and Evaluation of Bids

1.23 Opening of Bids by the Purchaser
1.24 Confidentiality
1.25 Clarification of Bids
1.26 Preliminary Examination
1.27 Responsiveness of Bids
1.28 Bidders right to question rejection

314
1.29 Non-Conformity, Error and Omission
1.30 Examination of Terms & Conditions, Technical Evaluation
1.31 Conversion to Single Currency
1.32 Evaluation and Comparison of bids
1.33 Contacting the Purchaser
1.34 Post qualification

F. Award of Contract
1.35 Negotiations
1.36 Award Criteria
1.37 Option Clause
1.38 Purchaser’s right to vary Quantities at Time of Award
1.39 Purchaser’s right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all
Bids
1.40 Notification of Award
1.41 Signing of Contract
1.42 Order Acceptance
1.43 Performance Security
1.44 Pre-bid Conference
1.45 Integrity Pact

315
 A Introduction
1.1. Eligible Bidders

1.1.1
This Invitation for Bids is open to all suppliers subject to para 06 of the invitation for
bids/NIT.

1.1.2 A supplier or bidder shall be considered to be from a country if (i) the entity is
incorporated in that country, or ii) a majority of its shareholding or effective control
of the entity is exercised from that country; or (iii) more that 50% of the value of
the item being supplied has been added in that country. Indian suppliers shall
mean those entities which meet any of these tests with respect to India.

1.1.3 MSEs would be treated as owned by Scheduled Caste/Schedule Tribe enterprises as

under:

(a) In case of proprietary MSE, proprietor(s) shall be SC /ST.

(b) In case of partnership MSE, the SC/ST partners shall be holding at least 51% (fifty
one percent) shares in the unit.
(c) In case of Private Limited Companies, at least 51% (fifty one percent) share shall be
held by SC/ST promoters.

1.1.4 MSEs owned by women shall also be determined as per the above analogy/criteria.

1.1.5 Bidders should not be associated, or have been associated in the past, directly or
indirectly, with a firm or any of its affiliates which have been engaged by the
Purchaser to provide consulting services for the preparation of the design,
specifications, and other documents to be used for the procurement of the goods to
be purchased under this Invitation of Bids.

1.1.6 Bids from Joint Ventures, Consortium or Associations so long as they are formed and
registered prior to the bid submission date.

1.1.7 The bidders who have been temporarily suspended or removed from the list of
registered suppliers by the purchaser or banned from Ministry/country wide
procurement shall be ineligible for participation in the bidding process.

1.2 Cost of Bidding

1.2.1
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its
bid, and “the Purchaser", will in no case be responsible or liable for these costs,
regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

1.3 Code of Integrity

1.3.1
The bidders/suppliers should sign a declaration about abiding by the Code of
Integrity for Public Procurement in bid documents. In case of any transgression of
316
 this code, the bidder is not only liable to be removed from the list of registered
suppliers, but it would be liable for other punitive actions such as cancellation of
contracts, banning and blacklisting or action in Competition Commission of India,
and so on.

1.3.2
Code of integrity for Public Procurement: The Purchaser as well as bidders,
suppliers, contractors and consultants should observe the highest standard of ethics
and should not indulge in the following prohibited practices, either directly or
indirectly, at any stage during the procurement process or during execution of
resultant contracts:

i) “corrupt practice”: making offers, solicitation or acceptance of bribe, rewards

or gifts or any material benefit, in exchange for an unfair advantage in the
procurement process or to otherwise influence the procurement process or contract
execution;

ii) “Fraudulent practice”: any omission or misrepresentation that may mislead or

attempt to mislead so that financial or other benefits may be obtained or an
obligation avoided. This includes making false declaration or providing false
information for participation in a tender process or to secure a contract or in
execution of the contract;

iii) “anti-competitive practice”: any collusion, bid rigging or anti-competitive

arrangement, or any other practice coming under the purview of the Competition Act,
2002, between two or more bidders, with or without the knowledge of the purchaser,
that may impair the transparency, fairness and the progress of the procurement
process or to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;

iv) “coercive practice”: harming or threatening to harm, persons or their property

to influence their participation in the procurement process or affect the execution of
a contract;

v) “conflict of interest”: participation by a bidding firm or any of its affiliates that

are either involved in the consultancy contract to which this procurement is linked; or
if they are part of more than one bid in the procurement; or if the bidding firm or their
personnel have relationships or financial or business transactions with any official of
purchaser who are directly or indirectly related to tender or execution process of
contract; or improper use of information obtained by the (prospective) bidder from
the purchaser with an intent to gain unfair advantage in the procurement process or
for personal gain; and

vi) “Obstructive practice”: materially impede the purchaser’s investigation into

allegations of one or more of the above mentioned prohibited practices either by
deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering; or by concealing of evidence material to
the investigation; or by making false statements to investigators and/or by
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its
knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the investigation;
or by impeding the purchaser’s Entity’s rights of audit or access to information;
317
1.3.3
Obligations for Proactive disclosures
i) The Purchaser as well as bidders, suppliers, contractors and consultants, are
obliged under Code of Integrity for Public Procurement to sue-moto proactively
declare any conflicts of interest (coming under the definition mentioned above – pre-
existing or as and as soon as these arise at any stage) in any procurement process or
execution of contract. Failure to do so would amount to violation of this code of
integrity; and

ii) The bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any
previous transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any country
during the last three years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity. Failure
to do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity;

iii) To encourage voluntary disclosures, such declarations would not mean

automatic disqualification for the bidder making such declarations. The declared
conflict of interest would be evaluated and mitigation steps, if possible, taken by the
purchaser.

1.3.4 Punitive Provisions

Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Purchaser to other penal
provisions as per the bid documents or contract, if the Purchaser comes to a
conclusion that a (prospective) bidder/supplier, directly or through an agent, has
violated this code of integrity in competing for the contract or in executing a contract,
the purchaser may take appropriate measures including one or more of the following:

i) If his bids are under consideration in any procurement:

a) Forfeiture or encashment of bid security;
b) Calling off of any pre-contract negotiations; and
c) Rejection and exclusion of the bidder from the procurement process.

ii) If a contract has already been awarded

a) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for
loss incurred by the purchaser;
b) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the
procurement;
c) Recovery of payments including advance payments, if any, made by
the purchaser along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate.

iii) Provisions in addition to above:

a) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment
of the bidder from participation in future procurements of the
purchaser for a period not less than one year;
b) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing
may be filed under a signature of the Joint Secretary level officer, with
the Competition Commission of India;
c) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any
individual or staff found responsible.

318
 B. The Bidding Documents
1.4 Cost of Tender Documents

1.4.1
Interested eligible bidders may purchase the bidding documents on payment of the
cost of bidding documents as indicated in the invitation forbids/NIT or alternatively,
the bidding documents can be downloaded from our Website as indicated in the
Invitation for Bids/NIT free of cost.

1.5 Content of Tender Documents

1.5.1
The goods required, bidding procedures and contract terms are prescribed in the
bidding documents which should be read in conjunction. The bidding documents,
apart from the invitation for bids and Critical Date Sheet have been divided into 8
Chapters as under:

Chapter 1: Instructions to Bidder (ITB)

Chapter 2: General Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Condition of
Contract (SCC)
Chapter 3: Schedule of Requirements
Chapter 4: Specifications and Allied Technical Details
Chapter 5: Price Schedule Forms
Chapter 6: Qualification requirements
Chapter 7: Contract Form
Chapter 8: Other Standard Forms comprising:
(1) Bidder Information Form
(2) Manufacturer’s Authorization Form (MAF);
(3) Bid Security Form
(4) Bid Securing declaration
(5) Performance Statement form
(6) Deviation Statement Form;
(7) Service Support details;
(8) Bid form
(9) Performance Security Form;
(10) Acceptance Certificate Form
(11) Integrity pact
(12) Format of letter of authority for participating in bid opening
(13) Format for declaration by the bidder for code of integrity and
Conflict of interest.

1.5.2 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and specifications
in the bidding documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the bidding
documents or submission of a bid not substantially responsive to the bidding
documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk and may result in rejection of
its bid.

319
1.6 Clarification of tender documents

1.6.1
A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Documents shall
contact the Purchaser in writing at the Purchaser’s address specified in the Special
Conditions of Contract (SCC), latest by the date specified in the critical date sheet.
No request for clarification or query shall normally be entertained after the
deadline/pre-bid conference if any. Should the Purchaser deem it necessary to
amend the Tender Documents as a result of a clarification, it shall do so following the
procedure under Clause relating to amendment of Tender Documents and Clause
relating to Deadline for Submission of Bids.

The queries, clarifications and amendments issued would also be hosted on the
website of the Purchaser for the benefit of the other prospective bidders and also
shall be sent to all bidders who have purchased the tender documents.

1.7 Amendment of Tender Documents

1.7.1
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Purchaser may, for any
reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
prospective bidder, modify the tender documents by amendment. The same would
also be hosted on the website of the Purchaser and all prospective bidders are
expected to surf the website before submitting their bids to take cognizance of the
amendments. However, the copies of the amendments would be sent by registered
post/speed post/courier/e-mail to all the bidders who have purchased the tender
documents.

1.7.2
In order to allow prospective bidders’ reasonable time in which to take the
amendment into account in preparing their bids, the Purchaser, at its discretion, may
extend the deadline for the submission of bids and host the changes on the website
of the Purchaser.

C. PREPARATION OF BIDS
1.8. Language of Bid

1.8.1
The bid prepared by the Bidder, as well as all correspondence and documents
relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser shall be written in
English language only.

1.8.2
The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation, if any, to the English language and
bear all risks of the accuracy of such translation, for documents provided by the
Supplier.

320
1.9 Purchase Preference Policies
1.9.1
The purchaser intends to give product reservation/purchase preference/price
preference in line with current Govt. of India procurement policies to help inclusive
national economic growth by providing long term support to Small and Medium
enterprises (SMEs) and disadvantaged sections of the society and to address
environmental concerns along with preferential market access in govt.
procurements.

1.9.2 For the above purpose, local supplier means a supplier or service provider whose
product or service offered for procurement meets the minimum local content as
prescribed in DIPP Order No.P-45021/2/2017-PP (BE-II) dated 28th May, 2018 or by
the competent Ministries/Departments in pursuance of this order and local content
means the amount of value added in India which shall, unless otherwise prescribed
by the Nodal Ministry, be the total value of the items procured (excluding net
domestic indirect taxes) minus the value of imported content in the item (including all
customs duties) as a proportion of the total value, in percent.

1.10.1 Documents comprising the bid

The bid prepared by the Bidder shall include documents as under:

A. Technical bid

(a) Bidder Information Form;

(b) Declaration abiding by the Code of Integrity and no conflict of interest for
public procurement;
(c) Bid security as specified in the Invitation to Bids;
(d) Service support details form;
(e) Deviation Statement Form;
(f) Performance Statement Form;
(g) Manufacturer’s Authorization Form along with a certified copy of the Agency
Agreement between the bidders and the Indian Agent;
(h) Documentary evidence establishing that the bidder is eligible to bid
and is qualified to perform the contract if its bid is accepted;
(i) Integrity Pact, if required;
(j) Documents establishing goods eligibility and conformity to bidding
documents; indicating the Indian Customs Tariff Number (ICT & HSN No.) .
(k) Schedule of requirements.
(l) Self certification that the item offered meets the minimum local content of
50% giving details of the location(s) at which the local value addition is made
in case the bidder wishes to avail the benefits under the make in India
policy, if applicable.
(m) In cases of procurement for a value in excess of ₹ 10 crores, the local
supplier shall be required to provide a certificate from the statutory auditor
or cost auditor of the company (in the case of companies) or from a
practicing cost accountant or practicing chartered accountant (in respect of
suppliers other than companies) giving the percentage of local content to
avail the benefits under the make in India policy, if applicable.
321
 (n) Documentary evidence about the status of the bidder i.e. whether MSE or
not, owned by SC/ST or not and whether the MSE is owned by a women
entrepreneur or not.

B Price bid
(i) Bid form;
(ii) Applicable Price Schedule Form;

1.11. Bid form and price schedule

1.11.1
The bidder shall complete the Bid Form and the appropriate price schedule form
furnished in the bidding documents. These forms must be completed without any
alterations to its format and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall
be filled in with the information requested. The Bid Form and the appropriate Price
Schedule form shall be submitted in accordance with Clause 1.18.3 of the bidding
documents.

1.12. Bid Prices

1.12.1
The Bidder shall indicate on the appropriate price schedule form, the unit prices and
total bid prices of the goods it proposes to supply under the contract.

1.12.2
Prices indicated on the price-schedule form shall be entered separately in the
following manner:

(a) For Goods manufactured within India

(i) The price of the goods quoted Ex-works including taxes already paid.
(ii) GST and other taxes, if any which will be payable on the goods if the contract
is awarded.
(iii) The charges for inland transportation, insurance and other local services
required for delivering the goods at the desired destination as specified in the
price schedule form.
(iii) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,
spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

(b) For Goods manufactured abroad

(i) The price of the goods, quoted on FCA (named place of delivery abroad) or
FOB (named port of shipment), as specified in the price schedule form.
(ii) The charges for insurance and transportation of the goods to the port / place
of destination both by Air/Sea.
(iii) The agency commission charges, if any.
(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,
spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.
322
1.12.3
The terms FOB, FCA, CIF, CIP etc. shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the
current edition of the Incoterms published by the International Chambers of
Commerce, Paris.
1.12.4
Where there is no mention of packing, forwarding, freight, insurance changes, taxes
etc. such offer shall be rejected as incomplete.
1.12.5
The price quoted shall remain fixed during the contract period and shall not vary on
any account

1.12.6
All lots and items must be listed and priced separately in the Price Schedules. If a
Price Schedule shows items listed but not priced, their prices shall be assumed to be
included in the prices of other items. Lots or items not listed in the Price Schedule
shall be assumed to be not included in the bid.

1.12.7
The Purchaser is registered with Dept. of Scientific & Industrial Research, Govt. of
India and concessional customs duty and GST & IGST are leviable vide notification
No. 54/2002-Customs on all imports covered under Notification No.51/96-Customs
dated 23.07.1996, Notification No.47/2017-Integrated Tax (Rate) and Notification
No. 45/2017-Central Tax (Rate) both dated 14th November, 2017

1.12.8
Please state specifically in your offer whether the duties and taxes are extra over the
prices quoted, failing which it will be presumed that the prices are inclusive of taxes
and duties and no claim would be entertained for statutory variations at a later date.

1.12.9
Stipulations like “GST is presently not applicable but the same will be charged if it
becomes leviable later on” is not acceptable unless in such cases it is clearly stated
that GST will not be charged if the same becomes applicable later on due to increase
in turn over etc. If a bidder fails to comply with this requirement, his quoted price
shall be loaded with the quantum of duty which is normally applicable on the item in
question for the purpose of comparison with the prices of other tenderers.

Note: All payments due under the contract shall be paid after deduction of statutory levies at
source (like TDS etc.), wherever applicable.

1.13. Bid Currencies

1.13.1
Prices shall be quoted in Indian Rupees for offers received for supply within India and
in freely convertible foreign currency in case of offers received for supply from foreign
countries i.e. domestic tenderers are to quote and accept their payment in Indian
currency; Indian agents of foreign suppliers are to receive their agency commission in
Indian currency; cost of imported goods & services rendered in India, which are
directly imported against the contract, may be quoted in foreign currency
(currencies).
323
1.14. Documents Establishing Bidder’s Eligibility and qualifications

1.14.1
The bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, documents establishing the bidders’
eligibility to bid and its qualification to perform the contract if its bid is accepted.

1.14.2
The documentary evidence of the bidder’s qualification to perform the contract if the
bid is accepted shall establish to the purchaser’s satisfaction that;

(a) The bidder meets the qualification criteria listed in bidding documents if any.

(b) Bidder who doesn’t manufacture the goods it offers to supply shall submit
Manufacturers’ Authorization Form (MAF) using the form specified in the
bidding document to demonstrate that it has been duly authorized by the
manufacturer of the goods to quote and/or supply the goods.

(c) In case a bidder not doing business within India, it shall furnish the certificate
to the effect that the bidder is or will be represented by an agent in India
equipped and able to carry out the supply, maintenance, repair obligations
etc. during the warranty and post warranty period or ensure a mechanism at
place for carrying out the supply, maintenance, repair obligations etc. during
the warranty and post-warranty period.

1.14.3
Conditional tenders shall not be accepted.

1.15 Documents Establishing Goods' Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents

1.15.1
To establish the goods’ eligibility, the documentary evidence of the goods and
services eligibility shall consist of a statement on the country of origin of the goods
and services offered which shall be confirmed by a certificate of origin at the time of
shipment.

1.15.2
To establish the conformity of the goods and services to the specifications and
schedule of requirements of the bidding document, the documentary evidence of
conformity of the goods and services to the bidding documents may be in the form of
literature, drawings and data, and shall consist of:

(a) A detailed description of the essential technical and performance

characteristics of the goods;

(b) A list giving full particulars, including available sources and current prices, of
spare parts, special tools, etc., necessary for the proper and continuing
functioning of the goods during the warranty period following commencement
of the use of the goods by the Purchaser in the Priced-bid; and

324
 (c) An item-by-item commentary on the Purchaser's Technical Specifications
demonstrating substantial responsiveness of the goods and services to those
specifications or a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisions of
the Technical Specifications.

1.15.3
For purposes of the commentary to be furnished pursuant to above, the Bidder shall
note that standards for workmanship, material and equipment, designated by the
Purchaser in its Technical Specifications are intended to be descriptive only and not
restrictive. The Bidder may substitute these in its bid, provided that it
demonstrates to the Purchaser's satisfaction that the substitutions ensure
substantial equivalence to those designated in the Technical Specifications.

1.15.4
Alternate offers/makes/models would not be considered.

1.16. Bid Security

1.16.1
The Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, a bid security (BS) for an amount as
specified in the Invitation for Bids. In the case of foreign bidders, the BS shall be
submitted either by the principal or by the Indian agent and in the case of indigenous
bidders; the BS shall be submitted by the manufacturer or their specifically
authorized dealer/bidder.

1.16.2
The bid security is required to protect the Purchaser against the risk of Bidder's
conduct, which would warrant the security's forfeiture.

1.16.3
The bid security shall be in Indian Rupees for offers received for supply within India
and denominated in the currency of the bid or in any freely convertible foreign
exchange in the case of offers received for supplies from foreign countries in
equivalent Indian Rupees. The bid security shall be in one of the following forms at
the bidders’ option:

(a) A bank guarantee issued/confirmed by a Scheduled Commercial Bank in India

in the form provided in the bidding documents and valid for 45 days beyond
the validity of the bid. In case a bidder desires to submit a BG issued from a
foreign bank, then the same should be confirmed by a Scheduled commercial
bank in India; or

(b) Fixed Deposit receipt pledged in favour of the Lab. /Institute.

(c) A Banker’s cheque or demand draft in favour of the purchaser issued by any
Scheduled commercial bank in India.

(d) Bid Securing Declaration

325
1.16.4
The bid security shall be payable promptly upon written demand by the purchaser in
case the conditions listed in the ITB clause 1.16.9 are invoked.

1.16.5
The bid security should be submitted in its original form. Copies shall not be
accepted.

1.16.6
The bid security of unsuccessful bidder will be discharged /returned as promptly as
possible positively within a period of 30 days after the expiration of the period of bid
validity or placement of order whichever is later, without any interest.

1.16.7
The successful Bidder's bid security will be discharged upon the Bidder furnishing the
performance security, without any interest.

1.16.8
Bidders that are currently registered with the purchaser or registered as MSEs will
continue to remain registered during the tender validity period also and are exempted
from payment of EMD. In case the tenderer falls in these categories, the bidder
should furnish a certified copy of its valid registration details. Except for MSEs, this
exemption is valid for the trade group and monetary value of registration only. The
MSEs are provided tender document free of cost and are exempted from the payment of
Bid Security provided the goods are produced and the services are rendered by them and
not for any trading activities undertaken by them. Further firms who are having Udyog
Aadhar Memorandum are entitled to all benefits available for MSEs under the Public
Procurement Policies for MSEs and can get registered with any of the following agencies:

a) District Industries Centre

b) Khadi and Village Industries Commission
c) Khadi and Village Industries Board
d) Coir Board
e) National Small Industries Corporation
f) Directorate of Handicraft and handloom and
g) Any other body specified by the Ministry of MSME

1.16.9
Where any aggregator has been appointed by the Ministry of MSME, themselves
quote on behalf of some MSE units, such offers will be considered as offer from MSE units
and all such facilities would be extended to these aggregators also.

1.16.10
The bid security may be forfeited:

(a) If a Bidder withdraws or amends or modifies or impairs or derogates its bid

during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form; or

326
 (b) In case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails to furnish order acceptance
within 14 days of the order or fails to sign the contract and/or fails to furnish
Performance Security within 21 days from the date of contract/ order.

1.16.11
Whenever the bidder chooses to submit the Bid Security in the form of Bank
Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.

1.17. Period of Validity of Bids

1.17.1
Bids shall remain valid for minimum of 90 days after the date of bid opening
prescribed by the Purchaser. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the
Purchaser as non-responsive.

1.17.2
In exceptional circumstances, the Purchaser may solicit the Bidder's consent to an
extension of the period of validity. The request and the responses thereto shall be
made in writing (by post, fax or e-mail). The bid security provided shall also be
suitably extended failing which the bid would be summarily ignored. A Bidder may
refuse the request without forfeiting its bid security. A Bidder granting the request will
not be required nor permitted to modify its bid.

1.17.3
Bid evaluation will be based on the bid prices without taking into consideration the
above corrections.

1.18. Format and Signing of Bid

1.18.1
The bids may be submitted in single envelop or in two parts as specified in the
Invitation for Bids.

1.18.2
In case the bids are invited on single envelop basis, then the Bidder shall prepare
two copies of the bid, clearly marking each "Original Bid" and "Copy Bid", as
appropriate. In the event of any discrepancy between them, the original shall govern.

1.18.3
In case the bids are invited on two-bid system, the Bidder shall submit the bids in two
separate parts. One part shall contain Technical bid comprising all documents listed
under clause relating to Documents Comprising the Bid excepting bid form and price
schedules. The other part shall contain the priced-bid comprising bid form and price
schedules. The Bidder shall prepare two copies of the bid, clearly marking each
"Original Bid" and "Copy Bid", as appropriate.

327
1.18.4
The original and all copies of the bid shall be typed or written in indelible ink and
shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized to bind the
Bidder to the Contract. All pages of the bid, except for un-amended printed literature,
shall be initialled by the person or persons signing the bid detailing his/her name
and contact details.

1.18.5
Any interlineations, erasures or overwriting shall be valid only if they are initialled by
the persons or persons signing the bid.

D. Submission and sealing of Bids

1.19. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids

1.19.1
The bidders may submit their duly sealed bids generally by post or by hand. (Bids
received by FAX/E-mail would not be considered for evaluation.)

1.19.2
In the case of bids invited on single envelop basis, the Bidders shall seal the original
and each copy of the bid in separate inner envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as
"original" and "copy". The envelopes shall then be sealed in an outer envelope.

1.19.3
In the case of bids invited on two-part basis, the Bidder shall seal the un-priced
commercial and technical bid comprising the documents as listed in ITB 1.10.1
excepting for “l” & “m” and the priced bid in two separate envelops duly marked as
“Technical bid” and “priced bid”. Both the envelopes shall then be sealed in one
outer envelope.

1.19.4
(a) The inner and outer envelopes shall be addressed to the -
______________________________________________ (Designation and
Address of the officer concerned) and deposited in the Tender box kept in
Purchase Section, if delivered by hand.

(b) Bear the name and address of the bidder, Tender No., due date and a
warning "Do not open before _________” to be completed with the time
and
date as specified in the invitation for bids.

1.19.5
If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required above, the Purchaser will
assume no responsibility for the bid's misplacement or premature opening. In such
cases, bids received in open condition within the due date and time will be accepted
at the risk of the bidder if the same is presented to the Controller of Stores &
Purchase before expiry of the due date and time of opening of the bids.

328
1.19.6
Firms submitting bids in a single envelope against the requirement of two-bid system
would be considered for further evaluation at the risk & responsibility of the bidder.
However, the opened priced bid, if prepared separate from the technical bid, would
be sealed immediately by the Tender Opening Committee without disclosing the
price.

1.20. Deadline for Submission of Bids

1.20.1
Bids must be received by the Purchaser at the address specified at Clause 1.19.4 (a)
not later than the time and date specified in invitation for bids. In the event of the
specified date for the submission of Bids being declared a holiday for the Purchaser,
the Bids will be received up to the appointed time on the next working day.

1.20.2
The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for submission of bids by
amending the bid documents in accordance with Clause relating to Amendment of
Bidding Documents in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser and
Bidders previously subject to the deadline will thereafter be subject to the
deadline as extended.

1.21. Late Bids

1.21.1
Any bid received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of bids
prescribed by the Purchaser will be rejected.

1.21.2
Such tenders shall be marked as late and not considered for further evaluation. They
shall not be opened at all and be returned to the bidders in their original envelope
without opening.

1.22. Withdrawal, substitution and Modification of Bids.

1.22.1
A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has been submitted by
sending a written notice in accordance with ITB Clause 1.19 duly signed by an
authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.18.4 (except that no copies of the withdrawal
notice are required). The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid must
accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be:

(a) Submitted in accordance with ITB Clauses 1.18 and 1.19 (except that
withdrawal notices do not require copies), and in addition, the respective
envelopes shall be clearly marked “WITHDRAWAL,” “SUBSTITUTION,” or
“MODIFICATION”; and

(b) Received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for submission
of bids, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.20.
329
1.22.2
Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.22.1 shall be
returned unopened to the Bidders. No bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or
modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the
expiration of the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Form or any
extension thereof.

E. Opening and Evaluation of Bids

1.23 Opening of Bids by the Purchaser

1.23.1
The Purchaser will open all bids one at a time in the presence of bidders' authorized
representatives who choose to attend, as per the schedule given in invitation for
bids. The Bidders' representatives who are present shall sign the quotation opening
sheet evidencing their attendance. In the event of the specified date of Bid opening
being declared a holiday for the Purchaser, the Bids shall be opened at the
appointed time and location on the next working day. In two-part bidding, the
financial bid shall be opened only after technical evaluation.

1.23.2
First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out and the
envelope with the corresponding bid shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder.
No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the corresponding withdrawal notice
contains a valid authorization to request the withdrawal and is read out at bid
opening. Next, envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened and read out and
exchanged with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid
shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution shall be
permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorization
to request the substitution and is read out at bid opening. Envelopes marked
“MODIFICATION” shall be opened and read out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid
modification shall be permitted unless the corresponding modification notice
contains a valid authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid
opening. Only envelopes that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be
considered further.

1.23.3
The bidders’ names, bid modifications or withdrawals, bid prices, discounts, and the
presence or absence of requisite bid security and such other details as the
Purchaser, at its discretion, may consider appropriate, will be announced at the
opening. No bid shall be rejected at bid opening, except for late bid(s). The contents
of the bid forms and price schedules would however be announced only at the time
of opening of Priced-bids in the case of two-bid system.

1.23.4
Bids that are received late shall not be considered further for evaluation, irrespective
of the circumstances.

330
1.23.5
Bidders interested in participating in the bid opening process, should depute their
representatives along with an authority letter to be submitted to the purchaser at the
time of bid opening as per form Annexed at Chapter-9.

1.24. Confidentiality

1.24.1
Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and post
qualification of bids, and recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed
to bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until
publication of the Contract Award.

1.24.2
Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the examination, evaluation,
comparison, and post qualification of the bids or contract award decisions may result
in the rejection of its Bid.

1.25. Clarification of Bids

1.25.1
To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and post qualification of the
bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, ask the Bidder for a clarification of its bid.
The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and no change in
prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered or permitted. However, no
negotiation shall be held except with the lowest bidder, at the discretion of the
purchaser. Any clarification submitted by a bidder in respect to its bid which is not in
response to a request by the purchaser shall not be considered.

1.26. Preliminary Examination

1.26.1
The Purchaser shall examine the bids to confirm that all documents and technical
documentation requested in ITB Clause 1.10 have been provided, and to determine
the completeness of each document submitted.
1.26.2
The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents and information have been
provided in the Bid. If any of these documents or information is missing, the offer
shall be rejected.

(a) Bid Form and Price Schedule, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.10;

(b) All the tenders received will first be scrutinized to see whether the tenders meet
the basic requirements as incorporated in the tender enquiry document. The tenders,
who do not meet the basic requirements, are to be treated as unresponsive and
ignored. The following are some of the important points, for which a tender may be
declared as unresponsive and to be ignored, during the initial scrutiny:

(i) The Bid is unsigned.

(ii) The Bidder is not eligible.
331
 (iii) The Bid validity is shorter than the required period.
(iv) The Bidder has quoted for goods manufactured by a different firm
without the required authority letter from the proposed
manufacturer.
(v) Bidder has not agreed to give the required performance security or has
not furnished the bid security.

(vi) The goods quoted are sub-standard, not meeting the required
specification, etc.
(vii) Against the schedule of Requirement (incorporated in the tender
enquiry), the bidder has not quoted for the entire requirement as
specified in that schedule.
(viii) The bidder has not agreed to some essential condition(s) incorporated
in the tender enquiry.

1.27 Bidder’s right to question rejection.

1.27.1
A Bidder shall have the right to be heard in case he feels that a proper procurement
process is not being followed and/or his tender has been rejected wrongly. Only a
directly affected bidder can represent in this regard as under:

i) Only a bidder who has participated in the concerned procurement process i.e.
pre- qualification, bidder registration or bidding, as the case may be, can
make such representation;

ii) In case pre-qualification bid has been evaluated before the bidding of
Technical bids, an application for review in relation to the technical bid may
be filed only by a bidder who has qualified in pre-qualification bid;

iii) In case technical bid has been evaluated before the opening of the financial
bid, an application for review in relation to the financial bid may be filed only
by a bidder whose technical bid is found to be acceptable.

iv) Following decisions of the purchaser in accordance with the provision of

internal guidelines shall not be subject to review:
a) Determination of the need for procurement;
b) Selection of the mode of procurement or bidding system;
c) Choice of selection procedure;
d) Provisions limiting participation of bidders in the procurement process;
e) The decision to enter into negotiations with the L1 bidder;
f) Cancellation of the procurement process except where it is intended to
subsequently re-tender the same requirements;
g) Issues related to ambiguity in contract terms may not be taken up after
a contract has been signed, all such issues should be highlighted
before consummation of the contract by the vendor/contractor; and
h) Complaints against specifications except under the premise that they
are either vague or too specific so as to limit competition may be
permissible.

332
1.27.2
In case a Bidder feels aggrieved by the decision of the purchaser, he may then send
his representation in writing to the Purchaser’s address as indicated in special
conditions of contract (SCC) within 05 working days from the date of communication
of the purchaser intimating the rejection for reconsideration of the decision by the
purchaser.

1.28 Responsiveness of Bids

1.28.1
Prior to the detailed evaluation, the purchaser will determine the substantial
responsiveness of each bid to the bidding documents. For purposes of this clause, a
substantive responsive bid is one, which conforms to all terms and condition of the
bidding documents without material deviations, reservations or omissions. A material
deviation, reservation or omission is one that:

(a) Affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Goods
and Related Services specified in the Contract; or
(b) Limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Documents, the
Purchaser’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract; or

(c) If rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other bidders
presenting substantially responsive bids.

1.28.2
The purchasers’ determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based on the
contents of the bid itself without recourse to extrinsic evidence.

1.28.3
If a bid is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Purchaser and may
not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the material
deviation, reservation or omission.

1.28.4
If a bidder quotes Nil Charges/consideration, the bid shall be treated as
unresponsive and will not be considered.

1.29 Non-Conformity, Error and Omission

1.29.1
Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may waive any
nonconformities or omissions in the Bid that do not constitute a material deviation.

1.29.2
Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may request that the
Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable
period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the bid related
to documentation requirements. Such omission shall not be related to any aspect of
the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in
the rejection of its Bid.
333
1.29.3
Provided that the Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser shall correct
arithmetical errors on the following basis:

(b) if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the line item total that is
obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity, the unit price shall
prevail and the line item total shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the
Purchaser there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit
price, in which case the line item total as quoted shall govern and the unit
price shall be corrected;

(c) if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of

subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words
shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic
error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (a) and (b)
above.

1.29.4
Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the purchaser may request that a
bidder may confirm the correctness of arithmetic errors as done by the purchaser
within a target date. In case, no reply is received then the bid submitted shall be
ignored and its Bid Security may be forfeited.

1.30 Examination of Terms & Conditions, Technical Evaluation

1.30.1
The Purchaser shall examine the Bid to confirm that all terms and conditions
specified in the GCC and the SCC have been accepted by the Bidder without any
material deviation or reservation.

1.30.2
The Purchaser shall evaluate the technical aspects of the Bid submitted in
accordance with ITB Clause 1.15, to confirm that all requirements specified in
Schedule of Requirements of the Bidding Documents have been met without any
material deviation or reservation.

1.30.3
If, after the examination of the terms and conditions and the technical evaluation,
the Purchaser determines that the Bid is not substantially responsive in accordance
with ITB Clause 1.28, it shall reject the Bid.

1.31 Conversion to Single Currency

1.31.1
To facilitate evaluation and comparison, the Purchaser will convert all quoted prices
expressed in various currencies to Indian Rupees at the selling exchange rate
334
 established by any bank in India as notified in the Newspapers on the date of bid
opening (techno-commercial bid in the case of two-part bidding) For this purpose,
exchange rate notified in www.xe.com or www.rbi.org or any other website could also
be used by the purchaser.

1.32 Evaluation and comparison of bids

1.32.1
The Purchaser shall evaluate each bid that has been determined, up to this stage of
the evaluation, to be substantially responsive.

1.32.2
To evaluate a Bid, the Purchaser shall only use all the factors, methodologies and
criteria defined below. No other criteria or methodology shall be permitted.

1.32.3
Purchase preference shall be given to all local suppliers in all procurements
undertaken by the purchaser in the following manner:

(a) Where the purchaser has restricted the eligibility of suppliers to Indian
suppliers only, as per para 06 of the invitation to bid/NIT. This is applicable only
for those items for which the Nodal Ministry has communicated that there is
sufficient local capacity and local competition for the cost of procurement up to
Rs. 50.00 lakhs.

(b) If the tendered items are not listed by the Nodal Ministry indicating the local
capacity and local competition, the following procedure of evaluation shall be
followed, irrespective of value:

(i) Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1 is from a
local supplier, the contract for full quantity will be awarded to L1.

(ii) If L1 bid is not from a local supplier, 50% of the order quantity shall be
awarded to L1. Thereafter, the lowest bidder among the local suppliers, will be
invited to match the L1 price for the remaining 50% quantity, subject to the local
supplier 's quoted price which should fall within the margin of purchase
preference of 20%. The contract for that quantity shall be awarded to such local
supplier, who matches the L1 price. In case such lowest eligible local supplier
fails to match the L1 price or accepts less than the offered quantity, the next
higher local supplier within the margin of purchase preference shall be invited to
match the L1 price for the remaining quantity and so on. The contract shall be
awarded accordingly. In case some quantity is still left uncovered on the part of
local suppliers, the balance quantity may also be ordered to the L1 bidder.

(c) If the tendered item is not divisible, the following procedure of evaluation
shall be followed:

i. Among all qualified bids, the lowest bid will be termed as L1. If L1 is from a local
supplier, the contract will be awarded to L1.

335
 ii. If L1 is not from a local supplier, the lowest bidder among the local suppliers will
be invited to match the L1 price, subject to local supplier's quoted price falling
within the margin of purchase preference of 20%. Accordingly, the contract shall
be awarded to the local supplier matching the L1 price.

iii. In case such lowest eligible local supplier fails to match the L1 price, the local
supplier with the next higher bid within the margin of purchase preference shall
be invited to match the L1 price. This may be repeated until all the local
suppliers are given an opportunity to match the L1 price. The contract shall be
awarded accordingly. In case none of the local suppliers within the margin of
purchase preference match the L1 price, the contract may be awarded to the L1
bidder.

1.32.4
Further, In tender, where the items are divisible, the participating Micro and Small
Enterprises (MSE) quoting price within price band of L1+15 (fifteen) per cent shall also
be allowed to supply a portion of requirement by bringing down their price to L1 price
in a situation where L1 price is from someone other than a MSE and such MSE shall
be allowed to supply up to 25 (twenty five) per cent of total tendered value. The 25
(twenty five) per cent quantity is to be distributed proportionately among these
bidders, in case there are more than one MSMEs within such price band.

1.32.5
Within this 25% (Twenty five Percent) quantity, a purchase preference of 25 (twenty
five) per cent out of 25 (twenty five) per cent) is reserved for MSEs owned by
Scheduled Caste (SC)/Scheduled Tribe (ST) entrepreneurs (if they participate in the
tender process and match the L1 price). Further, out of the total annual procurement
from the MSEs, (3%) three percent from within the 25% target shall be earmarked for
procurement from MSEs owned by women. Provided that, in the event of failure of
such SC/ST MSE to participate in tender process or meet tender requirements and L1
price, four per cent sub-target shall be met from other MSE.

1.32.6
In case the items are not divisible, then the MSE quoting price within price band L1 +
15% may be awarded for full/complete supply of total tendered quantity to MSE,
considering the spirit of the policy for enhancing the Government procurement from
MSEs.

1.32.7
The bids shall be evaluated on the basis of final landing cost which shall be arrived
as under:

For goods manufactured in India

(i) The price of the goods quoted ex-works including all taxes already paid.

(ii) GST and other taxes, if any which will be payable on the goods if the contract
is awarded.

336
 (iii) Charges for inland transportation, insurance and other local services required
for delivering the goods at the desired destination.

(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,

spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.

For goods manufactured abroad

(i) The price of the goods, quoted on FCA (named place of delivery abroad) or
FOB (named port of shipment), as specified in the bidding document.

(ii) The charges for insurance and transportation of the goods to the port/place
of destination.

(iii) The agency commission etc., if any.

(iv) Wherever applicable, the cost towards the installation, commissioning,

spares, extended warranty, AMC/CMC, site preparation and training including
any incidental services, if any.
1.32.8
The comparison between the indigenous and the foreign offers shall be made on FOR
destination basis and CIF/CIP basis respectively. However, the CIF/CIP prices quoted
by any foreign bidder shall be loaded further as under:

(a) Towards customs duty and other statutory levies–as per applicable rates.

(b) Towards custom clearance, inland transportation etc. - 2% of the CIF/CIP

value.

The bidder should give a clear cut breakup of EXW, FOB/FCA, CIF/CIP prices
to facilitate proper comparison with the purchaser reserving the right to order on
either basis, failing which the bid would be summarily ignored.

Note: Where there is no mention of packing, forwarding, freight, insurance charges, taxes
etc. such offers shall be rejected as incomplete.

1.32.9
Orders for imported stores need not necessarily be on FOB/FCA basis rather it an be
on the basis of any of the incoterm specified in ICC Incoterms 2010 as may be
amended from time to time by the ICC or any other designated authority and
favourable to the purchaser.

1.32.10
Wherever the price quoted on FOB/FCA and CIF/CIP basis are the same, the Contract
would be made on CIF / CIP basis only.

1.32.11
The GCC and the SCC shall specify the mode of transport i.e., whether by
air/ocean/road/rail.
337
1.32.12
There is no provision to purchase optional items. The specifications embodied in the
tender documents would be the basis of evaluating the responsiveness of bids
received.

1.32.13
The Purchaser shall compare all substantially responsive bids to determine the
lowest valuated bid, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.32.

1.33 Contacting the Purchaser

1.33.1
Subject to ITB Clause 1.25, no Bidder shall contact the Purchaser on any matter
relating to its bid, from the time of the bid opening to the time the Contract is
awarded.

1.33.2
Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in its decisions on bid evaluation,
bid comparison or contract award may result in rejection of the Bidder's bid.

1.34 Post qualification

1.34.1
In the absence of pre-qualification, the Purchaser will determine to its satisfaction
whether the Bidder that is selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated
responsive bid is qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily, in accordance with
the criteria listed in ITB Clause 1.14.

1.34.2
The determination will take into account the eligibility criteria listed in the bidding
documents and will be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of
the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, as well as such other information
as the Purchaser deems necessary and appropriate.

1.34.3
An affirmative determination will be a prerequisite for award of the contract to the
Bidder. A negative determination will result in rejection of the Bidder’s bid.

F. AWARD OF CONTRACT
1.35 Negotiations

1.35.1
Normally, there shall not be any negotiation. Negotiations, if at all, shall be an
exception and only in the case of items with limited source of supply. Negotiations
shall be held with the lowest evaluated responsive bidder. Counter offers tantamount
to negotiations and shall be treated at par with negotiations in the case of one time
purchases.
338
1.36 Award Criteria

1.36.1
Subject to ITB Clause 1.39, the Purchaser will award the contract to the successful
Bidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive and has been
determined to be the lowest evaluated bid, provided further that the Bidder is
determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily. The details of the
award would be hosted on the website of the Purchaser.

1.37 Purchaser's right to vary Quantities at Time of Award

1.37.1
The Purchaser reserves the right at the time of Contract award to increase or
decrease the quantity of goods and services originally specified in the Schedule of
Requirements to the extent of 25% without any change in unit price or other terms
and conditions.

1.38 Option Clause

1.38.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of the required
goods up to 25% (Twenty-Five) per cent at any time, till final delivery date (or the
extended delivery date of the contract), by giving reasonable notice even though the
quantity ordered initially has been supplied in full before the last date of the delivery
period (or the extended delivery period)

1.39 Purchaser's right to accept Any Bid and to reject any or All Bids

1.39.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul the bidding
process and reject all bids at any time prior to award of Contract, without thereby
incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders.

1.40 Notification of Award

1.40.1
Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Purchaser will notify the
successful bidder in writing by registered letter or by cable or telex or fax or e mail
that the bid has been accepted and a separate purchase order shall follow through
post.

1.40.2
Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification of award should
constitute a binding contract.

1.40.3
Upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the signed Contract Form and
performance security pursuant to ITB Clause 1.43, the Purchaser will promptly notify
each unsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid security.
339
1.41 Signing of Contract

1.41.1
Promptly after notification, the Purchaser shall send the successful Bidder the
Agreement/Purchase Order.

1.41.2
Within twenty-one (21) days of date of the Purchase Order, the successful Bidder
shall sign, date, and return it to the Purchaser.

1.42 Order Acceptance

1.42.1
The successful bidder should submit Order acceptance within 14 days from the date
of issue of order/signing of contract, failing which it shall be presumed that the
vendor is not interested and his bid security is liable to be forfeited pursuant to
clause 1.16.9 of ITB.
1.42.2
The order confirmation must be received within 14 days. However, the Purchaser has
the powers to extend the time frame for submission of order confirmation beyond the
original date. Even after extension of time, if the order confirmation is not received,
the contract is liable to be cancelled provided that the purchaser, on being satisfied
that it is not a case of cartelization and the integrity of the procurement process has
been maintained, may, for cogent reasons, offer the next successful bidder an
opportunity to match the financial bid of the first successful bidder, and if the offer is
accepted, award the contract to the next successful bidder at the price bid of the first
successful bidder.

1.43 Performance Security

1.43.1
Within 21 days of receipt of the notification of award/PO, the Supplier shall furnish
performance security (PS) in the amount specified in SCC, valid till 60 days after the
warranty period.

1.43.2
The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser as
compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier's failure to complete its
obligations under the Contract.

1.43.3
The Performance Security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees for the offers
received for supplies within India and denominated in the currency of the contract in
the case of offers received for supply from foreign countries or in equivalent Indian
rupees in case the performance security is submitted by the Indian Agent.

1.43.4
In the case of imports, the PS may be submitted either by the principal or by the
Indian agent and, in the case of purchases from indigenous sources, the PS may be
submitted by either the manufacturer or their authorized dealer/bidder.
340
1.43.5
The Performance security shall be in one of the following forms:

(a) A Bank guarantee or stand-by Letter of Credit issued by a Nationalized/

Scheduled bank located in India or a Foreign bank with preferably its
operating branch in India in the form provided in the bidding documents. Or

(b) A Banker’s cheque or Account Payee demand draft in favour of the purchaser.
Or,

(c) A Fixed Deposit Receipt pledged in favour of the Purchaser.

1.43.6
The performance security will be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the
Supplier not later than 60 days following the date of completion of the Supplier's
performance obligations, including any warranty obligations, unless specified
otherwise in SCC, without levy of any interest.

1.43.7
In the event of any contract amendment, the supplier shall, within 21 days of receipt
of such amendment, furnish the amendment to the performance security, rendering
the same valid for the duration of the contract, as amended for further period of 60
days thereafter.

1.43.8
The performance security must be received within 21 days. However, the Purchaser
has the powers to extend the time frame for submission of Performance Security
(PS). Even after extension of time, if the PS is not received, the contract is liable to be
cancelled provided that the purchaser, on being satisfied that it is not a case of
cartelization and the integrity of the procurement process has been maintained, may,
for cogent reasons, offer the next successful bidder an opportunity to match the
financial bid of the first successful bidder, and if the offer is accepted, award the
contract to the next successful bidder at the price bid of the first successful bidder.

1.43.9
Whenever, the bidder chooses to submit the Performance Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.

1.44. Pre-bid Conference (PBC)

1.44.1
A Pre-bid Conference shall be held as indicated in invitation to bid, if any. All
prospective bidders are requested to kindly attend the Pre-bid Conference. In order
to facilitate the purchaser the proper conduct of the Pre-bid Conference, all
prospective bidders are requested to kindly submit their queries (with envelope
bearing Tender No. and Date on top and marked “Queries for Pre-bid Conference”) so
341
 as to reach the purchaser as indicated in invitation to bid. The purchaser shall
answer the queries during the pre-bid conference, which would become a part of the
proceedings of the Pre-bid Conference. The proceeding of the Pre Bid Conference
would be hosted on the website of the purchaser. Before formulating and submitting
their bids, all prospective bidders are advised to surf through the purchaser’s website
after the Pre-bid Conference, in order to enable them take cognizance of the revised
tender conditions.

1.45 Integrity Pact

1.45.1
Integrity Pact binds both buyers and sellers to ethical conduct and transparency
in all activities from pre-selection of bidders, bidding and contracting,
implementation, completion and operation related to the contract.

1.45.2
The Integrity pact essentially envisages an agreement between the prospective
vendors/bidders and the buyer, committing the persons/officials of both sides, not to
resort to any corrupt practices in any aspect/stage of the contract. Only those
vendors/bidders, who commit themselves to such a Pact with the buyer, would be
considered competent to participate in the bidding process. In other words, entering
into this Pact would be a preliminary qualification. The essential ingredients of the
Pact include:

i) Promise on the part of the Purchaser to treat all bidders with equity and
reason and not to seek or accept any benefit, which is not legally available;

ii) Promise on the part of bidders not to offer any benefit to the employees of the
Purchaser not available legally and also not to commit any offence under
Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988 or Indian Penal Code 1860;

iii) Promise on the part of bidders not to enter into any undisclosed agreement or
understanding with other bidders with respect to prices, specifications,
certifications, subsidiary contracts; etc.

iv) Undertaking (as part of Fall Clause) by the bidders that they have not and will
not sell the same material/equipment at prices lower than the bid price;

iv) Foreign bidders to disclose the name and address of agents and
representatives in India and Indian Bidders to disclose their foreign principals
or associates;

v) Bidders to disclose the payments to be made by them to agents/brokers or

any other intermediary;

vi) Bidders to disclose any past transgressions committed over the specified
period with any other company in India or Abroad that may impinge on the
anti-corruption principle;

vii) Integrity Pact lays down the punitive actions for any violation.
342
1.45.3
Each page of such Integrity pact proforma would be duly signed by Purchaser’s
competent signatory. All pages of the Integrity Pact are to be returned by the bidder
(along with the technical bid) duly signed by the same signatory who signed the bid,
i.e. who is duly authorized to sign the bid and to make binding commitments on
behalf of his company. Any bid not accompanied by Integrity Pact duly signed by the
bidder shall be considered to be a non-responsive bid and shall be rejected
straightway.

1.45.4
The SCC shall specify whether there is a need to enter into a separate Integrity pact
or not.

1.45.5
The Integrity Pact would be effective from the date of invitation of bids till complete
execution of the contract.

1.45.6
The names and contact details of the Independent External Monitors (IEM) on the
event of the need of IP is as detailed in the SCC.

1.45.7
The modal format of IP is at Chapter-8.

343
 CHAPTER 2
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
A GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

Table of Contents
Sl. No. Clause
2.1 Definitions
2.2 Contract Documents
2.3 Code of Integrity
2.4 Joint Venture, Consortium or Association
2.5 Scope of Supply
2.6 Suppliers’ Responsibilities
2.7 Contract price
2.8 Copy Right
2.9 Application
2.10 Standards
2.11 Use of Contract Documents and Information
2.12 Patent Indemnity
2.13 Performance Security
2.14 Inspections and Tests
2.15 Packing
2.16 Delivery and Documents
2.17 Insurance
2.18 Transportation
2.19 Incidental Services
2.20 Spare Parts
2.21 Warranty
2.22 Terms of Payment
2.23 Change Orders and Contract Amendments
2.24 Assignment
2.25 Subcontracts
2.26 Extension of time
2.27 Liquidated Damages Clause
2.28 Termination for Default
2.29 Force Majeure
2.30 Termination for insolvency
2.31 Termination for Convenience
2.32 Settlement of Disputes
2.33 Governing Language
2.34 Applicable Law
2.35 Notice
2.36 Taxes and Duties
2.37 Right to use Defective Goods
2.38 Protection against Damage
2.39 Site preparation and installation
2.40 Import and Export Licenses
2.41 Risk Purchase Clause
2.42 Option Clause
2.43 Integrity Pact
2.44 Order Acceptance

344
 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

2.1 Definitions
2.1.1
The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to
them:

(a) “Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Purchaser
and the Supplier, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein,
including all attachments, appendices, and all documents incorporated by
reference therein.

(b) “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in the Contract Agreement,
including any amendments thereto.

(c) “Contract Price” means the price payable to the Supplier as specified in the
Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or
deductions there from, as may be made pursuant to the Contract.

(d) “Day” means calendar day.

(e) “Completion” means the fulfilment of the Goods and related Services by the
Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract.

(f) “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract.

(g) “Goods” means all of the commodities, raw material, machinery and equipment,
and/or other materials that the Supplier is required to supply to the Purchaser
under the Contract.

(h) “Related Services” means the services incidental to the supply of the goods, such
as transportation, insurance, installation, training and initial maintenance and
other such obligations of the Supplier under the Contract.

(i) “SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract.

(j) “Subcontractor” means any natural person, private or government entity, or a

combination of the above, to whom any part of the Goods to be supplied or
execution of any part of the Related Services is subcontracted by the Supplier.

(k) Supplier” means the natural person, private or government entity, or a

combination of the above, whose bid to perform the Contract has been
accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such in the Contract Agreement.

(l) The “Council” means the Council of Scientific & Industrial Research (CSIR),
registered under the Societies Registration Act, 1860 of the Govt. of India having
its registered office at 2, Rafi Marg, New Delhi-110001, India.

(m)The “Purchaser” means any of the constituent Laboratory/Institute of the Council

situated at any designated place in India as specified in SCC.
345
 (n) “The final destination,” where applicable, means the place named in the SCC.

2.2 Contract Documents

2.2.1
Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the Contract Agreement, all
documents forming the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be
correlative, complementary, and mutually explanatory. The Contract Agreement shall
be read as a whole.

2.3 Code of Integrity

2.3.1
Without prejudice to and in addition to the rights of the Purchaser to other penal
provisions as per the bid documents or contract, if the Purc haser comes to a
conclusion that a (prospective) bidder/supplier, directly or through an agent, has
violated this code of integrity in competing for the contract or in executing a contract,
the Purchaser may take appropriate measures including one or more of the following:

a) Cancellation of the relevant contract and recovery of compensation for loss

incurred by the purchaser;

b) Forfeiture or encashment of any other security or bond relating to the

procurement;

c) Recovery of payments including advance payments, if any, made by the

Purchaser along with interest thereon at the prevailing rate.

d) Provisions in addition to above:

1) Removal from the list of registered suppliers and banning/debarment

of the bidder from participation in future procurements of the
purchaser for a period not less than one year;
2) In case of anti-competitive practices, information for further processing
may be filed under a signature of the Joint Secretary level officer, with
the Competition Commission of India;
3) Initiation of suitable disciplinary or criminal proceedings against any
individual or staff found responsible.

2.4 Joint Venture, Consortium or Association

2.4.1
If the Supplier is a joint venture, consortium, or association, all of the parties shall be
jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the fulfilment of the provisions of the
Contract and shall designate one party to act as a leader with authority to bind the
joint venture, consortium, or association. The composition or the constitution of the
joint venture, consortium, or association shall not be altered without the prior
consent of the Purchaser.

346
2.5 Scope of Supply

2.5.1
The Goods and Related Services to be supplied shall be as specified in Chapter 4 i.e.
Specifications and allied technical details.

2.6 Suppliers’ Responsibilities

2.6.1
The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services included in the Scope of
Supply in accordance with Scope of Supply Clause of the GCC, and the Delivery and
Completion Schedule, as per GCC Clause relating to delivery and document.

2.7 Contract price

2.7.1
Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods supplied and the Related Services
performed under the Contract shall not vary from the prices quoted by the Supplier in
its bid.

2.8 Copy Right

2.8.1
The copyright in all drawings, documents, and other materials containing data and
information furnished to the Purchaser by the Supplier herein shall remain vested in
the Supplier, or, if they are furnished to the Purchaser directly or through the Supplier
by any third party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials
shall remain vested in such third party.

2.9 Application

2.9.1
These General Conditions shall apply to the extent that they are not superseded by
provisions in other parts of the Contract.

2.10 Standards

2.10.1
The Goods supplied and services rendered under this Contract shall conform to the
standards mentioned in the Technical Specifications, and, when no applicable
standard is mentioned, to the authoritative standard appropriate to the Goods'
country of origin and such standards shall be the latest issued by the concerned
institution.

2.11 Use of Contract Documents and Information

2.11.1
The Supplier shall not, without the Purchaser's prior written consent, disclose the
Contract, or any provision thereof, or any specification, plan, drawing, pattern,
347
 sample or information furnished by or on behalf of the Purchaser in connection
therewith, to any person other than a person employed by the Supplier in
performance of the Contract. Disclosure to any such employed person shall be made
in confidence and shall extend only so far, as may be necessary for purposes of such
performance.

2.11.2
The Supplier shall not, without the Purchaser's prior written consent, make use of any
document or information enumerated above except for purposes of performing the
Contract.

2.11.3
Any document, other than the Contract itself, enumerated above shall remain the
property of the Purchaser and shall be returned (in all copies) to the Purchaser on
completion of the Supplier's performance under the Contract if so required by the
Purchaser.

2.12 Patent Indemnity

2.12.1
The Supplier shall, subject to the Purchaser’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause
2.12.2 Indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its employees and officers
from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims,
demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s
fees and expenses, which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of any infringement or
alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark,
copyright, or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the
date of the Contract by reason of:

(a) the installation of the Goods by the Supplier or the use of the Goods in India;
and
(b) the sale in any country of the products produced by the Goods.

2.12.2
If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Purchaser, the
Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier a notice thereof, and the Supplier may at
its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and
any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim.

2.13 Performance Security

2.13.1
Within 21 days of receipt of the notification of award/PO, the Supplier shall furnish
performance security in the amount specified in SCC, valid till 60 days after the
warranty period.

2.13.2
The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser as
compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier's failure to complete its
obligations under the Contract.
348
2.13.3
The Performance Security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees for the offers
received for supplies within India and denominated in the currency of the contract in
the case of offers received for supply from foreign countries or in equivalent Indian
Rupees in case the Performance Security is submitted by the Indian Agent.
2.13.4
In the case of imports, the PS may be submitted either by the principal or by the
Indian agent and, in the case of purchases from indigenous sources, the PS may be
submitted by either the manufacturer or their authorized dealer/bidder.

2.13.5 The Performance security shall be in one of the following forms:

(a) A Bank guarantee or stand-by Letter of Credit issued by a

Nationalized/Scheduled bank located in India or a bank located abroad in the
form provided in the bidding documents.
Or
(b) A Banker’s cheque or Account Payee demand draft in favour of the purchaser.
Or
(c) A Fixed Deposit Receipt pledged in favour of the Purchaser.

2.13.6
The performance security will be discharged by the Purchaser and returned to the
Supplier not later than 60 days following the date of completion of the Supplier's
performance obligations, including any warranty obligations, unless specified
otherwise in SCC, without levy of any interest.

2.13.7
In the event of any contract amendment, the supplier shall, within 21 days of receipt
of such amendment, furnish the amendment to the performance security, rendering
the same valid for the duration of the contract, as amended for further period of 60
days thereafter.

2.13.8
The order confirmation must be received within 14 days. However, the Purchaser has
the powers to extend the time frame for submission of order confirmation and
submission of Performance Security (PS). Even after extension of time, if the order
confirmation /PS are not received, the contract shall be cancelled provided that the
purchaser, on being satisfied that it is not a case of cartelization and the integrity of
the procurement process has been maintained, may, for cogent reasons, offer the
next successful bidder an opportunity to match the financial bid of the first
successful bidder, and if the offer is accepted, award the contract to the next
successful bidder at the price bid of the first successful bidder.

2.13.9
Whenever, the bidder chooses to submit the Performance Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the
Guarantee directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the
original BG for the correctness, genuineness, etc.
349
2.14 Inspections and Tests

2.14.1
The inspections & test, training required would be as detailed in Chapter-4 of the
Bidding Document relating to Specification and Allied Technical details.

2.15 Packing

2.15.1
The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required to prevent their
damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination as indicated in the
Contract. The packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough
handling during transit and exposure to extreme temperatures, salt and precipitation
during transit and open storage. Packing case size and weights shall take into
consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the Goods' final destination and
the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points in transit.

2.15.2
The packing, marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall
comply strictly with such special requirements as shall be provided for in the Contract
including additional requirements, if any, specified in SCC and in any subsequent
instructions ordered by the Purchaser.

2.16 Delivery and Documents

2.16.1
Delivery of the Goods and completion and related services shall be made by the
supplier in accordance with the terms specified by the Purchaser in the contract. The
details of shipping and/or other documents to be furnished by the supplier are
specified in SCC.

2.16.2
The terms FOB, FCA, CIF, CIP, etc. shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the
current edition of the Inco terms published by the International Chambers of
Commerce, Paris.

2.16.3
The mode of transportation shall be as specified in SCC. In case the purchaser
elects to have the transportation done through Air, then air lifting needs to be done
through Air India only. In case Air India does not operate in the Airport of despatch,
then the bidder is free to engage the services of any other Airlines.

2.17 Insurance

2.17.1
Should the purchaser elect to buy on CIF/CIP basis, the Goods supplied under the
Contract shall be fully insured against any loss or damage incidental to manufacture
or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery in the manner specified in SCC.

350
2.17.2
Where delivery of the goods is required by the purchaser on CIF or CIP basis the
supplier shall arrange and pay for Cargo Insurance, naming the purchaser as
beneficiary and initiate & pursue claims till settlement, on the event of any loss or
damage.

2.17.3
Where delivery is on FOB or FCA basis, insurance would be the responsibility of the
purchaser.

2.17.4
With a view to ensure that claims on insurance companies, if any, are lodged in time,
the bidders and /or the Indian agent shall be responsible for follow up with their
principals for ascertaining the dispatch details and informing the same to the
Purchaser and he shall also liaise with the Purchaser to ascertain the arrival of the
consignment after clearance so that immediately thereafter in his presence the
consignment could be opened and the insurance claim be lodged, if required,
without any loss of time. Any delay on the part of the bidder/Indian Agent would be
viewed seriously and he shall be directly responsible for any loss sustained by the
purchaser on the event of the delay.

2.18 Transportation

2.18.1
Where the Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods FOB,
transport of the Goods, up to and including the point of putting the Goods on board
the vessel at the specified port of loading, shall be arranged and paid for by the
Supplier, and the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract price. Where the
Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods FCA, transport of the
Goods and delivery into the custody of the carrier at the place named by the
Purchaser or other agreed point shall be arranged and paid for by the Supplier, and
the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Price.

2.18.2
Where the Supplier is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods CIF or CIP,
transport of the Goods to the port of destination or such other named place of
destination in the Purchaser’s country, as shall be specified in the Contract, shall be
arranged and paid for by the Supplier, and the cost thereof shall be included in the
Contract Price.

2.18.3
In the case of supplies from within India, where the Supplier is required under the
Contract to transport the Goods to a specified destination in India, defined as the
Final Destination, transport to such destination, including insurance and storage, as
specified in the Contract, shall be arranged by the Supplier, and the related costs
shall be included in the Contract Price.

351
2.19 Incidental Services

2.19.1
The supplier may be required to provide any or all of the services, including
training, if any, specified in chapter 4.

2.20 Spare Parts

2.20.1
The Supplier shall be required to provide any or all of the following materials,
notifications, and information pertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed
by the Supplier:

(a) Such spare parts as the Purchaser may elect to purchase from the Supplier,
providing that this election shall not relieve the Supplier of any warranty
obligations under the Contract; and

(b) In the event of termination of production of the spare parts:

(i) Advance notification to the Purchaser of the pending termination, in
sufficient time to permit the Purchaser to procure needed requirements;
and

(ii) Following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Purchaser, the

blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested.

2.21 Warranty

2.21.1
The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new, unused, and of the most recent or
current models, and that they incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials, unless provided otherwise in the Contract.

2.21.2
The Supplier further warrants that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from
any act or omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials, and
workmanship, under normal use in the conditions prevailing in India.

2.21.3
Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the warranty shall remain valid for Twelve
(12) months after the Goods, or any portion thereof as the case may be, have been
delivered to and accepted at the final destination indicated in the SCC, or for
Eighteen (18) months after the date of shipment from the port or place of loading in
the country of origin, whichever period concludes earlier.

2.21.4
The Purchaser shall give notice to the Supplier stating the nature of any such defects
together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof.
The Purchaser shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect such
defects.

352
2.21.5
Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall, within a reasonable period of time,
expeditiously repair or replace the defective Goods or parts thereof, at no cost to the
Purchaser.

2.21.6
If having been notified, the Supplier fails to remedy the defect within a reasonable
period of time; the Purchaser may proceed to take within a reasonable period such
remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier’s risk and expense and without
prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may have against the Supplier
under the Contract.

2.21.7
Goods requiring warranty replacements must be replaced on free of cost basis to the
purchaser.

2.22 Terms of Payment

2.22.1
The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Supplier under this
Contract shall be as specified in the SCC.

2.22.2
The Supplier's request(s) for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in writing,
accompanied by an invoice describing, as appropriate, the Goods delivered and the
Services performed, and by documents, submitted pursuant to Delivery and
document Clause of the GCC and upon fulfilment of other obligations stipulated in
the contract.

2.22.3
Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser but in no case later than thirty
(30) days after submission of the invoice or claim by the Supplier. While claiming the
payment, the supplier should certify in the bill/invoice that the payment being
claimed strictly in terms of the contract and all obligations on the part of the supplier
for claiming the payment have been fulfilled as required under the contract.

2.22.4

Payment shall be made in currency as indicated in the contract.

2.23 Change Orders and Contract Amendments

2.23.1

The Purchaser may at any time, by written order given to the Supplier pursuant to
Clause on Notices of the GCC make changes within the general scope of the Contract
in any one or more of the following:

(a) Increase or decrease in the quantity required, exercise of quantity opinion

clause;
353
 (b) Changes in schedule of deliveries and terms of delivery;
(c) The changes in inspection arrangements;
(d) Changes in terms of payments and statutory levies;
(e) Changes due to any other situation not anticipated;

2.23.2
No changes in the price quoted shall be permitted after the purchase order has been
issued except on account of statutory variations.
2.23.3
No variation or modification in the terms of the contract shall be made except by
written amendment signed by the parties.

2.24 Assignment

2.24.1
The Supplier shall not assign, in whole or in part, its obligations to perform under the
Contract, except with the Purchaser's prior written consent.

2.25 Subcontracts

2.25.1
The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all subcontracts awarded under
this Contract if not already specified in the bid. Such notification, in the original bid or
later, shall not relieve the Supplier from any liability or duties or obligation under the
contract.

2.26 Extension of time.

2.26.1
Delivery of the Goods and performance of the Services shall be made by the Supplier
in accordance with the time schedule specified by the Purchaser.

2.26.2
If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier or its sub-
contractor(s) should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of the Goods and
performance of Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of
the fact of the delay, its likely duration and its cause(s). As soon as practicable after
receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Purchaser shall evaluate the situation and may,
at its discretion, extend the Supplier’s time for performance with or without
liquidated damages, in which case the extension shall be ratified by the parties by
amendment of the Contract.

2.26.3
Except as provided under the Force Majeure clause of the GCC, a delay by the
Supplier in the performance of its delivery obligations shall render the Supplier liable
to the imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to liquidated damages Clause of
the GCC unless an extension of time is agreed upon pursuant to above clause
without the application of penalty clause.

354
2.27 Liquidated Damages

2.27.1
Subject to GCC Clause on Force Majeure, if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of
the Goods or to perform the Services within the period(s) specified in the Contract,
the Purchaser shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract,
deduct from the Contract Price, as penalty, a sum equivalent to the percentage
specified in SCC of the delivered price of the delayed Goods or unperformed Services
or contract value in case the delivered price of the delayed goods or unperformed
services cannot be ascertained from the contract, for each week or part thereof of
delay until actual delivery or performance, up to a maximum deduction of the
Percentage specified in SCC. Once the maximum is reached, the Purchaser may
consider termination of the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause on Termination for
Default.

2.28 Termination for Default

2.28.1
The Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of contract, by
written notice of default sent to the Supplier, terminate the Contract in whole or part

(a) If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period(s)
specified in the contract, or within any extension thereof granted by the
Purchaser pursuant to GCC Clause on Extension of Time; or

(b) If the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation(s) under the Contract.

(c) If the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent or collusive or coercive practices etc as defined in GCC Clause and
ITB clause on code of integrity in competing for or in executing the Contract.

2.28.2
In the event the purchaser terminates the contract in whole or in part, he may take
recourse to any one or more of the following action:

(a) The Performance Security is to be forfeited;

(b) The purchaser may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems
appropriate, stores similar to those undelivered, and the supplier shall be
liable for all available actions against it in terms of the contract.

(c) However, the supplier shall continue to perform the contract to the extent not
terminated.

2.29 Force Majeure

2.29.1
Notwithstanding the provisions of GCC Clauses relating to extension of time,
Liquidated damages and Termination for Default the Supplier shall not be liable for
355
 forfeiture of its performance security, liquidated damages or termination for default,
if and to the extent that, its delay in performance or other failure to perform its
obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force Majeure.

2.29.2
For purposes of this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an event or situation beyond the
control of the Supplier that is not foreseeable, is unavoidable, and its origin is not
due to negligence or lack of care on the part of the Supplier. Such events may
include, but not be limited to, acts of the Purchaser in its sovereign capacity, wars or
revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, and freight embargoes.

2.29.3
If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in
writing of such conditions and the cause thereof within 21 days of its occurrence.
Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing, the Supplier shall continue to
perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical, and shall
seek all reasonable alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force
Majeure event.

2.29.4
If the performance in whole or in part or any obligations under the contract is
prevented or delayed by any reason of Force Majeure for a period exceeding 60 days,
either party may at its option terminate the contract without any financial
repercussions on either side.

2.30 Termination for Insolvency

2.30.1
The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the
Supplier, if the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. In this event,
termination will be without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such
termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or remedy, which has
accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser.

2.31 Termination for Convenience

2.31.1
The Purchaser, by written notice sent to the Supplier, may terminate the Contract, in
whole or in part, at any time. The notice of termination shall specify that termination
is for the Purchaser's convenience, the extent to which performance of the Supplier
under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination
becomes effective.

2.31.2
The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment within 30 days after the
Supplier's receipt of notice of termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser at the
Contract terms and prices. For the remaining Goods, the Purchaser may elect:

356
 (a) To have any portion completed and delivered at the Contract terms and
prices; and/or

(b) To cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an agreed amount for
partially completed Goods and for materials and parts previously procured by
the Supplier.

2.32 Settlement of Disputes

2.32.1
The Purchaser and the supplier shall make every effort to resolve amicably by direct
informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute arising between them under or in
connection with the Contract.

2.32.2
If, after twenty-one (21) days, the parties have failed to resolve their dispute or
difference by such mutual consultation, then either the Purchaser or the Supplier
may give notice to the other party of its intention to commence arbitration, as
hereinafter provided, as to the matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this
matter may be commenced unless such notice is given. Any dispute or difference in
respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has been given in
accordance with this Clause shall be finally settled by arbitration. Arbitration may be
commenced prior to or after delivery of the Goods under the Contract.

2.32.3
The dispute settlement mechanism/arbitration proceedings shall be concluded as
under:

(a) If any dispute or difference arises between the parties hereto as to the
construction, interpretation, effect and implication of any provision of this
agreement including the rights or liabilities or any claim or demand of any party
against other or in regard to any other matter under these presents but excluding
any matters, decisions or determination of which is expressly provided for in this
Agreement, such disputes or differences shall be referred to an Arbitral Bench
consisting of three Arbitrators, one each to be appointed by each party and the
two Arbitrators shall appoint a third Arbitrator who shall be the presiding
Arbitrator. A reference to the Arbitration under this Clause shall be deemed to be
submission within the meaning of the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 and
the rules framed thereunder for the time being in force. Each party shall bear and
pay its own cost of the arbitration proceedings unless the Arbitrators otherwise
decides in the Award.

(b) In the case of a dispute between the purchaser and a Foreign Supplier, the
dispute shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with provision of sub-clause
(a) above. But if this is not acceptable to the supplier then the dispute shall be
settled in accordance with provisions of UNCITRAL (United Nations Commission
on International Trade Law) Arbitration Rules.

357
2.32.4
The venue of the arbitration shall be the place from where the purchase order or
contract is issued.

2.32.5
Notwithstanding, any reference to arbitration herein,

(a) The parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the
Contract unless they otherwise agree; and

(b) the Purchaser shall pay the Supplier any monies due the Supplier.

2.33 Governing Language

2.33.1
The contract shall be written in English language which shall govern its
interpretation. All correspondence and other documents pertaining to the
Contract, which are exchanged by the parties, shall be written in the English
language only.

2.34 Applicable Law

2.34.1
The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union of India
and all disputes shall be subject to place of jurisdiction as specified in SCC.

2.35 Notices

2.35.1
Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to this contract/order shall be
sent to the other party in writing or by cable, telex, FAX, e-mail or and confirmed in
writing to the other party’s address specified in the SCC.

2.35.2
A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice’s effective date,
whichever is later.

2.36 Taxes and Duties

2.36.1
For goods manufactured outside India, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for
all taxes, stamp duties, license fees, and other such levies imposed outside India.

2.36.2
For goods Manufactured within India, the Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all
taxes, duties, license fees, etc., incurred till its final manufacture/production.

358
2.36.3
If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the
Supplier in India, the Purchaser shall make its best efforts to enable the Supplier to
benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent.

2.36.4
All payments due under the contract shall be paid after deduction of statutory
levies (at source) (like IT, etc.) wherever applicable.

2.36.5
Customs Duty – If the supply is from abroad this Institute is permitted to import
goods as per notification No.51/96 – Customs and pay a concessional duty up to 5%
as per notification 24/2002 – Customs on all imports.

2.37 Right to use Defective Goods

2.37.1
If after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the guarantee and warranty
period, the operation or use of the goods proves to be unsatisfactory, the Purchaser
shall have the right to continue to operate or use such goods until rectifications of
defects, errors or omissions by repair or by partial or complete replacement is made
without interfering with the Purchaser’s operation.

2.38 Protection against Damage

2.38.1
The system shall not be prone to damage during power failures and trip outs. The
normal voltage and frequency conditions available at site as under:

(a) Voltage 230 volts – Single phase/ 415 V 3 phase (+_ 10%)
(b) Frequency 50 Hz.

2.39 Site preparation and installation

2.39.1
The Purchaser is solely responsible for the construction of the equipment sites in
compliance with the technical and environmental specifications defined by the
Supplier. The Purchaser will designate the installation sites before the scheduled
installation date to allow the Supplier to perform a site inspection to verify the
appropriateness of the sites before the installation of the Equipment, if required. The
supplier shall inform the purchaser about the site preparation, if any, needed for
installation, of the goods at the purchaser’s site immediately after notification of
award/contract.

2.40 Import and Export Licenses

2.40.1
If the ordered materials are covered under restricted category of EXIM policy in India
the Vendor / Agent may intimate such information for obtaining necessary, license in
India.
359
2.40.2
If the ordered equipment is subject to Vendor procuring an export license from the
designated government agency / country from where the goods are shipped / sold,
the vendor has to mention the name, address of the government agency / authority.
The vendor must also mention the time period within which the license will be
granted in normal course.

2.41 Risk Purchase Clause

2.41.1
If the supplier fails to deliver the goods within the maximum delivery period specified
in the contract or Purchase Order, the purchaser may procure, upon such terms and
in such a manner as it deems appropriate, Goods or Services similar to those
undelivered and the Supplier shall be liable to the purchaser for any excess costs
incurred for such similar goods or services.

2.42 Option Clause

2.42.1
The Purchaser reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of the required
goods up to 25% (Twenty-Five) per cent at any time, till final delivery date (or the
extended delivery date of the contract), by giving reasonable notice even though the
quantity ordered initially has been supplied in full before the last date of the delivery
period (or the extended delivery period)

2.43 Integrity Pact

2.43.1
The SCC shall specify whether there is a need to enter into a separate Integrity pact
or not.

2.43.2
The names and contact details of the Independent External Monitors (IEM) on the
event of the need of IP is as detailed in the SCC.

2.44 Order Acceptance

2.44.1
The successful bidder should submit Order acceptance within 14 days from the date
of issue of order/signing of contract, failing which it shall be presumed that the
vendor is not interested and his bid security is liable to be forfeited pursuant to
clause 1.16.9 of ITB.

360
B SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Table of Contents

Sl. No. GCC Clause

01. GCC 2.1.1 (m)

02. GCC 2.1.1 (n)

03. GCC 2.13.1

04. GCC 2.15.2

05. GCC 2.16.1

06. GCC 2.16.3

07. GCC 2.17.1

08. GCC 2.21.3

09. GCC 2.22.1

10. GCC 2.27.1

11. GCC 2.27.1

12. GCC 2.34.1

13. GCC 2.35.1

14. GCC 2.43.1

15. GCC 2.43.2

361
 Special conditions of contract (SCC)
The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement and / or amend the
General Conditions of Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein
shall prevail over those in the GCC.

S.N. GCC Clause Condition

Ref
1 GCC 2.1.1(l) The Purchaser is: _____________________________________
(name and complete postal address)
2 GCC 2.1.1(m) The Final Destination is:
_____________________________________ (complete postal
address)
3 GCC 2.13.1 The amount of the Performance Security shall be ___ % of the
contract value.
4 GCC 2.15.2 The marking and documentation within and outside the
packages shall be:
(a) Each package should have a packing list within it detailing
the part No(s), description, quantity etc.

(b) Outside each package, the contract No., the name and
address of the purchaser and the final destination should
be
indicated on all sides and top.

(c) Each package should be marked as 1/x, 2/x, 3/x……x/x,

where “x” is the total No. of packages contained in the
consignment.

(d) All the sides and top of each package should carry an
Appropriate indication/ label/ stickers indicating the
precautions to be taken while handling/storage.
5 GCC 2.16.1 Details of Shipping and other Documents to be furnished by
the Supplier are :
For goods manufactured within India
Within 24 hours of dispatch, the supplier shall notify the
purchaser the complete details of dispatch and also supply
following documents by registered post / speed post and
copies thereof by FAX/Email.
(a) Two copies of Supplier’s Invoice indicating, inter-alia
description and specification of the goods, quantity, unit
price, total value;
(b) Packing list;
(c) Certificate of country of origin;
(d) Insurance certificate, if required under the contract;
(e) Railway receipt/Consignment note;
(f) Manufacturer’s guarantee certificate and in-house
inspection certificate;

362
 (g) Inspection certificate issued by purchaser’s inspector, if
any; and
(h) Any other document(s) as and when required in terms of
the contract.

Note:
01. The nomenclature used for the item description in the
invoices(S), packing list(s) and the delivery note(s) etc.
should be identical to that used in the contract. The
dispatch particulars including the name of the
transporter should also be mentioned in the Invoice(s).
02. The above documents should be received by the
Purchaser before arrival of the Goods and, if not
received, the Supplier will be responsible for any
consequent expenses.

For goods manufactured abroad

Within 24 hours of dispatch, the supplier shall notify the
purchaser the complete details of dispatch and also supply
following documents by Registered Post/courier and copies
thereof by FAX/Email.
(a) Two copies of supplier’s Invoice giving full details of the
goods including quantity, value, etc.;
(b) Packing list;
(c) Certificate of country of origin issued by supplier;
(d) Manufacturer’s guarantee and Inspection certificate;
(e) Inspection certificate issued by the Purchaser’s Inspector,
if any;
(f) Insurance Certificate, if required under the contract;
(g) Name of the Vessel/Carrier;
(h) Bill of Lading/Airway Bill;
(l) Any other document(s) as and when required in terms of the
contract.

Note:
01. The nomenclature used for the item description in the
Invoices (s), packing list(s) and the delivery note(s) etc.
should be identical to that used in the contract. The
dispatch particulars including the name of the
transporter should also be mentioned in the Invoice(s).

02. The above documents should be received by the

Purchaser before arrival of the Goods and, if not
received, the Supplier will be responsible for any
consequent expenses.

6 GCC 2.16.3 In case of supplies from within India, the mode of

transportation shall be by Air/Rail/Road. (retain one only)
In case of supplies from abroad, the mode of transportation
363
 shall be by Air/Ocean. (retain one only)
7 GCC 2.17.1 The Insurance shall be for an amount equal to 110% of the CIF
or CIP value of the contract from within “warehouse to
warehouse (final destination)” on “all risk basis” including
strikes, riots and civil commotion.
8 GCC 2.21.3 The period of validity of the Warranty shall be ______( )
months from the date of acceptance.
9 GCC2.22.1 The method and conditions of payment to be made to the
Supplier under this Contract shall be as follows:
Payment for Goods supplied from abroad:
Payment of foreign currency portion shall be made in currency
of the Contract in the following manner:
(a) On Shipment: _____ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract Price
of the Goods shipped shall be paid through irrevocable letter
of credit opened in favour of the Supplier in a bank in its
country, upon submission of documents specified in GCC
Clause 2.16.

(b) On Acceptance: _____ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract

Price of Goods received shall be paid within thirty (30) days of
receipt of Goods and successful installation & commissioning
upon submission of claim supported by the acceptance
certificate issued by the Purchaser along with the
Performance security, if any.
GCC 2.22.1 The L/C will be confirmed at the suppliers cost, if requested
specifically by the supplier. All bank charges abroad shall be to
the account of the beneficiary i.e. supplier and all bank
charges in India shall be to the account of the opener i.e.
purchaser. If L/C is requested to be extended/ reinstated for
reasons not attributable to the purchaser, the charges thereof
would be to the suppliers’ account. Payment of local currency
portion shall be made in Indian Rupees within thirty (30) days
of presentation of claim supported by a certificate from the
Purchaser declaring that the Goods have been delivered and
that all other contracted Services have been performed. The LC
for 100% value of the contract shall be established after
deducting the agency commission payable if any, to the Indian
agent from the FOB/FCA value.
Payment for Goods and Services supplied from India:
The payment shall be made in Indian Rupees, as follows:
(a) After shipment : _____ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract
Price
shall be paid on receipt of the Goods in good condition and
upon submission of the documents specified in GCC Clause
16.1
(b) On Acceptance: The remaining _____ percent ( ___ %) of
the
Contract value shall be paid to the Supplier within thirty
(30) days after the date of the acceptance certificate
issued
364
 by the Purchaser subject to submission of performance
security, if any.
Note:
All payments due under the Contract shall be paid after
deduction of statutory levies at source (like ESIC, Income Tax,
etc.), wherever applicable.
10 GCC 2.27.1 The penalty shall be 0.5% per week or part of a week towards
late delivery and towards delay in installation and
commissioning.
GCC 2.27.1 The maximum amount of penalty shall be 10%
11 GCC 2.34.1 The place of jurisdiction is _____________ (name of the place
from where the contract is issued)
12 GCC 2.35.1 For notices, the Purchaser’s address is
The Director
Attention: _____________________________
Location: CSIR-_________________________
13 GCC 2.35.1 Telephone: :+91-_______________________
EPABX Tel:+91________________________
Facsimile number: :+91__________________
Electronic mail address __________________
14 GCC 2.43.1 The integrity pact is to be/not to be signed. (retain one only)
15 GCC 2.43.2 The name and contact details of the IEMs are as under:
i)

365
 CHAPTER 3

Schedule of Requirements
(Notes for internal use only)

3.1 The Schedule of Requirements shall be included in the bidding documents by the
Purchaser, and shall cover, at a minimum, a description of the goods and services to be
supplied.

3.2 The objective of the Schedule of Requirements is to provide sufficient information to

enable bidders to prepare their bids efficiently and accurately, in particular, the Price
Schedule, for which a form is provided in Chapter 5. In addition, the Schedule of
Requirements, together with the Price Schedule, should serve as a basis in the event of
quantity variation at the time of award of contract pursuant to ITB Clause 1.37.

366
 CHAPTER 3
(To be filled by the bidder as appropriate and enclosed with the Technical Bid)
SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENT
Sl. Brief Description of Goods & Quantity Physical Unit Final destination/ Delivery Time frame required for conducting
No. Services Place Schedule installation, commissioning of the
(to be filled by eqpt., acceptance test, etc. after
the the arrival of consignment
bidder) (to be filled by the bidder)

Term of delivery: FOB / FCA / CIF / CIP ___________________________________ (named port of shipment or named place of delivery)
(retain only one)
Period of delivery shall count from : ____________________________________
(to be filled by the bidder)
Scope of Supply : ____________________________________
Training requirement: ____________________________________

(Location, no. of persons, period of training, nature of training)

Date : ……………………………
Place : …………………………… Signature of the Bidder

Notes for Bidders:

(1) The delivery schedule shall clearly indicate the time period within which the successful bidder must deliver the consignment in full from the date of
establishment of LC or from the date of contract or from the date of advance payment etc. It should also indicate separately the time period desired
for installation and commissioning of the equipment after arrival of the consignment at the premises of the Purchaser.

(2) The date or period for delivery should be carefully specified, taking into account

(a) The implications of delivery terms stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders pursuant to the Incoterms rules (i.e., EXW, or CIF, CIP, FOB, FCA terms—
that “delivery” takes place when goods are delivered to the carriers), and

(b) The date prescribed herein from which the delivery obligations start (i.e., notice of award, contract signature, opening or confirmation of the letter of
credit, date of releasing advance payment etc.).

367
 Chapter 4

Specifications and Allied Technical Details

(Notes for internal use only)

The Indentor should ensure that specifications are developed to ensure VfM, level
playing field and wide competition in procurement (Rule 173 (ix) of GFR 2017). The
Technical Specifications (TS) constitute the benchmarks against which the Purchaser will
verify the technical responsiveness of bids and, subsequently, evaluate the bids.
Therefore, well-defined TS will facilitate the preparation of responsive bids by bidders as
well as examination, evaluation and comparison of the bids by the Purchaser. It would
also help in ensuring the quality of the supplied goods. The Indentor should ensure that
the specification should:

i) Provides a level playing field and ensures the widest competition; Further,
the specifications should not be too restrictive as the aim should be to
attract reasonable number of competitive Tenderers.

ii) Be unambiguous, precise, objective, functional, broad based/generic,

standardised (for items procured repeatedly) and measurable. TS should
be broad enough to avoid restrictions on workmanship, materials and
equipment commonly used in manufacturing similar kinds of goods;

iii) Set out the required technical, qualitative and performance characteristics
to meet just the bare essential needs of the Indentor without including
superfluous and non- essential features, which may result in unwarranted
expenditure;

iv) Normally be based on standards set by the Bureau of Indian Standards

(BIS), wherever such standards exist. Preference should be given to
procure the goods which carry the BIS mark. In the absence of BIS
standards, TS may be based on the relevant International standards.
Provided that an Indentor may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, base
the TS on equivalent international standards even in cases where BIS
standards exist. For any deviations from Indian standards or for any
additional parameters for better performance, specific reasons for
deviations/modifications should be duly recorded with the approval of the
CA. Where the technical parameters are only marginally different, Indian
standards may be specified and the Departmental specifications could
cover only such additional details as packing, marking, inspection, and so
on, as are specially required to be complied for a particular end use;

v) All dimensions incorporated in the specifications shall be indicated in

metric units. If due to some unavoidable reasons, dimensions in FPS units
are to be mentioned, the corresponding equivalents in the metric system
must also be indicated;

368
vi) Comply with sustainability criteria and legal requirements of environment
or pollution control and other mandatory and statutory regulations, or
internal guidelines, if any, applicable to the goods to be purchased;

vii) Make use of best practices examples of specifications from successful

similar procurements in the other organisations or sector may provide a
sound basis for drafting the TS;

viii) Commensurate with VfM, avoid procurement of obsolete goods and

require that all goods and materials be new, unused and of the most
recent or current models and that they incorporate all recent
improvements in design and materials, unless provided for otherwise in
the bidding documents;

ix) Should have emphasis on factors such as efficiency, optimum fuel/power

consumption, use of environmental-friendly materials, reduced noise and
emission levels, low maintenance cost, and so on. Government of India
has set up the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) (http://www.bee-
india.nic.in) on 01st March, 2002 under the provisions of the Energy
Conservation Act, 2001, with the primary objective of reducing the energy
intensity of the Indian economy and thereby the cost saving potential of
the relevant marketed product.

x) Discourage procurement involving evaluation of samples: According to the

existing guidelines on public procurement of goods, purchase in
accordance with a sample should not be usually undertaken. Calling for a
sample along with the tender and deciding on the basis of evaluation of
the sample may NOT be done. In certain specifications, there may be a
built-in sample clause. Usually such clauses are stipulated to illustrate
indeterminable characteristics such as shade/tone, make-up, feel, finish
and workmanship, and so on. In some specifications, there may not be a
sample clause but such indeterminable characteristics are left to be
agreed to between the seller and buyer. Where drawings/specifications
are not available, then we may procure in accordance with an available
sample of the part. In such cases, supply must be in conformity with an
agreed reference sample in such respects only, whereas for the remaining
characteristics it must be in conformity with the laid down
drawings/specifications. Procurement of such items should be decided on
the basis of detailed specifications/drawings and no sample should be
called for or evaluated along with the bids. If desired, a purchaser’s
reference sample may be displayed for prospective tenderers to illustrate
the desired indeterminable characteristics, which final supplies from
successful bidder(s) will have to meet in addition to the specifications/
drawings. If required, in addition to the purchaser’s reference sample, the
provision for the submission of a pre-production sample matching the
purchaser’s sample by successful bidder(s) may be stipulated for
indeterminable characteristics, before giving clearance for bulk production
of the supply. The Indent for items which are to be procured in accordance
with a sample must be accompanied with three sealed samples as far as
possible
369
 Essential Technical particulars

The essential Technical particulars to be specified in the tender document shall

include the following to the extent applicable for a particular purchase:

i) Scope of supply and, also, end use of the required goods;

ii) All essential technical, qualitative, functional, environmental and

performance characteristics and requirements (such as material
composition, physical, dimensions and tolerances, workmanship and
manufacturing process wherever applicable; test schedule; if any),
including guaranteed or acceptable maximum or minimum values, as
appropriate. Whenever necessary, the user may include an additional
format for guaranteed technical parameters (as an attachment to the bid
submission sheet), where the bidder shall provide detailed information on
such technical performance characteristics in reference to the
corresponding acceptable or guaranteed values;

iii) Drawings;

iv) Requirement of the BIS mark, where applicable, mentioning all

parameters where such a specification provides options;

v) Requirement of an advance sample, if any, at the post contract stage

before bulk production;

vi) Special requirements of preservation, packing and marking, if any;

vii) Inspection procedure for goods ordered and criteria of conformity;

viii) Requirements of special tests or type test certificate or type approval for
compliance of statutory requirements with reference to pollution,
emission, noise, if any;

ix) Other additional work and/or related services required to achieve full
delivery/ completion, installation, commissioning, training, technical
support, after-sales service and Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC)
requirements, if any;

x) Warranty requirements;

xi) Qualification criteria of the bidders, if any; and

xii) Any other aspects peculiar to the goods in question such as shelf life
of the equipment, and so on

370
 Chapter 4

Specifications and Allied Technical Details for ……………………………

(Insert name of the item)

4.1 End Use:

4.2 Specifications (including the list of spares )

4.3 Scope of Supply and incidental works:

4.4 Inspection & Tests

4.4.1 General

1. The Supplier shall at its own expense and at no cost to the Purchaser carry out all
such tests and/or inspections of the Goods and Related Services as are specified
here.

2. The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of the Supplier or its
subcontractor(s), at the point of delivery and/or at the Goods final destination.

3. Whenever the Supplier is ready to carry out any such test and inspection, it shall
give a reasonable advance notice, including the place and time, to the Purchaser.
The Supplier shall obtain from any relevant third party or manufacturer any
necessary permission or consent to enable the Purchaser or its designated
representative to attend the test and/or inspection.

4. Should any inspected or tested Goods fail to conform to the specifications, the
Purchaser may reject the goods and the Supplier shall either replace the rejected
Goods or make alterations necessary to meet specification requirements free of
cost to the Purchaser.

5. The Purchaser's right to inspect, test and, where necessary, reject the Goods after
the Goods' arrival at final destination shall in no way be limited or waived by reason
of the Goods having previously been inspected, tested and passed by the Purchaser
or its representative prior to the Goods shipment.

6. The Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with a report of the results of any such test
and/or inspection.

7. With a view to ensure that claims on insurance companies, if any, are lodged in
time, the bidders and /or the Indian agent, if any, shall be responsible for follow
up with their principals for ascertaining the dispatch details and informing the
same to the Purchaser and he shall also liaise with the Purchaser to ascertain
the arrival of the consignment after customs clearance so that immediately
thereafter in his presence the consignment could be opened and the insurance
claim be lodged, if required, without any loss of time. Any delay on the part of the
bidder/ Indian Agent would be viewed seriously and he shall be directly
responsible for any loss sustained by the purchaser on the event of the delay.
371
8. Before the goods and equipment are taken over by the Purchaser, the Supplier
shall supply operation and maintenance Manuals together with Drawings of the
goods and equipment built. These shall be in such details as will enable the
Purchase to operate, maintain, adjust and repair all parts of the works as stated
in the specifications.

9. The Manuals and Drawings shall be in the ruling language (English) and in such
form and numbers as stated in the Contract.

10. Unless and otherwise agreed, the goods and equipment shall not be considered to
be completed for the purposes of taking over until such Manuals and Drawing
have been supplied to the Purchaser.

11. On successful completion of acceptability test, receipt of deliverables, etc. and

after the Purchaser is satisfied with the working of the equipment, the acceptance
certificate signed by the Supplier and the representative of the Purchaser will be
issued. The date on which such certificate is signed shall be deemed to be the
date of successful commissioning of the equipment.

4.4.2 Manufacturer’s Inspection Certificate`

After the goods are manufactured and assembled, inspection and testing of the
goods shall be carried out at the supplier’s plant by the supplier, prior to shipment
to check whether the goods are in conformity with the technical specifications.
Manufacturer’s test certificate with data sheet shall be issued to this effect and
submitted along with the delivery documents. The purchaser reserves the options
to be present at the supplier’s premises during such inspection and testing.

4.4.3 Pre Dispatch Inspection (delete if not applicable) or elaborate. (Provision of para
2.2.2 (07) of the CSIR Manual on Procurement of Goods 2018 needs to be
considered while framing this clause.)

4.4.4 Third Party Inspection (delete if not applicable) or elaborate.

4.4.5 Acceptance Test

The acceptance test will be conducted by the Purchaser, their consultant or other
such person nominated by the Purchaser at its option after the equipment is
installed at Purchaser’s site in the presence of supplier’s representatives. The
acceptance will involve trouble free operation. There shall not be any additional
charges for carrying out acceptance test. No malfunction, partial or complete
failure of any part of the equipment is expected to occur. The Supplier shall
maintain necessary log in respect of the result of the test to establish to the entire
satisfaction of the Purchaser, the successful completion of the test specified.

On the event of the ordered item failing to pass the acceptance test, a period not
exceeding two weeks will be given to rectify the defects and clear the acceptance
test, failing which, the Purchaser reserve the right to get the equipment replaced
by the Supplier at no extra cost to the Purchaser.
372
 Successful conduct and conclusion of the acceptance test for the installed goods
and equipment shall also be the responsibility and at the cost of the Supplier.

The acceptance tests at the final destination include the following:

(a)

(b)

4.5 Training

Free training should be imparted to ____ No. of persons of the purchaser at the
purchaser’s premises for a period of ________ days on operation, trouble shooting
and maintenance of the supplied item. (Provision of para 2.2.2 (07) of the CSIR
Manual on Procurement of Goods 2018 needs to be considered while framing
this clause.)

4.6 Warranty

The warranty of the equipment should be for a period of ____ months from the
date of acceptance. During the warranty period upgrades of the software, if any
should be provided free of cost.

4.7 Annual Maintenance Contract (delete if not applicable) or elaborate.

373
 CHAPTER 5

Price Schedule Forms

(Notes for internal use only)

This format may be drawn by the labs as per the tender documents. However, an
indicative structure of the Price Schedule Forms is provided hereunder for reference.

CHAPTER 5

Price Schedule Forms

Table of Contents

Sl. No. Type of Price Schedule Form

01. Price schedule for Goods being offered from abroad

02. Price schedule for Goods offered from India

Note: The bidder may fill in the appropriate Price Schedule Form and enclose as per
Clause 1.10 and 1.18.3 of the bidding documents.

374
 PRICE SCHEDULE FOR GOODS BEING OFFERED FROM INDIA

Name of the Bidder_________________ Tender No.______________

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sl. Item Country Unit Unit Rate Total price GST & Packing Charges for Total Price Installation,
No Description of origin Quantity Ex-Works, Ex-Works, Ex- other & inland Commis-
. With HSN Ex- warehouse, taxes forward- transporta- sioning and
code warehous Ex-show room payable, ing up to tion, training
e, Ex-show off the shelf if station insurance up charges, if
room off price contract of to Lab. / any
the shelf (inclusive of is dispatch Instt.by
price all taxes awarded if any air/road/
(inclusive already paid) rail
of all taxes 5x6 (retain one
already only)
paid)

Note: Total Bid price in foreign currency______________________________

(a) The cost of optional items, if any shall be indicated separately in words _________________________________________________

(b) Cost of Spares, if any Signature of Bidder _________________________________________

Name ___________________________________________________

Business Address __________________________________________

375
 PRICE SCHEDULE FOR GOODS BEING OFFERED FROM ABROAD

Name of the Bidder_______________________________ TENDER No.____________________________

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sl. Item Country Unit Qty. Unit price Total price Charges for Total price Indian Agents Approx. Indian
No. Description of origin Indicating (5x6) Insurance & CIF/CIP Commission Ship- Customs
currency transportation (retain as a percent ment Tariff No
to port//place one only) of FOB /FCA weight and HSN
FOB (named FOB (named of destination (7+8) price included and No.
port of port of in the Quoted volume
shipment or shipment) or price (ICT &
FCA (named FCA (named HSN
place of place of No.)
delivery) delivery)
(retain only (retain only
one) one)

Note:
Currency _______________________ Total Bid price in foreign currency ____________________
in words ________________________________________
(a) Indian agents name & address __________________________
(b) Installation, commissioning & training charges, Signature of Bidder ________________________________
if any _______________
Name ________________________________
(c) Cost of Spares, if any __________________
Business Address ________________________________
(d) The Indian agent’s commission shall be paid in Indian Rupees only based on the Exchange Rate prevailing on the date of negotiation of
documents in accordance with clause 2.22 of GCC.
(e) The cost of optional items shall be indicated separately.

376
 CHAPTER 6

Qualification Requirements
(refer to Annexure-4E of the CSIR Manual)

(Notes for internal use only)

Pre-Qualification Criteria (PQC) should be unrestrictive enough so as not to leave out even one
capable vendor/contractor. Otherwise, it can lead to higher prices of
procurement/works/services. However, on the other hand, these criteria should be restrictive
enough so as not to allow even one incapable vendor/contractor and thus vitiate fair
competition for capable vendors/contractors to the detriment of the buyer’s objectives. A
misjudgement in either direction may be detrimental. A sample PQC is given as under:

Due consideration should be given while framing PQC, to its effect on adequacy of
competition. To encourage MSEs, past successful bidders, a call may be taken – whether PQC
should apply to full quantity/packages or be proportional to part quantity/ package quoted by
a bidder. In case requirement is suddenly a multiple times the past procurements, blind
adoption of past PQCs may lead to disqualification of successful past vendors leading to
inadequate competition. PQC should therefore be carefully decided for each procurement with
the approval of CA for acceptance of the tender. It should be clarified in the PQB documents
that bidders have to submit authenticated documents in support of eligibility criteria.
Sample Prequalification criteria

Criteria 1 - Experience and Past Performance:

a) The bidder (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative – hereinafter

referred simply as ‘The Bidder’) should have regularly for at least the last _____] years,
ending 31st March of the previous financial year (hereinafter called ‘The relevant
Date’), manufactured and supplied (/erected/ commissioned_________ [Name of
Requirement], with the same or higher specifications having/with
____________parameters (hereinafter called ‘The Product’). The bidder should submit
the manufacturer authorisation form as appended in Chapter-8 and

b) ‘The bidder’ should have manufactured and supplied (/erected/commissioned) at

least _______ numbers (herein after referred as ‘The Qualifying Quantity’) of ‘The
Product’ in at least one of the last five years ending on ‘The relevant Date’, and out of
which

c) At least ________ numbers of offered version/model of ‘The product’ should be in

successful operation for at least ______ years on the date of bid opening.

Criteria 2 - Capability- Equipment & manufacturing Facilities:

‘The bidder’ must have an annual capacity to manufacture and supply (/erected/
commissioned)at least ________ (The Qualifying Quantity)

Note: In case of multiple products in a tender, this criterion shall be applicable product wise.
For example, in case of Printing Paper of different specifications/sizes, it shall be
applicable to quantity of paper manufactured and supplied specification/size wise.

377
Criteria 3 - Financial Standing – under all conditions

a) The average annual financial turnover of ‘The bidder’ during the last three
years, ending on ‘The relevant Date’, should be at ₹_______ (or equivalent in
foreign currency at exchange rate prevalent on ‘The Relevant Date’) ( fix the
value as 40-80% or any other percentage of the estimated cost of the quantity
in the bid document) as per the annual report (audited balance sheet and
profit & loss account) of the relevant period, duly authenticated by a Chartered
Accountant/Cost Accountant in India or equivalent in relevant countries.

Ministry of MSME have clarified that all Central

Ministries/Departments/Central Public Section Undertakings may relax
condition of prior turnover and prior experience with respect to Micro and
Small Enterprises in all public procurements subject to meeting of quality and
technical specifications. Further, the condition of prior turnover and prior
experience may be relaxed for Start-ups (as defined by Department of
Industrial Policy and Promotion) subject to meeting of quality & technical
specifications and making suitable provisions in the bidding document (rule
173 (i) of GFR 2017))

b) Bidder Firm (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative) should not

have suffered any financial loss for more than one year during the last three
years, ending on ‘The Relevant Date’.

c) The net worth of the Bidder firm (manufacturer or principal of authorised

representative) should not be negative on ‘The Relevant Date’ and also ii)
should have not eroded by more than 30% (thirty percent) in the last three
years, ending on ‘The Relevant Date’.

Note: In case of Indian Bidders/companies (manufacturer or principal of authorised

representative) who have been restructured by Banks in India, under the statutory
guidelines, they would be deemed to have qualified the Financial standing criteria
considering the institutional financial backing available to them.

Applicability in Special Cases:

a) Applicability to ‘Make in India’ :Bidders (manufacturer or principal of

authorised representative) who have a valid/approved ongoing ‘Make in India’
agreement/ program and who while meeting all other criteria above, except for
any or more of sub-criteria in Experience and Past Performance above, would
also be considered to be qualified provided:

i) their foreign ‘Make-in-India’ associates meet all the criteria above without
exemption, and

ii) the Bidder submits appropriate documentary proof for a valid/approved

ongoing ‘Make in India’ agreement/program.

iii) the bidder (manufacturer or principal of authorised representative) furnishes

along with the bid a legally enforceable undertaking jointly executed by himself
and such foreign Manufacturer for satisfactory manufacture, Supply (and

378
 erection, commissioning if applicable) and performance of ‘The Product’
offered including all warranty obligations as per the general and special
conditions of contract.

b) Authorized Representatives: Bids of bidders quoting as authorised

representative of a principal manufacturer would also be considered to be
qualified, provided:

i) their principal manufacturer meets all the criteria above without

exemption, and

ii) the principal manufacturer furnishes a legally enforceable tender-

specific authorisation in the prescribed form assuring full guarantee
and warranty obligations as per the general and special conditions of
contract; and

iii) the bidder himself should have been associated, as authorised

representative of the same or other Principal Manufacturer for same set
of services as in present bid (supply, installation, satisfactorily
commissioning, after sales service as the case may be) for same or
similar ‘Product’ for past three years ending on ‘The Relevant Date’.

c) For Existing Successful Past Suppliers: In case the bidder (manufacturer or

principal of authorised representative) who is a successful past supplier of ‘The
Product’ in at least one of the recent past ______ procurements, who do not
meet any or more of requirements above, would also be considered to be
qualified in view of their proven credentials, for the maximum quantity supplied
by him in such recent past.

d) Joint Ventures and Holding Companies: Credentials of the partners of Joint

ventures cannot (repeat cannot) be clubbed for the purpose of compliance of
PQC in supply of Goods/Equipment, and each partner must comply with all the
PQC criteria independently. Howeve,r for the purpose of qualifying the Financial
Standing Criteria, the Financial Standing credentials of a Holding Company can
be clubbed with only one of the fully owned subsidiary bidding company, with
appropriate legal documents proving such ownership.

Note for Bidders:

a) ‘Doctrine of Substantial Compliance’: The Pre-Qualification Bidding (PQB) and

Pre- Qualification Criteria (PQC) are for shortlisting of sources who are
competent to perform this contract to ensure best value for money from
expenditure of Public Money. This process is neither intended to bestow any
entitlement upon nor to create any rights or privileges for the Bidders, by way of
overly hair-splitting or viciously legalistic interpretations of these criteria,
disregarding the very rationale of the PQB and PQC. Keeping this caveat in
view, interpretation by the Purchaser would be based on common usage of
terminologies and phrases in public procurement in accordance with the
‘Doctrine of Substantial Compliance’ and would be final.

379
b) The Bidder must declare, whether asked or not in a bid document, any previous
transgressions of such a code of integrity with any entity in any country during
the last three years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity. Failure
to do so would amount to violation of this code of integrity.

c) In case of agents quoting in offshore procurements, on behalf of their principal

manufacturers, one agent cannot represent two manufacturers or quote on
their behalf in a particular tender enquiry. One manufacturer can also
authorise only one agent/ dealer. There can be only one bid from the following:

i) The Principal manufacturer directly or through one Indian agent on his

behalf; and

ii) Indian/foreign agent on behalf of only one principal.

d) Along with all the necessary documents/certificates required as per the tender
conditions, the bidder should furnish a brief write-up, backed with adequate
data, explaining his available capacity (both technical and financial), for
manufacture and supply of the required goods/equipment, within the specified
time of completion, after meeting all their current commitments.

e) Supporting documents submitted by the bidder must be certified as follows:

i) All copy of supply/work order; respective completion certificate and

contact details of clients; documents issued by the relevant Industries
Department/National Small Industries Corporation (NSIC)/
manufacturing licence; annual report, etc., in support of experience,
past performance and capacity/capability should be authenticated by
the by the person authorised to sign the tender on behalf of the bidder.
Original Documents must be submitted for inspection, if so demanded.

ii) All financial standing data should be certified by certified accountants,

for example, Chartered Accountants/Cost Accountants or equivalent in
relevant countries; and Indian bidder or Indian counterparts of foreign
bidders should furnish their Permanent Account Number.

f) A bidder or any of its affiliates who participated as a consultant in the

preparation of the design or technical specifications of the contract i.e. the
subject of the bid; cannot participate in the bidding process.

g) Indian agents quoting on behalf of its foreign principal need to submit an copy
of the agency agreement with the foreign principal detailing the services to be
rendered by them on behalf of the principals, failing which its bid shall not be
considered.
(h) Foreign bidders to disclose the name and address of agent and representatives
in India and Indian bidder to disclose their foreign principal or associates.

380
 CHAPTER 7
Contract Form
Contract No. _____________________________ Date:_____________________

THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT is made the [ insert: number ] day of [ insert: month ], [
insert: year ].

BETWEEN

(1) The Council of Scientific & Industrial Research registered under the Societies
Registration Act 1860 of the Government of India having its registered office at 2, Rafi
Marg, New Delhi-110001, India represented by ___________[ insert complete name
and address of Purchaser (hereinafter called “the Purchaser”), and

(2) [ insert name of Supplier ], a corporation incorporated under the laws of [

insert: country of Supplier ] and having its principal place of business at [ insert:
address of Supplier ] (hereinafter called “the Supplier”).

WHEREAS the Purchaser invited bids for certain Goods and ancillary services, viz.,
[insert brief description of Goods and Services] and has accepted a Bid by the
Supplier for the supply of those Goods and Services in the sum of [insert Contract
Price in words and figures, expressed in the Contract currency(ies) ] (hereinafter called
“the Contract Price”).

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

01. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are
respectively assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract referred to.

02. The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Purchaser
and the Supplier, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the
Contract:
(a) This Contract Agreement
(b) Special Conditions of Contract
(c) General Conditions of Contract
(d) Technical Requirements (including Schedule of Requirements and
Technical Specifications)
(e) The Supplier’s Bid and original Price Schedules
(f) The Purchaser’s Notification of Award
(g) [Add here any other document(s)]

03. This Contract shall prevail over all other Contract documents. In the event of
any discrepancy or inconsistency within the Contract documents, then the documents
shall prevail in the order listed above.

04. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier

as hereinafter mentioned, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to
provide the Goods and Services and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all
respects with the provisions of the Contract.

381
05. The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the
provision of the Goods and Services and the remedying of defects therein, the
Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the
Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in
accordance with the laws of Union of India on the day, month and year indicated
above.

For and on behalf of the Council of Scientific & Industrial Research

Signed: [insert signature]

in the capacity of [ insert title or other appropriate designation ]

in the presence of [ insert identification of official witness ]

Signed: [ insert signature ]
in the capacity of [ insert title or other appropriate designation ]

in the presence of [ insert identification of official witness ]

For and on behalf of the Supplier

Signed: [ insert signature of authorized representative(s) of the Supplier ]
in the capacity of [ insert title or other appropriate designation ]

in the presence of [ insert identification of official witness ]

382
 CHAPTER 8

Other Standard Forms

(To be enclosed as indicated below)

Table of Contents

Sl. No. Name

01. Bidder Information Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

02. Manufacturers’ Authorization Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

03. Bid Security Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

04. Bid Securing Declaration. (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

05. Performance Statement Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

06. Deviation Statement Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

07. Service Support Detail Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

08. Bid Form (to be enclosed with the priced bid)

09. Performance Security Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

10. Acceptance Certificate Form (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

11. Integrity Pact (to be enclosed with the technical bid)

12. Format of Letter of Authority for participating in bid opening

13. Format of declaration of abiding by the code of integrity and conflict of

interest to be submitted by the bidder.

Note : Please refer clause 1.10.1 of the bidding documents for other
documents to be attached with the bids/offers.

383
384
 Annexure–5C
Bidder Information Form
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(a) of the CSIR Manual)

(a) The Bidder shall fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated below.
No alterations to its format shall be permitted and no substitutions shall be
accepted. This should be done of the letter head of the firm]

Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]

Tender No.: [insert number from Invitation for bids]

Page 1 of_______ pages

01. Bidder’s Legal Name [insert Bidder’s legal name]

02. In case of JV, legal name of each party: [insert legal name of each party in
JV]
03. Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration: [insert actual or
intended Country of Registration]

04. Bidder’s Year of Registration: [insert Bidder’s year of registration]

05. Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration: [insert Bidder’s legal

address in country of registration]

06. Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information

Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]
Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax
numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]

07. Attached are copies of original documents of: [check the box(es) of the
attached original documents]
Articles of Incorporation or Registration of firm named in 1, above.

Signature of Bidder ____________________

Name _________________________________

Business Address _______________________

385
 Annexure–5D

MANUFACTURERS' AUTHORIZATION FORM

(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(b) of the CSIR Manual)

[The Bidder shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the
instructions indicated. This letter of authorization should be on the letterhead of the
Manufacturer and should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign
documents that are binding on the Manufacturer and be enclosed with the technical bid.

Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]

Tender No.: [insert number from Invitation for Bids]

To: [insert complete name and address of Purchaser]

WHEREAS
We [insert complete name of Manufacturer], who are official manufacturers of [insert type
of goods manufactured], having factories at [insert full address of Manufacturer’s factories],
do hereby authorize [insert complete name of Bidder] to submit a bid the purpose of which
is to provide the following Goods, manufactured by us [insert name and or brief description
of the Goods], and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.

We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 2.21 of the
General Conditions of Contract, with respect to the Goods offered by the above firm.

Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Name: [insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]

Title: [insert title]

Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: [insert complete name of Bidder]

Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______ [insert date of signing]

386
 Annexure–5E
BID SECURITY FORM
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(c) & 6.1.1 (01) of the CSIR Manual)

Whereas __________________________ (hereinafter called the tenderer”) has submitted

their offer dated _________________ for the supply of _____________________________
(hereinafter called the tender”) against the purchaser’s tender enquiry No._____________

KNOW ALL MEN by these presents that WE ______________________________________ of

____________________________________________________ having our registered office at
_______________________________________ are bound unto ____________________
(hereinafter called the “Purchaser”)

In the sum of __________________________________________________________________

for which payment will and truly to be made to the said Purchaser, the Bank binds itself, its
successors and assigns by these presents. Sealed with the Common Seal of the said Bank
this ______________ day of ____________ 20__________.

THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE:

(1) If the tenderer withdraws or amends or modifies or impairs or derogates from the
Tender in any respect within the period of validity of this tender.
Or
(2) If the tenderer having been notified of the acceptance of his tender by the
Purchaser during the period of its validity:-

(a) If the tenderer fails to furnish the Performance Security for the due performance
of the contract.

(b) Fails or refuses to accept/execute the contract.

WE undertake to pay the Purchaser up to the above amount upon receipt of its first written
demand, without the Purchaser having to substantiate its demand, provided that in its
demand the Purchaser will note that the amount claimed by it is due to it owing to the
occurrence of one or both the two conditions, specifying the occurred condition or
conditions.

This guarantee will remain in force up to and including 45 days after the period of tender
validity i.e., up to _____________ and any demand in respect thereof should reach the Bank
not later than this date.

______________________
(Signature of the authorized officer of the Bank)

Name and designation of the officer

Seal, Name & Address of the Issuing Branch of the Bank

Note: Whenever the bidder chooses to submit the Bid Security in the form of Bank
Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to immediately
send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the Guarantee directly to the
Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the original BG for the correctness,
genuineness, etc.
387
 Annexure–5F
Bid-Securing Declaration Form
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(d) & 6.1.1 (02) of the CSIR Manual)

Date:___________________
Bid No. _________________

To (insert complete name and address of the purchaser)

I/We. The undersigned, declare that:

I/We understand that, according to your conditions, bids must be supported by a Bid
Securing Declaration.

I/We accept that I/We may be disqualified from bidding for any contract with you for a
period of one year from the date of notification if I am /We are in a breach of any obligation
under the bid conditions, because I/We

(a) have withdrawn/modified/amended, impairs or derogates from the tender, my/our

Bid during the period of bid validity specified in the form of Bid; or

(b) having been notified of the acceptance of our Bid by the purchaser during the period
of bid validity (i) fail or reuse to execute the contract, if required, or (ii) fail or refuse
to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders.

I/We understand this Bid Securing Declaration shall cease to be valid if I am/we are not the
successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) the receipt of your notification of the name of the
successful Bidder; or (ii) thirty days after the expiration of the validity of my/our Bid.

Signed: (insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown) in the capacity of
(insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid Securing Declaration).

Name: (insert complete name of person signing he Bid Securing Declaration)

Duly authorized to sign the bid for an on behalf of : (insert complete name of Bidder)

Dated on _____________ day of ___________________(insert date of signing)

Corporate Seal (where appropriate)

(Note: In case of a Joint Venture, the Bid Securing Declaration must be in the name of all
partners to the Joint Venture that submits the bid)

388
 Annexure–5G

PERFORMANCE STATEMENT FORM

(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(e) of the CSIR Manual)

(For a period of last 3 years)

Name of the Firm……………………….

Order Order Descrip- Value Date of Date of Remarks Has the Contact
Placed by No. tion and of comple- actual indicating equipment person
(full and quantity order tion of complet reasons been along with
address of date of deliver ion of for late installed Telephone
Purchaser) ordered as per delivery delivery, satisfactory No., FAX
equip- Contract if any ? (Attach a No. and
ment certificate e-mail
from the address
purchaser/
Consignee)

Signature and Seal of the manufacturer/Bidder …………………………….

Place :
Date :

389
 Annexure–5H
DEVIATION STATEMENT FORM
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(f) of the CSIR Manual

Sl.No. Name of Specifications Compliance Deviation, if Technical

Specifications / of Quote Model Whether Yes any to be justification
Parts / / Part of No indicated in for the
Accessories of /Accessory unambiguous deviation, if
Tender Enquiry terms (The any. If
compliance / specification
Deviation is superior
should be /inferior than
supported by asked for in
relevant the enquiry, it
Technical should be
Literature) clearly
brought out in
the
justification

Signature of Bidder

 If the bidder offers more than one model, then the Compliance Statement must be
enclosed for each and every model separately.

 The technical and commercial deviations should be indicated separately.

 If the bidder fails to enclose the compliance statement, his bid is likely to be
rejected.

Place:
Date:
Signature and seal of the
Manufacturer/Bidder
NOTE:

1) Where there is no deviation, the statement should be returned duly signed with an
endorsement indicating “No Deviations”.

390
 Annexure–5I
SERVICE SUPPORT FORM
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(g) of the CSIR Manual)

Sl. No. Nature of training List of similar type of Address, Telephone

Imparted equipment serviced in Nos. , Fax Nos. and
the past 3 years e-mail address

Signature and Seal of the manufacturer/Bidder…………………………….

Place :

Date :

391
 Annexure–5J
Bid Form
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(h) of the CSIR Manual)

[The Bidder shall fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated. No
alterations to its format shall be permitted and no substitutions shall be accepted.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]

Tender No.: [insert number from Invitation for Bids]

Invitation for Bid No.: [insert No of IFB]

To: [insert complete name of Purchaser]

We, the undersigned, declare that:

(a) We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including
Addenda No.: [insert the number and issuing date of each Addenda];

(b) We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Documents and in accordance with
the Delivery Schedules specified in the Schedule of Requirements the following
Goods and Related Services [insert a brief description of the Goods and Related
Services];

(c) The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below, is: [insert
the total bid price in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the
respective currencies];

(d) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:

Discounts: If our bid is accepted, the following discounts shall apply. [Specify in
detail each discount offered and the specific item of the Schedule of Requirements
to which it applies.]

(e) Our bid shall be valid for the period of time specified in ITB Sub-Clause 1.17.1 from
the date fixed for the bid opening, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be
accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

(f) If our bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance security in accordance

with ITB Clause 1.43 and GCC Clause 2.13 for the due performance of the Contract
and also submit order acceptance within 14 days from the date of contract in
accordance with ITB Clause 1.42 and GCC Clause 2.44;

(g) The following commissions, gratuities, or fees have been paid or are to be paid with
respect to the bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert complete name of
each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or gratuity
was paid and the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity]

Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount

________________ _____________ _____________ ___________

________________ _____________ _____________ ___________
________________ _____________ _____________ ___________
392
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

(h) We understand that this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included
in your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a
formal contract is prepared and executed.

(i) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any
other bid that you may receive.

Signed:
[insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown]

In the capacity of [insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid Submission Form]

Name: [insert complete name of person signing the Bid Submission Form]

Duly authorized to sign the bid for and on behalf of: [insert complete name of Bidder]

Dated on ____________ day of ________________, _______ [insert date of signing]

393
 Annexure–5K
PERFORMANCE SECURITY FORM
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(i) & 6.1.2 (02) of the CSIR Manual)

MODEL BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT FOR PERFORMANCE SECURITY

To,
…………………………..

WHEREAS ………………………………. (name and address of the supplier) (hereinafter called “the
supplier”) has undertaken, in pursuance of contract No. ……………………………………….…. dated
……………….to supply (description of goods and services) (herein after called “the contract”).

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said contract that the supplier shall
furnish you with a bank guarantee by a scheduled commercial bank recognized by you for
the sum specified therein as security for compliance with its obligations in accordance with
the contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the supplier such a bank guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are guarantors and responsible to you, on
behalf of the supplier, up to a total of …………………………………. (amount of the guarantee in
words and figures), and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand declaring
the supplier to be in default under the contract and without cavil or argument, any sum or
sums within the limits of (amount of guarantee) as aforesaid, without your needing to prove
or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the supplier before
presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
contract to be performed there under or of any of the contract documents which may be
made between you and the supplier shall in any way release us from any liability under this
guarantee and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until the ………………….. day of ……………………, 20…………..

(Signature of the authorized officer of the Bank)

………………………………………………………….
Name and designation of the officer

………………………………………………………….
Seal, Name & Address of the Issuing Branch of the Bank

Note: Whenever, the bidder chooses to submit the Performance Security in the form of
Bank Guarantee, then he should advise the banker issuing the Bank Guarantee to
immediately send by Registered Post (A.D.) an unstamped duplicate copy of the Guarantee
directly to the Purchaser with a covering letter to compare with the original BG for the
correctness, genuineness, etc.

394
 Annexure–5L
ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE FORM
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix) (j) of the CSIR Manual)

No.___________________ Dated: ________________

M/s. ____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________

Sub: Certificate of commissioning of equipment

---------------------

01. This is to certify that the equipment as detailed below has/have been received in
good condition along with all the standard and special accessories (subject to
remarks in Para 2). The same has been installed and commissioned.
(a) Contract No. _____________________________ Date___________
(b) Description of the equipment_______________________________
(c) Name of the consignee___________________________________
(d) Scheduled date of delivery of the consignment to the Lab./Instts.______
(e) Actual date of receipt of consignment by the Lab./Instts._____________
(f) Scheduled date for completion of installation/commissioning_________
(g) Training Starting Date ___________________________________
(h) Training Completion Date ___________________________________
(i) Names of People Trained ___________________________________
(j) Actual date of completion of installation/commissioning_____________
(k) Penalty for late delivery (at Lab./Instts. level)₹___________________
(l) Penalty for late installation (at Lab./Instts. level ₹________________

Details of accessories/items not yet supplied and recoveries to be made on that account:

Sl. No. Description Amount to be rrecovered

02. The acceptance test has been done to our entire satisfaction. The supplier has
fulfilled his contractual obligations satisfactorily
or
The supplier has failed to fulfil his contractual obligations with regard to the
following:

(a) ………………………………

(b) ………………………….….

(c) ………………………………

(d) ……………………………...

395
 The amount of recovery on account of failure of the supplier to meet his contractual
obligations is as indicated at Sr. No. 3.

For Supplier For Purchaser

Signature ….………………………….. Signature…………………………..

Name ………………………………….. Name………………………………...

Designation ………………………….. Designation………………………….

Name of the firm………………………. Name of the Lab/Instt.……………...

Date ……….…………………………… Date………………………………….

396
 Annexure–5M
Format of Integrity Pact
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix) (k) of the CSIR Manual)

INTEGRITY PACT
Between

Council of Scientific & Industrial Research (CSIR) a Society registered under the Indian
Societies Act 1860 represented by _________________________________________
hereinafter referred to as “The Principal”.

And …………………………………………………herein referred to as “The Bidder/ Contractor.”

Preamble

The Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures, contract/s for
……………………………………….The Principal values full compliance with all relevant laws of the
land, rules, regulations, economic use of resources and of fairness/ transparency in its
relations with its Bidder(s) and/or Contractor(s).

In order to achieve these goals, the Principal will appoint an Independent External Monitor
(IEM), who will monitor the tender process and the execution of the contract for compliance
with the principles mentioned above.

Section 1 – Commitments of the Principal

(1) The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption
and to observe the following principles:

(a) No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in

connection with the tender for, or the execution of a contract, demand, take a
promise for or accept, for self or third person, any material or immaterial benefit
which the person is not legally entitled to.

(b) The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity and
reason. The Principal will in particular, before and during the tender process, provide
to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any Bidder(s)
confidential/additional information through which the Bidder(s) could obtain an
advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract execution.

(c) The Principal will exclude from the process all known prejudiced persons.

(2) If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a
criminal offence under the IPC/PC Act, or if there be a substantive suspicion in this
regard, the Principal will inform the Chief Vigilance Officer and in addition can initiate
disciplinary action.

397
Section 2 – Commitments of the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s)

(1) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) commit himself to take all measures necessary to

prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following principles during his
participation in the tender process and during the contract execution.

(a) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not, directly or through any other Person or firm,
offer, promise or give to any of the Principal’s employees involved in the tender
process or the execution of the contract or to any third person any material or other
benefit which he/she is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange any
advantage of any kind whatsoever during the tender process or during the execution
of the contract.

(b) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not enter with other Bidders into any undisclosed
agreement or understanding, whether formal or informal. This applies in particular
to prices, specifications, Certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-
submission of bids or any other actions to restrict competitiveness or to introduce
cartelization in the bidding process.

(c) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not commit any offence under the relevant IPC/PC
Act; further the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not use improperly, for purposes of
competition or personal gain, or pass on to others, any information or document
provided by the Principal as part of the business relationship, regarding plans,
technical proposals and business details, including information contained or
transmitted electronically.

(d) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) of foreign origin shall disclose the name and address of
the Agents/representatives in India, if any. Similarly the Bidder(s)//Contractors(s) of
Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the foreign principals, if any.
Further details as mentioned in the “Guidelines on Indian Agents of Foreign
Suppliers” shall be disclosed by the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s). Further, as mentioned in
the Guidelines all the payments made to the Indian agent/representative have to be
in Indian Rupees only. Copy of the “Guidelines on Indian Agents of Foreign Suppliers”
is annexed and marked as Annexure.

(e) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will, when presenting his bid, disclose any and all
payments he has made, is committed to or intends to make to agents, brokers or any
other intermediaries in connection with the award of the contract.

(2) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) will not instigate third persons to commit offences
outlined above or be an accessory to such offences.

(3) The person signing IP shall not approach the courts while representing the matters to
IEMs and he/she will await their decision in the matter.

Section 3 – Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from future Contracts

(1) If the Bidder(s)/Contractor(s), before award or during execution has committed a

transgression through a violation of Section 2, above or in any other form such as to
put his reliability or credibility in question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify the
Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) from the tender process or take action as per the procedure
mentioned in the “Guidelines on Banning of business dealings”. Copy of the
“Guidelines on Banning of business dealings” is annexed and marked as Annex -“B”.

398
Section 4 – Compensation for Damages

(1) If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to the
award according to Section 3, the Principal is entitled to demand and recover the
damages equivalent to Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security.

(2) If the Principal has terminated the contract according to Section 3, or if the Principal
is entitled to terminate the contract according to Section 3, the Principal shall be
entitled to demand and recover from the Contractor liquidated damages of the
contract value or the amount equivalent to Performance Bank Guarantee.

Section 5 – Previous transgression

(1) The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3 Years with
any other Company in any country conforming to the anti-corruption approach or with
any other Public Sector Enterprise in India that could justify his exclusion from the
tender process.

(2) If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified from
the tender process or action can be taken as per the procedure mentioned in
“Guidelines on Banning of business dealings.”

Section 6 – Equal treatment of all Bidders / Contractors/ Sub-contractors

(1) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) undertake(s) to demand from all Subcontractors a

commitment in conformity with this Integrity Pact, and to submit it to the Principal
before contract signing.

(2) The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all
Bidders, Contractors and Subcontractors.

(3) The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all bidders who do not sign this
Pact or violate its provisions.

Section 7 – Criminal charges against violating Bidders / Contractors/ Subcontractors

(1) If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a bidder, Contractor or

Subcontractor or of an employee or a representative or an associate of a bidder,
Contractor or Subcontractor which constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has
substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the same to the Chief
Vigilance Officer.

Section 8 - Independent External Monitors

(1) The Principal appoints competent and credible Independent External Monitor for this
Pact. The task of the Monitor is to review independently and objectively, whether and
to what extent the parties comply with the obligations under this agreement.

(2) The Monitor is not subject to instructions by the representatives of the parties and
performs his functions neutrally and independently. He reports to the JS (A), CSIR.

399
(3) The Bidder(s)/Contractor(s) accepts that the Monitor has the right to access without
restriction to all Project documentation of the Principal including that provided by the
Contractor. The Contractor will also grant the Monitor, upon his request and
demonstration of a valid interest, unrestricted and unconditional access to his
project documentation. The same is applicable to Subcontractors. The Monitor is
under contractual obligation to treat the information and documents of the
Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s) / Subcontractor(s) with confidentiality.

(4) The Principal will provide to the Monitor sufficient information about all meetings
among the parties related to the Project provided such meetings could have an
impact on the contractual relations between the Principal and the Contractor. The
parties offer to the Monitor the option to participate in such meetings.

(5) As soon as the Monitor notice, or believes to notice, a violation of this agreement, he
will so inform the Management of the Principal and request the Management to
discontinue or take corrective action, or to take other relevant action. The monitor
can in this regard submit non-binding recommendations. Beyond this, the Monitor
has no right to demand from the parties that they act in a specific manner, refrain
from action or tolerate action.

(6) The Monitor will submit a written report to the JS(A), CSIR within 8 to 10 weeks from
the date of reference or intimation to him by the Principal and should the occasion
arise, submit proposals for correcting problematic situations.

(7) Monitor shall be entitled to compensation on the same terms as being extended
to/provided to Independent Directors on the CSIR.

(8) If the Monitor has reported to the JS(A),CSIR, a substantiated suspicion of an

offence under relevant IPC/PC Act, and the JS(A), CSIR has not, within the
reasonable time taken visible action to proceed against such offence or reported it to
the Chief Vigilance Officer, the Monitor may also transmit this information directly to
the Central Vigilance Commissioner.

(9) The word ‘Monitor’ would include both singular and plural.

Section 9 – Pact Duration

This Pact begins when both parties have legally singed it. It expires for the Contractor
10 months after the last payment under the contract, and for all other Bidders 6
months after the contract has been awarded.

If any claim is made/lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue
to be valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it is
discharged/determined by JS(A), CSIR.

Section 10 – Other provisions

(1) This agreement is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and Jurisdiction is the
Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. New Delhi

(2) Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in writing.
Side agreements have not been made.

400
(3) If the Contractor is a partnership or a consortium, this agreement must be signed by
all partners or consortium members.

(4) Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the
remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to
come to an agreement to their original intentions.

_____________________________ _______________________________
(For & On behalf of the Principal) (For & On behalf of Bidder/Contractor)
(Office Seal) (Office Seal)

Place………………… Place………………………

Date………………….. Date…………………..

Witness 1:(Name & Address): ______________________________________________

Witness 2::(Name & Address): _____________________________________________

401
 Annexure–5N

Format of Letter of Authority for participating in bid opening

(On the letter head of the bidder)
(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(l) & 5.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

Ref.No.____________________ Date:___________

Subject: Authorisation letter for participants in the bid opening process

To

___________________

___________________
(Name & Address of the Purchaser)

Sir
With reference to your invitation for bid No._____________ dated _________, we wish
to inform you that we have participated in the bidding process and have submitted bid
bearing Ref. No. _________ dated_______.

In line with your requirement, we hereby authorise Sh/Smt._________________ to

participate in the bid opening process scheduled on ________ at _______ hrs (IST) in your
premises. A copy of the identity of the representative is attached duly certified by the
undersigned.

Thanking you

Yours faithfully,

(Signature of the bidder with seal)

402
 Annexure–5O
Format for declaration by the Bidder for Code of Integrity & conflict of interest
(Refer para 3.2.1 & 5.1.2 (ix)(m) of the CSIR Manual)

(On the Letter Head of the Bidder)

Ref. No: ______________________ Date _________________

To,
______________________________
______________________________
(Name & address of the Purchaser)

Sir,
With reference to your Tender No.________________ dated _____________ I/We
hereby declare that we shall abide by the Code of Integrity for Public Procurement as
mentioned under Para 1.3.0 of ITB of your Tender document and have no conflict of
interest.

The details of any previous transgressions of the code of integrity with any entity in
any country during the last three years or of being debarred by any other Procuring Entity
are as under:

a
b
c

We undertake that we shall be liable for any punitive action in case of transgression/
contravention of this code.

Thanking you,

Yours sincerely,

Signature
(Name of the Authorized Signatory)
Company Seal

403
 Annexure–5P
PRICE SCHEDULE FORM FOR GOODS BEING OFFERED FROM ABROAD
(Refer para 5.1.4 (02)(l) of the CSIR Manual)

Name of the Bidder_______________________________ TENDER No.____________________________

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sl. Item Country Unit Qty. Unit price Total price Charges for Total price Indian Agents Approx. Indian
No. Description of origin Indicating (5x6) Insurance & CIF/CIP Commission Ship- Customs
currency transportation (retain as a percent ment Tariff No
to port//place one only) of FOB /FCA weight and HSN
FOB (named FOB (named of destination (7+8) price included and No.
port of port of in the Quoted volume
shipment or shipment) or price (ICT &
FCA (named FCA (named HSN
place of place of No.)
delivery) delivery)
(retain only (retain only
one) one)

Note:
Currency _______________________ Total Bid price in foreign currency ____________________
in words ________________________________________
(a) Indian agents name & address __________________________
(b) Installation, commissioning & training charges, Signature of Bidder ________________________________
if any _______________
Name ________________________________
(c) Cost of Spares, if any __________________
Business Address ________________________________
(d) The Indian agent’s commission shall be paid in Indian Rupees only based on the Exchange Rate prevailing on the date of
negotiation of documents in accordance with clause 22.1 of GCC.
(e) The cost of optional items shall be indicated separately.

404
 Annexure–5Q
PRICE SCHEDULE FORM FOR GOODS BEING OFFERED FROM INDIA
(refer para 5.1.4 (02)(l) of the CSIR Manual)

Name of the Bidder_______________ Tender No.______________

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Sl. Item Country Unit Quantity Unit Rate Total price GST & Packing & Charges for Total Price Installation,
No. Descrip- of origin Ex-Works, Ex- Ex-Works, Ex- other forwarding inland Commissio
tion warehouse, ware- house, taxes up to transportati ning and
With Ex-show Ex-show room payable, station of on, training
HSN room off the off the shelf if dispatch, insurance charges, if
code shelf price price contract If any up to Lab. / any
(inclusive of (inclusive of is Instt.by
all taxes all taxes awarde air/road/
already paid) already paid) d rail
5x6 (retain one
only)

Note: Total Bid price in Indian currency______________________________

in words _________________________________________________
(a) The cost of optional items, if any shall be indicated separately
(b) Cost of Spares, if any Signature of Bidder _________________________________________

Name ___________________________________________________

Business Address _________________________________________

405
 Annexure–5R
Bid opening attendance sheet cum report
(Refer para 5.3.2 of the CSIR Manual)

__________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt)

Attendance Record
Sr Bidder’s Bidder’s Bidder’s Represented Contact Signature of
No Name Address Authorization and by No. Representative
Date

Bid Opening Report

Tender Title Date of

No Opening

Offer Bidder’s Bidder’s Submission Submission of Rate Signature of

No. Name Ref and of Requisite other Mandatory Quoted Representative
Date EMD (Y/N) Documents (Y/N) and Taxes/
Duties

--/---

--/--

--/--

Total no. of regular tenders taken out from the tender box to be opened as mentioned above
................................................................................................ (in figures and in words)

Signature, Date and Time Signature, Date and Time Signature, Date and Time Name and
Name and Designation of Name and Designation of Designation of Tender Opening Officer
Tender Opening Officer Tender Opening Officer

Received total regular tenders .......................................... (In figures/words) as above

Signature, Date and Time

Name and Designation of Purchase Dealing
Assistant/ Section Officer

406
 Annexure–5S

BANK GUARANTEE FORM FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT

(Refer para 5.1.2 (ix)(n) & 6.5.1 (ii) (d) of the CSIR Manual)

To
__________________________(name of Purchaser)
__________________________(address of Purchaser)
__________________________(name of Contract)

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Order no. _________________,

dated_____________, M/s__________________ ______________________________,
(name and address of Supplier) (hereinafter called "the supplier") shall deposit
with___________(name of Purchaser) a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and
faithful performance under the said Clause …. of the Contract in an amount of (amount
of guarantee) * ______________ (in words).

We, the __________________(bank or financial institution), as instructed by the Supplier,

agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as Surety
merely, the payment to (name of Purchaser) on his first demand without whatsoever right
of objection on our part and without his first claim to the Supplier, in the amount not
exceeding _____________ (amount of guarantee)* _______________(in words).

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents which may be
made between (name of Purchaser) and the Supplier, shall in any way release us from
any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change,
addition or modification.

This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment
received by the Supplier under the contract until _______________.

Yours truly,

Signature and seal:

Name of bank/ financial institution:
Address:
Date:

_________ An amount is to be inserted by the bank or financial institution representing

the amount of the Advance Payment.

407
 ANNEXURE–6A
FORMAT FOR SECURITIES REGISTER
(Refer para 6.1.4 of the CSIR Manual)

___________________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt.)

Sl. No. File No. Item Date of No. of bids EMD Details Validity
Description Tech. Bid Received
Opening Name of Bidder BG Amoun Name & Place of
No. & t Issuing Bank
date
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PBG Details Validity Date EMD Date PBG Remarks

refunded refunded

BG No. & date Amount Name & Place of

Issuing Bank
11 12 13 14 15 16 17

408
 ANNEXURE–6B

SAMPLE PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE

(Refer Para 6.6.4 (xi) of CSIR Manual)

(The formula for price variation should ordinarily include a fixed element, a material element
and a labour element. The figures representing the material element and the labour element
should reflect the corresponding proportion of input costs, while the fixed element may range
from 10 to 25% (ten to twenty-five percent). That portion of the price represented by the fixed
element and profits and is not subject to variation. The portions of the price represented by the
material element and labour element along will attract price variation.)
The formula for price variation will thus be:-

Pa = Po (F + a (M1/Mo) + b (L1/Lo)) – Po
100
Where: -

Pa is then adjustment amount payable to the supplier (a minus figure will indicate a reduction in the
contract price) on the date of supply.

Po is the contract price on the base date (which is taken as the date on which tender is
due to open).

F is the fixed element (as the percentage of the total price) not subject to price variation.

a is the assigned percentage to the material element in the contract price.

b is the assigned percentage to the labour element in the contract price.

(F, a and b being percentages should total 100)

Lo and L1 are the average wage indices for the quarter before the quarter in which base month
falls and for the quarter before the quarter in which date of supply falls; respectively. For
example, for a tender opening on March 17, 2016 (base date), Lo would be average wage
index for the quarter of Oct-Dec 2015.

Mo and M1 are the material prices/indices as average of the month, two months prior to the
month in which base month falls and average of the month, two months prior to the month in
which date of supply falls, respectively. For example, for a tender opening on March 17, 2016
(base date), Mo would be prices/index as average of the month of January 2016. All material
prices/indices will be basic prices without excise duty and without any other central, state, local
taxes and duties and Octroi.

If more than one major item of material is involved, the material element can be broken up into
two or three components such as Mx, My, Mz.

409
The following conditions would be applicable to price adjustment:

 Base dates shall be due dates of opening of bids (technical bid in two or three
envelop/ cover system).

 Date of supply shall be the date of calculation/determination of the price variation.

 No price increase is allowed beyond original delivery period.

 No price adjustment shall be payable on the portion of contract price paid to the
seller as an advance/interim payment after the date of such payment.

 Total adjustment will be subject to maximum ceiling of %.

 No price adjustment shall be payable if this is less than or equal to 2% (two percent) of
Po.

 Payments for each supply would initially be made as per the base price mentioned in
the contract. Price adjustment bill should be submitted only quarterly for the supplies
made during the quarter.

 In GTE tenders extra care should be taken in selecting the price indices. Preferably
the price indices should be from the same country and of same currency as the
country and currency of the bidder. In case price is in a currency of a country where
inflation is low and the indices are from country with much higher inflation rates,
(M1/Mo) and (L1/Lo) should be multiplied by a correction factor of exchange rates,
where E0 is the exchange rate (E0/E1) of country of M and L indices with
reference to currency of price P. For example, if M&L are from India and P is in $,
then E0 is Number of ₹ In a $ on base date and E, is the exchange rate on
determination date.

 Even if there is no price adjustment claim, supplier must submit all relevant data to
prove that there is no downward variation. In any case he must submit a
declaration as follows;

“It is certified that there has been no decrease in the price of price variation
indices and in the event of any decrease of such indices during the currency of
this contract we shall promptly notify the same to the purchaser and offer
requisite reduction in the contract rate.”

410
 ANNEXURE–6C

INCOTERMS
(Refer Para 6.9.4 of the CSIR Manual))

More Common Terms in Incoterms

EXW FCA FAS FOB CFR CIF CPT
TERM Ex-Works Free Carrier Free Alongside FOB Vessel Cost & Cost Insurance & Carriage Paid
SERVICE Ship Freight Freight to

Who Pays Who Pays Who Pays Who Pays Who Pays Who Pays Who Pays
Warehouse storage at Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
point of origin
Warehouse labour at Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
point of origin
Export packing Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
Loading at point of Buyer Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
origin
Inland freight Buyer Buyer Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
Port receiving charges Buyer Buyer Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
Forwarders fee Buyer Buyer Seller Seller Seller Seller Seller
Loading on ocean car- Buyer Buyer Buyer Seller Seller Seller Seller
rier
Ocean/air freight Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Seller Seller Seller
charges
Insurance charges for Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Seller Seller
transit risk of the buyer
Charges at foreign Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Seller
port/airport
Customs, duties & taxes Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer
abroad
Delivery charges to final Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer Buyer
destination

411
 ANNEXURE–7A

Name, Address, contact details and logo of the CSIR-Lab/Instt.

Letter of Award (LOA) of Contract
(Refer Para 7.6.1 (01) of the CSIR manual)

CONFIDENTIAL

Order No. …………………………………….. Dated ………………

Contract No.: [Insert date]

Contract Title:

To,
M/s. [Insert name & address]

Sub: Award of contract for contract no: [insert contract number] and contract title: [insert contract
title]

Ref. Your offer no. [insert offer number] against our tender no. [insert tender no] opened on [insert
date of opening of tender] and subsequent correspondence No. …………………………... dated
………………………

Dear Sir/Madam,

I am directed to inform you that after evaluating the bid documents submitted by you as
referred above, The Director, …….. (name of the Procuring Entity) is pleased to inform you that you
have been selected as the successful bidder for the supply of [enter description of the item]. The
total purchase price shall be ……...[enter amount]……, as indicated in your financial bid submitted
on [enter date], in accordance with the procedures intimated in the relevant bid documents.
You/your authorised representative(s) are requested to be personally present at [insert address] for
the signing of the contract by [enter date]. In this respect, we also request you to submit the
performance security of [insert amount of Rupees in words] by [insert date] (within 21 days from
the date of LoA) Please apply for refund of EMD deposited .

You are requested to execute necessary agreement within fourteen days from the date of
issue of this letter in the enclosed agreement form. Special adhesive stamp of ₹10 (Rupees Ten)
and revenue stamp of Rupee one shall be affixed on the enclosed agreement form.
This LOA/notification concludes the legally binding contract between you and the CSIR- Lab/Instt ,
till issue of a formal contract.

Yours truly,

[Authorised Officer]
For & on Behalf of
The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research

Enclosure: Agreement Form along with the schedule of delivery

412
 ANNEXURE–7B

FORMAT OF PURCHASE ORDER REGISTER (INDIGENOUS)

(Refer para 7.6.1(04) & 9.6 of the CSIR Manual)
_____________ (Name of the Lab/Instt)

PO PO PR PR Inden Indent File No. Description of Quantity Capital/C Project Name of Name Mode of Supplier
No Date No Date t No Date Item onsumab No. Indenter of Tenderin
le Project g
Leader
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

GSTN Sanction Payment Bill No. Bill Bill Amount Date of sending OB OB Date Quantity and Due Date Quantity and Actual
No. Amount terms Date Bill to Accounts No. of Delivery Date of Delivery
₹
Quantity Date Quantity Date
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

413
Whether Delay Whether Amount TDS Bill Value Preferential If PMA Signature Signature of Remarks
was Penalty of Amount Sent to Market given then of PDA Purchase
attributable is Penalty deducted Accounts Access the details Officer
to the Supplier imposed Deducted for payment (PMA) thereof
or the or Not given, if
Purchaser any (MSEs,
Make in
India)
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

414
 ANNEXURE -7C
FORMAT OF FOREIGN PURCHASE ORDER REGISTER / LETTER OF CREDIT REGISTER
(Refer para 7.6.1(04) & 9.6 of the CSIR Manual)
_______________________________
(Name of the Lab/Instt)

Sl. P.O P.O. Name of Name of Project Budget File No. Description Supplier Name of Sanctioned Order Mode Deliver
No No. Date Indentor Project No. Head of Item Name & Indian Amount Value of y
Leader Place Agent In ₹ (in F.E.) Pay- Schedu
ment le
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Value of FVC Cheque Date OB. OB LC/FDD LC/FDD LC Est. Bank Statement Details Date of
FVC/ Sent No. / No. Date No. No. Charges/ Adjustment
Advance To A/Cs Authority Amendment Bill sent to
Bill on / A/Cs
Extension
Exchange Interest Total Credit/Debit Date of
Rate on TDR Exp. Amount Adjustment
with Date Bill Sent to
A/Cs
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

415
Value of FVC Sent Cheque No. Date OB. No. OB LC/ LC/ LC Est. Bank Statement Details Date of
FVC/ To A/Cs / Date FDD FDD Charges/ Adjustm
Advance on Authority No. date Amend- Exchange Interest Total Credit/ ent Bill
Bill ment / Rate on TDR Exp. Debit Sent to
Extension Amount A/Cs
with
Date
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

Agency Commission Bill of Bill of Insurance Freight Clearance Customs Demurrage Remarks
Entry No. entry Charges Charges Charges Duty Charges
Bill No. Amount Amount Date Sent Date
(in FE) (in INR) To A/C
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41

416
 Annexure–8A
COPY OF APPROVAL ACCORDED BY MoF FOR CONCLUSION OF RCs ON NDP BASIS AND FOR
OTHER ITEMS
(Refer para 8.3 of the CSIR Manual)

417
 ANNEXURE–9A
FORM OF NO CLAIM CERTIFICATE
(Refer Para 6.3.2 (viii), 9.5 and 9.10 of the CSIR Manual)
(On company letterhead)

To,

Name & Address of CSIR Labs/Instts ________________________

Attention:

NO CLAIM CERTIFICATE

Sub: Contract Agreement no. ..........................dated ............ for the supply of .....................

We have received the sum of ₹ …………………. (Rupees ..................................................... only)

in full and final settlement of all the payments due to us for the supply of ........................................
…………………………………………………………………… under the abovementioned contract agreement,
between us. We hereby unconditionally and without any reservation whatsoever, certify that with this
payment, we shall have no claim whatsoever, of any description, on any account, against afore said
contract agreement executed by us. We further declare unequivocally, that with this payment, we
have received all the amounts payable to us, and have no dispute of any description whatsoever,
regarding the amounts worked out as payable to us and received by us, and that we shall continue to
be bound by the terms and conditions of the contract agreement, as regards performance of the
contract.

Yours faithfully,

Signatures of Supplier or
Officer authorised to sign the contract documents
on behalf of the supplier
Date: (company stamp)
.........................

Place:
.........................

418
 ANNEXURE–9B

FORMAT FOR PROPOSAL FOR EXTENSION OF DELIVERY PERIOD

(Refer Para 9.7.4(03) of the CSIR Manual)

Description Contract value

Contract No: Date:

Variations applicable PVC/ERV/Statutory Type of supplier Govt./ PSU/M

Variations SE/Pvt.

Supplier Name & Regn. Quantity on order

No.:
Quantity already supplied Quantity remaining

Details of earlier Type of contract: Development/

extensions granted Indigenization /
Supply
Reference and date of Reasons cited for
request for extension extension

Original/extended delivery Proposed extension

period/date of period/date

Signature SO(S&P)/SPO Date

Remarks of Indenter

Regarding the proposed extension of delivery period/date, the following remarks are given
regarding loss and inconvenience due to delay:

Loss: (strike out options not applicable): No loss would be incurred/loss is incurred but cannot be
quantified/loss to the extent of ₹ ............................... would be incurred

Inconvenience: (strike out what is not applicable): No inconvenience would be incurred/

inconvenience would be incurred

Proposed extension in delivery is recommended with above remarks.

Signature of Indenting Officer and Date

419
Proposal by the Procuring Entity

It is certified that:

(a) That a higher rate in the original tender was not accepted against other lower quotations in
consideration of the earlier delivery.

(b) That there is no falling trend in prices for this item as evidenced from the fact that in the
intervening period neither any order has been placed at rates lower than this contract nor
any tender has been opened where such rates have been received even though tender is
not yet decided.

It is proposed to grant extension of delivery period/date up to ...........................................,

(strike out options not applicable) with recovery of liquidated damages/with recovery of token
liquidated damages/without any liquidated damages and with/without denial clause, in view of
justifications furnished by the Indenting Officer:
........................................................................................................................

Director may kindly approve the recommendations.

(Member) (Member) (Member) (Member) (Chairman)

(PC/T&PC)

Director

420
 ANNEXURE–9C

FORMAT FOR EXTENSION OF DELIVERY PERIOD/PERFORMANCE NOTICE

(Refer Para 9.7.4(04), 9.7.6 and 9.7.8 of the CSIR manual)

Registered A/D or Speed Post

Name & Address of the Lab/Instts ........................................................................................

No. ……………….………………. Date: ………………………..

To
M/s (name and address of form)

Sub: Extension of Delivery Period/Performance against contract No……………… for the Supply of
…………………………………………………...........................................................

Ref: Your letter N o . ........................................................ dated: ..................................

Dear Sir,

01. You have failed to deliver {the (fill in qty.) of Stores/the entire quantity of Stores} within
the contract delivery period [as last extended up to] (fill in date). In your letter under reply you
have asked for [further] extension of time for delivery. In view of the circumstances stated
in your said letter, the time for delivery is extended from (fill in date) to (fill in date).

02. Please note that notwithstanding the grant of this extension in terms of Clause (fill in
clause number) of the subject contract an amount equivalent to ........................ %
(............... per cent) of the delivered price of the delayed goods for each week of
delay or part thereof (subject to the ceiling as provided in the aforesaid clause) beyond the
original contract delivery date/the last unconditionally re-fixed delivery date (as & if
applicable), viz., (fill in date) will be recovered from you as liquidated damages. You
may now tender the Stores for inspection [balance of the Stores] in terms of this letter.

03. You are also required to extend the validity period of the performance guarantee for the
subject contract from (fill in present validity date) to (fill in required extended date) within 15
(fifteen) days of issue of this amendment letter.

04. The above extension of delivery date will also be subject to the following Denial Clause:

(i) That no increases in price on account of any statutory increase in or fresh Imposition of
customs duty, GST or on account of any other taxes/duty, including custom duty), leviable
in respect of the Stores specified in the said contract which takes place after (insert the
original delivery date) shall be admissible on such of the said Stores, as are delivered after
the said date; and

(ii) That notwithstanding any stipulation in the contract for increase in price on any other
ground including foreign exchange rate variation, no such increase which takes place
after (insert the original delivery date) shall be admissible on such of the said Stores as are
delivered after the said date.

421
(iii) But nevertheless, the purchaser shall be entitled to the benefit of any decrease in price on
account of reduction in or remission of customs duty, excise duty, Sales Tax, VAT/CST or on
account of any other Tax or duty or on any other ground as stipulated in the price
variation clause or foreign exchange rate variation which takes place after the expiry of
the above mentioned date namely (insert the original delivery date)

05. All other terms and conditions of the contract remain unaltered. This is without any
prejudice to purchasers’ rights under the terms and conditions of the subject contract.

06. Please intimate your unconditional acceptance of this amendment letter within 10 (ten)
days of the issues of this letter failing which the contract will be cancelled at your risk and
expense without any further reference to you.

Yours faithfully,

(Authorised Officer)
Duly authorised, for and on behalf of
The President of India

Note: Select one option within { } brackets; delete portion within [ ] brackets, if not applicable;
fill in ( ) brackets. Brackets and this note are not to be typed.

Substitute following first para instead of first para in format above, for issuing a performance
notice.

01. You have failed to deliver {the (fill in qty.) of Stores/the entire quantity of Stores} within
the contract delivery period [as last extended up to] (fill in date). In spite of the fact that
the time of delivery of the goods stipulated in the contract is deemed to be of the essence of
the contract, it appears that (fill in the outstanding quantity) are still outstanding
even though the date of delivery has expired. Although not bound to do so, the time for
delivery is extended from (fill in date) to (fill in date) and you are requested to note that
in the event of your failure to deliver the goods within the delivery period as hereby
extended, the contract shall be cancelled for the outstanding goods at your risk and cost.

422
 ANNEXURE–9D

FORMAT FOR CORRESPONDENCE WITH SUPPLIER

AFTER EXPIRY OF DELIVERY DATE
(Refer Para 9.8(02) of the CSIR Manual)

Registered Acknowledgement Due

Name & Address of the Lab/Instt. ____________________________

To

M/s ........................................................
...............................................................
...............................................................

Sub: Contract No. ....................................................................... dated ….......…….…..

for supply of ………………………………...................…………………………………………...

Dear Sirs,

The date of delivery of the subject contract expired on ................................... . As

supplies against the same have not yet been completed, there is a breach of the
contract on your part. You are however, requested to kindly let us know the probable
date of delivery/dispatch of the consignment/supplies.

This communication is not intended to keep the contract alive and does not waive
the breach. This is without prejudice to the rights and remedies available to the
purchaser in terms of the contract and law applicable in this behalf.

Yours faithfully,

(........................)
For & on behalf of Council of Scientific and Industrial Research

423
 ANNEXURE–9E
FORMAT OF GOODS RECEIPT AND INSPECTION NOTE – GRIN
(Refer Para 9.14.1(01) of the CSIR Manual)
Purchase Order No. RR/GC No. & Date Procuring Entity ..........................
Name of Supplier M/s. Date of Clearance from Transporter Goods Receipt And Inspection
Report
Indenter. Date of Inspection and Acceptance/Rejection Acceptance/ Part/Full
Rejection Quantity
Materials procured for Earlier GRIN No. for Part Supply GRIN No.
Project/Scheme
Allocation Code No. Date

Nos. Description Code Invoice Qty. as Qty. Qty. Inspected Rate Unit Amount Taxes/ Packing/For- Total
of Materials No. No. per P.O. Recd. Duties warding Amount

Accepted Rejected ₹ ₹ ₹

Assistant S&P SO(S&P)

Certified that the items have been inspected by me as per the parameter mentioned on the contact and found to be in order. Further,
all contractual obligations of the supplier in terms of installation, commissioning, training etc. ( if applicable) have been completed and
all items as per contract have been delivered & received. The actual date of acceptance is _______________ for the purpose of
ascertaining the validity of the performance security.

Name, designation and date of the Indenting Officer________________ Name, designation and date of the Project
Leader___________________

Note: Firms must be intimated that in case of rejection , they must arrange collection of the items within 14 days from the date of
intimation of rejection failing which the Procuring Entity’s responsibility will cease and if not removed by a further period of seven days,
the procuring authority shall have the right to dispose off such stores as deemed fit so that the space can be cleared.

Distribution: 01. Indentor 02. Purchase 03. Accounts 04. Firm if rejected 05. Office copy

424
 ANNEXURE–10A
FORMAT OF REPORT OF THE STANDING DISPOSAL COMMITTEE (SDC)
(Refer Para 10.4(01) of the CSIR Manual)
Name of the CSIR Lab/Instt .............................................................................................

S. Lot No. Description of Total Qty of Total Book Value Whether Surplus / Mode of Recommendation Remarks
No Lots Lot / Total of the lot in ₹ Obsolete / Tender
No. of Unserviceable Scrap
weight wt.*
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

(Signature) Committee Member (Signature) Committee Member (Finance) (Signature) Committee Member

(Signature) Committee Member (Signature) Committee Member (Signature) Committee Member

Director of Lab/Instt./JS(A) in CSIR Hqrs.

 Append a list of items comprising the lot details detailing S.No. of the Disposal Register, Description of the goods, date of purchase,
original book value and Stores Ledger reference.

425
 ANNEXURE–10B

FORMAT OF DISPOSAL REGISTER

(Refer Para 10.7.1 of the CSIR Manual)

Name of the CSIR Lab/Instt .............................................................................................

S.No. Description of Date of Original Stock Ledger Details of PIR Date of Gate Pass No. Signature of
the Items Purchase Book Value Reference / DIR Return and Date SO(S&P) Stores
(to be filled at
the time of
Disposal)

426
 Lot No

Particulars of stores

Quantity/Weight of the Lot

Name and Full Address of highest bidder

CoFA/F&AO/So(F&A)
(Signature)
Highest Bid Value

Representative of Store
Amount and date of Earnest Money/ deposit

Amount & date on which the balance amount

is credited

427
Date of Handing over of articles with Gate
Pass No & Date

Amount of Ground rent collected & date of

(Refer para 10.12.9 of the CSIR Manual)

deposit

(Signature)
eAuction Service Provider’s Commission and
acknowledgement for its payment
FORMAT OF SALE ACCOUNT FOR GOODS DISPOSED

Representative of Security
Book Value of the lot
ANNEXURE–10 C
 Appendix 1
Legal aspects of Public Procurement
(Refer para 1.7(04) of the CSIR Manual)

1.0 Relevant Provisions of the Constitution of India

1.1 Equality for bidders

“Part III - FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS - Right to
Article 19 (1) (g) of the Constitution of Freedom
India (under Part III – ‘Fundamental
§19 Protection of certain rights regarding
Rights’) grants all its citizens the right “to freedom of speech, etc.
practise any profession or to carry out All citizens shall have the right-
any occupation, trade or business”. This a. to freedom of speech and
has been interpreted by courts in a way so expression;
as to ensure that every citizen of India has b. to assemble peaceably and without
a right to get equal opportunity to bid arms;
for and be considered for a public c. to form associations or unions;
procurement contract. However, this d. to move freely throughout the territory of
provision does permit stipulation of India;
reasonable eligibility or pre-qualification e. to reside and settle in any part of the
territory of India; [and]
criteria for the selection of successful
bidders in a public procurement f. to practice any profession, or to carry
on any occupation, trade or
contract. Thus a public procurement business.”
organisation should be ready to prove in
court that no eligible bidder has been
denied reasonable and equal opportunity
under this article to bid and be “Part XII. - Finance, Property, Contracts and
Suits
considered for the concerned contract.
§299 Contracts:
1.2 Persons authorized
All contracts made in the exercise of the
to make and execute executive power of the Union or of a State
contracts on behalf of shall be expressed to be made by the
Governments President, or by the Governor of the State, as
the case may be, and all such contracts and
As per Article 299 (Part XII – Finance, all assurances of property made in the
Property, Contracts and Suits) of the exercise of that power shall be executed on
Constitution of India, all contracts on behalf of the President or the Governor by
such persons and in such manner as he may
behalf of the Union Government or state direct or authorise.
Governments are to be entered into and
Neither the President nor the Governor shall
executed by authorised persons on behalf be personally liable in respect of any contract
of the President of India or Governor of or assurance made or executed for the
the state, respectively. The President of purposes of this Constitution, or for the
India, Governor of the state and the purposes of any enactment relating to the
Government of India heretofore in force, nor
authorised persons who enter into or shall any person making or executing any
such contract or assurance on behalf of any of
them be personally liable in respect thereof.”

428
execute such contracts are granted immunity from personal liability under this article. That is
why, above the signatures of such persons, on the contract documents, a legal phrase
“For and on Behalf of the President of India/ the Governor of State” is written to signify
this fact. In a state Government, the persons who are authorised to do so are listed in the
DFPR. Provisions of DFPR are expanded upon by various Departments by issuing SoPP.
Rule 224 (1) & (2), Chapter 8: Contract Management of the GFR, 2017 covers this aspect
also.

1.3 Other Mercantile laws

A procurement contract besides being a commercial transaction is also a legal
transaction. There are a number of commercial/mercantile laws that are applicable
equally to the private sector and public procurement, such as the Indian Contract Act,
Sales of Goods Act, Arbitration and Conciliation Act, and so on. Although a public
procurement professional is expected to have a working knowledge of the following basic
laws relating to procurement, yet he is not expected to be a legal expert. If standard
contract forms are used, the procurement official can discharge his normal functions
without frequent legal help. In case any complex legal issue arises, or a complex
contract beyond the standard contract form is to be drafted, an appropriate legal
professional may be associated with the procurement from an early stage.
Salient features of these mercantile laws relating to Procurement are summarized
below.

2.0 Salient Features of the Indian Contract Act

2.1 Legal Aspects Governing Public Procurement of Goods - Introduction
A public procurement contract, besides being a commercial transaction, is
also a legal transaction. There are a number of laws that may affect various commercial
aspects of public procurement contracts. A public procurement professional is expected to
be generally aware of the implications of following basic laws affecting procurement of
goods; however, he or she is not expected to be a legal expert. Where appropriate in
complex cases, legal advice may be obtained. In other categories of procurement,
additional set of laws may be relevant:
i) The Constitution of India;
ii) Indian Contracts Act, 1872;
iii) Sale of Goods Act, 1930;
iv) Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 read with the Arbitration and
Conciliation (Amendment) Act, 2015;
v) Competition Act, 2002 as amended with Competition (Amendment) Act,
2007;
vi) Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development (MSME Development)
Act, 2006;

429
 vii) Information Technology Act, 2000 (IT Act, regarding e-Procurement
and e-auction, popularly called the Cyber Law);
viii) Right to Information (RTI) Act 2005;
ix) Central Vigilance Commission Act, 2003;
x) Delhi Special Police Establishment Act, 1946 (basis of the Central Bureau of
Investigation);
xi) Prevention of Corruption Act, 1988;

xii) The Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 and the Foreign
Trade Policy (EXIM Policy), 2015; Foreign Exchange Management Act
(FEMA), 1999 and FEMA (Current Account Transactions) Rules, 2000.
The elements and principles of contract law and the meaning and import of various
legal terms used in connection with the contracts are available in the Indian Contract Act,
1872 read with the Sale of Goods Act, 1930. Some of the salient principles relating to
contracts are set out briefly in this chapter.

2.2 Elementary Legal Practices

2.2.1 What is a Contract? The proposal or offer when accepted is a promise, a
promise and every set of promises forming the consideration for each other is an
agreement and an agreement if made with free consent of parties competent to contract,
for a lawful consideration and with a lawful object is a contract.
2.2.2 Proposal or Offer: When one person signifies to another his willingness to
do or to abstain from doing anything, with a view to obtaining the assent of the other to
such act or abstinence, he is said to make a proposal or offer. In a sale or purchase by
tender, the tender signed by the tenderer is the proposal. The invitation to tender and
instructions to tenderers do not constitute a proposal.
2.2.3 Acceptance of the Proposal: When the person to whom the proposal is
made signifies his assent thereto, the proposal is said to be accepted. A proposal when
accepted becomes a promise.
2.2.4 What agreements are Contracts: An agreement is a c o n t r a c t
e n f o r c e a b l e b y law when the following are satisfied. A defect affecting any of these
renders a contract un- enforceable
i) Competency of the parties
ii) Freedom of consent of both parties
iii) Lawfulness of consideration
iv) Lawfulness of object

2.3 Competency of Parties

Under law any person who has attained majority and is of sound mind or not debarred by
law to which he is subject, may enter into contracts. It, therefore, follows that minors and
persons of unsound mind cannot enter into contracts nor can insolvent person do so.
430
2.3.1 Categories of persons and bodies who are parties to the contract may be broadly
sub- divided under the following heads: -
i) Individuals
ii) Partnerships
iii) Limited Companies
iv) Corporations other than limited companies

i) Contracts with individuals: Individuals tender either in their own

name or in the name and style of their business. If the tender is signed
by any person other than the concerned individual, the authority of the
person signing the tender on behalf of another must be verified and a
proper power of attorney authorizing such person should be insisted
on. In case, a tender is submitted in a business name and if it is a concern
of an individual, the constitution of the business and the capacity of the
individual must appear on the face of the contract and the tender signed
by the individual himself as proprietor or by his duly authorized attorney.
ii) Contracts with Partnerships: A partnership is an association of two
or more individuals formed for the purpose of doing business jointly
under a business name. It is also called a firm. It should be noted that a
partnership is not a legal entity by itself, apart from the individuals
constituting it. A partner is the implied authority to bind the firm in a
contract coming in the purview of the usual business of the firm. The
implied authority of a partner, however, does not extend to enter into
arbitration agreement on behalf of the firm. While entering into a
contract with partnership firm care should be taken to verify the
existence of consent of all the partners to the arbitration agreement.
iii) Contracts with limited companies: Companies are associations of
individuals registered under Companies Act in which the liability of the
members comprising the association is limited to the extent of the
shares held by them in such companies. The company, after its
incorporation or registration, is an artificial legal person which has an
existence quite distinct and separate from the members of shareholders
comprising the same. A company is not empowered to enter into a
contract for purposes not covered by its memorandum of association;
any such agreement in excess of power entered into the company is
void and cannot be enforced. Therefore, in cases of doubt, the
company must be asked to produce its memorandum for verification
or the position may be verified by an inspection of the memorandum
from the office of the Registrar of Companies before entering into a
contract. Normally, any one of the Directors of the company is
empowered to present the company. Where tenders are signed by
persons other than Directors or authorized Managing Agents, it may be
necessary to examine if the person signing the tender is authorized by the
company to enter into contracts on its behalf.

431
 iv) Corporation other than limited companies: Associations of
individuals incorporated under statutes such as Trade Union Act, Co-
operative Societies Act and Societies Registration Act are also artificial
persons in the eye of law and are entitled to enter into such contracts
as are authorized by their memorandum of association. If any contract
has to be entered into with any one or such corporations or associations,
the capacity of such associations to enter into contract should be verified
and also the authority of the person coming forward to represent the said
Association.

2.4 Consent of both Parties

Two or more persons are said to consent when they agree upon the same thing
in the same sense. When two persons dealing with each other have their minds
directed to different objects or attach different meanings to the language
which they use, there is no agreement. The misunderstanding which is
incompatible with agreement may occur in the following cases: -
i) When the misunderstanding relates to the identity of the other party to the
agreement;
ii) When it relates to the nature or terms of the transactions;
iii) When it related to the subject matter of the agreement.

2.5 Free consent of both Parties

2.5.1 The consent is said to be free when it is not caused by coercion, undue
influence, fraud, mis-representation or mistake. Consent is said to be so caused
when it would not have been given but for the existence of coercion, undue
influence, fraud, mis-representation or mistake. When consent to an agreement
is caused by coercion, undue influence, fraud or misrepresentation, the
agreement is a contract voidable at the option of the party whose consent was
caused. A party to a contract, whose consent was caused by fraud or
misrepresentation may, if he thinks fit, insist that the contract shall be
performed, and that he shall be put in the position in which he would have been
if there presentations made had been true.
2.5.2 In case consent to an agreement has been given under a mistake, the
position is slightly different. When both the parties to an agreement are under a
mistake as to a matter essential to the agreement, the agreement is not voidable
but void. When the mistake is unilateral on the part of one party only, the
agreement is not void.
2.5.3 Distinction has also to be drawn between a mistake off act and a
mistake of law. A contract is not void because it was caused by a mistake as
to any law in force in India but a mistake as to law not in force in India has the
same effect as a mistake of fact.

2.6 Consideration
Consideration is something which is advantageous to the promisor or which
432
is onerous or disadvantageous to the promisee. Inadequacy of consideration
is, however, not a ground avoiding the contract. But an act, forbearance or
promise which is contemplation of law has no value is no consideration and like
wise an act or a promise which is illegal or impossible has no value.

2.7 Lawfulness of object

The consideration or object of an agreement is lawful, unless it is forbidden by
law or is of such a nature that if permitted, it would defeat the provisions of any
law, or is fraudulent or involves or implies injury to the fraudulent property of
another or the court regards it as immoral or opposed to public policy. In each
of these cases the consideration or object of an agreement is said to be
unlawful.

2.8 Communication of an offer or Proposal

The communication of a proposal is complete when it comes to the knowledge of
the person to whom it is made. A time is generally provided in the tender forms
for submission of the tender. Purchaser is not bound to consider a tender, which
is received beyond that time.

433
2.9 Communication of Acceptance
A date is invariably fixed in tender forms upto which tenders are open for acceptance. A
proposal or offer stands revoked by the lapse of time prescribed in such offer for its acceptance.
If, therefore, in case it is not possible to decide a tender within the period of validity of the offer
as originally made, the consent of the tenderer firm should be obtained to keep the offer open
for further period or periods.
2.9.1 The communication of an acceptance is complete as against the proposer or offerer,
where it is put in the course of transmission to him, so as to be out of the power of the acceptor,
and it is complete as against the acceptor when it comes to the knowledge of the proposer or
offerer. The medium of communication in Government contracts is generally by post and the
acceptance is, therefore, complete as soon as it is posted. So that there might be no possibility
of a dispute regarding the date of communication of acceptance, it should be sent to the correct
address by some authentic fool proof mode like registered post acknowledgement due, etc.

2.10 Acceptance to be identical with Proposal

If the terms of the tender or the tender, as revised, and modified, are not accepted or if the terms
of the offer and the acceptance are not the same, the acceptance remains a mere counter offer
and there is no concluded contract. It should, therefore, be ensured that the terms incorporated
in the acceptance are not at variance with the offer or the tender and that none of the terms
of the tender are left out. In case, uncertain terms are used by the tenderers, clarifications
should be obtained before such tenders are considered for acceptance. If it is considered that
a counter offer should be made, such counter offer should be carefully drafted, as a contract is
to take effect on acceptance thereof.
If the subject matter of the contract is impossible of fulfilment or is in itself in violation of law
such contract is void.

2.11 Withdrawal of an Offer or Proposal

A tenderer firm, who is the proposer may withdraw its offer at any time before its acceptance,
even though the firm might have offered to keep the offer open for a specified period. It is
equally open to the tenderer to revise or modify his offer before its acceptance. Such withdrawal,
revision or modification must reach the accepting authority before the date and time of opening
of tender.
No legal obligations arise out of such withdrawal or revision or modification of the offer as a
simple offer is without a consideration. Where, however, a tenderer agrees to keep his offer
open for a specified period for a consideration, such offers cannot be withdrawn before the
expiry of the specified date. This would be so where earnest money is deposited by the tenderer
in consideration of his being supplied the subsidiary contract and withdrawal of offer by the
tenderer before the specified period would entitle the purchaser to forfeit the earnest money.

2.12 Withdrawal of Acceptance

An acceptance can be withdrawn before such acceptance comes to the knowledge of the
tenderer. A telegraphic revocation of acceptance, which reaches the tenderer before the letter
of acceptance, will be a valid revocation.

434
2.13 Changes in terms of a concluded Contract
No variation in the terms of a concluded contract can be made without the consent of the
parties. While granting extensions or making any other variation, the consent of the contractor
must be taken. While extensions are to be granted on an application of the contractor, the letter
and spirit of the application should be kept in view in fixing a time for delivery.

2.14 Discharge of Contracts

A contract is discharged or the parties are normally freed from the obligation of a contract by
due performance of the terms of the contract. A contract may also be discharged: -
i) By mutual agreement: If neither party has performed the contract, no consideration
is required for the release. If a party has performed a part of the contract and has
undergone expenses in arranging to fulfil the contract it is necessary for the parties to
agree to a reasonable value of the work done as consideration for the value.
ii) By breach: In case a party to a contract breaks some stipulation in the contract which
goes to the root of transaction, or destroys the foundation of the contract or prevents
substantial performance of the contract, it discharges the innocent party to proceed
further with the performance and entitles him to a right of action for damages and to
enforce the remedies for such breach as provided in the contract itself. A breach of
contract may, however, be waived.
iii) By refusal of a party to perform: On a promisor’s refusal to perform the contract
or repudiation there of even before the arrival of the time for performance, the promisee
may at his option treat the repudiation as an immediate breach putting an end to the
contract for the future. In such a case the promisee has a right of immediate action for
damages.
iv) In a contract where there are reciprocal promises: If one party to the contract
prevents the other party from performing the contract, the contract may be put to an end
at the instance of the party so prevented and the contract is thereby discharged.

2.15 Stamping of Contracts

Under entry 5 of Schedule I of the Indian Stamp Act, an agreement or memorandum of agreement
for or relating to the sale of goods or merchandise exclusively is exempt from payment of stamp
duty. (A note or memorandum sent by a Broker or Agent to his principal intimating the purchase
or sale on account of such principal is not so exempt from stamp duty.)
The Stamp Act provides that no Stamp Duty shall be chargeable in respect of any instrument
executed by or on behalf of or in favour of the Government in cases where but for such exemption
Government would be liable to pay the duty chargeable in respect of such instrument. (Cases
in which Government would be liable are set out in Section 29 of the Act).

2.16 Authority for execution of Contracts

As per Clause 1 of Article 299 of the Constitution, the contracts and assurances of property
made in the exercise of the executive power of the Union shall be executed on behalf of the

435
President. The words “for and on behalf of the President of India” should therefore follow the
designation appended below the signature of the officer authorized in this behalf.
Note 1: The various classes of contracts and assurances of property, which may be executed
by different authorities, are specified in the Notifications issued by the Ministry of Law from time
to time.
Note 2: The powers of various authorities, the conditions under which such powers should be
exercised and the general procedure prescribed with regard to various classes of contracts and
assurances of property are laid down in Rule 21 of the Delegation of Financial Powers Rules.
Note 3: The DGS&D officers are authorized by the President of India in exercise of the powers
conferred by Clause (1) of Article 299 of the Constitution to make contracts for services, supply
or work on behalf of the Central Government. DGS&D is also authorized to make similar
contracts on behalf of the State Governments where so authorized by the State Governments,
and on behalf of Government sponsored companies or corporations or local bodies where so
authorized by such companies or corporations or local bodies.

2.17 Contract Effective Date

The date of commencement of the obligations under the contract on the parties to a contract is
referred as the contract effective date. This date should be invariably indicated in each contract,
as per agreed terms and conditions. The Ministries/Departments are advised to set the effective
date to be a date after the following:
(i) Date of signing of the contract.
(ii) Furnishing of performance bond in terms of performance security.
(iii) Receipt of Bank Guarantee for advance payment.
(iv) Obtaining Export License for supply of stores by seller and confirmation by the buyer.
(v) Receipt of End User’s Certificate. The supplier shall provide the End User’s Certificate
within 30 (thirty) days of the signing of the contract.

3.0 Salient Features of the sales of Goods act, 1930

3.1 Scope
Agreements for the sale of goods are governed by the general principles of the contract law. A
contract for sale of goods has, however, certain peculiar features such as transfer of ownership
of the goods and quality aspects implied under a contract for sale of goods, and so on, are
not covered in the Contract Act. These peculiarities are the subject matter of the provisions of
the Sale of Goods Act, 1930. In this act, the two parties to the contract are called “seller” and
“buyer”. This act defines goods, for the purpose of applicability of this act, as every kind of
movable property, including stocks and shares, growing crops, goodwill, patents, trademarks,
electricity, water, gas, and so on—all that can be exchanged for money but not any kind of
immovable property (for example, real estate).

436
3.2 Concept of Transfer of Property (Passing of Title)
Proprietary (ownership) rights and obligations in “goods” are called legally “title to goods” or
“property in goods”. The meaning of property here is different from the common connotation of
the word. At what point of time or stage in a contract does this passing of title of (property in)
goods happen is laid down by this Act. This ownership of goods is different from ‘possession
of goods’ which means the physical custody or control of the goods. Delivery of goods is only
a transfer of ‘possession of goods”; and may or may not coincide with the passing of title in
goods. This distinction is very important in procurement.
The transfer of property in the goods, from the seller to the buyer, is the essence of a procurement
of goods. Therefore, the moment when the property in goods passes from the seller to the buyer
is significant for following reasons:

3.3 Ownership
The moment the property in goods passes, the seller ceases to be their owner and the buyer
acquires the ownership. The buyer can exercise proprietary rights over the goods. For example,
the buyer may sue the seller for non-delivery of the goods or when the seller has resold the
goods, and so on.

3.4 Concept of “Res Prit Domine” -- Risk Follows Ownership

This concept simply means that, as a general rule, risk follows the ownership, irrespective of
whether the delivery (or transfer of possession of goods) has been made or not. If the goods are
damaged or destroyed, the loss shall be borne by the person who was the owner of the goods
at that time – irrespective of whosoever is in the “possession of the goods”.

3.5 Action against Third parties

When the goods are, in any way, damaged or destroyed by the action of third parties, it is only
the owner of the goods who can take action (claim, litigation) against them.

3.6 Time at which Property in Goods is Transferred

The property in goods is transferred to the buyer at such time as the parties to the contract
intend this to happen, as recorded in the terms of the contract. This needs neither to coincide
with the point when payment is made nor with the delivery of Goods and not even with the point
of time when the seller dispatches the goods.

3.7 Document of Title to Goods

These are the voucher, bill, document, receipt, cash memo, bill of lading, lorry receipt, railway
receipt, or any such acknowledgement which proves the ownership of the goods that, in the
ordinary course of business, the buyer may receive. These are called documents of title to goods.

3.8 Doctrine of Caveat Emptor

The Sales of Goods Act lays down this important concept that the buyer must act with due
diligence when buying goods; it is not a seller’s duty to point out the defects in goods. This is

437
a doctrine which is not in consonance with modern times but, unfortunately, is a legal position.
This, however, does not apply if the buyer’s consent to buy is obtained by the seller by knowingly
concealing the defects which could not have been discovered by the buyer reasonably at the
time of procurement. The caveat emptor is also diluted under some implied conditions in a
contract for sale.

3.9 Provision of the Act regarding Statutory Variations in Taxes and duties

Statutory variations in the taxes and duties (customs duties, excise duty, tax on the sale or
procurement of goods), after the making of any contract, has to be borne by the buyer even if
there is no such express stipulation in the contract.

4.0 Salient Features of the Indian Arbitration & Conciliation Act 1996

Indian Arbitration & Conciliation Act 1996 provides for dispute settlement either by a process
of conciliation and/or by arbitration. This act is based on a ‘United Nation’s Commission on
International Trade Law Model Arbitration Law’ with an object to minimize the supervisory role
of courts in the arbitral process and to provide that every final arbitral award is enforced in
the same manner, as if it was a decree of the court. It covers both international and domestic
arbitration and conciliation.

4.1 Arbitration

Arbitration is one of the oldest methods of settling civil disputes arising out of and in the course
of performance of the contract between two or more persons by reference of the dispute to an
independent and impartial third person called the arbitrator, instead of litigating the matter in
the usual way through the courts. It saves time and expense, avoids unnecessary technicalities
and, at the same time, ensures “substantial justice within limits of the law”.

4.2 Arbitrator, Arbitration and Arbitral Award

The person or persons appointed to determine differences and disputes are called the arbitrator
or arbitral tribunal. The proceeding before him is called arbitration proceedings. The decision is
called an Award. For the purpose of Law of Limitations, The Arbitration for a particular dispute
is deemed to have commenced on the date, on which a request for arbitration is received by
the respondent.

4.3 Arbitration Agreement

It is an agreement by the parties to submit to arbitration all or certain disputes, which have
arisen or which may arise between them, in respect of a defined legal relationship, whether
contractual or non-contractual. The dispute resolution method of arbitration, as per the Arbitration
and Conciliation Act, can be invoked only if there is an arbitration agreement (in the form
of an arbitration clause or a separate arbitration agreement) in the contract. If there is such
an agreement, courts are barred from directly entertaining any litigation in respect of such
contracts, and are bound instead to refer the parties to arbitration.

438
4.4 Appointment and Composition of Arbitral Tribunal
Both parties can mutually agree on the number of arbitrators (which cannot be an even number)
to be appointed. In case there is no agreement, a single (sole) arbitrator may be appointed. The
parties can mutually agree on a procedure for appointing the arbitrator or arbitrators, or else
in case of arbitration with three arbitrators, each party will appoint one arbitrator and the two
appointed arbitrators will appoint the third arbitrator, who will act as a presiding arbitrator. If
one party fails to appoint an arbitrator within 30 (thirty) days, or if the two appointed arbitrators
fail to agree on the third arbitrator, then the court may appoint any person or institution as
arbitrator. In case of an international commercial dispute, the application for appointment of
arbitrator has to be made to the Chief Justice of India. In case of other domestic disputes, the
application has to be made to the Chief Justice of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the
parties are situated.

4.5 Challenge to Appointment of Arbitrator

An arbitrator is expected to be independent and impartial. If there are some circumstances due
to which his independence or impartiality can be challenged, he must disclose the circumstances
before his appointment. The appointment of an arbitrator cannot be challenged on any ground,
except when there is justifiable doubt as to the arbitrator’s independence or impartiality or when
he does not possess the qualifications for the arbitrator agreed to by the parties. The challenge
to appointment has to be decided by the arbitrator himself. If he does not accept the challenge,
the arbitration can continue and the arbitrator can make the arbitral award. However, in such a
case, application for setting aside the arbitral award can be made to the court, after the award
is made by the arbitrator. Thus the other party cannot stall further arbitration proceedings by
rushing to court.

4.6 Conduct of Arbitral Proceedings

The parties are free to agree on the procedure to be followed for conducting proceedings,
location, language of hearings and written proceedings. Failing any agreement, the arbitral
tribunal may decide themselves on these aspects. The parties shall be treated with equality
and each party shall be given a full opportunity to present its case. The arbitral tribunal shall
observe the rules of natural justice but is bound neither by Civil Procedure Code 1908 nor by
Indian Evidence Act 1872. Limitation Act, 1963 is applicable from the date of commencement
of arbitral proceedings. Arbitral tribunals have powers to do the following:
i) Determine admissibility, relevance, materiality and weight of any evidence;
ii) Decide on their own jurisdiction;
iii) Decide on interim measures;
iv) Termination of proceedings; and
v) Seek court assistance in taking evidence.

4.7 Arbitral Award

The decision of the arbitral tribunal is termed as ‘arbitral award’. The decision of arbitral tribunal
shall be by majority. The arbitral award shall be in writing, mentioning the place and date, and

439
signed by the members of the tribunal. It must state the reasons for the award. A copy of the
award should be given to each party. The tribunal can make interim award also. An arbitral
award is enforceable in the same manner as if it were a decree of the court.

4.8 Recourse against Arbitral Award

Recourse to a court against an arbitration award can be made by an application (within three
months from the date of the arbitral award), only on the grounds specified in the act, that is, the
party was under some incapacity; arbitration agreement was not valid; proper opportunity was
not given to present the case; award deal with disputes not falling within the terms of reference
of arbitrator; composition of the arbitral tribunal is not as per agreement of parties; subject
matter of dispute is not capable of settlement through arbitration under the law or the arbitral
award is in conflict with the public policy.

4.9 Conciliation
This is a new concept added in the Act for settlement of disputes. The party initiating conciliation
shall send a written invitation to the other party to conciliate and proceedings shall commence
when the other party accepts the initiations to conciliation. The parties may agree on the name
of a sole conciliator or each party may appoint one conciliator. The conciliation shall assist the
parties to reach an amicable settlement of their dispute. When the parties sign the settlement
agreement, it shall be final and binding on the parties. The conciliator shall authenticate the
settlement agreement and furnish a copy thereof to each party. This process has not yet come
into a common use.

4.10 Changes i n t r o d u c e d b y the Arbitration and Conciliation

(Amendment) A ct, 2015
i) Independence, Disqualification and Obligations of Arbitrators at the time
of appointment
a) Independence, Impartiality and Accountability of Arbitrators: A fixed
fee structure ensures the independence of the arbitral tribunal and also
provides a reasonable cost estimate to the parties entering into arbitration. The
Amendment Act in the Fourth Schedule prescribes the model fees for arbitrators
and the High Courts have been assigned the responsibility of framing the rules
for determination of the fees and the manner of its payment. The model fee varies
from Rs 45,000 to Rs 30 Lakh (Rupees forty-five to rupees thirty lakh) for various
slabs of disputed value from Rupees five Lakh to above Rs 20 (Rupees twenty)
Crore (with a sole arbitrator entitles to 25% (twenty-five percent) extra above
the model fee). However it is clarified that such fees shall not be applicable in
International Commercial Arbitration and in cases where parties have agreed for
determination of fees as per the rules of an arbitral institution.
b) Disqualification from appointment: A long and exhaustive list of specific
circumstances which shall act as a bar against any person from being appointed
as an arbitrator in a dispute, have been enumerated in the seventh schedule.
However, the parties to the dispute have been given the opportunity, after the

460
 dispute has arisen, to waive the applicability of the seventh schedule, by mutual
written agreement, if they so deem fit. Especially of interest in Public Procurement
is disqualification of past or present employees, consultant, advisors or other
related business relationship not only with the Procuring Entity but also with any
affiliated entity thereof. Thus the earlier practice of appointing serving officers of
Procuring Entity as arbitrator is no more legal.
c) Disclosures: An arbitrator who is approached for appointment is obligated
to disclose as per Sixth Schedule of the Act. The declaration as per a set format
removes any ambiguity and ensures uniformity:
1. conflict of Interest the existence either direct or indirect, of any past or
present relationship with or interest in any of the parties or in relation to the
subject matter in dispute, whether financial, business, professional or other
kind, which is likely to give rise to justifiable doubts as to his independence
or impartiality as per fifth schedule to the Act for arbitrator.
2. Time constraints: An arbitrator shall disclose all circumstances which may
affect his ability to deliver an award within 12 (twelve) months.
ii) Fast-tracking Arbitration in India
a) Award within 12 (Twelve) months: The arbitral tribunal is statutorily
obligated to deliver an award within 12 (twelve) months from the date when
arbitral tribunal enters into reference. The arbitral tribunal is said to have entered
upon the reference on the date on which the arbitrator(s) have received notice of
their appointment. The award can be delayed by a maximum period of six months
only under the special circumstances where all parties give their consent to such
extension of time. Where the award is not made out within the statutory period
the mandate of arbitrators shall automatically terminate. It is open for the courts
to extend the time period for making an award upon receipt of an application by
any of the parties. Such extension is to be granted only for sufficient cause and
the court in its discretion may impose the following penalties depending on the
facts and circumstances of the case:
1. Reduce the fees of arbitrators by up to 5% (five percent) for each month of
delay.
2. Substitute one or all the arbitrators.
3. Impose actual or exemplary costs on any of the parties.
b) Oral arguments to be held on a day-to-day basis: Oral arguments as
far as possible shall be heard by the arbitral tribunal on a day to day basis and
no adjournments shall be granted without sufficient cause. Provision for imposition
of exemplary cost on the party seeking adjournment without sufficient cause has
also been made.
c) Fast Track Procedure: The parties to arbitration may choose to opt for a new
fast track procedure either before or after the commencement of the arbitration.
The award in fast track arbitration is to be made out within six months. Where

461
 the Arbitral Tribunal delivers the award within a period of six months the arbitral
tribunal shall be entitled to additional fees. The quantum of such additional fees
shall be determined by the parties. The salient features of the fast track arbitration
are:
1. Dispute is to be decided based on written pleadings only.
2. Arbitral Tribunal shall have the power to call for clarifications in addition
to the written pleadings where it deems necessary.
3. Oral hearing maybe held only if all the parties make a request or if the
arbitral tribunal considers it necessary.
4. The parties are free to decide the fees of the arbitrator(s).
d) Appointment within 60 (sixty) days: Whenever an application for
appointment of Arbitrator(s) is moved before a court such application shall be
disposed of as expeditiously as possible and an endeavour shall be made to
dispose of the matter within a period of sixty days from the date of service of
notice on the opposite party. The court while appointing arbitrators shall confine
itself to the examination of the existence of an arbitration agreement.
iii) Procedural and Jurisprudence simplified
a) Arbitration to commence within 90 (ninety) days of interim relief:
Where the court grants interim relief before the commencement of arbitration,
the arbitration must commence within 90 (ninety) days from such order of interim
relief. The court however has been given the authority to extend the period within
which the arbitration must commence, if it deems such extension necessary. The
Act prohibits courts from entertaining any application for interim relief once the
arbitration has entered into reference, unless the court finds that circumstances
exist which may not render the remedy provided under section 17 efficacious.
b) Powers of Interim Relief in Section 9 also to Arbitral Tribuna l: The
parties to arbitration can now directly approach the arbitral tribunal for seeking
interim relief on the same grounds as were available to the parties under section
9 of the previous act. Further, the tribunal has now been granted the powers of a
court while making interim awards in the proceedings before it.
c) Arbitral tribunal not bound to rule in accordance with t erms of the
contract: The arbitral tribunal was previously bound to deliver an award in
accordance with the terms of the agreement and was required to take into
consideration the ‘usages of the trade applicable to the transaction’. Vide the
Amendment the arbitral tribunal has been freed of the obligation to only rule in
accordance with the terms of the agreement. The arbitral tribunal is only required
to take the agreement into account while delivering its award and is free to
deviate from the terms of the agreement if the circumstances so warrant.
d) Act made applicable on International Commercial Arbitration with even seat
outside India: Part I of the act has been made applicable for limited purpose

462
 (listed below) on International Commercial Arbitrations even in instances where
the seat of the arbitration is outside India, however giving freedom to exclude the
applicability the Act by entering into an agreement to this effect:
1. Seeking interim relief from courts [section 9]
2. Seeking the assistance of the court in taking evidence [section 27]
3. Appealing against the order of a court where the court refuses to refer the
parties to arbitration. [section 37(1) (a)]
4. Restricting the right to second appeal and preserving the right of parties to
approach the Supreme Court in appeal. [section 37 (3)]

5.0 Salient Features of competition act, 2002 relating to anti-competitive

Practices
i) The Preamble of the competition act, 2002, provides for the establishment of a
Commission keeping in view of the economic development of the country to promote and
sustain competition in markets; prevent practices having adverse effect on competition;
protect consumer interest; and ensure freedom of trade carried on by participants in
Indian markets.
ii) The Act was amended by Competition (Amendment) Act, 2007 and again by Competition
(Amendment Act), 2009.
iii) In India, Competition Commission of India (“CCI”), formulated under the Competition
Act is a quasi-judicial and regulatory body entrusted with the task enforcement of the
Competition Act, 2002. Apart from specific functions under the Competition Act, 2002
the CCI also has extra-territorial jurisdiction, inquiry into anticompetitive conduct, sector-
specific regulatory work, competition advocacy, power of appointment of professional
and experts, and procedure for investigation (in terms of regulating its own procedure).
iv) Section 8 dealing with composition of Commission provides for a chairperson and not
less than two and not more than six members which are to be appointed by Central
Government. The CCI is vested with inquisitorial, investigative, regulatory, adjudicatory
and also advisory jurisdiction. Vast powers have been given to the Commission and
under Section 64, the Commission can frame regulations.
v) The Competition Appellate Tribunal (COMPAT) is another body entrusted with the
responsibility of hearing and disposing of appeals against any direction or decision or
order of the CCI. It also adjudicates on compensation claims arising from the findings of
the CCI or its own findings on appeals against the CCI orders and passes orders on the
recovery of compensation.
vi) Any person aggrieved by the order or decision of the CCI may prefer an appeal to
the Competition Appellate Tribunal (‘COMPAT’) within 60 (sixty) days from the date of
communication of such order or decision. The second and final appeal under Section
53T lies before the Supreme Court of India from the orders of the COMPAT within a
period of 60 (sixty) days from the date of communication of the order by the COMPAT.

463
vii) CCI may initiate an inquiry:
a) On its own motion on the basis of information and knowledge in its possession;
or
b) On receipt of any information, in such manner and accompanied by such fee as
may be determined by regulations, from any person, consumer or their association
or trade association; or
c) On receipt of a reference from the Central Government or a State Government or
a statutory authority.
viii) The Act provides for Director General Office as a separate investigative wing to assist
the CCI. The DG looks into the complaints received from the CCI and submits all
findings to it. DG is solely responsible for making enquiries, for examining
documents and for making investigations into complaints. The DG is vested under
the Act with powers of summoning of witnesses, examining them on oath, requiring the
discovery and production of documents, receiving evidence on affidavits, issuing
commissions for the examination of witnesses etc.
ix) The Act in Section 49 (3) lays down the advocacy function of CCI and lays down
that the CCI shall take suitable measures for the promotion of competition advocacy,
creating awareness and imparting training about competition issues. Section 32 of the
Act grants the CCI extra-territorial jurisdiction over anticompetitive conduct which has
an appreciable adverse effect on competition within India. Any anticompetitive activity
taking place outside India but having an appreciable adverse effect on competition
within India shall be subject to the application of the Competition Act.
x) Under Section 21 of the Act, any statutory authority can suo motto or on request of a
party in the course of a proceeding before it can make a reference to CCI. CCI shall
give its opinion within sixty days of receipt of such reference by such statutory authority.
Under the provisions of the Act, the authority which made reference shall consider the
opinion of the Commission and thereafter, give its findings recording reasons on the
issues referred to in the said opinion by CCI. Section 21A in the same language provides
for such reference by CCI to any statutory authority.
xi) The key provisions of the Competition Act include:
a) Section 3 of the Competition Act, 2002 dealing with anti-competitive agreements;
b) Section 4 of the Competition Act, 2002 which discusses abuse of dominance;
c) Section 5 and 6 of the Competition Act, 2002 dealing with the regulation of
combinations.
xii) The term ‘agreement’, has been defined broadly in the Competition Act. It extends to
a mere ‘arrangement’, ‘understanding’ or ‘action in concert’, none of which need be in
writing or enforceable by law.
xiii) Section 3(1) of the Competition Act lays down that no enterprise or association of
enterprises or person or association of persons shall enter into any agreement in respect
of production, supply, distribution, storage, acquisition or control of goods or provision of
services, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition

464
 within India. The Act prohibits an anti-competitive agreement and declares that such an
agreement shall be void.
xiv) Section 3(3) of the Competition Act deals with the horizontal agreements as it covers the
agreements between entities engaged in identical or similar trade of goods or provision
of services. It also includes cartels. The section covers:
a) Agreement entered into between enterprises or associations of enterprises or
persons or associations of persons or between any person and enterprise;
b) Practice carried on by any association of enterprises or association of persons;
c) Decision taken by any association of enterprises or association of persons.
xv) Section 3(3) of the Competition Act enlists four broad classifications of horizontal
agreements which are presumed to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition
(AAEC) in India:
a) Agreements regarding Prices;
b) Agreements regarding Quantity/Quality;
c) Market Allocation;
d) Bid Rigging.
These four horizontal agreements are not presumed to have appreciable adverse effect
on competition and excluded from the provisions of Section 3(3) of the Competition Act,
2002 provided they are entered into by way of joint ventures and increase efficiency in
production, supply, distribution, storage, acquisition or control of goods or provision of
services.
Cartels, by their very nature are secretive and thus it is difficult to find the direct evidence
of their presence. The orders of the CCI clearly point that CCI relies on circumstantial
evidence, both economic and conduct-based, to reach its decision on the existence of a
cartel agreement.
The Act provides a definition for bid rigging and it covers agreements having effect of
eliminating or reducing competition for bids or adversely affecting or manipulating the
process for bidding:
a) Collusive bidding: Agreement between firms to divide the market, set prices or
limit production – involves, kickbacks and misrepresentation of independence;
b) Bid Rotation;
c) Bid Suppression;
d) Complementary Bidding;
e) Subcontracting arrangements;
f) Market Allocation.
The Act gives wide discretion to CCI to frame the remedies to overcome the
anticompetitive situation:
1. Declare Anticompetitive Agreements Void;

465
 2. Impose Heavy Penalties:
a) Penalty can be up to 10% (ten percent) of the average turnover for the last
three preceding financial years upon each of such persons or enterprises
which are parties to bid-rigging;
b) Cartel, a penalty of up to three times of its profit for each year of the
continuance of such agreement or 10% (ten percent) of its turnover for
each year of the continuance of such agreement, whichever is higher.
3. Order the parties to Cease & Desist;
4. Modification of agreements;
5. Remedy Damage to reputation;
6. Fix Individual Liability;
7. Grant Interim orders;
8. Any other order as CCI deems fit.
xvi) Who can file the information: Raising issues regarding anti-competitive behavior
for action by CCI under the act is called filing the information:
a) Any person, consumer or their association or trade association can file information
before the Commission;
b) Central Govt. or a State Govt. or a statutory authority can also make a reference
to the Commission for making an inquiry;
c) “Person” includes an individual, HUF, firm, company, local authority, cooperative
or any artificial juridical person.
xvii) What are the issues on which information can be filed?
a) The information can be filed on the issues like anti-competitive agreements and
abuse of dominant position or a combination;
b) Class of consumers.
xviii) The fee -
a) Rupees 5000/- (Five thousand only) in case of individual, or Hindu undivided
family (HUF), or Non-Government Organisation (NGO), or Consumer Association,
or Co-operative Society, or Trust, duly registered under the respective Acts;
b) Rupees 20,000/- (Twenty thousand only) in case of firms, companies having
turnover in the preceding year upto Rupees one Crore; and
c) Rupees 50,000/- (Fifty thousand only) in case not covered under clause (a) or (b)
above.

6.0 Salient Features of the Whistle Blowers Protection Act, 2011 and
the Whistle Blowers Protection (Amendment) act, 2015
i) The Act seeks to protect whistleblowers, i.e. persons making a public interest disclosure
related to an act of corruption, misuse of power, or criminal offence by a public servant;

466
ii) Any public servant or any other person including a non-Governmental organization
may make such a disclosure to the designated agencies i.e. Central or State Vigilance
Commission. The Time Limit for making any complaint or disclosure to the Competent
Authority is seven years from the date on which the action complained against is alleged
to have taken place;
iii) The Designated Agency cannot entertain any disclosure relating to any inquiry ordered
under the Public Servants (Inquiries) Act, 1850 and Commissions of Inquiry Act, 1952;
iv) Similarly, the Amendment Act, 2015, The Bill prohibits the reporting of a corruption
related disclosure if it falls under any 10 (ten) categories including information related
to:
a) The sovereignty, strategic, scientific or economic interests of India, or the incitement
of an offence;
b) Records of deliberations of the Council of Ministers;
c) That which is forbidden to be published by a court or if it may result in contempt
of court;
d) A breach of privilege of legislatures;
e) Commercial confidence, trade secrets, intellectual property (if it harms a third
party);
f) That relayed in a fiduciary capacity;
g) That received from a foreign Government;
h) That which could endanger a person’s safety etc.;
i) That which would impede an investigation etc.;
j) Personal matters or invasion of privacy.
However, if information related to (ii), (v), (vi), and (x) is available under the Right to Information
Act, 2005, then it can be disclosed under the Act.
i) Any public interest disclosure received by a Competent Authority will be referred to a
Government authorised authority if it falls under any of the above prohibited categories.
This authority will take a decision on the matter, which will be binding;
ii) The Identity of the Complainant must be included in the Complaint or the Disclosure.
However the Designated Agency shall conceal the identity of the complainant unless the
complainant himself has revealed his identity to any other office or authority while making
public interest disclosure or in his complaint or otherwise. However, the Designated
Agency can reveal the identity of the complainant in circumstances where it becomes
inevitable or extremely necessary for the purposes of the enquiry;
iii) The Designated Agency may, with the prior written consent of the complainant, reveal
the identity of the complainant to such office or organization where it becomes necessary
to do so. If the complainant does not agree to his name being revealed, in that case,
the complainant shall provide all documentary evidence in support of is complaint to the
Designated Agency;

467
iv) Any person who negligently or with mala fide reveals the identity of the
complainant shall be punished with imprisonment up to three years and
fine not exceeding Rs. 50,000 (Fifty thousand);
v) Similarly any disclosure made with mala fide and knowingly that it was false or
misleading shall be punished with imprisonment up to two years and fine not
exceeding Rs. 30,000 (Thirty thousand);
vi) After receipt of the report or comments relating to the complaint, if the
Designated Agency is of the opinion that such comments or report reveals
either wilful misuse of power or wilful misuse of discretion or substantiates
allegations of corruption, it shall recommend to the public authority to
take appropriate corrective measures such as initiating proceedings
against the concerned public servant or other administrative and corrective
steps. However, in case the public authority does not agree with the
recommendation of the Designated Agency, it shall record the reasons for
such disagreement;
vii) While dealing with any such inquiry, the Designated Agency shall have all
the powers of a Civil Court under the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 in
respect of matters like receiving evidence, issuing commissions, discovery
and production of any document etc. Also, every proceeding before the
Designated Agency shall be deemed to be a judicial proceeding under the
Code of Criminal Procedure, 1973 and Indian Penal Code;
viii) No obligation to maintain secrecy or other restrictions upon the disclosure of
information shall be claimed by any Public Servant in the proceedings before
the Designated Agency;
ix) But, no person is required to furnish any information in the inquiry under this
act if such information falls under the 10 (ten) categories mentioned before;
x) It shall be the responsibility of the Central Government to ensure that no
person who has made a disclosure is victimised on the ground that such
person had made a disclosure under this act;
xi) If any person is victimised or likely to be victimised on the above-mentioned
ground, he may contact the Designated Agency and the Designated Agency
may pass appropriate directions in this respect. The Designated Agency can
even restore status quo ante with respect to the Public Servant who has
made a disclosure. Also, the Designated Agency can pass directions to
protect such complainant;
xii) If an offence under this act has been committed by any Head of the
Department unless he proves that the offence was committed without his
knowledge or that he exercised all due diligence in this respect;
xiii) This Act extends to all the Companies as well. When any offence under this act
has been committed by a company, every person who at the time of the
468
 offence was responsible for the conduct of the business of the company
shall be deemed to be guilty of the offence unless he proves that the
offence was committed without his knowledge or that he exercised all due
diligence in this respect;
xiv) No court can take cognizance of any offence under this act save on a
complaint made by the Designated Agency. No court inferior to that of a
Chief Metropolitan Magistrate or a Chief Judicial Magistrate shall try any
offence under this act. The High Court shall be the appellate authority in this
respect.

469
 Appendix -2
Electronic Procurement (e-Procurement) and e-auction
(Refer Para 4.14.1 of the CSIR Manual)

(The details given in this appendix are generic in nature are not prescriptive part
of this Manual of Policies and Procedures. Procuring Entities may settle and
decide the details with the service provider)
1.0 Electronic Procurement (e-Procurement) is the use of information and
communication technology (specially the internet) by the buyer in
conducting procurement processes with the vendors/contractors for the
acquisition of goods (supplies), works and services aimed at open, non-
discriminatory and efficient procurement through transparent procedures. The
Procurement Policy Division, Department of Expenditure, MoF, has vide Office
Memorandum no: 10/3/2012-PPC dated 09th January, 2014 prescribed
mandatory publishing of tenders through the e-Procurement mode for tenders
valued above Rupees two lakh.
2.0 Service Provider:
A service provider is engaged to provide an e-Procurement system covering the
following:
i) All steps involved, starting from hosting of tenders to determination of t echno-
commercially acceptable lowest bidder, are covered;
ii) The system archives the information and generates reports required for the
management information system/decision support system;
iii) A helpdesk is available for online and offline support to different
stakeholders;
iv) The system arranges and updates the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) for
Departmental users; and
v) Different documents, formats, and so on, for the e-Procurement systems are
available.
3.0 Process:

In e-Procurement, all processes of tendering have the same content as in normal

tendering and are executed, once the necessary changes have been made, online
by using the DSC as follows:
i) Communications: Wherever traditional procedures refer to written
communication and documents, the corresponding process in e-
Procurement would be handled either fully online by way of uploading/

470
 downloading/ emails or automatically generated SMSs or else partly
online and partly offline submission. It is advisable to move to full
submissions online. More details would be available from e-
Procurement service provider’s portal. In e-Procurement, the tender fee,
EMD and documents supporting exemption from such payments are
submitted in paper form to the authority nominated in the NIT, but scanned
copies are to be uploaded – without which the bid may not get opened.
In future, such payments may be allowed online also.
ii) Publishing of tenders: Tenders are published on the e-Procurement portal
by authorised executives of Procuring Entity with DSC. After the creation of
the tender, a unique “tender id” is automatically generated by the system.
While creating/publishing the tender, the “bid openers” are identified –
four officers from the Procuring Entity (two from Purchase, one from the
Finance and one from Administration) with a provision that tenders may
be opened by any two of the four officers. The downloading of the tender
may start immediately after e-publication of NIT and can continue till the
last date and time of bid submission. The bid submission will start from
the next day of e-publication of NIT. In case of limited and PAC/single
tenders, information should also be sent to target vendors/contractors
through SMS/email by the portal.
iii) Registration of bidders on portal: In order to submit the bid, bidders
have to register themselves online, as a one-time activity, on the e-
Procurement portal with a valid DSC. The registration should be in the
name of the bidder, whereas DSC holder may be either the bidder
himself or a duly authorised person. The bidders will have to accept,
unconditionally, the online user portal agreement which contains all
the terms and conditions of NIT including commercial and general
terms and conditions and other conditions, if any, along with an online
undertaking in support of the authenticity of the declarations regarding
facts, figures, information and documents furnished by the bidder
online.
iv) Bid submission: The bidders will submit their techno-commercial
bids and price bids online. No conditional bid shall be allowed/
accepted. Bidders will have to upload scanned copies of various
documents required for eligibility and all other documents as specified in
NIT, techno-commercial bid in cover-I, and price bid in cover-II. To
enable system generated techno-commercial and price comparative
statements, such statements should be asked to be submitted in Excel
formats. The bidder will have to give an undertaking online that if the
information/declaration/scanned documents furnished in respect of
eligibility criteria are found to be wrong or misleading at any stage, they
will be liable to punitive action. EMD and tender fee (demand
draft/banker’s cheque/pay order) shall be submitted in the electronic
471
 format online (by scanning) while uploading the bid. This submission
shall mean that EMD and tender fee are received electronically. However,
for the purpose of realisation, the bidder shall send the demand
draft/banker’s cheque/pay order in original to the designated officer
through post or by hand so as to reach by the time of tender opening.
In case of exemption of EMD, the scanned copy of the document in
support of exemption will have to be uploaded by the bidder during bid
submission;
v) Corrigendum, Clarifications, Modifications and withdrawal of
bids: All these steps are also carried out online mutadis mutandis the
normal tendering process;
vi) Bid opening : Both the bid openers mentioned at the time of creation of
the tender online need to open the bids electronically through their DSC.
Relevant bidders can simultaneously take part in bid opening online and
can see the resultant bids of all bidders. The system automatically
generates a technical scrutiny report and commercial scrutiny report in
case of the techno-commercial bid opening and a price comparative
statement in case of price bid opening which can also be seen by
participating bidders online. Bid openers download the bids and the
reports/statements and sign them using their DSC for further
processing. In case of opening of the price bid, the date and time of
opening is uploaded on the portal and shortlisted firms are also informed
through system generated emails and SMS alerts – after shortlisting of the
techno-commercially acceptable bidders;
vii) Shortfall document: Any document not enclosed by the bidder can be
asked for, as in case of the traditional tender, by the purchaser and
submitted by the bidder online, provided it does not vitiate the tendering
process;
viii) Evaluation of techno-commercial and price bids: This is done
offline in the same manner as in the normal tendering process, based
on system generated reports and comparative statements.
ix) Award of contract: Award of the contract is done offline and a
scanned copy is uploaded on the portal. More needs to be done in this
regard. The information and the manner of disclosure in this regard must
conform to Section 4(1) (b), 4(2) and 4(3) of the RTI Act to enhance
transparency and also to reduce the need for filing individual RTI
applications. Therefore, the award must be published in a searchable
format and be linked to its NIT; and
x) Return of EMD : EMD furnished by all unsuccessful bidders should be
returned through an e-payment system without interest, at the earliest,
after the expiry of the final tender validity period but not later than 30
472
 (thirty) days after conclusion of the contract. EMD of the successful bidder
should be returned after receipt of performance security as called for in
the contract.

4.0 Disposal through e-Auction

4.1 Contractual Legal Aspects of Auction Sale of Scrap

Ministry/Departments should decide the calendar for holding auctions/tenders

for groups of lots. A brief summary of this Auction Schedule is given publicity in
Newspapers and on websites, indicating how to obtain/download Auction
Catalogues. For each Auction a Catalogue is prepared containing details of
Schedule of Lots in the Auction, as well as General and Special Terms and
Conditions of Sale (GTC and STC). In contractual terms, Publishing of an
Auction catalogue in sale of scrap is equivalent to NIT/SBD in Tenders for
procurement and forms the basis of bids by the purchasers. In e-Auction, the
General Conditions of Sale are available on the website and Special Conditions
of Sale of each lot is hyperlinked to the Lot Description. In case of
Tender/Physical Auctions Catalogue contains these in printed format.
In Auction, the bidders keep bidding higher and the highest accepted bid is
accepted. In such a case a Bid-Sheet is immediately signed by the Seller and
Bidder’s representative, which along with the delivery order serves as a legal
contract document. In e-Auction, Bid Sheet is generated with DSCs of Buyer and
Seller.
4.2 Legal Status of e-Auction
e-Auction through E- Auction Service Provider (eASP) is a triangular contract.
eASP is a sub- agent of the seller through a standing contract entered between
them, which is subject to general terms and conditions (GTC) of eASP. eASP is
also a sub-agent of the successful buyer through a standing contract between them
which is subject to Buyer Specific Terms and Conditions (BSTC). eASP gets a
commission of fixed percentage of sale value from the purchaser directly – which is
deducted from the amount payable to the seller. The e-auction sale is governed by
GTC, BSTC and Special Terms and Conditions (STC) of the e-auction. In case
of conflict or differences among any provisions of GTC, BSTC and STC, the
provisions of STC would prevail. Normally, successful purchasers pay all monies
to eASP who, in turn, transfers it to the seller. But the seller may, if desired,
negotiate with eASP to accept such payments directly from purchaser.

4.3 Creating an Auction Event: Auction Catalogue

The seller lists items to be auctioned on a specified date. This list is generally
called an auction catalogue. Besides the list of items, it also contains any special

473
conditions of contract applicable generally or to specific lots. The following
auction details are provided in this list: Auction Catalogue.
i) Auction number;
ii) Auction Opening date and time,
iii) Auction Closing date and time;
iv) Type of Auction Ending: Close Ended/Open Ended
v) Max Auto Extensions Allowed (five to ten)/Duration of Auto
Extensions (90 Secs– ninety seconds)
vi) Auction Catalogue Number and Date
vii) Inspection from date;
viii) Inspection closing date;
ix) Seller/Unit name;
x) Address; Contact details;
xi) Details of the contact person;
xii) Details of ED and Sales Tax (CST/VAT) in each Lot and TCS
(including Surcharge and Edu Cess) for all lots;
xiii) Whether Subject to Acceptance (STA) is applicable for bids
within (10% (ten percent) or any other percentage) of the
Reserve Price and
ix) List of lots to be included: (Lot Description is hyper-linked to
relevant details containing special terms of lifting, etc)

Auction Lot Lot ED/(ST/ Custodian/ Start Close Minimum STA appli-
Quantity
Sq No: No Desc Vat)% Location Time Time Increment cable Y/N

Total Number of Lots =

The fixed reserve price also has to be uploaded on the portal for each lot,
which is kept confidential. It should also be mentioned if bids below the reserve
price up to a percentage can be accepted on an STA basis. The auction details
can be posted by eASP but to maintain the sanctity of the reserve price, it is
better for the seller to do so through his login and password. The bidder’s queries
before the auction will reach seller by e-mail and can be answered online. The
seller will not be allowed to edit any item once the auction starts. To attract bidders
to the auction to get a higher price, the seller should describe items in detail to
474
include information such as condition and size of the item. The more information
is provided, the more bidders will bid with confidence. A photo can also be
uploaded. Generally, auctions with images have higher sell-through. Many
buyers like to browse through the eASP categories and, therefore, listing the item
in the appropriate category increases the likelihood of interested bidders viewing it.

4.4 Buyer Eligibility

All prospective e-auction sellers and bidders will have to register themselves by
filling in the relevant details online. Bidders have also to pay the specified non-
refundable registration fee (usually Rs.10,000 – Ten thousand) off line. Only
registered bidders will be able to access the auction floor. The auction
notification will, however, be seen by all internet users. If it is found that the
bidder is not adhering to the terms and conditions of the e-auction and also
indulging in any malpractices either himself or through his agents, deputies or
observer, such a bidder is liable to be blacklisted and appropriate action will be
taken as deemed fit by the seller. There are various reports available by which
seller can rate a bidder. The seller can restrict or blacklist a buyer from bidding by
making a formal request to eASP.

4.5 Conduct of Auction

The seller cannot close/cancel an auction once it starts. It can be cancelled/
amended prior to the starting of the auction by making a request for
cancellation. The following information will be present on the auction floor web-
page:
i) Opening date and time,
ii) Closing date and time,
iii) Item number,
iv) Item name, hyper-linked to relevant details containing duties,
etc., /special terms of lifting, etc.;
v) Quantity and unit of measurement;
vi) Location of material/item;
vii) Last bid or basic price, if any;
viii) Bidders’ bid in Rs./unit; and
ix) Bid history.
The closing time of an auction shall automatically be extended by period
indicated in Auction Catalogue for all auctions if bid continues (e.g., in case
the closing time is 5.30 pm of any particular date and if a bidder bids at 5.29
pm then the closing time will be automatically extended). Maximum number of

475
 auto extensions is also specified.
Bidders are able to indicate the bid price through their login. A bid, once
given, cannot be retracted. Conditional offers will not be accepted/ entertained.
Each bidder will have the option to declare his maximum value of bid (which
cannot be viewed by other bidders) up to which his automatic bidding will
continue.
The seller can monitor auction activity and view the bidding history of the live
auctions, reserve prices (reserve price can only be viewed by seller and no one
else), and other features. However, the seller will get an automated email once
the auction ends with detailed information on the auction (highest bidder,
subject to approval items, rejected items).
The respective items will be marked “sold” after closing of the auction when the
highest bid is greater than the reserve price and an automatic intimation to the
concerned buyer will be sent online to make the payment.
If the bid price matches the limits specified for inclusion in STA, then it shall be
shown under the STA category and the seller will be accordingly informed. In
case of STA, the seller has to convey the acceptability of the bid amount or
otherwise of the bid value to eASP as well as the bidder within three days
(excluding holidays) of the close of the auction.
In case of “Sold” or STA a Bid-Sheet is displayed (Annexure 20), indicating the
details of the accepted bid, which is printed and shows digital signatures of
Auction Supervising Officer and the Bidder. As mentioned before this serves the
role of legal Contract document.
If the reserve price has not been met by close of auction, the auction closes
without a winning bidder. On the seller’s request, eASP will arrange for
inclusion of the unsold item in the next auction.
4.6 Earnest Money Deposit
EMD is payable within seven calendar days from the date of closing of the e-auction
(excluding the date of closing) by the successful bidder. EMD is equivalent to 25
per cent of material value of the accepted lots and 10 (ten) per cent of the
material value for STA lots in the forms of a demand draft drawn in favour of the
authority mentioned in the auction catalogue. On receipt of the EMD by eASP,
an acceptance letter/sale order will be issued for sold lots. In case of failure to
pay the EMD in time, the login of the party will be deactivated in addition to
other actions as deemed fit and the offer will stand withdrawn.
4.7 Payment of Balance Sale Value (BSV)
In case of sold/accepted lots and lots taken on STA basis, the balance payment
has to be made within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the date of the

476
acceptance letter/sale order (excluding the date of issue of the acceptance
letter/sale order), by way of a demand draft as per the following manner:
i) Commission percentage as per STC/GTC/BSTC to be paid in favour of
eASP, by way of demand draft/pay order;
ii) The balance amount (after deducting the EMD and amount payable to
eASP) plus applicable VAT/duties, income tax and other charges if any
must be paid in favour of authority mentioned in auction catalogue;
iii) In case of delay, a late payment charge @ one per cent per week or part
thereof will be charged up to two weeks only and thereafter the EMD will
stand forfeited without any notice; and
iv) Tax Collected at Source (TCS) at the applicable percentage (presently@
one per cent) of the gross value (material value + GST + any other
applicable taxes/ duties/cess, etc.) may be deducted by the purchaser
and a TDS certificate may be given. A surcharge of 10% (ten percent)
on TCS and a further Education cess of 3% (three percent) is leviable on
the TCS+ Surcharge.

4.8 Delivery Order

eASP will hand over, to the successful buyer, a delivery order authorising the Stores
Department to make such a delivery, after getting the requisite material value.
The purchaser will approach the seller with the delivery order to allow him to
lift the material. The validity of the delivery order is 60 (sixty) days from the
date of the e-auction. The delivery order should show the following particulars:
i) Lot number;
ii) Description of material;
iii) Purchaser’s name and address;
iv) Approximate quantity in the lot;
v) Rate at which sold;
vi) Value realised;
vii) Reference to the cash remittance note, under which the
value was remitted to the nominated cashier;
viii) Chief cashier or treasurer’s receipt note and date; and
ix) Amount of loading charges recovered by the store keeper.
Note: Information sought in S. No. i) to viii) shall be filled in by eASP in tabular
form (Columns 1 to 8). Information pertaining to S. No. ix) (Columns 9)
shall be filled by the store keeper.

477
 Appendix 3
Advanced Concept of Value for Money
(Refer para 1.6.1 of the CSIR Manual)

1.0 Concept of Value

Value is a management and economics concept. It represents the extent of

satiation of a hierarchy of needs of a person by a product bought for this purpose.
This is subjective and difficult to quantify. This is because different persons (or the
same persons under different circumstances) would have different hierarchy of
needs and would perceive different extents of satiation or value from the same
product. There are three sources of the value of a product. The first source of
value is from the functional usage of the product (known as use value) and the
second source comes from the social status associated with the ownership of the
product (esteem value). This can be shown as the difference between a luxury
branded gold-plated, diamond encrusted pen and a disposable non-descript
functional pen, though both fulfill the broadly same function and have the same use
value. The luxury branded pen, in addition to the use value, also has additional
esteem value. The third source of value comes from the price that one can get by
exchanging or scrapping the product at the end of the useful life of the product.
This is called the disposal value. Normally, when people buy a car, they do consider
the estimated disposal value of different choices of models. Value is the sum total
of all the three values.

2.0 Total Cost of Ownership

While the value of a product covers all components of value over the “Whole-Of-
Life” (WOL), the costs incurred on the product should also take into consideration
the total of various elements of costs incurred over WOL of the product. For this
purpose, future costs are discounted to present value (not to be confused with the
value we are discussing – this is a financial discounting concept). For example, it
would not be prudent to buy a cheap car, which has a very high cost of operating.
This is called variously as WOL or “Life-Time-Cost” (LCC) or “Total Cost of
Ownership” (TOC). The last is a preferred nomenclature in procurement and is
defined as the total of all costs associated with a product, service, or capital
equipment that are incurred over its expected life. Typically, these costs can be
broken into four broad categories:

(i) Procurement price: The amount paid to the vendor/contractor for the product,
service, or capital equipment;

(ii) Acquisition costs: All costs associated with bringing the product, service, or capital
equipment into operation at the customer’s location. Examples of acquisition costs
are sourcing, administration, freight, taxes, and so on;

(iii) Usage costs: In the case of a product, all costs associated with converting the
procured part/material into the finished product and supporting it through its
usable life. In the case of a service, all costs associated with the performance of
the service that is not included in the procurement price. In the case of capital
equipment, all costs associated with operating the equipment through its life.
Examples of usage costs are inventory, conversion, wastage, lost productivity, lost
sales, warranty, installation, training, downtime, and so on; and
478
(iv) End-of-Life costs: All costs incurred when a product, service or capital equipment
reaches the end of its usable life, net of amounts received from the sale of the
remaining product or the equipment (disposal value) as the case may be. Examples
of end-of-life costs are obsolescence, disposal, clean-up, and project termination
costs.

3.0 Value for Money

Besides value of a product or service, the customer also has his own notion of
“value” of a particular sum of money. This is different for different people or even
for the same person in different circumstances. When the perceived value of a
product matches the perceived value of the amount of money (cost of the product),
the customer feels he got the full value for his money. This is called the VfM. In
procurement, Total Cost of Ownership is taken to evaluate value for money. Given
the limited resources available to the Government, ensuring VfM in procurement is
the key to ensuring the optimum utilization of scarce budgetary resources. It
usually means buying the product or service with the lowest WOL costs that is ‘fit
for purpose’ and just meets the specification. VfM also incorporates affordability;
clearly, goods or services that are unaffordable cannot be bought. This should be
addressed as soon as possible within the process, ideally at the need assessment
stage before procurement commences. In order to address this issue, a change in
the procurement approach, specification or business strategy may be required.

Where an alternative is chosen that does not have the lowest WOL costs, then the
additional ‘value added’ benefit must be proportional and objectively justifiable.
Assessment of bids should be conducted only in relation to a published set of
evaluation criteria (which should be relevant to the subject of the contract), and any
‘added value’ that justifies a higher price must flow from these defined criteria. In
public procurement VfM is often primarily established through the competitive
process. A strong competition from a vibrant market will generally deliver a VfM
outcome. However, where competition is limited, or even absent, other routes may
have to be used to establish VfM. These can include benchmarking, construction of
theoretical cost models or ‘shadow’ bids by the procurement agency. For major
contracts, this can require considerable financial expertise and external support. A
VfM assessment, based on the published conditions for participation and
evaluation, may include consideration of some factors such as:

(i) Fitness for purpose;

(ii) Potential vendor/contractor’s experience and performance history;
(iii) Flexibility (including innovation and adaptability over the lifecycle of the
procurement);
(iv) Environmental sustainability (such as energy efficiency and environmental impact);
and
(v) Total cost of ownership.

But due to uncertainties in estimates of various components of TCO (and actual

costs over the life-cycle) and intangibles of Value, some element of subjectivity may
become unavoidable, and hence is not normally useable in routine Public
Procurement cases. Therefore, preference is given to alternative means for
ensuring VfM by way of optimal description of needs; development of value-
engineered specifications/Term of Reference and appropriate packaging/ slicing of
requirements and selection of appropriate mode/bidding systems of procurement,
etc.

479
480